2014 UK Product Manual The Chemical Company

Transcription

UK Product Manual
2014
The Chemical Company
General Information
BASF CROP PROTECTION EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
In the event of an emergency involving a BASF
crop protection product telephone:
0049 180 2273 112
(24 hours)
Specialist advice on any incident can also be
obtained from the National Chemical Emergency
Centre:
01865 407333
(24 hours)
Medical advice for Doctors can be obtained from the National Poisons
Information Service.
National Poisons Information Service
BELFAST
Royal Victoria Hospital
Grosvenor Road
Belfast BT12 6BA
02890 240503
BIRMINGHAM
City Hospital
Dudley Road
Birmingham B18 7QH
Tel: 0121 554 3801
Fax: 0121 507 5580
www.npis.org
CARDIFF
Llandough Hospital
Penarth
Cardiff CF64 2XX
029 2071 5554
EDINBURGH
Royal Infirmary of Edinburgh
51 Little France Crescent
Edinburgh EH16 4SA
Tel: 0131 242 1381/1383
24hr Advice Line: 0844 892 0111
www.spib.scot.nhs.uk/spibdir.html
LONDON
Guy’s and St Thomas’
Hospital Trust
London SE14 5ER
020 7188 7188
NEWCASTLE
Wolfson Unit, Claremont Place Tel: 0191 260 6180
Newcastle-upon-Tyne
Fax: 0191 260 6191
NE2 4HH
www.nyrdt.nhs.uk/services/
poisons.html
You can view/download copies of all
BASF compatibilities, product labels,
safety data sheets, environmental
information sheets and product/crop
information at:
www.agriCentre.basf.co.uk
1
General Information
2
GENERAL
Page No
Emergency Procedures and National Poisons Information Service ......................1
A-C
Adexar® ............................................................................................................. 7
Alert® ............................................................................................................... 13
Aramo® ............................................................................................................ 23
Auxiliary ........................................................................................................... 33
Basagran® SG ................................................................................................. 39
Bassoon® EC ................................................................................................... 55
Bellis® .............................................................................................................. 61
Boomerang® ................................................................................................. 383
Brutus® ........................................................................................................... 65
Butisan® S ....................................................................................................... 71
Canopy® .......................................................................................................... 83
Capalo® ........................................................................................................... 87
Caramba® 90 ................................................................................................. 577
Caryx® ............................................................................................................. 93
Ceriax®............................................................................................................. 99
3C Chlormequat 720 ...................................................................................... 105
3C Chlormequat 750 ...................................................................................... 113
Chord® .......................................................................................................... 121
Chronicle® .................................................................................................... 453
Cleranda® ..................................................................................................... 127
Comet® 200 ................................................................................................... 137
Compass® ..................................................................................................... 143
Contest® ........................................................................................................ 149
Corbel® .......................................................................................................... 159
Covershield® ................................................................................................. 165
Crystal®.......................................................................................................... 171
Cyclade® ........................................................................................................ 179
The (COSHH) Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations may apply to the use of
these products at work.
3
Contents
Contents
Contents
D-N
Dash™ HC ..................................................................................................... 185
Diablo® ......................................................................................................... 189
Diamant® ...................................................................................................... 195
Dithianon Flowable™ ..................................................................................... 201
Dithianon WG ................................................................................................. 207
Elk® ................................................................................................................ 509
Ennobe®......................................................................................................... 213
Enterprise®..................................................................................................... 219
Envoy® ........................................................................................................... 225
Epona®........................................................................................................... 231
Fiesta® T ........................................................................................................ 237
Filan® ............................................................................................................. 243
Flexity® .......................................................................................................... 249
Flyer® ............................................................................................................. 255
Galivor®.......................................................................................................... 261
Gemstone® ................................................................................................... 269
Highgate® ...................................................................................................... 603
Imtrex® .......................................................................................................... 277
Invader® ......................................................................................................... 283
Jenton® ......................................................................................................... 291
Jockey® ........................................................................................................ 297
Juventus® ..................................................................................................... 577
Katamaran® Turbo......................................................................................... 509
Kingdom® ..................................................................................................... 219
Kinto® ............................................................................................................ 303
Kumulus® DF ................................................................................................. 309
Laser® ............................................................................................................ 315
Librax® ........................................................................................................... 325
Maccani® ....................................................................................................... 331
Mantra®.......................................................................................................... 337
Masai® ........................................................................................................... 343
Meteor® ......................................................................................................... 351
Muntjac® ....................................................................................................... 537
Nebula® XL .................................................................................................... 355
New 5C Cycocel®.......................................................................................... 361
Nimbus® CS ................................................................................................. 369
Nirvana®......................................................................................................... 377
Novall® ........................................................................................................... 383
4
Contents
O-Z
Opera® ........................................................................................................... 389
Opus® Team .................................................................................................. 395
Orient® ........................................................................................................... 401
Oryx® ............................................................................................................. 407
Osiris® P ........................................................................................................ 413
Paraat® .......................................................................................................... 419
Percos®.......................................................................................................... 483
PDM® 330 EC................................................................................................ 425
Pexan® ........................................................................................................... 447
Picona® .......................................................................................................... 453
PicoPro® ........................................................................................................ 453
PicoMax® ....................................................................................................... 453
Poraz®............................................................................................................ 461
Pyramin® DF .................................................................................................. 469
Regalis® ........................................................................................................ 479
Resplend®...................................................................................................... 483
Rovral® AquaFlo ........................................................................................... 489
Rovral® WG ................................................................................................... 495
Scala® ........................................................................................................... 503
Shadow® ...................................................................................................... 509
Shooter® ........................................................................................................ 171
Sienna® .......................................................................................................... 519
Signum® ....................................................................................................... 527
Springbok® .................................................................................................... 537
Stomp® Aqua ............................................................................................... 545
Stroby® WG ................................................................................................... 567
Stronghold® ................................................................................................... 573
Sunorg® Pro ................................................................................................ 577
Swing® Gold .................................................................................................. 585
Takron® .......................................................................................................... 591
Tectura®......................................................................................................... 603
Terpal® ........................................................................................................... 609
Tracker® ......................................................................................................... 617
Trooper® ........................................................................................................ 171
Tucana® ......................................................................................................... 255
Vivid® ............................................................................................................. 255
Vixen® ........................................................................................................... 623
Vortex™ .......................................................................................................... 631
Walabi® .......................................................................................................... 637
Whistle® ........................................................................................................ 121
Wing-P® ......................................................................................................... 643
The (COSHH) Control of Substances Hazardous to Health Regulations may apply to the use
of these products at work.
5
Contents
Zampro® DM ................................................................................................. 483
APPENDICES
Appendix 1
Appendix 2
Appendix 3
Page No
Soil Classification ..................................................................... 651
Safety to Bees .......................................................................... 655
Revised Guidelines for Preventing and
Managing Herbicide-resistant Grass-weeds ........................... 657
TRADEMARKS
Acknowledgements ........................................................................................ 665
All product labels are compliant with the CPA Voluntary
Initiative Guidance
6
Adexar®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15474
Use: A systemic fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum
wheat, winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye and oats.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 62.5 g/litre (6% w/w)
epoxiconazole and 62.5 g/litre (6% w/w) fluxapyroxad.
Pack size: 10 litres in outers of 2
Recommended Crops:
Winter and spring wheat
Rye
Triticale
Durum wheat
Winter and spring barley
Oats
Maximum Individual Dose: 2.0 litres of product per hectare
Maximum Number of Treatments: Two per crop
Latest Time of Application:
Rye
Triticale
Durum wheat
Oats
Up to including flowering
anthesis just complete
(GS 69)
Up to and including emergence
of ear just complete (GS 59)
Water Volume: 100 - 300 litres of water per hectare
Processed Crops: When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the
rates of use and latest timing for fluxapyroxad and epoxiconazole given by the
BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association)
Aerial Application: No
Compatibility: For details of compatibilities contact your distributor, local
BASF representative, the BASF Technical Services Hotline: 0845 602 2553 or
visit our website on: www.agriCentre.basf.co.uk
Major changes since last printing: Fluxapyroxad added to the BBPA
brewers list, see Section 1.
This product label is compliant with the CPA Voluntary Initiative
Guidance
7
Adexar®
Spray Quality: MEDIUM
F
Adexar®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
IMPORTANT: This information is approved as part of the Product Label. All
instructions within this section must be read carefully in order to obtain safe and
successful use of this product.
Adexar is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the control
of a range of diseases in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring
barley, triticale, oats and rye.
1.
RESTRICTIONS/WARNINGS
This product may cause damage to broad-leaved plant species.
Avoid spray drift onto neighbouring crops.
After spraying, wash out sprayer thoroughly according to manufacturer’s
guideline and dispose of washings and clean container according to DEFRA
Code of Practice and local authority guidelines.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the rates of use and
latest timing for fluxapyroxad and epoxiconazole given by the BBPA (British
Beer and Pubs Association).
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Adexar is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the
control of a range of diseases in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat,
winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye and oats as summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring
wheat
Winter
barley
Spring
barley
Durum
wheat
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Powdery mildew
-
-
-
C
C
C
C
-
Septoria tritici
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Tan spot
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
-
Ramularia
-
-
-
R
R
-
-
-
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Eye spot
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight #
GR
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
C = Control
MC = Moderate control
#
GR = Good reduction
R
= Reduction
Application of Adexar to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the levels of
the mycotoxin deoxynivalenol (DON) associated with Fusarium ear blight
infection, but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to reduction of
DON below the statutory limit in wheat grain.
8
Adexar®
Resistance
Adexar should be used in accordance with the instructions for use for the
target diseases at the specific growth stages indicated.
Use Adexar as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
incorporating other methods of control.
You must not apply more than two foliar applications of products containing
complex II inhibitors to any cereal crop.
Strains of certain cereal diseases with decreased sensitivity to triazole
fungicides are known to exist in the UK. Where these occur or develop Adexar
may not give satisfactory control.
Adexar contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
DMI fungicides has been identified in Septoria leaf blotch (Mycosphaerella
graminicola) which may seriously affect the performance of some products.
For further advice on resistance management in DMIs contact your
agronomist or specialist advisor and visit the FRAG-UK website.
3.
CROPS
Adexar is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for
use in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley,
triticale, rye and oats.
Time of Application
Apply Adexar after growth stage BBCH 25 (tillering). A maximum of two
applications can be made up to and including flowering just complete in
winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, rye and triticale and up to and
including emergence of ear just complete in winter and spring barley and
oats.
Rate of Application
Apply 2 litres Adexar per hectare in 100 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Adexar, cabbage, carrot, clover, dwarf
beans, field beans, lettuce, maize, oats, oilseed rape, onions, peas, potatoes,
ryegrass, sugar beet, sunflower, winter barley and winter wheat may be sown
as the following crop.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply as a MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC.
Half fill the spray tank with clean water and start the agitation. SHAKE THE
CONTAINER WELL before use and pour in the required amount of product.
Rinse any empty containers thoroughly and add rinsings to the spray tank.
Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying is
completed. Spray solution MUST be used on the day of mixing and must NOT
be left overnight.
When tank mixes are to be used, each product should be added separately
to the spray tank, taking due note of any instructions given as to the order of
mixing.
9
F
F
Adexar®
6.
CONTAINER AND STORAGE
Adexar is supplied in 10 litre containers. Keep dry and frostproof in a suitable
pesticide store.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
Engineering control of operator exposure must be used where reasonably
practicable in addition to the following personal protective clothing:
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS), SUITABLE
PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FACE PROTECTION (FACESHIELD) when
handling the concentrate.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS) AND SUITABLE
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling contaminated surfaces.
However, engineering controls may replace personal protective equipment
if a COSHH assessment shows they provide an equal or higher standard of
protection.
WHEN USING DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE.
WASH HANDS AND EXPOSED SKIN before meals and after work.
Environmental protection
DO NOT contaminate water with the product or its
container. DO NOT clean application equipment near
surface water. Avoid contamination via drains from
farmyards and roads.
To protect aquatic organisms respect an unsprayed
buffer zone to surface water bodies in line with
LERAP requirements.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from horizontal
boom sprayers to fall within 5 m of the top of the
bank of a static or flowing waterbody, unless a Local
Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower
buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of
application. Aim spray away from water.
This product qualifies for inclusion within the Local Environment Risk
Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) scheme. Before each spraying operation
from a horizontal boom sprayer, either a LERAP must be carried out in
accordance with CRD’s published guidance or the statutory buffer zone must
be maintained. The results of the LERAP must be recorded and kept available
for inspection for three years.
Storage and disposal
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, DRINK AND ANIMAL FEEDINGSTUFFS
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN
RINSE CONTAINER THOROUGHLY by using an integrated pressure rinsing
device or manually rinsing three times. Add washings to sprayer at time of
filling and dispose of safely.
Store in a suitable pesticide store. Keep dry and protect from frost.
10
Adexar®
8.
DPD REGULATIONS (CHIP 3)
Adexar®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 62.5 g/litre (6% w/w)
epoxiconazole and 62.5 g/litre (6% w/w) fluxapyroxad.
HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED
IRRITATING TO EYES
MAY CAUSE SENSITISATION BY SKIN CONTACT
LIMITED EVIDENCE OF A CARCINOGENIC EFFECT
POSSIBLE RISK OF IMPAIRED FERTILITY
POSSIBLE RISK OF HARM TO THE UNBORN CHILD
VERY TOXIC TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS, MAY CAUSE
LONG TERM ADVERSE EFFECTS IN THE AQUATIC
ENVIRONMENT
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES AND
EYE/FACE PROTECTION.
DO NOT BREATHE SPRAY.
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, DRINK AND ANIMAL FEEDING
STUFFS.
WHEN USING DO NOT EAT DRINK OR SMOKE.
AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN AND EYES.
IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH EYES, RINSE IMMEDIATELY
WITH PLENTY OF WATER AND SEEK MEDICAL ADVICE.
IF SWALLOWED, seek medical advice immediately and show
this container or label.
DO NOT EMPTY INTO DRAINS.
THIS MATERIAL AND IT’S CONTAINER MUST BE
DISPOSED OF IN A SAFE WAY.
USE APPROPRIATE CONTAINMENT TO AVOID
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION.
To avoid risks to man and the environment, comply with the
instructions for use
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Product Regulations.
11
F
F
Adexar®
9.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL FUNGICIDE, as directed
below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
Number of
treatments
Latest time of
application
Winter and spring 2.0 litres product
Wheat,
per hectare
Rye,
Triticale,
Durum wheat
2 per crop
Up to and
including flowering
(anthesis)
just complete
(GS 69)
Barley,
per hectare
Oats
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
READ THE LABEL BEFORE USE. USING THIS PRODUCT IN A
MANNER THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH THE LABEL MAY BE AN
OFFENCE. FOLLOW THE CODE OF PRACTICE FOR USING PLANT
PROTECTION PRODUCTS.
MAPP No. 15474
12
I
Alert ®
INSECTICIDE
MAPP No. 13632
Use: For the control of insect pests in oilseed rape, winter and spring wheat and
barley, cabbage, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower, broccoli, calabrese and kale,
peas and field beans.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 100 g/l (10.9%)
alphacypermethrin.
Pack Size: 1 litre in outers of 10.
Recommended Rates:
Oilseed rape:
Wheat and barley:
Cabbage, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower
broccoli, calabrese and kale:
Peas:
Field and Broad beans:
See Section No:
2.1, 2.2
2.2, 2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
100 or 200 ml
150 ml
75 or 100 ml
100 or 150 ml
150 ml
Water Volume: Not less than 200 litres per hectare.
Oilseed rape:
Wheat and barley:
Cabbage, Brussels sprouts,
Cauliflower, broccoli,
calabrese and kale:
Vining peas:
Combining Peas:
Before the end of flowering stage.
Up to and including 31 March in the year of
harvest.
Summer application: before early dough stage.
Seven days before harvest.
One day before harvest.
Eleven days before harvest.
Processed Crops: Consult processors before use.
Major changes since last printing: None.
Guidance
13
Alert®
Recommended Crops:
Winter oilseed rape:
Spring oilseed rape:
Wheat and Barley:
Cabbage, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower,
Combining peas and vining peas:
Field and broad beans:
I
Alert®
Maximum Number of Applications:
Maximum total dose of 600 ml/ha with a
maximum of 200 ml/ha after yellow bud
stage.
Maximum total dose of 400 ml/ha with a
maximum of 200 ml/ha after yellow bud
stage.
Wheat and barley:
Maximum total dose of 400 ml/ha up to 31
March.
Winter/spring applications:
Maximum 150 ml/ha between 1 January and
31 March.
Spring/summer applications:
Maximum 150 ml/ha between 1 April and 31
August.
Brassicas:
4 per crop.
Vining and combining peas:
3 per crop.
2 per crop.
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
IMPORTANT: This information is approved as part of the Product Label. All instructions
within this section must be read carefully in order to obtain safe and successful use
of this product.
Alert is a contact and stomach acting insecticide with residual foliar activity.
1.
Damage may result unless all recommendations are carefully carried out.
DO NOT use less than the minimum volume of water specified.
Reduced volume spraying must not be used on wheat and barley after 31
March in the year of harvest.
This product must not be applied to a cereal crop if any product containing
pyrethroid insecticide or dimethoate has been applied to that crop after the
start of ear emergence (GS 51).
Do not apply this product in tank mixture with a triazole-containing fungicide
when bees are likely to be actively foraging in the crop.
It is recommended that as a matter of good practice, spraying in oilseed rape
should be carried out in the late evening or early morning or in dull weather if
at all possible and local beekeepers should be advised of the intention to spray
and the chemical being used.
CONSULT PROCESSORS BEFORE USING ON CROPS FOR PROCESSING.
2.
CROP SPECIFIC INFORMATION
2.1
Winter Oilseed Rape
PESTS: Cabbage Stem Flea Beetle and Rape Winter Stem Weevil.
(Reduction of spread of Beet Western Yellows Virus).
Rate of Application:
100 ml/ha
14
Alert®
Time of Application
Alert should be applied when adult cabbage stem flea beetle feeding damage
is first seen on young rape plants. A second application should be made
when larval damage is seen in the leaf petioles (normally one month later). In
situations where no adult feeding damage is seen, the first application should
be made when larval damage is first seen in the leaf petioles, followed by a
second application one month later.†
NOTE: The use of Alert for the control of cabbage stem flea beetle will also
control the adults and young larvae of rape winter stem weevil if these are
present in the crop at the time of application. Applications of Alert at these
timings will also reduce the spread of beet western yellows virus.
PESTS: Cabbage Seed Weevil and Brassica Pod Midge.
Rate of Application
200 ml/ha
Time of Application
Alert may be applied at any time during the flowering period when seed weevil
numbers reach the threshold for spraying†. Best results are normally achieved
when application coincides with the onset of peak adult activity. This often
occurs between the 20 pod set stage and the end of flowering on the main
raceme, i.e. 75% petal fall across the entire crop.
† Details of thresholds are available from ADAS or your specialist adviser.
2.2
Winter and Spring Oilseed Rape
A total of:
600 ml/ha/crop may be applied to winter oilseed rape.
400 ml/ha/crop may be applied to spring oilseed rape with a maximum of 200
ml/ha/crop to be applied after the yellow bud stage in both winter and spring
oilseed rape.
PESTS: Pollen beetle
Rate of Application
100 ml/ha
Time of Application
Application should be made at the green to yellow bud stage, as soon as
pest numbers reach the threshold† for spraying. A second application may
be required 3-7 days later (the exact timing dependent on the speed of pest
re-infestation and when the threshold is reached) within the green to yellow bud
stage of the crop.
PESTS: Pollen Beetle and Cabbage Seed Weevil (mixed populations)
In spring oilseed rape, and in backward crops of winter oilseed rape, cabbage
seed weevil may also be present at the yellow bud stage. In these situations
control of both pollen beetle and cabbage seed weevil is required †. (See also
separate sections on cabbage seed weevil).
Rate of Application
200 ml/ha
Time of Application
Application should be made at yellow bud, as soon as pest numbers reach the
threshold for spraying†.
NOTE: The use of Alert for the control of pollen beetle and cabbage seed weevil
will also give some reduction in the numbers of adults of cabbage stem weevil
if these are present in the crop at the time of application.
15
I
I
Alert®
2.3
Spring Oilseed Rape
PESTS: Cabbage Seed Weevil
Rate of Application
200 ml/ha
Time of Application
Apply when pest numbers reach the threshold† for spraying, normally from the
yellow bud stage of the crop.
Application at yellow bud will also control pollen beetle (see separate section
on pollen beetle). A further application may be necessary if continuing pest
pressure causes the seed weevil threshold† to be reached during flowering on
the main raceme, i.e. 75% petal fall across the entire crop.
It is recommended that as a matter of good practice, spraying in oilseed
rape should be carried out in the late evening or early morning or in dull
weather if at all possible and local beekeepers should be advised of the
intention to spray and the chemical being used.
†Details of thresholds are available from ADAS or your specialist adviser.
2.4
Wheat and Barley
A total of 400 ml product/ha/crop may be applied to winter and spring wheat
and barley up to and including 31 March in the year of harvest, with a maximum
of 150 ml product/ha/crop applied between 1 January and 31 March in the year
of harvest, with a latest time of application of before early dough stage.
PESTS: Cereal Aphids - autumn/winter (reduction of spread of barley
yellow dwarf virus and control of yellow cereal fly)
Rate of Application
150ml/ha
Time of Application
High risk situations
e.g. crops drilled before the 3rd week of September, crops following grass or
grassy stubbles, or crops in areas with a history of BYDV.
The first application should be made when aphids are first seen in the crop (or
by mid-October). A second application will be necessary at the end of aphid
migration, which is normally at the end of October or beginning of November.
Where conditions continue to favour prolonged aphid activity, e.g. mild winters,
and where two applications of another insecticide have already been made in
the autumn, one application of Alert can be made in December to March.
Other situations
Apply in late October or early November to crops which have emerged by midOctober if aphids are found, or on ADAS warnings.
NOTE: Alert applied in the autumn for aphid control will also give some control
of yellow cereal fly if present in the crop.
PESTS: Cereal Aphids - summer
Reduced volume spraying must not be used for cereal aphid control in wheat
and barley after 31 March in the year of harvest.
Rate of Application
150ml/ha in 200 litres of water per hectare.
A single application may be made from 1 April to 31 August in any one summer.
Time of Application
Apply between the onset of flowering and the milky ripe stage (GS 61 to 73)
when 66% or more heads are infested (equivalent to five aphids per ear) and
16
Alert®
aphid numbers are increasing. (Details of thresholds are available from ADAS
or your specialist adviser).
pyrethroid insecticide or dimethoate has been applied to that crop after the
2.5
Cabbage; Brussels Sprouts; Cauliflower; Broccoli; Calabrese and Kale
Maximum number of applications: 4
PESTS: Flea Beetle
Rate of Application
75 ml/ha
Time of Application
Apply as soon as pest attack is observed on seedling plants. Repeat if
necessary.
PESTS: Caterpillars
Rate of Application
100 ml/ha
Time of Application
Apply when damage is first seen or as a preventative spray. Repeat if necessary.
2.6
Combining and Vining Peas
PESTS: Pea and Bean Weevil
Rate of Application
150 ml/ha.
Time of Application
Apply when severe damage by adults to growing point is being caused in the
early growth stages of the crop. Under high pest pressure a repeat application
may be required 2-3 weeks later.
PESTS: Pea moth
Rate of Application
100 ml/ha.
Time of Application
Apply according to ADAS/PGRO warnings or as indicated by pheromone traps.
For further information consult your specialist advisor. On dry peas repeat 14
days later. If moth activity remains high a third application may be needed.
PESTS: Pea Aphid
Rate of Application
150 ml/ha.
Time of Application
For partial control apply according to current thresholds. Repeat if necessary,
up to a maximum of three applications. Consult you specialist advisor for
further details.
17
I
I
Alert®
2.7
Field and Broad Beans
Rate of Application
150 ml/ha.
Time of Application
3.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
3.1
Water Volume
Alert should be applied in not less than 200 litres of water per hectare. In
situations where increased coverage is required, for example in dense or
thick foliage or when the pests are concealed, the volume of water should be
increased to where sufficient coverage is obtained, up to a maximum of 500
litres per hectare.
3.2
Mixing
Fill the spray tank with clean water and agitate vigorously. Add the recommended
quantity of Alert and apply without delay, maintaining continuous agitation until
spraying is completed. If a tank-mix with another material is required, always
add Alert to the tank first and ensure it is evenly dispersed through the tank
before adding the second material.
4.
Alert is supplied in l litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof in a
suitable pesticide store.
18
Alert®
5.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FACE PROTECTION (FACESHIELD) when opening
container, diluting, mixing or transferring the chemical from one container to
another, filling machine, adjusting apparatus after filling, washing out sprayer,
container and equipment after use.
protection.
WASH ALL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING thoroughly after use, especially the
insides of gloves.
TAKE OFF IMMEDIATELY all contaminated clothing.
AFTER CONTACT WITH SKIN, WASH IMMEDIATELY with plenty of water.
IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH EYES, RINSE IMMEDIATELY with plenty of water
and seek medical advice.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, seek medical advice (show the label where possible).
DO NOT CONTAMINATE SURFACE WATERS OR
DITCHES with chemical or used container.
boom sprayers to fall within 5 metres of the top
of the bank of any static or flowing water body,
or within 1 metre from the top of any ditch which
is dry at the time of application. DO NOT ALLOW
DIRECT SPRAY from hand-held sprayers to fall
within 1 metre of the top of the bank of a static or
flowing water body. Aim spray away from water.
THIS PRODUCT IS NOT ELIGIBLE FOR BUFFER ZONE REDUCTION UNDER
THE LERAP HORIZONTAL BOOM SPRAYERS SCHEME.
DO NOT SPRAY cereals after 31st March in the year of harvest within 6m from
the edge of the growing crop.
a pyrethroid insecticide or dimethoate has been applied to that crop after the
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, DRINK AND ANIMAL FEEDINGSTUFFS.
KEEP IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER, tightly closed, in a safe place.
WASH OUT CONTAINER THOROUGHLY, empty washings into spray tank and
dispose of safely.
DO NOT RE-USE CONTAINER for any purpose.
19
I
I
Alert®
6.
Alert®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 100 g/litre (10.9% w/w)
alphacypermethrin.
FLAMMABLE.
HARMFUL BY INHALATION AND IF SWALLOWED.
HARMFUL: DANGER OF SERIOUS DAMAGE TO HEALTH
BY PROLONGED EXPOSURE IF SWALLOWED.
ENVIRONMENT.
HARMFUL: MAY CAUSE LUNG DAMAGE IF SWALLOWED
REPEATED EXPOSURE MAY CAUSE SKIN DRYNESS OR
CRACKING.
IRRITATING TO RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, DRINK AND ANIMAL
FEEDINGSTUFFS.
DO NOT BREATH SPRAY.
AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN.
THIS MATERIAL AND ITS CONTAINER MUST BE DISPOSED
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
WEAR SUITABLE GLOVES.
IN CASE OF ACCIDENT OR IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, SEEK
MEDICAL ADVICE IMMEDIATELY (SHOW THE LABEL
WHERE POSSIBLE).
IF SWALLOWED, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING: SEEK
MEDICAL ADVICE IMMEDIATELY AND SHOW THIS
CONTAINER OR LABEL.
In common with other synthetic pyrethroids, this product may
cause paresthesia
To avoid risks to man and the environment, comply with the instructions
for use
This product is approved under the Control of Pesticides Regulations 1986.
20
Alert®
7.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL / HORTICULTURAL INSECTICIDE
as directed below
Crop
Maximum
Individual
Dose (ml
product/ha)
Maximum Total Dose /
Maximum number of
Treatments/Other Specific
Restrictions
Latest Time
of Application
Winter
Oilseed
Rape
200
A total of 600 ml product per hectare
per crop may be applied to Winter
Oilseed Rape with a maximum of
200 ml product per hectare per crop
after yellow bud stage.
Before the
end of flowering
stage
Spring
Oilseed
Rape
200
per crop may be applied to Spring
Oilseed Rape with a maximum of
after yellow bud stage
Before the
end of
flowering
stage
Wheat
and
Barley
(i) 150
per crop may be spring applied to
winter and spring wheat and barley up
to and including 31 March in the year
of harvest, with a maximum of
applied between 1 January and
31 March in the year of harvest.
(i) Up to and
including 31
March in the
year of harvest
A further single application of 150 ml
product per hectare may also be
applied between 1 April and
31 August in the year of harvest.
(ii) Before early
dough stage
AND/OR
(ii) 150
Reduced volume spraying must not
be used on wheat and barley after
Cabbage,
Brussels
sprouts,
cauliflower,
broccoli/
calabrese,
kale
100
Four per crop
Seven days
before harvest
Vining Pea
150
Three per crop
One day
before harvest
Combining
Pea
150
Three per crop
Eleven days
before harvest
Broad Bean
and Field
Bean
150
Two per crop
Eleven days
before harvest
READ THE LABEL BEFORE USE. USING THIS PRODUCT IN A MANNER
THAT IS INCONSISTENT WITH THE LABEL MAY BE AN OFFENCE.
FOLLOW THE CODE OF PRACTICE FOR USING PLANT PROTECTION
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No.13632)
21
I
I
Alert®
22
Aramo®
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 10280
Use: A systemic herbicide for post-emergence control of a range of grass
weeds in winter oilseed rape, sugar beet, fodder beet, combining and vining
peas, winter and spring field beans, bulb onions, carrots, leeks, cabbages,
cauliflowers, linseed, flax and green cover on land not being used for crop
production.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 50 g/litre (5.3 w/w)
tepraloxydim.
Recommended Crops:
See Section No:
Beet, fodder
3.1
Beet, sugar
3.1
Cabbages
3.10
Carrots
3.8
Cauliflower
3.11
Field beans, spring
3.6
Field beans, winter
3.5
Flax
3.3
Leeks
3.9
Linseed (including industrial)
3.3
Oilseed rape, winter (including industrial)
3.2
Onions, bulb
3.7
Peas, combining
3.4
Peas, vining
3.4
Green cover e.g. Set-Aside on land
not being used for crop production
3.12
Recommended Rates:
1.0 litres/hectare or
1.5 litres/hectare.
Water Volume: 100 - 200 litres per hectare.
Spray Quality: FINE or MEDIUM
Major changes since last printing: Globally Harmonised System (GHS)
Regulations added, see Section 8.
Guidance
23
Aramo®
Pack Size: 5 litres in outers of four.
H
Aramo®
Latest Time of Application/Harvest Interval:
Beet, fodder
8 weeks before harvest.
Beet, sugar:
Cabbage:
Before head formation (when the two
youngest leaves do not unfold).
Carrots:
Cauliflower:
Before head formation.
Field beans, winter and spring:
Leeks:
Linseed (including industrial)
and flax:
Before flower buds visible.
Onion, bulb:
Oilseed rape, winter (including
industrial):
Before end November or before crop has
9 true leaves, whichever occurs first.
Peas, combining and vining:
Green cover on land temporarily
removed from production:
See Restrictions/Warnings Section 1.7
and ‘Other specific restrictions’ Section 9.
Processed Crops:
Processors or contract agents should be consulted before using on crops
grown for processing or for seed.
visit our website on: www.agriCentre.basf.co.uk.
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Aramo is a systemic herbicide for the post-emergence control of a range of grass
weeds, including black-grass, annual meadow-grass, wild oats, sterile brome and
common couch as well as cereal volunteers.
Only weeds which have emerged at the time of application will be controlled. The
optimum timing is when weeds are small (before tillering) and have not yet begun to
compete with the crop. This is particularly important when black-grass is the main
target weed and resistance may be suspected.
Aramo is absorbed by the leaves of grass weeds and is translocated through the plant
to the growing point at the base of the plant resulting in stem and root tissue decay.
Foliar death is evident 3-4 weeks after application under warm moist conditions. Cool
conditions will slow down activity and very dry conditions will inhibit translocation of
the herbicide to the growing point, resulting in reduced activity.
Aramo can be used on all soil types.
1.
1.1
Processors or contract agents should be consulted before using on crops
grown for processing or for seed.
Prevent drift onto other crops and plants outside of the target area, especially
susceptible types such as cereals and grasses or severe damage may result.
Apply within the recommended growth stages when weeds are actively growing
for best results. Drought, cool conditions, stress or other negative factors can
reduce effectiveness by interfering with uptake and translocation of Aramo.
1.2
1.3
24
Aramo®
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
DO NOT apply to crops which are damaged or stressed from factors such as
previous herbicide treatments, or pest or disease attack.
DO NOT spray if rain or frost is expected, nor if the foliage is wet.
Ensure that the sprayer is free from previous chemical residues which may
harm the crop. Use of a detergent cleaner is advised before and after use.
Before using on land taken out of production as part of a grant aided scheme,
ensure compliance with the management rules of that scheme.
DO NOT overlap spray swaths. This is particularly important for winter oilseed
rape and bulb onions as crop damage and reduced yields could result.
DO NOT use on oilseed rape crops with very low vigour and poor yield
potential.
Aramo must only be applied via conventional ground sprayer, not via knapsack
sprayers
Sequences with other products
Aramo may follow the application of pre-emergence treatments to any crop
provided that the crop is undamaged.
Winter oilseed rape, peas, sugar beet and fodder beet, linseed and flax,
field beans: When used in sequence with other post-emergence treatments
in these crops, care should be taken to allow at least 14 days between
applications. A crystal violet test should be carried out in peas before the
application of Aramo.
Winter oilseed rape and bulb onions: Care must be taken when using Aramo
in sequence with other products to ensure that crops have sufficient wax
covering before application of Aramo and are not suffering from the effects of
any previous treatment. If any doubt exists, the application should be delayed.
Also see Restrictions/Warnings 1.4 and 1.5 above.
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of grass weeds to single applications of Aramo
SPECIES
Volunteer Barley
(includes cover crops)
Wild Oats
Volunteer Wheat
Sterile Brome
RATE OF
APPLICATION
1.0 litre per hectare
Black-grass*
Annual Meadow-grass
(autumn applications)†
1.5 litres per hectare
Annual Meadow-grass
(spring applications)
Common Couch
(see 2.2 below)
TIMING OF
APPLICATION
2 fully-expanded leaves
until before the pseudostem erect stage (GS30).
2 fully-expanded leaves
until the weeds have five
tillers.
Autumn: 2 fully expanded
leaves until the weeds have
five tillers.†
Spring: 2 fully expanded
leaves up to and including
the end of tillering.
2 fully expanded leaves
until before weeds have 3
tillers.
2 fully expanded leaves
until before weeds have 5
tillers.
When the majority of
shoots have emerged and
are approx. 15 cms tall.
* only controlled in winter crops of oilseed rape and field beans.
† autumn applications—see Other specific restrictions in the Important
Information Section 9.
25
H
H
Aramo®
2.2
Common Couch
Sufficient foliage should have emerged to absorb the spray. Shoots not
emerged or just emerging at application will not be controlled.
DO NOT cultivate for at least 14 days after application to allow time for
translocation to occur. Leave a longer interval (up to 21 days) if growing
conditions are poor.
Aramo gives control of top growth of common couch at this rate. To improve
suppression of established couch, a thorough pre-planting cultivation to a
depth of 10 cms is recommended to fragment the rhizomes and encourage
uniform emergence.
The effects on the long-term control of couch, i.e. in succeeding crops, have
not been investigated.
2.3
Resistance
Strains of some annual grasses (e.g. black-grass, wild-oats, and Italian ryegrass) have developed resistance to herbicides which may lead to poor control.
A strategy for preventing and managing such resistance should be adopted.
Guidelines have been produced by the Weed Resistance Action Group and
copies are available from the HGCA, CPA, your distributor, crop adviser or
product manufacturer.
This product contains tepraloxydim which is an ACCase inhibitor, also classified
by the Herbicide Resistance Action Committee as ‘Group A.’
Use only as part of a resistance management strategy that includes cultural
methods of control and does not use ACCase inhibitors as the sole chemical
method of grassweed control.
Applying a second product containing an ACCase inhibitor to a crop will
increase the risk of resistance development; only use a second ACCase
inhibitor to control different weeds at a different timing.
DO NOT use reduced doses of Aramo on resistant grass weed populations.
Populations of black-grass with high levels of resistance will not be fully
controlled.
Adopt a long-term strategy integrating cultural and chemical measures.
Achieving maximum benefits from cultural and chemical control depends on
attention to detail. This is the most important factor determining the success
of any anti-resistance strategy.
Key elements of the resistance management strategy for Aramo:
• Always follow WRAG guidelines for preventing and managing herbicide
resistant weeds.
• Maximise the use of cultural control measures wherever possible (e.g. crop
rotation, ploughing, stale seedbeds, delayed drilling, etc).
• Use tank mixes or sequences of effective herbicides with different modes of
action within individual crops, or successive crops.
• For the control of herbicide resistant grassweeds, always use Aramo in
sequence with other effective graminicides with different modes of action.
• Apply post-emergence to small, actively growing weeds, especially where
high levels of resistance are suspected and to reduce the risk of resistance
development.
• Identify the herbicides to which your grassweeds are resistant. This can help
determine the most appropriate herbicides to include in your management
strategy.
• Monitor fields regularly and investigate the reasons for any poor control.
26
Aramo®
3.
CROPS
3.1
Sugar Beet and Fodder Beet
Aramo can be applied from when the crop has fully expanded cotyledons to
before row closure.
3.2
Winter Oilseed rape (including industrial oilseed rape)
Aramo can be applied to winter oilseed rape from cotyledon fully expanded up
to before the end of November or before the crop has 9 true leaves, whichever
occurs first. DO NOT use more than 1.0 litre per hectare. See also Restrictions/
Warnings 1.9.
3.3
Linseed (including industrial linseed) and Flax
Aramo can be applied in the spring to linseed and flax from when the crop has
2 true leaves up to before flower buds are visible within the crop.
3.4
Aramo can be applied in the spring to all varieties of combining and vining peas
from the two node stage of the crop until before the crop canopy prevents
adequate spray penetration. A satisfactory leaf wax test using crystal violet
marker dye must be performed before applying Aramo in peas. Applications
may only be made to winter pea varieties in the spring.
3.5
Winter Field Beans
Aramo can be applied in the spring from the three leaf stage of the crop until
the six visibly extending internodes stage.
3.6
Spring Field Beans
Aramo can be applied in the spring from the two leaf stage of the crop until the
first side shoot detectable stage.
3.7
Bulb onions
Aramo can be applied in bulb onions from the whip stage up to 4 weeks before
harvest. A split dose may be used for the control of annual meadow-grass.
Where black-grass or wild-oats are present use only one application per crop
to prevent the development of resistance.
3.8
Carrots
Aramo can be applied in carrots from 1 true leaf fully expanded up to 3 weeks
before harvest.
3.9
Leeks
Aramo can be applied in leeks from 3 leaves clearly visible up to 4 weeks before
harvest. A split dose may be used for the control of annual meadow-grass.
Where black-grass or wild-oats are present use only one application per crop
to prevent the development of resistance.
3.10
Cabbages
Aramo can be applied in cabbages from 4 true leaves up to the beginning of
head formation, when the two youngest leaves do not unfold.
3.11
Cauliflower
Aramo can be applied in cauliflowers from 2 true leaves up to the beginning of
head formation.
27
H
H
Aramo®
3.12
Green cover on land not being used for crop production (Set-aside)
Aramo may be applied to areas temporarily removed from production where
the green cover is made up predominantly (i.e. sufficient to maintain reasonable
cover) of tolerant crops that are present on the label for the control of grass
weeds and volunteer cereals. Use on industrial crops of linseed and winter
oilseed rape is also permitted. When applying Aramo to industrial crops of
linseed and winter oilseed rape, the user must refer to the legal requirements
and directions for use relating to linseed and winter oilseed rape respectively.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
If a crop treated with Aramo should fail for any reason, then the following
intervals should elapse between using Aramo and redrilling subsequent crops,
following normal seedbed cultivations. In the case of a normally harvested
crop, care should also be taken to leave the appropriate interval before planting
Italian rye-grass.
After 2 weeks: wheat and barley.
After 8 weeks: maize and Italian rye-grass may be planted following a
cultivation to 20 cm.
Broad-leaved crops may be planted at any time following normally harvested
crops or the failure of a crop treated with Aramo.
Graminaceous crops, other than those named, should not be planted as the
next following crop.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Half-fill the spray tank with clean water and start the agitation. SHAKE THE
Rinse any empty containers thoroughly and add rinsings to the spray tank. Add
the remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
All applications should be made as a FINE or MEDIUM spray as defined by
BCPC.
Applications should be made in water volumes of 100 - 200 litres per hectare.
Aramo does not require the addition of an adjuvant oil.
28
Aramo®
6.
Aramo is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof in
a suitable pesticide store.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
practicable in addition to the following personal protective equipment:
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate and
when handling contaminated surfaces.
protection.
WASH CONCENTRATE from skin or eyes immediately.
Aramo must only be applied via conventional ground sprayer, not via knapsack
sprayers.
DO NOT contaminate surface waters or ditches with chemical or used
container.
KEEP IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER, tightly closed in a safe place.
Keep dry and frostproof in a suitable pesticide store.
device or manually rinsing three times. Add washings to sprayer at time of filling
and dispose of safely.
Medical advice
IF SWALLOWED, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING: seek medical advice
immediately and show this container or label.
In case of an accident or if you feel unwell seek medical advice immediately
(Show label where possible).
29
H
H
Aramo®
8.
GLOBALLY HARMONISED SYSTEM (GHS) REGULATIONS
Aramo®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 50 g/litre (5.3% w/w) tepraloxydim.
DANGER:
CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION.
MAY BE FATAL IF SWALLOWED AND ENTERS AIRWAYS.
SUSPECTED OF CAUSING CANCER.
SUSPECTED OF DAMAGING FERTILITY.
SUSPECTED OF DAMAGING THE UNBORN CHILD.
HARMFUL TO AQUATIC LIFE WITH LONG LASTING
EFFECTS.
Wear protective gloves/clothing.
IF SWALLOWED: Immediately call a POISON CENTRE or
doctor/physician.
IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes.
Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue
rinsing.
DO NOT induce vomiting.
IF exposed or concerned: Get medical advice/attention.
Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local
regulations.
To avoid risks to human health and the environment, comply with the
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Products Regulations
1995.
30
Aramo®®
Corbel
9.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/HORTICULTURAL HERBICIDE,
as directed below:
Crops
Winter oilseed rape
Linseed/Flax
Sugar beet, Fodder
beet, Field bean
Combining peas,
Vining peas
Leek and bulb onion
Carrots
Cabbage
Cauliflower
Green cover on land
not being used for
crop production
Maximum
individual
Dose
1.0 litre
product/ha
Maximum
number of
applications
1 per crop
1.5 litres
product/ha
1.5 litres
product/ha
1.5 litres
product/ha
1.5 or 0.75
litres
product/ha
1.5 litres
product/ha
1.5 litres
product/ha
1 per crop
1.5 litres
product/ha
1.5 litres
product/ha
1 per crop
Latest time
of Application/
Harvest interval
Before end November
or before crop has 9
true leaves, whichever
occurs first
Before flower buds
visible
8 weeks before harvest
1 per crop
1 per crop or 4 weeks before harvest
2 per crop
1 per crop
1 per crop
Before head formation
(when the two youngest
leaves do not unfold)
Before head formation
1 per crop
1 per crop
See “Other specific
restrictions”
Other specific restrictions:
When applying to green cover on land temporarily removed from production
e.g. set-aside:
1. A full green cover must be established before the pesticide is applied.
2. Treated plants must not be grazed by livestock or harvested for human
or
animal consumption.
To avoid the build up of resistance do not apply products containing a
ACCase inhibitor herbicide more than twice to winter oilseed rape, linseed,
sugar beet, fodder beet, field beans, combining peas, vining peas, carrots,
cabbage, cauliflower and green cover on land not being used for crop
production. In addition, do not use this product in mixture or sequence with
any other product containing tepraloxydim.
For sugar beet, fodder beet, linseed and green cover on land not being used
for crop production (e.g. set-aside), applications are prohibited between 1
November and 31 March.
For field bean, vining & combining peas, leeks, bulb onions, carrots, cabbage
and cauliflower applications are prohibited between 1 November and 1
March.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 10280)
31
31
H
F
H
Aramo®
32
Auxiliary
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 14576
Use: For the control of annual grass weeds and annual broad-leaved weeds
in Winter Wheat.
Formulation: Contains 800 g/l prosulfocarb and 10 g/l clodinafop-propargyl as
an emulsifiable concentrate formulation.
Pack Size: 10 litres in outers of two.
Recommended Crop:
Winter wheat
Maximum Number of Treatments: One per crop
Water Volume: 100 – 400 litres of water per hectare.
Compatibility: For details of compatibilities contact your distributor, local BASF
representative, the BASF Technical Services Hotline: 0845 602 2553 or visit our
website on: www.agriCentre.basf.co.uk
Guidance
33
Auxiliary
Latest Time of Application: Before five tillers detectable stage (GS 25)
H
Auxiliary
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
instructions within this section must be read carefully in order to obtain safe
and successful use of this product.
1.
DO NOT use on barley or oats.
DO NOT spray crops undersown with grass mixtures.
DO NOT apply to crops under stress or to crops suffering from waterlogging,
pest attack, disease, frost, or the effects of high diurnal temperature changes.
DO NOT apply if heavy rainfall is expected immediately after application.
DO NOT apply to ‘soft’ crops that have not been frost hardened if significant
frosts are expected immediately after application.
Transient discolouration can occur especially on spray overlaps, although crops
fully recover.
Avoid the use of hormone-containing herbicides in mixture or sequence with
Auxiliary.
When Auxiliary is applied first, leave 7 days before applying hormone herbicides.
If mecoprop-p or 2,4-DB containing products are applied first leave 14 days
before Auxiliary is applied. If MCPA or 2,4-D containing products are applied
first, leave 21 days before Auxiliary is applied.
The cereal seed must be covered by 3cm of soil and for best results apply to
a firm, moist seedbed free of clods.
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Weeds controlled
GRASS WEEDS
GROWTH STAGES
Susceptible
Wild Oats
Italian Ryegrass
Up to 5 tillers
Up to 1 tiller
Auxiliary can contribute to the control of Black-grass as part of a herbicide
resistance management strategy, involving mixtures and sequences with
herbicides of alternative modes of action.
BROAD-LEAVED WEEDS
GROWTH STAGES
Susceptible
Ivy leaved-speedwell
Chickweed
Crane’s-bill
Up to 4 true leaves
Up to 4 true leaves
Pre-emergence
(supported by limited evidence)
34
Auxiliary
2.2
Weed resistance
This product contains clodinafop-propargyl which is an ACCase inhibitor, also
classified by the Herbicide Resistance Action Committee as ‘Group A’.
Auxiliary should only be used for control of herbicide resistant strains of annual
grasses as part of an appropriate management strategy, including cultural
control and mixtures/sequences with herbicides of alternative modes of action.
increase the risk of resistance development; only use a second ACCase inhibitor
to control different weeds at a different timing.
Strains of some annual grasses (e.g. black-grass, wild-oats and Italian ryegrass) have developed resistance to herbicides which may lead to poor control.
A strategy of preventing and managing such resistance should be adopted.
3.
CROPS SPECIFIC INFORMATION
3.1
Time of application
Auxiliary may be used post-emergence of the crop up to five tillers detectable
stage (GS 25).
3.2
Rate of application
3 litres of product per hectare in mixture with an approved adjuvant.
One application per crop.
See Use of Additives, Section 6.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
In the case of crop failure, winter wheat and winter barley may be sown after
an interval of three weeks.
The following crops may be sown in the spring after winter cereal crop failure.
Without ploughing
With ploughing
Sunflowers
Maize
Flax
Spring oats
Spring barley
Spring wheat
Spring peas
Spring oilseed rape
Soya beans
Carrots
Lettuce
Onions
Sugar beets
Potatoes
Field beans
Broad beans
35
H
H
Auxiliary
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Mixing
Fill the spray tank with half the required volume of clean water and start
agitation.
Add the required amount of Auxiliary and continue agitation whilst adding
the rest of the water. Agitate the mixture thoroughly before use and continue
agitation during spraying. Add adjuvant to the spray tank at mixing.
5.2
Application
Apply Auxiliary in a water volume of 100-400 litres per hectare.
Apply Auxiliary using a conventional fan nozzle producing a MEDIUM spray
quality as defined by the British Crop Protection Council. A spray pressure of
2.0 – 3.0 bars is recommended.
6.
USE OF ADDITIVES
The maximum dose rate of Auxiliary is 3 litres per hectare and must be used
in mixture with a suitable additive.
Auxiliary must always be applied with an authorised adjuvant from the
methylated seed oil or mineral oil classes. Use with approved methylated seed
oils is preferred. Always use adjuvants at their recommended rates.
7.
Auxiliary is supplied in 10 litre containers.
Store in a suitable pesticide store, keep dry and protect from frost
36
Auxiliary
8.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
practicable in addition to the following personal protective equipment.
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate or contaminated
surfaces.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS) during application.
However, engineering controls may replace personal protective equipment if
a COSHH assessment shows that they provide an equal or higher standard
of protection.
WASH HANDS AND EXPOSED SKIN before eating and after work.
insides of gloves.
container. DO NOT clean application equipment
near surface water. Avoid contamination via drains
from farmyards and roads.
To protect aquatic organisms respect a buffer
zone to surface water bodies. Refer to Section on
LERAP for buffer zone width.
boom sprayers to fall within 5m of the top of the
bank of a static or flowing waterbody, or within 1m from the top of a ditch
which is dry at the time of application. DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from
hand-held sprayers to fall within 1m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing
water body. Aim spray away from water.
This product qualifies for inclusion within the Local Environmental Risk
from a horizontal boom sprayer a LERAP must be carried out in accordance
with CRD’s published guidance or the statutory buffer zone must be maintained.
The results of the LERAP must be recorded and kept available for inspection
for three years.
PROTECT FROM FROST
SHAKE WELL BEFORE USE
37
H
H
Auxiliary
9.
Auxiliary
Contains 800 g/l prosulfocarb and 10 g/l clodinafop-propargyl as an
emulsifiable concentrate formulation.
May produce an allergic reaction.
TOXIC TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS. MAY CAUSE
LONG-TERM ADVERSE EFFECTS IN THE AQUATIC
ENVIRONMENT.
Keep out of reach of children.
Keep away from food, drink and animal feedstuffs.
When using DO NOT eat, drink or smoke.
This material and its container must be disposed of in a safe
way.
Use appropriate containment to avoid environmental
contamination.
If swallowed, DO NOT induce vomiting: seek medical advice
immediately and show this container or label.
for use
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Products Regulations.
10.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL HERBICIDE, as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
Maximum number Latest time of
individual dose
of treatments
application
(litres/product/ha)
Wheat (winter)
3 litres
One per crop
Before five tillers
detectable stage
(GS 25)
Other Specific Restrictions:
To avoid the build up of resistance DO NOT apply products containing an
ACCase inhibitor herbicide more than twice to any crop. In addition, DO NOT
use this product in mixture or sequence with any other product containing
clodinafop-propargyl.
FOLLOW THE CODE OF PRACTICE FOR USING PLANT PROTECTON
PRODUCTS.
MAPP No. 14576
38
Basagran® SG
H
HERBICIDE
MAFF No. 08360
Use: A contact herbicide for broadleaved weed control.
Formulation: Water soluble granule containing 87% w/w bentazone as the
sodium salt.
Pack Size: 3 kgs in outers of 4.
See Section No:
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.2
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
Recommended Rates: 1.65 kg per hectare. Split application of 0.85 + 0.85
kg or 1.1 + 0.5 kg per hectare.
Water Volume: 100 – 450 litres/hectare, depending upon use.
Spray Quality: FINE or MEDIUM, see text.
Latest Time of Application: Various see Crops Section 3,
Important Information, Section 9.
Maximum Individual Dose: All crops, 1.65 kg/ha.
Guidance
39
Basagran® SG
Recommended Crops:
Beans, dwarf French*
Beans, navy*
Beans, runner*
Beans, winter field
Beans, spring field*
Beans, broad*
Peas*
Linseed
Narcissi*
Potatoes*
*selected varieties only.
H
Basagran® SG
Peas:
1 (single) application.
All other crops: 1 (single) or 2 (split dose)*.
Note: *The maximum of 1.65 kg product/ha must not be exceeded for split
doses.
Rainfastness: Not less than 6 hours.
COMPANY ADVISORY INFORMATION
This section is not part of the Product Label under the Plant Protection Productions
Regulations 2005 and provides additional advise on product use.
Water Stewardship
The following is based on advice published by the Voluntary Initiative for use of
bentazone in priority catchments, but is extended to use in all catchments:Do not use bentazone on:Soils with shallow groundwater (<1m below surface);
Soils on chalk or other limestone that are shallow (<30-35cm) and
stony (>10% of surface area);
Soils with low organic content (<1% 0C).
Do not use bentazone before 1 April.
Reduce dose rates to <1000 g bentazone/ha/year (Basagran® SG < 1.15 kg/ha/year).
Use a 6m grass buffer or a 5m no-spray zone adjacent to watercourses.
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Basagran SG is a herbicide for post-emergence broad-leaved weed control in spring
and winter field beans, broad, dwarf French, navy and runner beans, peas, linseed,
narcissi and potatoes.
1. RESTRICTIONS/WARNINGS
1.1
Weed control
The best weed control will be achieved if crops are sprayed when weeds are
small and actively growing, provided the crop is within the correct growth
stages, see below.
It is essential to achieve full cover of all weed surface areas, especially the
growing point. Therefore adjust spray volumes and pressures according to the
size and density of the weed populations and crop cover.
It is preferable to use the split dose if conditions are likely to be very warm,
sunny or humid, if foliage is tender or if a sensitive variety is to be treated (see
Section 4.2).
Only single applications are approved for use in peas.
Where weeds classed as moderately susceptible form an important part of the
weed population, the split dose will only give acceptable control if the weeds
are cotyledon only. If true leaves are present, a single application of 1.65 kg/
hectare should be made.
The addition of Actipron, Adder or Cropspray 11E is recommended only in
dwarf green beans and potatoes to improve control of fat-hen, particularly
40
Basagran® SG
when dry conditions are prevalent. Enhanced control of other weeds listed as
susceptible may also be achieved.
1.2
Sequences/Tank mixes
Sequence with other spray chemicals:
DO NOT apply insecticides within 7 days of treatment with Basagran SG.
Basagran SG BEFORE a post-emergence grass herbicide:- leave an interval
of at least 7 days between treatments.
Basagran SG AFTER a post-emergence grass herbicide:- leave an interval of
14 days and carry out a leaf wax test where relevant.
Other than the permitted mixtures in the relevant crops, DO NOT tank mix
Basagran SG with any other products or severe crop damage can result.
1.3
Weather conditions
DO NOT apply Basagran SG or any of the recommended mixtures to any
crop that may have been subjected to stress conditions, such as herbicide or
disease injury, excessive acidity/alkalinity, trace element deficiency, drought,
waterlogging, widely fluctuating temperatures, or physical damage to the
foliage as caused by abnormal wind, rain, hail or frost.
DO NOT spray under HOT SUNNY CONDITIONS when temperatures are
at or above 21°C, particularly during the mid-day period. When the above
conditions occur, spraying should be delayed until the evening. This is
particularly important when there has been a change to hot sunny weather
following a cool cloudy period.
DO NOT spray if rain or frost is expected, nor if the foliage is wet. A
minimum period of 6 hours free from rain is required after application.
DO NOT apply Basagran SG during periods of drought or unseasonably cold
weather as unsatisfactory weed control may result.
1.4
Crops
Check varietal tolerance of varieties before using.
A satisfactory leaf wax test using crystal violet marker dye must be carried out
before applying Basagran SG or the recommended mixtures to peas.
DO NOT treat forage pea varieties or mange-tout.
DO NOT use on first early or seed crop potatoes.
Restrictions relating to certain varieties of potatoes should be strictly
observed. Check also all specific restrictions and warnings relevant to
potatoes.
CONSULT PROCESSORS BEFORE USE.
1.5
Application
DO NOT overlap spray swaths.
Avoid spray drift onto neighbouring crops, particularly lettuce and sugar
beet.
The recommended water volume is 100-450 litres/hectare. The lowest volume
of 100 litres/hectare can only be used when weeds are no larger than
cotyledon stage, weed density is low to moderate and crop shielding is
negligible.
WASH EQUIPMENT thoroughly immediately after use. Fill the tank with clean
water and leave overnight. Spray out before storage or using other products.
Traces of the product may cause damage to susceptible crops sprayed later.
41
H
H
Basagran® SG
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility ratings
SUSCEPTIBILITY OF WEEDS TO BASAGRAN SG ALONE OR
IN MIXTURES
Weed Name
Basagran
SG
Alone
Basagran SG
+ Tropotox 2
Black-bindweed
Black-grass
Charlock
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Crane’s-bill
Dead-nettle, Henbit
Dead-nettle, Red
Fat-hen
Fool’s Parsley
Forget-me-not, Field
Fumitory, Common
MS
R
S
S
S
S
MS
MS
MS 1
S
S
MS
S
R
S
S
S
S
MS
MS
S
S
S
S
Goosefoot, Fig-leaved
Groundsel
Hemp-nettle, Common
Knotgrass
Marigold, Corn
Mayweed spp.
Meadow-grass, Annual
Mustard, Black
Mustard, White
Nettle, Small
Nightshade, Black
Oilseed Rape, Volunteer
Orache, Common
Pansy, Field
Penny-cress, Field
Persicaria, Pale
Pimpernel, Scarlet
Poppy, Common
Radish, Wild
Redshank
Shepherd’s-purse
Sow-thistle, Smooth
Speedwell, Common
Field
Speedwell, other
species
Spurrey, Corn
Thistles, Creeping
(aerial portion)
S
MS
MR
MR
S
S
R
S
S
S
S
S
MS
R
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
S
MS
MS
S
S
R
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
S
MS
MS
MS
MR
S
MR
S
SP
SP
42
Basagran® SG
S
- Susceptible: controlled from cotyledon up to 6 leaf stage or 5 cm high
or across by 1.65 kg /hectare, from cotyledon up to 2 leaves by the
split dose programme.
SP - Top growth suppressed if appreciable foliage is present. Seedlings
(cotyledon - 2 true leaves) will also be controlled.
MS - Moderately Susceptible: controlled from cotyledon up to 2 leaf stage
but only checked up to 6 leaf stage or 5 cm high or across by 1.65 kg/
hectare; controlled at cotyledon only by the split dose programme.
MR - Checked up to 2 leaves by 1.65 kg/hectare.
R - Resistant: no useful effect.
1
2
For improved control of fat-hen in dwarf beans and in potatoes only, see
Section 1 and 4.2 for the use of Basagran SG with adjuvants.
Basagran SG + Tropotox tank mix recommended for use in peas only. For
definition of formulations and rates, see Section 3.3.
3.
CROPS
3.1
Dwarf French, Navy and Runner Beans
Timing of Application
Apply Basagran SG in runner beans when the crop has between one and two
trifoliate leaves and in dwarf French and navy beans as soon as the crop has
two trifoliate leaves.
Crop selectivity is partly dependent on adequate leaf wax formation. When
conditions which reduce leaf wax occur the application should be delayed by
at least 5 to 7 days to await recoverty.
Basagran SG may cause transient scorch, which can be prolonged with
applications later than the three trifoliate leaf stage.
Method of Application
Basagran SG can be applied either by a conventional single dose or
preferably by a split dose treatment.
Varietal Tolerances
The following varieties can be safely treated:
43
H
H
Basagran® SG
Dwarf French Beans
Catch + 1
Flevoro
Kingreen
Laguna
Lasso
Magnum +
Masai
Nerina
Nomad #
Paulista #
Safari
Sigma 1
Tasman 1
Ursus 1
Yukon 1
Navy Beans
Purley King
Revenge
Torpedo
Runner Beans
Achievement
Emergo
Enorma
+ These varieties are recommended on the basis of limited (2 years) data.
# The use of Basagran SG + oil on these varieties is recommended on the
basis of limited (2 years) data.
1
The use of Basagran SG + Actipron has not been tested on these varieties.
Control of Fat-Hen in Dwarf Beans
See Section 1 - Basagran SG use with Actipron, Adder or Cropspray 11E.
3.2
Spring and Winter Field Beans and Broad Beans
Basagran SG can be used alone or following a pre-emergence herbicide
providing the crop is not adversely affected. Crop selectivity is partly
dependent on adequate leaf wax formation. Frost, wet conditions, physical
damage, disease or previous sprays can all reduce leaf wax and when this
occurs application should be delayed by at least 5 to 7 days to await recovery.
Method of Application:
Basagran SG can be applied either by a conventional single dose or by a split
dose treatment. The correct crop and weed growth stages are given in the
following table. See also Section 4.2 - Application.
The single dose is usually the preferred treatment for the winter bean crop due
to overwintered weeds being more advanced.
The split dose is the preferred method in spring field beans provided that the
weed and crop stage are suitable.
44
Basagran® SG
Rates and Timing - Field and Broad Beans
Crop
Application
method
Split
dose: (a)
Spring
Beans and
Broad
Beans (b)
Single
dose: (b)
Split
dose:
Rate
kg/hectare
Crop stage
(see diagram)
0.85 kg/ha
followed by
0.85 kg/ha
OR
1.1 kg/ha
followed by
0.55 kg/ha
2 to 6 leaf
pairs, max.
height 15 cm.
1.65 kg/ha
as spring
beans
Winter
Beans
(applied in
the spring)
Single
dose:
as spring
beans
Optimum crop
stage is
5-10 cm.
3 to 6 leaf
pairs, max.
height 15 cm
Broad Beans:
3 to 4 leaf
pairs only.
Optimum stage
for both crops
- as for split
dose.
2 leaf pairs
up to and
including 7 leaf
pair stage.
Optimum crop
stage is 5 to
15 cm.
3 leaf pairs
up to and
including 7 leaf
pair stage.
Optimum stage
- as for split
dose.
Weed
stage
cotyledon to
2 leaves only.
(optimum
cotyledon)
cotyledon to
6 leaves.
(optimum 2
leaf)
cotyledon to
2 leaves only.
(optimum
cotyledon)
cotyledon to
6 leaves.
(optimum
2 leaf)
Important notes:
(a) If conditions are conducive to increased herbicide activity and crop
scorch, e.g. warm sunny conditions, tender foliage or a more sensitive
variety, then the 0.85/0.85 kg/hectare split should be used.
(b) Broad beans are more sensitive than field beans. The split dose treatment
is always preferable to the single dose in this crop.
45
45
H
Basagran® SG
Maximum height 15cm (6 in)
H
4th
4th
1st
1st
1st leaves 2 leaf
unfolding pairs
005
006
3 leaf
pairs
102
CODE†:
SPLIT DOSE
TIMING
2nd
2nd
4 leaf
pairs
103
6 leaf
pairs
105
First buds
visible*
201
WINTER FIELD BEANS
SPRING FIELD BEANS
- -- - - -
SINGLE
-DOSE
TIMING
----
WINTER FIELD BEANS
SPRING FIELD BEANS
Varietal tolerances: The following varieties can be treated:
Spring Field Beans
Fuego +
Maris Bead
Quattro +
Titch
Victor
Varieties in bold text may exhibit more leaf scorch than others, but are not
highly sensitive.
Winter Field Beans: All varieties tested so far have shown good
tolerance:
Broad Beans
Danko
Listra
Medes
Talia
Varieties in bold have shown more sensitivity to Basagran SG.
Use only the split dose treatments on these varieties.
Processors must be consulted before use in broad beans.
Crop Effects - Field and Broad Beans
Slight crop scorch can occur after spraying. This is seen as a blackening of
leaf margins, particularly on older leaves - all subsequent new leaves being
unaffected. A temporary vigour check may also occur under some conditions.
These effects generally have no influence on yield. They can, however, be
more pronounced when applications are made beyond the optimum growth
stage, particularly when the single dose is used and/or adverse weather
conditions prevail.
Warnings
Avoid overlapping spray bouts and DO NOT add Actipron, Adder or
Cropspray 11E to Basagran SG in field and broad bean crops.
DO NOT apply on crops earlier than the 2 leaf pair stage, or crops more than
15 cm tall (except winter beans) or if flower buds are visible.
46
Basagran® SG
3.3
Peas
Basagran SG may be used alone or in mixtures with Tropotox. The choice
of treatment depends on the weed spectrum to be controlled - see weed
susceptibilities listed in Section 2.1.
Basagran SG, or the above mixtures may be used following pre-emergence
broad-leaf herbicides provided that the crop is undamaged and showing no
adverse symptoms of herbicide application.
Avoid application to crops which are under stress from physical damage or
disease, or other factors.
A satisfactory leaf wax test using crystal violet marker dye must be performed
before applying Basagran SG or Basagran SG mixtures, particularly with early
drillings which tend to have less leaf wax.
Slight scorch of the leaf margins and/or hormonal twisting may occur shortly
after spraying but the crop will soon recover; yield and maturity will not be
adversely affected.
Time of Application
Apply Basagran SG or Basagran SG + Tropotox from when the peas have
three nodes (3 fully expanded leaves) until before the flower buds can
be found enclosed in the terminal shoot. The optimum timing is when the
majority of weeds have germinated, but are still at the seedling stage.
Rate of Application (See also Section 1 - single applications):
(i) Basagran SG alone - Apply 1.65 kg/ha.
(ii) Basagran SG + Tropotox tank mix - Apply 1.65 kg/ha Basagran SG +
3.75 l/ha Tropotox.
NOTE: Only single applications are approved for use in peas.
Varietal Tolerances
The following varieties can be safely treated, either with Basagran SG alone,
or the above mixtures.
Green Peas (Vining Peas)
Ambassador
*Avola (Spring)
Balmoral +
Barle
Bikini
Cabree +
Jaguar +
Misty
Samish +
Snake +
*Span
Tristar
Winner
Zamira +
Combining Peas
Bunting
Eagle +
Flare +
Jackpot +
Nitouche +
Bold type denotes varieties that are slightly sensitive.
DO NOT treat the varieties Carouby de Mausanne, Conquest, Danielle, Dinos,
Filby, Fonado, Printana, Sherbourne, Turon, Santa or Vedette.
DO NOT treat forage pea varieties or mange-tout.
For the approval status and tolerance of any variety not mentioned above,
consult your local BASF representative or the Processors and Growers
Research Organisation.
47
47
H
H
Basagran® SG
3.4
Linseed
Since linseed offers poor weed competition, weed control is important,
especially in the early growth stages.
Basagran SG may be used alone or following pre-emergence herbicides,
provided that the crop is showing no adverse symptoms.
Time of Application
Apply when the crop is between 21/2-30 cm tall, but before the flower buds
are visible.
The optimum timing is when the majority of weeds have germinated and
are still in the seedling stage. As a guide, this is usually when the crop is
between
71/2-20 cm tall.
Methods of Application
dose treatment.
3.5
Narcissi
A weed control programme of a suitable pre-emergence herbicide followed by
Basagran SG is recommended.
Time of Application
Apply Basagran SG at or after flowering but not during flower bud formation.
If required, Basagran SG may be applied at any time after crop emergence
except during flower bud formation. For optimum control weeds should be at
the cotyledon to seedling stage.
dose treatment.
Varietal Tolerances
The following varieties have been successfully treated:
Buxton
Larianti
Carlton
Scarlet Elegance
Fortune
Snowball
Golden Harvest
Selectivity has been satisfactory over many varieties. However, because there
is such a large range, with an unlisted variety growers are advised to check a
small area in the first instance.
3.6
48
Potatoes
Basagran SG is a post-emergence treatment for use in maincrop and second
early potatoes. It may be used alone or following a pre-emergence herbicide
in a programme of weed control provided the crop is undamaged and
showing no adverse symptoms of herbicide application. Basagran SG used
in sequence with a pre-emergence application of metribuzin gives improved
weed control from the combination of residual and contact activity. DO NOT
apply following a post-emergence application of metribuzin (Sencorex WG).
Some leaf-yellowing or slight scorch may occur under certain conditions
(see ‘Varietal Tolerances’ and ‘Factors Affecting Crop Tolerance’). These
effects are transient, only being present on leaves exposed to the spray.
All subsequent growth is unaffected and yields are not adversely affected,
provided that applications are within the following guidelines.
DO NOT irrigate for at least 24 hours following application. In dry conditions
irrigation prior to Basagran SG application can be beneficial to ensure that
weeds are actively growing. However, foliage must be dry before application.
Avoid overlapping spray bouts.
48
Basagran® SG
3.6.1 Potatoes- Basagran SG alone
Time of Application
Apply Basagran SG when the majority of weeds have emerged and are at the
cotyledon to seedling stage, but before most of the crop has reached a
height of 15 cm.
Application when the crop is taller than 15 cm is not recommended because
foliage scorch can be increased leading to a possible check to the crop vigour
and yields. Weeds can also be shielded from the spray by crop foliage with
later applications.
Basagran SG can be applied either by a conventional single dose or
preferably by a split dose treatment. See Section 4.2, Application.
Control of Fat Hen in Potatoes
See Section 4.2, Basagran SG use with adjuvants.
3.6.2 Potatoes- Basagran SG/Sencorex sequences
Apply 1.0 kg/ha metribuzin (Sencorex WG) pre-emergence of the potatoes
as recommended in the metribuzin label. On soils with high organic matter
content, better activity can be achieved by pre- or post-planting incorporation
or by application pre-final ridging. Follow this with an application of 0.85 kg/
ha Basagran SG + 1.5 l/ha Actipron post-crop emergence when the weeds
are at cotyledon to 2 leaf stage, but before the potato shoots exceed 15 cm
in height. Check varietal restrictions for Basagran SG and metribuzin before
embarking on this programme.
3.6.3 Potatoes- Varietal Tolerances
The following maincrop and second early varieties can be treated either with
Basagran SG alone or, if required, with the addition of Actipron, Adder or
Cropspray 11E.
Ailsa *#
Estima +*
Premiere *#
Ambo #
Hermes *#
Record
Anna *#
King Edward *
Romano
Atlantic *#
Marfona +
Rooster *#
Ausonia
Maris Peer +
Saturna 0 #
Balmoral *#
Maris Piper
Saxon #
Brodick #
Nadine
Shula #
Cara
Navan #
Symfonia *#
Carlingford +*#
Obelix #
Valor #
Costella +
Pentland Crown
Vekaro
Cultra #
Pentland Dell
Vanessa
Desiree *
Pentland Squire
Wilja +
Erntestolz #
Picasso *#
+ second early varieties.
0
Do not use the Sencorex WG/Basagran SG sequence on this variety.
* These varieties have shown more foliage scorch than others. Particular
attention should be paid to the crop stage and factors affecting crop
tolerance. DO NOT use the single dose treatment with permitted
adjuvants on on these varieties.
# These varieties are recommended on the basis of limited (2 years) data.
DO NOT treat the following varieties: Bintje, Fianna, Lady Rosetta, Morag,
Morene, Rode Pipo, Russett Burbank, Sante, Shepody, Stemster and Stroma.
DO NOT treat seed crops or first early varieties.
Factors Affecting Crop Tolerance
Basagran SG should not be applied to potatoes under hot, sunny conditions
when temperatures are at or above 21°C, particularly during the mid-day
49
49
H
H
Basagran® SG
period. When these conditions are encountered, spraying should be
delayed until evening. It should be noted that in general, crop foliage is more
sensitive when there is a sudden change to hot, sunny weather following a
cool, cloudy period. This sensitivity diminishes after approximately three days.
Crop tolerance will also be reduced if the crop is under stress, e.g. from
such factors as physical damage (as from high wind), heavy rain or hail,
virus diseases, blackleg, nematodes, Rhizoctonia, excessive soil alkalinity or
acidity, or frost either shortly before or after treatment. Wet foliage is prone to
scorch by Basagran SG.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
4.1
Mixing
Half fill the spray tank with clean water and start the agitation. Pour in the
required amount of Basagran SG. Add the remainder of the water and
continue agitation until spraying is completed.
When tank mixes are to be used each product should be added separately to
the spray tank.
All tank mixes should be used immediately after mixing.
4.2
Application
All applications should be made as a FINE spray, as defined by BCPC,
unless the highest water volumes are used when FINE or MEDIUM sprays
are permissible. It is essential to achieve full cover of all weed surface areas,
especially the growing point. Therefore ADJUST SPRAY VOLUMES AND
PRESSURES ACCORDING TO THE SIZE AND DENSITY OF THE WEED
POPULATIONS AND CROP COVER.
Basagran SG can be applied as a single dose in all recommended crops or
as a split dose in dwarf green, navy, runner and field beans, linseed, potatoes
and narcissi. The split dose will control susceptible weeds from cotyledon up
to 2 true leaves while the single dose is effective on weeds up to 4-6 true
leaf stage. The split dose method has generally given better weed control
and enhanced crop safety over the conventional single dose, but if weeds are
larger than 2 true leaves it is necessary to use the single dose method.
Timing of Split Dose
The optimum timing for the first application is when the first flush of weeds
are at the cotyledon stage. The second follow-up dose should be applied
within 7 to 10 days of the first dose, depending on the control achieved by
the initial dose or the appearance of the second weed flush. See individual
sections below for crop growth stage limitations.
A maximum of two applications may be made: 0.85 kg/hectare followed
by 0.85 kg/hectare or 1.1 kg/hectare followed by 0.55 kg/hectare.
The 0.85 kg/0.85 kg/hectare split is preferable if conditions are likely to be
very warm, sunny or humid, if foliage is tender or if a sensitive variety is to be
treated.
The recommended water volume is 100-220 litres/hectare. The lowest volume
of 100 litres/hectare can only be used when weeds are no larger than
cotyledon stage, weed density is low to moderate and crop shielding is
negligible.
Single Dose and Mixtures
Where Basagran SG is recommended as a single application in this text,
it should be applied at 1.65 kg/hectare.
When applied alone or in mixture with other products, the recommended
water volume is 220-450 litres/hectare.
50
50
Basagran® SG
The lowest volume of 220 litres/hectare should only be used when all the
following conditions apply:
: weeds at cotyledon to 2 leaves only.
: weed density is low to moderate.
: crop shielding is negligible.
Flat fan or high pressure hollow cone nozzles are suitable under these
conditions.
For other situations, 330-450 litres/hectare is recommended, preferably
applied through flat fan nozzles only, operating at an optimum pressure of
approximately 3-3.5 bar, in order to produce a fine penetrating spray.
In crops where the addition of an adjuvant is recommended, add 2 litres/
hectare of Actipron, Adder or Cropspray 11E to the recommended rate of
Basagran SG when spray volumes of 220-450 litres/hectare are used.
Where a split dose application is recommended within the water volume
range of 100-170 litres/hectare then the rate of adjuvant is reduced to 1-1.5
litres/hectare respectively.
5.
SEQUENCES
DO NOT apply insecticides within 7 days of treatment with Basagran SG.
Basagran SG BEFORE a post-emergence grass herbicide:- leave an interval
of at least 7 days between treatments.
Basagran SG AFTER a post-emergence grass herbicide:- leave an interval of
14 days and carry out a leaf wax test where relevant.
6.
Basagran SG is supplied in 3 kg boxes and should be kept dry and frostproof
in a suitable pesticide store.
51
51
H
H
Basagran® SG
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS),
SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES, FACE PROTECTION (FACE SHIELD)
AND SUITABLE RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT when handling the
concentrate.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling contaminated
surfaces.
a COSHH assessment shows that they provide an equal or higher standard of
protection.
WASH HANDS AND EXPOSED SKIN before eating and drinking and after
work.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, seek medical advice immediately (show the label
where possible).
DO NOT contaminate water with the product or its container.
DO NOT clean application equipment near surface water / avoid
contamination via drains from farmyards and roads.
KEEP IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER tightly closed, in a safe place.
WASH OUT CONTAINER THOROUGHLY, empty washing into spray tank and
dispose of safely.
52
52
Basagran® SG
8.
Basagran® SG
A water soluble granule containing (87% w/w) bentazone as the sodium salt.
DANGER:
CAUSES SERIOUS EYE DAMAGE
MAY CAUSE AN ALLERGIC SKIN REACTION
EFFECTS
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND EYE/FACE
PROTECTION.
AVOID BREATHING DUST.
IF SWALLOWED: IMMEDIATELY CALL A POISON CENTRE
OR DOCTOR/PHYSICIAN.
IF IN EYES: RINSE CAUTIOUSLY WITH WATER FOR
SEVERAL MINUTES. REMOVE CONTACT LENSES, IF
PRESENT AND EASY TO DO. CONTINUE RINSING IF ON
SKIN: WASH WITH PLENTY OF SOAP AND WATER.
IF SKIN IRRITATION OR RASH OCCURS: GET MEDICAL
ADVICE/ATTENTION.
instructions for use.
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Product Regulations 1995
53
53
H
H
Basagran® SG
9.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/ HORTICULTURAL
HERBICIDE, as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time of
application
Field bean
(winter),
navy bean
1.65 kg
product/hectare
Up to and including
7 leaf pair stage
Spring field
beans
1.65 kg
product/hectare
Broad beans
1.65 kg
product/hectare
One or Two as
a split dose
(see ‘Other
specific
restrictions’)
One or Two as
a split dose
(see ‘Other
specific
restrictions’)
One or Two as
a split dose
(see ‘Other
specific
restrictions’)
Vining pea,
combining pea
1.65 kg
product/hectare
Dwarf French
bean,
runner bean,
linseed
1.65 kg
product/hectare
Ornamental plant 1.65 kg
production
product/hectare
(narcissi)
Potatoes
1.65 kg
product/hectare
Before the crop
exceeds 15 cm in
height and before
7 leaf pair stage
Single dose - before
the 5 leaf pair stage.
Split dose - before
the crop exceeds
15 cm in height and
before 7 leaf pair
stage
One
Before flower buds
can be found
enclosed in the
terminal shoot
One or Two as Before flower
a split dose
buds visible
(see ‘Other
specific
restrictions’)
One or Two as Not applicable*
a split dose
(see ‘Other
specific
restrictions’)
One or Two as Before shoots
a split dose
exceed 15 cm in
(see ‘Other
height
specific
restrictions’)
A maximum of 1.65 kg product/hectare/crop must not be exceeded for split
doses.
*This product must not be applied to ornamental plant production (narcissi)
during flower bud formation.
PRODUCTS.
(MAFF No. 08360)
54
Bassoon® EC
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15219
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 83 g/litre (8 % w/w)
epoxiconazole.
Pack Size: 10 litres in outers of 2.
Recommended Crops:
Durum wheat
Triticale
Rye
Oats
Maximum individual dose: 1.5 litres per hectare
Winter wheat, spring wheat,
durum wheat, rye, tritcale:
Up to and including flowering
(anthesis) complete
Winter and spring barley, oats:
Up to and including emergence of
ear complete
Processed Crops: Before using Bassoon EC on crops grown to be
processed consult your processor.
Water Volume: 100 – 300 litres/hectare
Major changes since last printing: None
Guidance
55
Bassoon® EC
F
Bassoon® EC
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Bassoon EC is a systemic fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum
1.
Avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops.
Consult processor before use.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the latest timing
restrictions for epoxiconazole given by the British Beer and Pub Association
Wash equipment thoroughly after use.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Bassoon EC is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties
for the control of a range of diseases in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum
wheat, winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye and oats, as summarised
below:
Winter
wheat
#
Spring
wheat
Durum
wheat
Winter
barley
Spring
barley
Oats
Triticale
Rye
Powdery mildew
-
-
-
C
C
C
C
-
Septoria tritici
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Net blotch
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Ramularia
-
-
-
R
R
-
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight #
GR
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
C =
Control
MC =
Moderate control
GR =
good reduction
R =
Reduction
Application of Bassoon EC to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the levels
of the mycotoxin deoxynivalenol (DON) associated with Fusarium ear blight
infection, but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to reduction of DON
below the statutory limit in wheat grain.
56
Bassoon® EC
Resistance Management
fungicides are known to exist in the UK. Where these occur or develop
Bassoon EC may not give satisfactory control.
Bassoon EC contains a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI fungicides
has been identified in Septoria leaf blotch (Mycosphaerella graminicola) which
may seriously affect the performance of some products. For further advice
on resistance management in DMIs contact your agronomist or specialist
advisor, and visit the FRAG-UK website.
3.
CROP
Bassoon EC is a systemic fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat,
durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye and oats.
Time of Application
Apply Bassoon EC at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of
two applications can be made up to and including flowering just complete
in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, rye and triticale and up to and
oats.
For protection against Fusarium ear blight and sooty mould on the ears of
winter and spring wheat and durum wheat, apply Bassoon EC during ear
emergence.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litre Bassoon EC in a minimum of 150 to 300 litres of water per
hectare.
Qualified recommendation
Bassoon EC may be applied at 1.5 litres per hectare in 100 litres of water per
hectare although efficacy at this reduced volume has not been evaluated.
Therefore application at 100 litres water per hectare is at user’s risk with
regard to biological efficacy.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Bassoon EC, oilseed rape, cereals, sugar
beet, maize, clover, dwarf French beans, field beans, peas, carrots, potatoes,
lettuce, cabbage, sunflower, ryegrass and onions may be sown as the
following crops. The effect of Bassoon EC on other crops has not been
assessed.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
completed.
mixing.
6.
Bassoon EC is supplied in 10 litre containers.
57
F
F
Bassoon® EC
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate.
protection.
where possible).
Do not contaminate water with the product or its container.
Do not clean application equipment near surface
water.
Avoid contamination via drains from farmyards and
roads.
buffer zone distance to surface water bodies in line
with LERAP requirements.
boom sprayers to fall within 5m of the top of
the bank of a static or flowing waterbody, unless a Local Environment Risk
Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within
1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of application. Aim spray
away from water.
58
Bassoon® EC
8.
Bassoon® EC
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 83 g/litre (8 % w/w) epoxiconazole.
HARMFUL BY INHALATION
IRRITATING TO SKIN
ENVIRONMENT
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND GLOVES.
STUFFS.
WHEN USING DO NOT EAT OR DRINK.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Product
Regulations 2005.
59
F
F
Bassoon® EC
9.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL FUNGICIDE, as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
total dose
Latest time of
application
Wheat,
per hectare
Rye, Triticale,
Durum wheat
3.0 litres product
per hectare
Up to and
including flowering
(anthesis)
just complete
(GS 69)
Barley, Oats
per hectare
3.0 litres product
per hectare
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
PRODUCTS.
MAPP No. 15219
60
Bellis®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 12522
Use: A protectant and systemic fungicide for the control of apple scab
and powdery mildew in apples and scab control in pears. Bellis will provide
reduction of storage rots caused by Gloeosporium, Alternaria, Botrytis and
Penicillium species in apples and pears.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 25.2% w/w boscalid
and 12.8% w/w pyraclostrobin.
Pack Size: 1 kg in outers of ten
Recommended Crops: Apples and Pears
Recommended Rate: 0.8 kg of product per hectare
Water Volume: 300–1500 litres of water per hectare
Apples and Pears: 4 per year
A minimum interval of 10 days must be observed between applications to
apples and pears.
Guidance
61
Bellis®
Latest Time of Application: 7 days before harvest
F
Bellis®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
1.
Processed Crops
CONSULT PROCESSORS BEFORE USE: Effects of treatment on fruit
preservation (jam, juice, canned) and fermentation (cider and perry production)
have not been fully assessed.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Bellis is a protectant and systemic fungicide for the control of apple scab
(Venturia inaequalis) and powdery mildew (Podosphaera leucotricha) in apples
and scab control in pears (Venturia pirina). When used as the final 2 sprays
in a fungicidal spray programme, Bellis will provide reduction of storage rots
caused by Gloeosporium, Alternaria, Botrytis and Penicillium species in apples
and pears.
2.1
Resistance
In order to minimise risk of resistance development, Bellis should be used in a
programme with products of a different cross-resistant group.
Bellis contains pyraclostrobin (a QoI inhibitor) and boscalid (a carboxamide).
A maximum of four applications of Bellis (or other QoI products) per year can
be applied where the total number of applications is twelve or more. Where
the total number of fungicidal treatments to crops is less than twelve, the
maximum number of treatments with Bellis or other QoI products should be
three.
DO NOT use more than two consecutive applications of Bellis.
Blocks of two applications of Bellis must be separated by a minimum of two
applications of a fungicide from a different cross-resistant group.
3.
CROPS
For use in apples and pears.
Time of Application
For optimum results apply Bellis as a protectant spray from bud burst and
repeat at 10-14 day intervals. Use a maximum of three applications per
year, except where the spray programme includes twelve or more fungicide
applications - when a maximum of four applications per year of Bellis may be
used. A minimum of 7 days must elapse between the last spray and harvest.
Rate of Application
Apply Bellis at 0.8 kg of product per hectare in a water volume of 300–1500
litres of water per hectare.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply as a MEDIUM spray as defined by BCPC.
Half fill the spray tank with clean water and start agitation. Slowly add in the
required amount of product. Rinse empty containers and add rinsings to
the spray tank. Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until
spraying is complete.
Water volumes should be based on the size of the trees and leaf area at
application, and sufficient to ensure good coverage.
The water volume should not exceed 1500 litres of water per hectare.
62
Bellis®
5.
Bellis is supplied in 1 kg polyethylene containers and should be kept dry and
frostproof in a suitable pesticide store. Store separately from food, drink and
animal feed.
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the product or
handling contaminated surfaces.
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when applying by hand held equipment.
protection.
AVOID ALL CONTACT BY MOUTH.
WASH HANDS before meals and after work.
where possible).
IF SWALLOWED, seek medical advice immediately and show this container or
label.
container.
DO NOT clean application equipment near surface
water.
roads.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from broadcast
air-assisted spraying equipment to fall within 40 m
of the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body,
unless a Local Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits
a narrower buffer zone, or within 5 m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the
time of application. Aim spray away from water.
Assessment for Pesticides for broadcast air-assisted sprayers. Before each
spraying operation from a broadcast air-assisted sprayer, either a LERAP
must be carried out in accordance with CRD’s published guidance or the
statutory buffer zone must be maintained. The results of the LERAP must be
recorded and kept available for inspection for three years.
63
F
F
Bellis®
7.
Bellis®
DANGER:
CAUSES SERIOUS EYE IRRITATION.
HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED.
VERY TOXIC TO AQUATIC LIFE.
VERY TOXIC TO AQUATIC LIFE WITH LONG LASTING
EFFECTS.
Wear eye protection.
IF SWALLOWED: Call a POISON CENTRE or doctor/
physician if you feel unwell.
IF IN EYES: Rinse cautiously with water for several minutes.
Remove contact lenses, if present and easy to do. Continue
rinsing.
Rinse mouth.
Collect spillage.
Dispose of contents/container in accordance with local
regulations.
2005
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE, as directed
below:
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Apples and
pears
0.8kg/ha
4 per year
7 days before harvest
Other specific restrictions
A minimum interval of 10 days must be observed between applications to
apples and pears.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP 12522)
64
Brutus®
Corbel®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 14353
Use: A broad spectrum systemic fungicide with protectant and curative
properties for use in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring
barley, rye and triticale.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 37.5 g/l epoxiconazole
and 27.5 g/l metconazole.
Pack size: 5 litres in outers of four and 10 litres in outers of two.
Recommended Crops:
Wheat, winter and spring
Durum wheat
Barley, winter and spring
Rye
Triticale
Maximum Individual Dose: 3.0 litres/ha
Maximum Total Dose: 6.0 litres product per hectare
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
GS 69 (end of flowering)
Wheat (durum)
Rye and Triticale
Barley (winter)
GS 59 (end of ear emergence)
Barley (spring)
Guidance
65
Brutus®
Water Volume: 100 - 300 litres of water per hectare
F
Brutus®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Brutus is a broad spectrum systemic fungicide with protectant and curative
barley, rye and triticale.
1.
restrictions for epoxiconazole given by the British Beer and Pub Association.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Brutus is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for
the control of a range of diseases in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat,
winter and spring barley, rye and triticale as summarised below:
Brutus offers prolonged persistence of disease control leading to
increased yield.
2.1
Disease susceptibility
Powdery mildew
Winter
wheat
Spring
wheat
Winter
barley
Spring
barley
Durum
wheat
Rye
Triticale
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Septoria tritici
C
C
-
-
C
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
C
-
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Tan spot
MC
MC
-
-
MC
-
-
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
C
-
Ramularia
-
-
MC
MC
-
-
-
Eye spot
R
-
R
-
R
R
R
Fusarium
ear blight (1)
MC#
MC#
-
-
MC#
-
MC#
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
MC
MC
-
-
MC
-
-
(1) Application of Brutus to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the levels
of the mycotoxin deoxynivalenol (DON) associated with Fusarium ear
blight infection, but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to
reduction of DON below the statutory limit in wheat and triticale grain.
#
= When applied at 3 litres per hectare Brutus will achieve
Moderate Control of Fusarium ear blight. Brutus can also be
used at 2 litres per hectare for Good Reduction of this disease.
66
Brutus®
C
MC
R
2.2
= Control
= Moderate control
= Reduction
Resistance management
Strains of certain diseases with decreased sensitivity to triazole fungicides are
known to exist in the UK. Where these occur or develop, Brutus may not give
satisfactory control.
Brutus contains the DMI fungicides epoxiconazole and metconazole.
Resistance to some DMI fungicides has been identified in Septoria leaf blotch
(Mycosphaerella graminicola) which may seriously affect the performance
of some products. For further advice on resistance management with DMIs
contact your agronomist or specialist advisor, and visit the FRAG-UK website.
A strategy for managing resistance should be adopted. Guidelines have been
produced by the Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) and copies
are available from HGCA, CPA, your distributor, crop adviser or product
manufacturer.
3.
3.1
Crops
Brutus may be used on all varieties of winter and spring wheat, durum wheat,
winter and spring barley, rye and triticale.
3.2
Time of Application
Apply Brutus at the start of disease attack. Applications in wheat, rye and
triticale can be made up to the end of flowering (GS 69). Applications in
barley can be made up to the end of ear emergence (GS 59).
For optimum effect against eyespot with Brutus apply between the leaf
sheaths erect and second node detectable stages of the crop.
For protection against Fusarium ear blight and sooty moulds on the ears of
winter and spring wheat, durum wheat and triticale, apply Brutus during ear
emergence.
3.3
Rate of Application
Apply 3 litres of Brutus in 150 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
Brutus may be applied at 3 litres per hectare in 100 litres water per hectare
although efficacy at this reduced volume has not been evaluated. Therefore
application at 100 litres water per hectare is at user’s risk with regard to
biological efficacy.
When applied at 3 litres per hectare Brutus will achieve Moderate Control of
Fusarium ear blight. Brutus can also be used at 2 litres per hectare for Good
Reduction of this disease.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Brutus, oilseed rape, cereals, sugar beet,
linseed, maize, clover, beans, peas, carrots, potatoes, lettuce, cabbage,
sunflower, ryegrass and onions may be sown as the following crop. The
effect of Brutus on other crops has not been assessed.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Mixing
Never prepare more spray solution than is required.
Fill the tank half full with water and start the agitation. To ensure thorough
mixing of the product, invert the container several times before opening. Add
the required quantity of Brutus to the spray tank while re-circulating. Fill up
the tank with water and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
67
F
F
Brutus®
When tank mixes are to be used, take due note of any instructions given as
to the order of mixing. Each product should be added separately to the spray
tank and fully dispersed before the addition of any further product(s).
On emptying the container, rinse container thoroughly by using an integrated
pressure rinsing device or manually rinsing three times. Add washings to
sprayer at time of filling and dispose of container safely.
5.2
Application
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
After spraying, thoroughly clean and flush out application machinery with a
minimum of three rinses.
6.
Brutus is supplied in 5 litre and 10 litre containers. Store in a suitable
pesticide store, keep dry and protect from frost.
68
Brutus®
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
LERAP requirement.
bank of a static or flowing water body, unless a Local
for three years.
DO NOT RE-USE CONTAINER for any purpose
STORE IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER tightly closed, in a safe place
On emptying the container, RINSE CONTAINER THOROUGHLY by using
an integrated pressure rinsing device or manually rinsing three times. Add
washings to sprayer at time of filling and dispose of container safely.
69
F
F
Brutus®
8.
Brutus®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 27.5 g/litre metconazole and 37.5 g/l
epoxiconazole.
ENVIRONMENT
STUFFS.
DO NOT EMPTY INTO DRAINS; THIS MATERIAL AND ITS
CONTAINER MUST BE DISPOSED OF IN A SAFE WAY.
IF SWALLOWED SEEK MEDICAL ADVICE IMMEDIATELY
AND SHOW THIS CONTAINER OR LABEL.
This product is approved under the Control of Pesticides Regulations.
9.
below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
total dose
Latest time of
application
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
Wheat (durum)
Rye
Triticale
3.0 litres product
per hectare
6.0 litres product
per hectare
GS 69 (end of
flowering)
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
3.0 litres product
per hectare
6.0 litres product
per hectare
GS 59 (end of
ear emergence)
MAPP No. 14353
70
H
Butisan® S
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 11733
Use: A residual herbicide for broadleaved weed control and some grass
weed control in a range of crops.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 500 g/litre (43.1% w/w)
metazachlor.
Crop:
See Section No:
3.1
3.3
3.2
3.2
3.4
3.5
3.6
Maximum
Individual Dose:
(product/hectare)
1.5 litres
1.5 litres
Cabbage, Brussels sprout,
cauliflower, broccoli, calabrese: 1.5 litres
Swede, turnip:
1.5 litres
Ornamental trees, ornamental
shrubs and forest:
1.5 litres
Maximum Total
Dose per Crop:
(product/hectare)
2.0 litres
1.5 litres
1.5 litres
1.5 litres
2.0 litres
End of January in year of harvest.
Before 10th true leaf stage.
cauliflower, broccoli and
calabrese:
Swede, turnip:
Pre-emergence.
Ornamental trees, ornamental
Shrubs, nursery fruit trees and
forest:
No restriction.
Guidance
71
Butisan® S
Recommended Crops:
Winter oilseed rape
Spring oilseed rape
Swedes
Turnips
Transplanted brassicae
Direct drilled brassicae
Ornamental trees,
ornamental shrubs, farm
woodland and commercial
forestry:
H
Butisan® S
Water Volume: 100-450 litres/hectare, depending upon use.
Compatilbility: For details of compatibilities contact your distributor, local
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Butisan S is a residual herbicide which can be used in all varieties of winter
and spring sown oilseed rape, swedes, turnips, cabbages, Brussels sprouts,
cauliflowers, broccoli and calabrese. It may also be used in some ornamentals,
hardy nursery stock, nursery fruit trees, farm woodland and commercial forestry.
Butisan S is suitable for use on all soil types as defined in the Soil Texture (85)
System, except sands and very light soils and soils containing more than 10%
organic matter.
1.
Herbicidal activity is dependent upon root uptake.
Useful weed control can be obtained on soils with an organic matter higher
than 10% but it may decrease as the percentage of organic matter increases
appreciably.
With drilled crops, when applying Butisan S pre-emergence, it is important
for crop safety to ensure physical separation of the herbicide from the seed.
This is achieved by ensuring that the seed is well covered with soil, to a
depth of 15 mm. With direct drilled crops, harrow across slits to cover the
seed before spraying Butisan S. Ensure that transplants are correctly planted
with the roots well covered. Loose and puffy seedbeds must be consolidated
before treatment.
A reduction in crop vigour, weed control and possibly plant stand may occur
with excessive rainfall shortly after application. If heavy irrigation is planned
after transplanting, apply Butisan S after irrigating. Where a crop check has
occurred this usually grows out after a few weeks and yields are normally
unaffected.
DO NOT apply Butisan S to soils with a compaction layer or to poorly
drained soils, since damage can occur under waterlogged conditions.
If Butisan S is applied onto a dry soil surface it will only be effective after
rainfall has occurred. Light (10 mm at any one time) irrigation will help to
ensure herbicidal activity. Weed control is dependent on adequate moisture.
On brashy and stony soils, Butisan S may cause some reduction in crop
vigour and/or plant stand, due to the chemical moving down to the rooting
zone too rapidly.
DO NOT USE pre-emergence applications on broadcast crops.
DO NOT overlap spray swaths, particularly on the headlands.
DO NOT treat crops which are suffering from wilting, pests or diseases or
badly planted transplants.
DO NOT use later than the end of January in winter oilseed rape.
72
Butisan® S
When used alone Butisan S has very little dewaxing activity. However, under
frosty conditions a transient scorch may sometimes occur. DO NOT use
Butisan S in tank mixtures under frosty conditions.
In ornamental trees, ornamental shrubs, nursery fruit trees, farm woodland
and commercial forestry not all species or cultivars have been tested and so
only a small number of plants should be treated initially to gain experience
with the treatment. Selectivity is greatest when applied under cool, overcast
conditions. Applications should not be made to soft, vigorously growing
foliage, particularly during or after a period of warm days and cold nights.
DO NOT use filters finer than 50 mesh.
WASH EQUIPMENT thoroughly immediately after use. Traces of the product
may cause damage to susceptible crops sprayed later.
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to Butisan S
Weed Name
Susceptibility to 1.5 l/ha Butisan S
applied pre-emergence of the weed
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Crane’s-bill, Cut-leaved
S
MR
MR
Dead-nettle, Red
Fumitory, Common
Groundsel
S
S
R
S
Knotgrass
Mayweeds
Pansy, Field
R
S
S
R
Parsley Piert
Penny-cress, Field
Poppy, Common
Shepherd’s-purse
Speedwells
S
MS
MR
R
=
=
=
=
S
R
MS
S
S
Susceptible
Moderately Susceptible
Moderately Resistant
Resistant
73
H
H
Butisan® S
2.2
Resistance
Strains of some annual grasses (e.g. black-grass, wild-oats, and Italian rye
grass) have developed resistance to herbicides which may lead to poor
control. A strategy for preventing and managing such resistance should be
adopted. Guidelines have been produced by the Weed Resistance Action
Group and copies are available from the HGCA, CPA, your distributor, crop
adviser or product manufacturer.
3.
CROPS
3.1. Winter oilseed rape
3.1.1 Time of Application
Butisan S may be applied pre- or post-emergence of the crop, depending on
soil type, the seedbed conditions and weed spectrum, see Section 2.1. DO
NOT use later than the end of January.
Pre-emergence use:
On medium and heavy soils where seedbeds are moist, firm and free from
clods, Butisan S should be applied from drilling up until the crop seed chits.
In warm soils, this may occur within 48 hours of drilling.
DO NOT USE on broadcast crops.
Early post-emergence use:
Butisan S can be used on light, medium or heavy soils post- emergence,
once the majority of the crop has reached the fully expanded cotyledon
stage. See Section 2.1 for weed susceptibility and note moisture
requirement.
Post-emergence application of Butisan S is recommended if:
- seedbed conditions are not ideal for the pre-emergence use
- the seed is not covered with 15 mm of soil (as with broadcast crops)
- Butisan S could not be applied before the seed crop chits
- light soils, or all recommended soils which are stony, brashy or gravelly
are to be treated, particularly if heavy rainfall has been forecast for the
period following drilling
- late drilled crops are to be treated
3.1.2 Rate of application
Apply 1.5 litres Butisan S per hectare, pre- or post-emergence of the crop.
3.1.3 Water volume
When applying Butisan S pre-emergence in tank mixture or whenever
applying Butisan S post-emergence, use a minimum water volume of 220
litres per hectare.
Butisan S can be applied in water volumes of 100 litres per hectare when
used pre-emergence, but should not be used on poor seed beds nor in tank
mixture with other products at this water volume. When using this reduced
water volume nozzles designed to produce a coarser spray may be used.
74
Butisan® S
3.1.4 BUTISAN S recommendation summary for winter oilseed rape
Pre-Emergence
Post-Emergence
Broadcast Crops
DO NOT use
Use permitted
Crop Growth Stage
After drilling and prior to
chitting of crops drilled
early or at normal time
After cotyledons
fully expanded
(1st true leaf
should be party
emerged)
Weed Growth Stage
Pre-ermergence
Before weeds
emerge (see
Section 2.1)
Soil Type
Medium to heavy
Light to heavy
Seedbed Condition
Fine, firm, moist
Not dry or cloddy
Not critical
provided
reasonable
Drilling Septh
15mm
Not critical
provided
reasonable
Water Volume
Use a min of 100 /ha.
For tank mixes use at
least 200 l/ha
Use a minimum
220 l/ha
Important Notes
DO NOT USE on
broadcast or late drilled
crops, or stony soils
Adequate
moisture is
necessary for
weed control
Special Notes:
1. Approved herbicides may follow a pre- or early post-emergence
application of Butisan S, provided that the crop is undamaged and
showing no adverse symptoms.
3.2
Swedes and turnips Apply 1.5 litres Butisan S per hectare, pre-emergence of the crop. Weed
susceptibilities are listed in Section 2.1.
3.2.1 Time of Application:
Butisan S should be applied to seedbeds that are firm, moist and free from
clods before the crop seed chits. This may occur within 48 hours of drilling
in warm soils. DO NOT treat if a period of heavy rain is forecast as heavy rain
before emergence may reduce crop stand. The latest time of application of
Butisan S is pre-emergence in swedes and turnips.
3.2.2 Water volume:
Butisan S should be applied in 220-450 litres of water per hectare. Use the
higher water volume where seedbeds are not ideal (e.g. slightly cloddy).
3.3
Spring oilseed rape
An application of 1.5 l/ha Butisan S is recommended in this crop. Weed
75
H
H
Butisan® S
susceptibilities are listed in Section 2.1.
Butisan S should be applied to seedbeds that are firm, moist and free
from clods before the crop seed chits. This may occur within 48 hours of
drilling in warm soils. DO NOT treat if a period of heavy rain is forecast as
heavy rain before emergence may reduce crop stand. As an alternative, for
spring oilseed rape apply once the crop has two fully expanded cotyledons
but before weeds emerge. Broadcast crops must ONLY be treated
post-emergence and this is the preferred timing for all crops grown on light,
brashy, stony or gravelly soils.
DO NOT apply after the crop has 10 true leaves.
3.3.2 Water volume
3.4
Transplanted brassicae
An application of 1.5 litres per hectare Butisan S is recommended in these
crops. Weed susceptibilities are listed in Section 2.1.
The latest time of application of Butisan S is 6 weeks before harvest in
transplanted brassicae.
When treating transplants, ensure that the roots are well covered with soil
and that the plants are adequately hardened off and established prior to
treatment. If necessary, use irrigation to help establish the plants and raise
soil moisture before treatment with Butisan S. Avoid spraying transplants
when very warm days and cool nights are expected.
Modular or block-raised transplants can be particularly sensitive to
herbicide damage because they are often both soft and immature. It is
essential that the directions concerning transplants are followed in full and it
is advisable to only treat a small area in the first instance.
3.4.2 Water volume
3.5
Direct drilled brassicae
To prolong weed control in direct drilled cabbages, Brussels sprouts,
cauliflower, broccoli or calabrese, one application of Butisan S can be made
post-emergence of the crop (see weed susceptibilities are listed in Section
2.1) following the use of an alternative pre-emergence treatment.
Apply Butisan S after the crops have 3-4 true leaves but before weed
emergence. Do not treat crops within 6 weeks of harvesting.
3.5.2 Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litres Butisan S in 220-450 litres of water per hectare.
3.6
Ornamental trees, ornamental shrubs, nursery fruit trees, farm
woodlands and commercial forestry
76
Butisan® S
Apply as a surface spray to beds which are moist, firm and free from
clods once existing weeds have been removed and before new weeds have
emerged (see Table 2.1). New plantings can be treated after lining out or
transplanting once the plants are established and sufficiently hardened off to
withstand treatment. This may require irrigation before application which will
also ensure adequate soil moisture.
When used in sequence with other herbicides, apply when the previous
treatment begins to fail. This is indicated by the first signs of weed
germination. This criterion can also be used to time subsequent applications
of Butisan S.
3.6.2 Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litres Butisan S in 220-450 litres of water per hectare. Use the
higher volume when seedbeds are less than ideal to ensure adequate
coverage.
When using a knapsack sprayer for directed applications around the base
of stems, mix as directed in Section 5, but ensure adequate dispersal of the
product in the tank.
3.6.3 Crop Tolerance
Species and cultivars in the following genera have been treated with a spray
directed at the stem base without significant crop damage:
Trees:
Acer
Malus
Aesculus
Nothofagus
Ailanthus
Ostrya
Alnus
Picea
Amelanchia
Pinus†
Betula
Platanus
Carpinus
Populus
Castanea
Prunus
Catalpa
Pseudotsuga
Chamaecyparis
Pyrus
Corylus††
Quercus
Crataegus
Robinia†
Davidia
Salix
Fagus
Sophora†
Fraxinus†
Sorbus
Gleditsia
Thuja
Juniperus
Tilia
Larix
Shrubs:
Berberis
Cotoneaster
Cornus
Escallonia
Euonymus
Forsythia
Hippophae
Hypericum
Ilex
Ligustrum
Mahonia
Philadelphus
Potentilla
Rhamnus
Ribes
Rosa
Rubus
Sambucus
Spirea
Stephanandra
Symphoricarpus
Tamarix
Viburnum†
Weigela
77
H
H
Butisan® S
Some of the above may be treated with an overall spray. Not all species or
cultivars have been tested and so only a small number of plants should be
treated initially to gain experience with the treatment. Selectivity is greatest
when applied under cool, overcast conditions. Applications should not be
made to soft, vigorously growing foliage, particularly during or after a period
of warm days and cold nights. Further information on species and cultivars
suitable for treatment is available on request.
Note: † These species may show transient leaf curl, leaf necrosis and
mottling (needle shortening on Pinus) from overall sprays.
†† These species have been tested with a directed spray at the stem
base only.
3.6.4 Important Notes
DO NOT treat crops growing under glass or polythene, in containers or
any plants suffering from adverse conditions, either environmental or from
previous treatments. (See also Restrictions/Warnings.)
When Butisan S is used on nursery fruit trees, any fruit harvested within one
year of application must be destroyed.
Do not treat crops under hot, sunny conditions.
3.6.5 Irrigation
If Butisan S is applied onto a dry soil surface it will only be effective after
rainfall has occurred. Light (10 mm at any one time) irrigation will help to
ensure herbicidal activity.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Any crop can follow normally harvested winter oilseed rape treated with
Butisan S and ploughing is not essential before sowing the following cereal
crop.
In the event of a crop failing in the autumn or winter, then several crops can
be drilled after the use of Butisan S alone as follows:
4.1
Redrilling the same autumn
Winter Wheat (excluding Durum) or Winter Barley: After ploughing to a depth
of at least 150 mm.
4.2
Redrilling the following spring
After ploughing, the following crops can be sown:
CEREALS - (excluding Durum wheat)
TRANSPLANTED OR DIRECT DRILLED BRASSICAE
FIELD BEANS
PEAS
POTATOES and MAIZE
LINSEED
Following spring applications to swedes, turnips or brassicae, crops
particularly sensitive to Butisan S, e.g. carrots, parsnips and lettuce, should
not be planted within 5 months of treatment. Plough to a depth of at least
150 mm before sowing or planting any succeeding crop.
Where crops follow use in ornamental trees, ornamental shrubs and nursery
fruit trees, follow the instructions given above for Butisan S alone.
78
Butisan® S
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
SHAKE WELL BEFORE USE. Half fill the spray tank with clean water and
start the agitation. Pour in the required amount of Butisan S. Add the
remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
Rinse empty containers thoroughly, and add rinsings to the sprayer tank.
mixing.
6.
Butisan S is supplied in 5 litre polyethylene containers and should be kept
dry and frostproof in a suitable pesticide store.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FACE PROTECTION
(FACESHIELD) when handling the concentrate.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the spray boom or
adjusting nozzles.
PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND RUBBER BOOTS when applying the spray
through a knapsack sprayer.
of protection.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, seek medical advice (show label where possible).
Do not contaminate surface waters or ditches with chemical or used
container.
KEEP LIVESTOCK out of treated areas until poisonous weeds such as
ragwort have died and become unpalatable.
KEEP LIVESTOCK out of treated areas of swede and turnip for at least 5
weeks following treatment.
79
H
H
Butisan® S
8.
GLOBALLY HARMONSED SYSTEM (GHS) REGULATIONS
Butisan® S
A suspension concentrate containing 500 g/litre metazachlor
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
OBTAIN SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE.
WASH WITH PLENTY OF WATER AND SOAP
THOROUGHLY AFTER HANDLING.
USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AS
REQUESTED.
IF EXPOSED OR CONCERNED: GET MEDICAL ADVICE/
ATTENTION
COLLECT SPILLAGE
DISPOSE OF CONTENTS/CONTAINER IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LOCAL REGULATIONS.
This product is approved under the Control of Pesticides Regulations 1986
80
Butisan® S
9.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/HORTICULTURAL
Crops
individual dose
Maximum
total dose
Maximum
of application
Latest time
per crop
Winter oilseed rape
1.5 litres
product/hectare
2.0 litres
product/hectare
Spring oilseed rape
1.5 litres
product/hectare
1.5 litres
product/hectare
End of January
in year of
harvest
Before 10th
true leaf stage
Cabbage, Brussels
Sprout, cauliflower,
Broccoli, calabrese
Swede, turnip
1.5 litres
product/hectare
1.5 litres
product/hectare
6 weeks before
harvest
1.5 litres
product/hectare
1.5 litres
product/hectare
1.5 litres
product/hectare
2.0 litres
product/hectare
Pre-emergence
Ornamental trees,
ornamental shrubs,
nursery fruit trees,
and forest
-
A maximum total dose of not more than 1000g metazachlor/hectare may
be applied in a three year period on the same field.
When Butisan S is used on nursery fruit trees, any fruit harvested within
one year of application must be destroyed.
(MAPP No. 11733)
81
H
H
Butisan® S
82
Canopy®
P
PLANT GROWTH REGULATOR
Canopy: MAPP No. 13181
Use: A plant growth regulator for use in winter wheat, winter barley and winter
triticale.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 50 g/l prohexadionecalcium and 300 g/l mepiquat chloride.
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Winter triticale
Recommended Rates: 1.5 litres product per hectare
Water Volume: Minimum of 200 litres per hectare.
Latest Time of Application: Before crop growth stage 41 (before flag leaf
sheath extending).
Processed Crops: Effects on bread making and brewing have not been
tested. Consult grain merchant or processor before use.
Guidance
83
Canopy®
Maximum Total Dose: 1.5 litres product per hectare.
P
Canopy®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
1.
Avoid boom overlaps and ensure that the boom height is correctly adjusted.
Occasionally low levels of temporary leaf tipping may occur following
application; this tipping only affects the leaves present at application and will
not affect the final yield.
DO NOT apply Canopy to any crop suffering physical stress caused by
waterlogging, drought or other conditions. Crops with a substantial moisture
deficit should not be treated.
Avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops
PROCESSED CROPS: Effects on bread making and brewing have not been
tested. Consult grain merchant or processor before use.
2.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Canopy is a plant growth regulator for reduction of crop height, which can lead
to lodging control and yield protection in all varieties of winter wheat, winter
barley and winter triticale.
Lodging reduction and yield response in winter triticale are less consistent than
in winter wheat and winter barley.
3.
CROPS
Winter wheat, winter barley, winter triticale
Time of Application
Apply Canopy from beginning of stem extension (BBCH GS 30) up to and
including flag leaf fully emerged (BBCH GS 39)
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litres Canopy in a minimum of 200 litres of water per hectare.
Qualified recommendation for reduced water volume
Canopy may be applied at 1.5 litres per hectare in 100 litres water per hectare
although efficacy data to support this reduced volume have not been provided.
Therefore application at reduced-volume is at user’s risk with regard to
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Any crop can follow normally harvested winter wheat, winter barley or winter
triticale and ploughing is not essential before sowing the next crop.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply Canopy as a MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC, in a minimum of 200
PRODUCT MAY SEPARATE - SHAKE WELL BEFORE USE. Half fill the spray
tank with clean water and start the agitation. Pour in the required amount of
Canopy. Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying is
completed
mixing.
84
Canopy®
6.
TANK CLEANING
Following application of Canopy thoroughly clean the sprayer using clean water
in accordance with the guidance provided by the equipment manufacturer.
7.
Canopy is supplied in 5 litre polycans in outers of 4. Protect from frost. Shake
well before use. DO NOT store in direct sunlight.
8.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate.
protection.
container.
Protect from frost.
85
P
P
Canopy®
9.
Canopy®
A suspension concentrate containing 50 g/l prohexadione-calcium and
300 g/l mepiquat chloride.
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
WASH WITH PLENTY OF WATER AND SOAP THOROUGHLY
AFTER HANDLING.
DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE WHEN USING THIS
PRODUCT.
IF SWALLOWED: CALL A POISON CENTER OR DOCTOR/
PHYSICIAN IF YOU FEEL UNWELL.
RINSE MOUTH.
WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS.
10.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL PLANT GROWTH REGULATOR,
as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum total
dose
Latest time of
application
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Winter triticale
1.5 litres
product/ha
1.5 litres
product/ha
Before crop
growth stage 41
(before flag leaf
sheath extending)
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No 13181)
86
Capalo®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 13170
Use: A fungicide with protectant, curative and eradicant properties for the
control of a range of diseases on winter and spring wheat, winter and spring
barley, winter and spring oats, rye and triticale.
Formulation: A suspo-emulsion containing 75 g/litre (7.3% w/w) metrafenone,
62.5 g/litre (6.1% w/w) epoxiconazole plus 200 g/litre (19.4% w/w)
fenpropimorph.
Pack Size: Capalo is supplied in 10 litres in outers of two.
Recommended Crops:
Oats, winter and spring
Rye
Triticale
Maximum Number of Applications: 2 per crop.
Water Volume: 200 litres of water per hectare.
Winter and spring wheat, rye and triticale:
Winter and spring barley and winter and
spring oats:
Up to and including the beginning of flowering (GS 61).
of ear just complete (GS 59).
Guidance
87
Capalo®
F
Capalo®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Capalo is a fungicide with protectant, curative and eradicant properties for
the control of a range of diseases on winter and spring wheat, barley, oats,
rye and triticale.
1.
Capalo may cause damage to broad-leaved plant species.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
2.1
Capalo is a systemic fungicide with protectant, curative and eradicant
properties for the control of a range of diseases in winter and spring wheat,
barley, oats, rye and triticale as shown in the table below.
Winter
wheat
Spring
wheat
Winter
barley
Spring
barley
Winter
oats
C (2)
C
C
C
C
Septoria tritici
C
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
Powdery mildew (1)
R
R
Net blotch
Fusarium ear blight
GR
GR
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
GR
GR
C
R
C
C
MC
MC
C
C
C
C
R
R
C
1. Capalo will give control of mildew and provide knockdown of
moderate levels of established mildew present at application.
2. In winter wheat, Capalo will also give moderate control of mildew in
the latent phase.
3. Qualified minor use
C
MC
GR
R
=
=
=
=
C
C
C
Rhynchosporium
C
Rye
C
Crown rust
Eyespot
Spring Triticale
oats (3)
control
moderate control
good reduction
reduction
88
C
Capalo®
2.2
Apply Capalo according to the instructions for the target diseases at the
specific growth stage indicated. Apply a maximum of two sprays of Capalo
per crop.
Capalo should be used as part of a resistance management strategy that
includes use in mixtures or sequences that are effective against mildew as
well as non-chemical methods e.g. cultural control.
To reduce the risk of resistance development, where mildew is well
established at the time of application, Capalo should be used in mix with 350
g/ha fenpropimorph e.g. Corbel.
Capalo contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
Capalo contains metrafenone which is a benzophenone fungicide. Do not
apply more than two applications in total of products containing either
benzophenone or benzoylpyridines to any one crop. Do not mix with products
containing pyriofenone.
3.
3.1
Crops
Capalo can be used on all varieties of winter wheat, spring wheat, winter
barley, spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
3.2
Time of application
Apply Capalo at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
applications can be made up to the beginning of flowering (GS 61) in winter
and spring wheat, rye and triticale and up to and including emergence of ear
just complete (GS 59) in winter and spring barley and oats.
For optimum effect against eyespot apply between the leaf sheaths erect and
second node detectable stages of the crop (GS30-32).
For protection against Fusarium ear blight and sooty moulds (Cladosporium,
Botrytis) on the ears of winter and spring wheat, apply Capalo during ear
emergence.
3.3
Rate of application
Apply 2.0 litres Capalo in 200 litres of water per hectare
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Capalo, cereals, oilseed rape, sugar beet,
linseed, maize, clover, field beans, peas, turnips, carrots, cauliflower, onions,
lettuce and potatoes can be planted as succeeding crops.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Mixing
the required quantity of Capalo to the spray tank while re-circulating. Fill up
89
F
F
Capalo®
5.2
Application
6.
Capalo is supplied in 10 litre containers. Keep dry and frostproof in a suitable
pesticide store.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN HANDLING THE CONCENTRATE.
surfaces.
of protection.
WASH CONCENTRATE from skin or eyes immediately
AVOID ALL CONTACT WITH SKIN OR EYES.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, seek medical advice (show label where
possible).
Do not contaminate surface waters or ditches with
chemical or used container.
bank of a static or flowing waterbody, unless a
Local Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides
(LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within
1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of
accordance with CRD’s published guidance or the statutory buffer zone
must be maintained. The results of the LERAP must be recorded and kept
available for inspection for three years.
Store in a suitable pesticide store, keep dry and protect from frost.
90
Capalo®
8.
Capalo®
A suspo-emulsion formulation containing 75 g/litre metrafenone, 62.5 g/litre
epoxiconazole plus 200 g/litre fenpropimorph for use in winter and spring
wheat, winter and spring barley, winter and spring oats, rye and triticale.
WARNING:
CAUSES SKIN IRRITATION
MAY CAUSE AN ALLERGIC SKIN REACTION.
SUSPECTED OF DAMAGING FERTILITY.
TOXIC TO AQUATIC LIFE WITH LONG LASTING EFFECTS.
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES/CLOTHING.
AVOID BREATHING VAPOURS.
IF ON SKIN: WASH WITH PLENTY OF SOAP AND WATER.
ATTENTION.
PRESENT AND EASY TO DO. CONTINUE RINSING.
This product is approved under the Control of Pesticide Regulations 1986.
91
F
F
Capalo®
9.
below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter and spring
wheat, rye and
triticale
2.0 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including the
beginning of
flowering (GS 61).
Winter and spring
barley and oats
2.0 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
DO NOT apply more than two applications of any products containing
metrafenone to any one crop.
PRODUCTS.
MAPP No. 13170
92
Caryx®
P
MAPP No. 16100
Use: A plant growth regulator for the reduction of crop height and lodging risk
in all varieties of winter oilseed rape.
Formulation: A water based formulation contained 30 g/l metconazole and
210 g/l mepiquat-chloride.
Recommended Crops: Winter oilseed rape
Recommended Rates: 1.4 litres product/ha
Water Volume: 150 to 400 litres water per hectare
Guidance
93
Caryx®
Latest Time of Application: Up to and including crop growth stage 59
(Yellow bud)
P
Caryx®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Caryx is a plant growth regulator for the reduction of crop height and lodging risk in
all varieties of winter oilseed rape.
By reducing the incidence and/or severity of lodging CARYX may help to protect
from yield losses associated with lodged oilseed rape crops
1.
Avoid boom overlaps and ensure that the boom height is correctly adjusted.
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage by drift onto plants outside
the target area.
Ensure the sprayer is free from previous chemical residues that may harm the
crop. Use of a detergent cleaner is advised before and after use.
Use of a growth regulation product can offer good protection from the
incidence or severity of lodging but there can be no guarantee that lodging
will not occur, especially in high lodging pressure situations.
2.
CROPS
Caryx can be used on all varieties of winter oilseed rape.
3.
Spring application of Caryx
Caryx applied at 1.4 l/ha in the spring will shorten the crop and manipulate
canopy structure, reducing the risk of the crop lodging.
3.1
3.2
Application timing
Apply Caryx in the spring between crop growth stage 31-59 of the crop
(beginning of stem extension to yellow bud) once the crop is actively growing.
Applications made before the crop has shown signs of active growth will be
less effective.
Reduction of lodging risk
Caryx applied in the spring will reduce the risk of lodging later in the season.
Maintaining the rate of Caryx will provide a more consistent reduction of
lodging risk by lowering the incidence or severity of lodging.
4.
4.1
MIXING, APPLICATION AND SPRAYER CLEANING
Mixing
SHAKE WELL BEFORE USE. Fill the spray tank three quarters full with water
and start the agitation. To ensure thorough mixing of the product, invert the
container several times before opening. Add the required quantity of CARYX
to the spray tank while re-circulating. Fill the tank with the remaining required
amount of water and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
On emptying the product container, rinse container thoroughly using an
integrated pressure rinsing device or by manually rinsing three times. Add
94
Caryx®
4.2
4.3
5.
Application
Apply Caryx in 200-400 l/ha water as a MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC.
Qualified Approval:
Caryx may be applied at up to 1.4 l/ha in 150 litres water per hectare although
efficacy at this reduced volume has not been evaluated. Therefore application
at 150 litres water per hectare is at user’s risk with regard to biological
efficacy.
To ensure optimum spray coverage and minimize spray drift, adjust the
spray boom to the appropriate height above the crop according to guidance
provided by the sprayer and/or nozzle manufacture.
Sprayer cleaning
Wash sprayer thoroughly immediately after use, using clean water and
following the guidance provided by the equipment manufacturer.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a crop of oilseed rape with Caryx, the crops listed below may be
sown as a following crop:Beans
Clover
Oilseed rape
Ryegrass
Cabbage
Lettuce
Onions
Sugar beet
Carrots
Linseed
Peas
Sunflower
Cereals
Maize
Potatoes
The effects of Caryx on other crops has not been assessed.
95
P
P
Caryx®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
of protection.
insides of gloves.
where possible).
IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH EYES, RINSE IMMEDIATELY with plenty of
water and seek medical advice.
Do not contaminate water with the product or its
container. Do not clean application equipment
near surface water. Avoid contamination via
drains from farmyards and roads.
To protect aquatic organisms respect an
unsprayed buffer zone distance to surface water
bodies in line with LERAP requirements.
of the bank of a static or flowing water body,
unless a Local Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP)
permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1 metre from the top of a ditch
which is dry at the time of application. Aim spray away from water.
available for three years.
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD DRINK AND ANIMAL FEEDING STUFFS.
STORE IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER tightly closed, in a safe place.
.
96
Caryx®
7.
Caryx®
A water based formulation containing 30 g/l metconazole and 210 g/l
mepiquat-chloride.
DANGER:
CAUSES SERIOUS EYE DAMAGE
HARMFUL IF INHALED
TOXIC TO AQUATIC LIFE WITH LONG LASTING EFFECTS.
AVOID BREATHING VAPOURS
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND EYE/FACE PROTECTION.
IMMEDIATELY CALL A POISON CENTER OR DOCTOR/
PHYSICIAN.
DISPOSE OF CONTENT/CONTAINERS IN ACCORDANCE
To avoid risks to human health and the environment, comply
with the instructions for use
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Products
Regulations.
97
P
P
Caryx®
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL PLANT GROWTH
REGULATOR, as directed below:
Crops
Timing
Maximum
individual
dose
(litres
product/ha)
Maximum
number of
treatments
(per crop)
Latest time
application
Winter
oliseed
rape
Spring
(GS 31-59)
Beginging
of stem
extenstion
to yellow
bud
1.4
1
Up to and
including
crop growth
stage 59
(Yellow bud)
PRODUCTS.
98
Ceriax®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15639
Use: A systemic fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat,
winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye and oats.
epoxiconazole and 41.6 g/litre (4% w/w) fluxapyroxad and 66.6 g/litre (6.4%
w/w) pyraclostrobin.
Recommended Crops:
Spring barley
Winter barley
Winter wheat
Spring wheat
Durum wheat
Rye
Triticale
Oats
Water Volume: 150 to 300 litres per hectare.
Winter and spring wheat,
durum wheat, rye and
triticale:
(anthesis) just complete (GS 69).
Winter and spring
barley and oats:
Up to and including emergence of ear
just complete. (GS 59)
BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association)
Guidance
99
Ceriax®
Recommended Rates: 3 litres per hectare.
F
Ceriax®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Ceriax is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use in
winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye
and oats.
1.
Extreme care must be taken to avoid drift onto nearby crops.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the rates of use and
latest timing restrictions for epoxiconazole and fluxapyroxad given by the
British Beer and Pub Association.
No more than two applications of any QoI fungicide may be made to crops of
wheat, barley, oats, rye or triticale.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Ceriax is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the
Winter
wheat
Spring Durum
wheat barley
Winter Spring
barley barley
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Septoria tritici
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
MC
-
MC
-
-
MC
MC
MC
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Eyespot
Net blotch
Rhynchosporium
-
-
-
C
C
-
C
-
Powdery mildrew
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Ramularia
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Tan spot
MC
MC
MC
-
-
-
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight #
GR
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
C = Control
GR = Good Reduction
MC = Moderate Control
R = Reduction
100
Ceriax®
# Application of Ceriax to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the levels of the
mycotoxin deoxynivalenol (DON) associated with Fusarium ear blight infection,
but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to reduction of DON below the
statutory limit in wheat grain.
Resistance
Ceriax should be used in accordance with the instructions for use for the target
diseases at the specific growth stages indicated.
Use Ceriax as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
Ceriax contains pyraclostrobin, a member of the QoI cross resistance group.
Ceriax should be used preventatively and should not be relied on for its
curative potential. You must not apply more than two foliar applications of QoI
containing products to any cereal crop.
When curative activity is needed apply QoI fungicides in mixture with a suitable
dose of a curative fungicide from a different cross-resistance group, Ceriax
meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole and fluxapyroxad. To
ensure the effectiveness of the epoxiconazole and fluxapyroxad components
as a partner, Ceriax should always be applied at the full recommended rate.
Ceriax contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI
fungicides has been identified in Septoria leaf blotch (Mycosphaerella
graminicola) which may seriously affect the performance of some products. For
further advice on resistance management in DMIs contact your agronomist or
specialist advisor and visit the FRAG-UK website.
Strains of barley powdery mildew resistant to QoIs are common in the UK.
Ceriax contains fluxapyroxad which belongs to the SDHI (carboxamide) group
of fungicides. To minimise the risk of resistance occurring, apply a maximum of
two SDHI fungicide sprays per cereal crop.
3.
CROPS
Ceriax is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use in
winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley, triticale,
rye and oats.
Time of Application
Apply Ceriax at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two applications
can be made up to and including flowering just complete in winter and spring
wheat, durum wheat, rye and triticale and up to and including emergence of ear
just complete in winter and spring barley and oats.
For optimum effect against eyespot with Ceriax apply between the leaf sheaths
erect and second node detectable stages of the crop.
For protection against Fusarium ear blight and sooty mould on the ears of winter
and spring wheat, and durum wheat apply Ceriax during ear emergence.
Rate of Application
Apply 3 litres of Ceriax per hectare in 150 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
Ceriax may be applied at 3.0 litres per hectare in 100 litres water per hectare,
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Ceriax, cabbage, carrot, clover, dwarf French
as the following crop. The effect of Ceriax on other following crops has not been
assessed.
101
F
F
Ceriax®
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
completed.
Thoroughly rinse application equipment three times with water immediately
after use.
mixing.
6.
Ceriax is supplied in 10 litre containers. Keep dry and frostproof in a suitable
pesticide store.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FACE PROTECTION (FACE SHIELD) when
a COSHH assessment shows they provide an equal or higher standard of
protection.
container.
water. Avoid contamination via drains from
unsprayed buffer zone distance to surface water
bodies in line with LERAP requirements.
boom sprayers to fall within 5m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing
waterbody, unless a Local Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides
(LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within im of the top of a ditch
102
Ceriax®
Store in a suitably pesticide store. Keep dry and protect from frost.
Do not re-use container for any purpose.
8.
Ceriax®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 41.6g/litre (4% w/w) epoxiconazole
and 41.6 g/litre (4% w/w) fluxapyroxad and (66.6% w/w) pyraclostrobin.
HARMFUL BY INHALATION AND IF SWALLOWED
RISK OF SERIOUS DAMAGE TO EYES
ENVIROMENT
STUFFS.
AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN AND EYES. IN CASE OF
CONTACT WITH EYES, RINSE IMMEDIATELY WITH
PLENTY OF WATER AND SEEK MEDICAL ADVICE.
IF SWALLOWED, seek medical advice immediately and
show this container or label.
THIS MATERIAL AND ITS CONTAINER MUST BE
ENVIROMENTAL CONTAMINATION.
To avoid risks to man and the enviroment, comply with the instructions
for use.
103
F
F
Ceriax®
9.
below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
number of
applications
Latest time
of application
wheat, rye,
per hectare
triticale and durum
wheat
2 per crop
Up to and
including
flowering
(anthesis) just
complete (GS 69)
Winter and spring
barley and oats
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
3.0 litres product
per hectare
PRODUCTS.
104
3C Chlormequat 720
P
MAPP No. 13973
Use: A growth regulator for yield improvement and/or lodging control. Can also
be used in named ornamentals to promote a more compact bushier habit.
Formulation: A soluble concentrate containing 720 g/litre (63.2% w/w)
chlormequat chloride.
Recommended Crops:
Barley, winter
Geraniums/pelargoniums
Oats, spring
Oats, winter
Poinsettias
Rye
Triticale
Wheat, spring (autumn drilled)
Wheat, spring (spring drilled)
Wheat, winter
See Section No:
3.3
3.8
3.4
3.4
3.7
3.5
3.6
3.1
3.2
3.1
Recommended Rates: Various. See literature for details.
Water Volume: Cereals: 220 – 450 l/ha.
Named ornamentals – various. See literature for details.
Winter wheat and spring wheat
(autumn drilled):
Winter and spring oats:
Triticale:
Rye:
Spring wheat (spring drilled):
Winter barley:
Named ornamentals:
Before third node detectable stage.
Before first node detectable stage.
Before second node detectable stage.
Before first node detectable stage (spring
application).
No restriction.
Guidance
105
3C Chlormequat 720
P
3C Chlormequat 720
Maximum Total Dose or Maximum number of Treatments:
(autumn drilled):
Maximum total dose of 2.25 litres per crop.
Triticale:
Rye:
Spring wheat (spring drilled)
Winter barley:
Poinsettias:
1 per crop at 227 ml dilute solution/pot or
3 per crop as spray.
Geraniums, pelargoniums:
3 per crop.
Aerial Application: Cereals.
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
IMPORTANT: this information is approved as part of the Product Label. All instructions
of this product.
1.
3C Chlormequat 720 should be applied to crops during good growing
conditions at the correct timing.
DO NOT apply 3C Chlormequat 720 when the crop is wet or if rain or frost is
imminent.
DO NOT apply 3C Chlormequat 720 to very late sown spring crops.
DO NOT apply 3C Chlormequat 720 to crops on soils of low fertility unless
these soils regularly receive adequate dressings of nitrogen fertilisers.
3C Chlormequat 720 may be applied to wheat, oats and winter barley
undersown with grasses and clovers.
Caution is needed if using mixtures of liquid nitrogen fertilisers and 3C
Chlormequat 720 as scorching may result in certain circumstances.
DO NOT use straw from 3C Chlormequat 720 treated cereals as a horticultural
growth medium or as a mulch.
2.
LODGING CONTROL
3C Chlormequat 720 produces shorter, thicker and stronger stems in wheat
and oats which are more resistant to lodging and help to prevent damage from
eyespot.
Lodging control will not be so pronounced in winter barley with 3C Chlormequat
720 but will help to maintain yield potential by encouraging better root
development and tiller survival.
On certain ornamentals (see below) the use of 3C Chlormequat 720 can
promote a more compact bushy habit.
106
3C Chlormequat 720
3.
CROPS
3.1
Winter Wheat and Autumn Drilled Spring Wheat
Low lodging risk situations
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 720 from leaf sheath lengthening stage up to and
including the second node detectable stage. The optimum application time is
the leaf sheaths erect stage just prior to the first node detectable stage.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.65 litres 3C Chlormequat 720 in 220-450 litres of water per hectare.
High lodging risk situations
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 720 either as a split application or as a single dose.
As a split application apply the first dose at the tillers formed to leaf sheath
lengthening stage followed by the second dose at the leaf sheath erect up to
and including the first node detectable stage. DO NOT apply later than second
node detectable stage. If a split application is not possible the full dose at leaf
sheath erect just prior to the first node detectable stage is recommended.
Rate of Application
When using a split application, apply 1.6 litres 3C Chlormequat 720 at the
earlier timing, followed by 0.7 litres 3C Chlormequat 720 at the later timing, both
in 220-450 litres of water per hectare.
If using a single dose, apply 2.25 litres 3C Chlormequat 720 in 220-450 litres of
water per hectare.
The use of Terpal sequentially is recommended for improved lodging control
where the crop is growing vigorously. See Terpal literature for full details.
3.2
Spring Wheat (Spring Drilled)
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 720 during good growing conditions at the leaf sheaths
erect stage just prior to the first node detectable stage.
DO NOT apply 3C Chlormequat 720 later than the first node detectable stage
on the majority of tillers.
Rate of Application
Winter wheat varieties sown in the spring should be treated at the winter
wheat rate.
3.3
Winter Barley
Whilst 3C Chlormequat 720 is less consistent in winter barley for the control of
lodging than in wheat or oats, the relatively early application timing can promote
changes in the pattern of growth which may lead to an increase in yield. Root
development and tiller production is largely determined in the autumn of
sowing. 3C Chlormequat 720 applied in the autumn can stimulate both root
system development and tiller production. 3C Chlormequat 720 may be applied
either as a split application or as a single dose.
107
P
P
3C Chlormequat 720
The use of Terpal sequentially is recommended for reliable lodging control.
See Terpal literature for full details.
Time of Application
When using a split dose treatment, apply the first dose in the autumn from
when the crop has three leaves once adequate cover is established up until
early tillering, followed by the second dose in the spring from mid-tillering to
just prior to the first node detectable stage. It is important that both parts of the
split dose are applied. When using a single dose, apply 3C Chlormequat 720 in
the spring from mid-tillering to just prior to the first node detectable stage.
Rate of Application
When using a split dose, apply 0.7 litres in the autumn, followed by 1.6 litres
in the spring, both in 220-450 litres of water per hectare. When using a single
dose, apply 2.25 litres 3C Chlormequat 720 in the spring in 220-450 litres of
water per hectare.
3.4
Oats
3C Chlormequat 720 will reduce stem length in oats under most circumstances,
but resistance to lodging will be greater on short strawed varieties.
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 720 at the second node detectable stage on the majority
of tillers.
Rate of Application
For full effect, an authorised non-ionic wetter at 25 ml per 100 litres must be
added to the spray mixture, except when using mixes of 3C Chlormequat 720
with Corbel.
3.5
Rye
3C Chlormequat 720 may be used on rye. Although widely used on the
continent the results of UK trials have been less than consistent in effects on
plant height and lodging.
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 720 when the first node is detectable on the majority
of tillers.
Rate of Application
3.6
Triticale
The results of a number of independent trials have shown that an increase
in crop yield and a reduction in early lodging can be obtained following an
application of 3C Chlormequat 720.
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 720 from mid-tillering to just prior to the first node
detectable.
108
3C Chlormequat 720
Rate of Application
3.7
Poinsettias
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 720 when shoot growth after any pinching of established
plants in final pots reaches 25 mm. Either a single drench or a spray programme
may be used as outlined below.
Rate of Application – Drench Treatment
Use 22 ml 3C Chlormequat 720 in 5 litres of water and apply the diluted solution
evenly as a compost drench according to the rates below.
Pot Diameter
mm
75*
100
130
150
200
Amount of Solution (per pot)
ml
57
85
114
170
227
*Two applications are required in order to apply the necessary volume to pots
less than 75 mm in diameter.
Rate of Application – Spray Treatment
Apply 9 ml 3C Chlormequat 720 per 5 litres of water, high volume. Up to three
sprays at 10-14 day intervals may be applied.
Occasionally, temporary yellow spotting may occur which can be minimised by
the addition of an authorised non-ionic wetter at the rate of 2 ml per 5 litres of
spray solution.
See also ‘Notes on application to ornamentals’ in Section 3.8 below.
3.8
Geraniums/Pelargoniums
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 720 30-40 days after sowing with a second application
14 days later. A third application may be required after a further 28 days.
Rate of Application
Apply 12.5 ml 3C Chlormequat 720 per 5 litres of water, high volume, with
an authorised non-ionic wetter added at the rate of 2 ml per 5 litres of spray
solution.
Notes on application to Ornamentals
(a) Plants to be treated must be well established, growing vigorously, and
with a healthy root system.
(b) Pot bound plants or plants under stress should not be treated. DO NOT
treat in strong sunlight.
(c) DO NOT treat geraniums/pelargoniums when temperatures are likely to
drop below 10°C.
(d) Compost should be moist prior to treatment.
(e) It is advised that the effect is checked on a small number of plants before
treating the whole batch.
109
P
P
3C Chlormequat 720
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
4.1
Aerial application
3C Chlormequat 720 may be applied from the air to wheat, winter barley, oats,
rye and triticale at the recommended rates in 25-60 litres of water per hectare,
but results may not be as uniform as from ground applications.
When applied by air to oats, 3C Chlormequat 720 should be used in conjunction
with an authorised non-ionic wetter at the recommended rate.
Aerial application must not be made in tank mix with any other products.
4.2
Mixing
required amount of 3C Chlormequat 720. Add the remainder of the water and
to the spray tank, taking due note of any instructions given as to the order
of mixing.
5.
3C Chlormequat 720 is supplied in 10 litre polyethylene containers and should
be kept dry and frostproof in a suitable pesticide store.
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
DO NOT CONTAMINATE SURFACE WATERS OR DITCHES with chemical or
used container.
110
3C Chlormequat 720
7.
3C Chlormequat 720
A soluble concentrate containing 720 g/l (63.2% w/w) chlormequat chloride.
WARNING:
HARMFUL IN CONTACT WITH SKIN
MAY BE CORROSIVE TO METALS
REMOVE/TAKE OFF IMMEDIATELY ALL CONTAMINATED
CLOTHING.
WASH CONTAMINATED CLOTHING BEFORE REUSE.
ABSORB SPILLAGE TO PREVENT MATERIAL DAMAGE.
111
P
P
3C Chlormequat 720
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/HORTICULTURAL PLANT
GROWTH REGULATOR, as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose (litres
product/
hectare)
Maximum
total dose
(litres
product/
hectare)
Maximum
Latest time
number
of application
of
Treatments
Winter wheat
and autumn
drilled spring
wheat
-
2.25
-
Before third node
detectable stage
Winter and
spring oats
-
2.25
-
Before third node
detectable stage
Triticale
-
2.25
-
Before first node
detectable stage
Rye
-
2.25
-
Before second node
detectable stage
Winter barley
-
2.25
-
Before first node
detectable stage
Spring wheat
(Spring drilled)
-
1.1
-
Before second node
detectable stage
Poinsettias
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’
-
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’
-
Geranium,
pelargoniums
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’
-
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’
-
Containers must not be re-used for any purpose.
For application to ornamentals, the maximum concentration must not
exceed the following:
Poinsettia
(drench):
(spray):
Geranium, pelargonium:
22 ml product/5 litres water.
9 ml product/5 litres water.
12.5 ml product/5 litres water.
For application to ornamentals, the maximum number of treatments must
not exceed the following:
Poinsettia
(drench):
(spray):
one per crop at 227 ml dilute solution/pot or
two per crop at 57 ml dilute solution/pot
three per crop
three per crop
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 13973)
112
3C Chlormequat 750
P
MAPP No. 13984
Use: A growth regulator for use in wheat, oats, winter barley, rye, triticale and
ornamentals.
Recommended Crops:
Barley, winter
Geraniums/pelargoniums
Oats, spring
Poinsettias
Rye
Triticale
Wheat, spring (autumn drilled)
Wheat, spring (spring drilled)
Wheat, winter
See Section No:
3.3
3.8
3.4
3.7
3.5
3.6
3.1
3.2
3.1
Water Volume: Cereals: 220 – 450 l/ha.
(autumn drilled):
Triticale:
Rye:
Spring wheat (spring drilled):
Winter barley:
Named ornamentals:
Before first node detectable stage.
Before first node detectable stage
No restriction.
Major changes since last printing: NEW PRODUCT.
Guidance
113
3C Chlormequat 750
P
3C Chlormequat 750
Maximum Total Dose or Maximum number of Treatments:
(autumn drilled):
Triticale:
Rye:
Spring wheat (spring drilled)
Winter barley:
Poinsettias:
1 per crop at 227 ml dilute solution/pot or
3 per crop as spray.
Geraniums, pelargoniums:
3 per crop.
Aerial Application: Cereals.
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
IMPORTANT: this information is approved as part of the Product Label. All
1.
3C Chlormequat 750 should be applied to crops during good growing
conditions at the correct timing.
DO NOT apply 3C Chlormequat 750 when the crop is wet or if rain or frost is
imminent.
DO NOT apply 3C Chlormequat 750 to very late sown spring crops.
DO NOT apply 3C Chlormequat 750 to crops on soils of low fertility unless
these soils regularly receive adequate dressings of nitrogen fertilisers.
3C Chlormequat 750 may be applied to wheat, oats and winter barley
undersown with grasses and clovers.
Caution is needed if using mixtures of liquid nitrogen fertilisers and 3C
Chlormequat 750 as scorching may result in certain circumstances.
DO NOT use straw from 3C Chlormequat 750 treated cereals as a
horticultural growth medium or as a mulch.
2.
LODGING CONTROL
3C Chlormequat 750 produces shorter, thicker and stronger stems in wheat
and oats which are more resistant to lodging and help to prevent damage
from eyespot.
Lodging control will not be so pronounced in winter barley with 3C
Chlormequat 750 but will help to maintain yield potential by encouraging
better root development and tiller survival.
On certain ornamentals (see below) the use of 3C Chlormequat 750 can
promote a more compact bushy habit.
114
3C Chlormequat 750
3.
CROPS
3.1
Winter Wheat and Autumn Drilled Spring Wheat
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 720 from leaf sheath lengthening stage up to and
including the second node detectable stage. The optimum application time is
the leaf sheaths erect stage just prior to the first node detectable stage.
Rate of Application
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 750 either as a split application or as a single dose.
As a split application apply the first dose at the tillers formed to leaf sheath
lengthening stage followed by the second dose at the leaf sheath erect up to
and including the first node detectable stage. Do not apply later than second
node detectable stage. If a split application is not possible the full dose at
leaf sheath erect just prior to the first node detectable stage is recommended.
3.2
Rate of Application
When using a split application, apply 1.6 litres 3C Chlormequat 750 at the
earlier timing, followed by 0.6 litres 3C Chlormequat 750 at the later timing,
both in 220-450 litres of water per hectare.
If using a single dose, apply 2.2 litres 3C Chlormequat 750 in 220-450 litres of
water per hectare.
Spring Wheat (Spring Drilled)
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 750 during good growing conditions at the leaf
sheaths erect stage just prior to the first node detectable stage.
DO NOT apply 3C Chlormequat 750 later than the first node detectable stage
on the majority of tillers.
Rate of Application
Winter wheat varieties sown in the spring should be treated at the winter
wheat rate.
3.3
Winter Barley
Whilst 3C Chlormequat 750 is less consistent in winter barley for the control
of lodging than in wheat or oats, the relatively early application timing can
promote changes in the pattern of growth which may lead to an increase in
yield. Root development and tiller production is largely determined in the
autumn of sowing. 3C Chlormequat 750 applied in the autumn can stimulate
both root system development and tiller production. 3C Chlormequat 750
may be applied either as a split application or as a single dose.
The use of Terpal sequentially is recommended for reliable lodging control.
See Terpal literature for full details.
115
P
P
3C Chlormequat 750
Time of Application
just prior to the first node detectable stage. It is important that both parts of
the split dose are applied. When using a single dose, apply 3C Chlormequat
750 in the spring from mid-tillering to just prior to the first node detectable
stage.
Rate of Application
in the spring, both in 220-450 litres of water per hectare. When using a
single dose, apply 2.2 litres 3C Chlormequat 750 in the spring in 220-450
3.4
Oats
3C Chlormequat 750 will reduce stem length in oats under most
circumstances, but resistance to lodging will be greater on short strawed
varieties
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 750 at the second node detectable stage on the
majority of tillers.
Rate of Application
For full effect, an authorised non-ionic wetter at 25 ml per 100 litres must be
added to the spray mixture, except when using mixes of 3C Chlormequat 750
with Corbel.
3.5
Rye
3C Chlormequat 750 may be used on rye. Although widely used on the
continent the results of UK trials have been less than consistent in effects on
plant height and lodging.
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 750 when the first node is detectable on the majority
of tillers.
Rate of Application
3.6
Triticale
application of 3C Chlormequat 750.
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 750 from mid tillering to just prior to the first node
detectable.
116
3C Chlormequat 750
3.7
Rate of Application
Poinsettias
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 750 when shoot growth after any pinching of
established plants in final pots reaches 25 mm. Either a single drench or a
spray programme may be used as outlined below.
Rate of Application – Drench Treatment
Use 21.5 ml 3C Chlormequat 750 in 5 litres of water and apply the diluted
solution evenly as a compost drench according to the rates below.
Pot Diameter
mm
75*
100
130
150
200
Amount of Solution (per pot)
ml
57
85
114
170
227
Rate of Application – Spray Treatment
Apply 8.5 ml 3C Chlormequat 750 per 5 litres of water, high volume. Up to
three sprays at 10-14 day intervals may be applied.
Occasionally, temporary yellow spotting may occur which can be minimised
by the addition of an authorised non-ionic wetter at the rate of 2 ml per 5
litres of spray solution.
3.8
Time of Application
Apply 3C Chlormequat 750 30-40 days after sowing with a second application
14 days later. A third application may be required after a further 28 days.
Rate of Application
Apply 12 ml 3C Chlormequat 750 per 5 litres of water, high volume, with an
authorised non-ionic wetter added at the rate of 2 ml per 5 litres of spray
solution.
Notes on application to Ornamentals
(a) Plants to be treated must be well established, growing vigorously, and
with a healthy root system.
(b) Pot bound plants or plants under stress should not be treated. DO
NOT treat in strong sunlight.
(c) DO NOT treat geraniums/pelargoniums when temperatures are likely to
drop below 10°C.
(d) Compost should be moist prior to treatment.
(e) It is advised that the effect is checked on a small number of plants
before treating the whole batch.
117
P
P
3C Chlormequat 750
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
4.1
Aerial application
3C Chlormequat 750 may be applied from the air to wheat, winter barley,
oats, rye and triticale at the recommended rates in 25-60 litres of water per
hectare, but results may not be as uniform as from ground applications.
When applied by air to oats, 3C Chlormequat 750 should be used in
conjunction with an authorised non-ionic wetter at the recommended rate.
Aerial application must not be made in tank mix with any other products.
4.2
Mixing
required amount of 3C Chlormequat 750. Add the remainder of the water and
mixing.
5.
3C Chlormequat 750 is supplied in 10 litres containers and should be kept dry
and frost proof in a suitable pesticide store.
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND GLOVES when handling the
concentrate. However, engineering controls may replace personal protective
equipment if a COSHH assessment shows they provide an equal or higher
standard of protection.
DO NOT BREATHE SPRAY
DO NOT CONTAIMINATE SURFACE WATERS OR DITCHES with chemical or
used container.
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, DRINK AND ANIMAL FEEDING STUFFS.
used container.
118
3C Chlormequat 750
7.
3C Chlormequat 750
A soluble concentrate containing 750 g/l (65.2% w/w) chlormequat chloride.
WARNING:
HARMFUL IN CONTACT WITH SKIN
MAY BE CORROSIVE TO METALS
CLOTHING.
119
P
P
3C Chlormequat 750
8.
Crops
Maximum Maximum number of
individual Treatments
dose (litres
product/
hectare)
Latest time
of application
Winter wheat
and autumn
drilled spring
2.2 litres
product/ha
1 per crop at 2.2 litres
product/ha or 2 per crop
split at 1.6 litres product/ha
followed by 0.6 litres
product/ha
Before third node
detectable stage
wheat
Winter barley
2.2 litres
product/ha
1 per crop in the spring at
2.2 litres product/ha or 2
per crop split at 0.6 litres
product/ha in the autumn
followed by 1.6 litres
product/ha in the spring
Before main shoot
and 4 tiller stage
(autumn spplication)
Before first node
detectable stage
(spring application)
Winter and
spring oats
2.2 litres
product/ha
1 per crop
Before third node
detectable stage
Triticale
2.2 litres
product/ha
1 per crop
Before first node
detectable stage
Rye
2.2 litres
product/ha
1 per crop
Before second node
detectable stage
Spring wheat
(Spring drilled)
1.1 litres
product/ha
1 per crop
Before second node
detectable stage
Poinsettias
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’.
1 per crop at 227ml dilute
solution/pot or 2 per crop
at 57ml dilute solution/pot
or 3 per crop as spray
-
Geranium,
pelargoniums
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’.
3 per crop
-
For applications to ornamentals the maximum concentration must not
Poinettias
(drench):
(spray):
21.5ml product/5 litres water
8.5ml product/5 litres water
12.0ml product/5litres water
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 13984)
120
Chord® / Whistle®
F
FUNGICIDE
Chord MAPP No. 16065 / Whistle MAPP No. 16093
Use: A broad spectrum fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat,
durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 210 g/litre boscalid
+ 75 g/litre epoxiconazole.
Pack size:
Chord is supplied in 10 litres in outers of two.
Whistle is supplied in 5 litre containers in outers of four.
Recommended Crops: Barley, winter and spring
Durum wheat
Rye
Triticale
Maximum number of treatments: 2 per crop
Water Volume: 100 - 300 litres of water per hectare.
Spray Quality: Medium
Processed Crops: Effects on baking and brewing have not been fully tested.
Consult the grain merchant or processor before use.
Up to and including flowering (anthesis)
Durum wheat, rye and triticale:
just complete (GS 69)
Winter and spring barley and oats: Up to and including emergence of ear
just complete (GS 59).
Guidance
121
Chord® / Whistle®
F
Chord® / Whistle®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Chord / Whistle is a broad spectrum fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat,
durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
1.
Effects on baking and brewing have not been fully tested. Consult the grain
merchant or processor before use.
restrictions for epoxiconazole and boscalid given by the British Beer and Pub
Association.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Chord / Whistle is a broad spectrum fungicide for use in winter and spring
wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring barley, oats, rye and triticale for
disease control as summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring Durum
wheat wheat
Winter Spring
barley barley
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Septoria tritici
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Powdery mildew
-
-
-
C
C
C
C
-
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Rhynchosporium
-
-
-
MC
MC
-
MC
-
Net blotch
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Tan spot
*R
*R
*R
-
-
-
-
-
Ramularia
-
-
-
MC
MC
-
-
-
Eyespot
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight #
GR
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium
Botrytis)
GR
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
C
MC
GR
R
=
=
=
=
control
moderate control
good reduction
reduction
* Qualified minor use recommendation based on limited evidence of
effectiveness.
122
Chord® / Whistle®
# Application of Chord/Whistle to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the
mycotixin deoxynivalenol (DON) associated with Fusarium ear blight infection,
but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to reduction on DON below
the statutory limit in wheat grain.
2.1
Resistance
Use Chord / Whistle as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
incorporating other methods of control, including where appropriate other
fungicides with a different mode of action.
Chord / Whistle contains a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI fungicides
Chord / Whistle contains boscalid which belongs to the SDHI (carboxamide)
group of fungicides. To minimise the risk of resistance occurring, apply a
maximum of two SDHI fungicides per cereal crop.
3.
CROPS
Chord / Whistle is a fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum
wheat, winter barley, spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Chord / Whistle at the start of foliar or stem based disease attack. A
maximum of two applications can be made up to and including flowering
(anthesis) just complete (GS 69) in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, rye
and triticale, and up to and including emergence of ear just complete (GS 59) in
winter and spring barley and oats.
winter and spring wheat and durum wheat, apply Chord / Whistle during ear
emergence.
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litres Chord / Whistle in a minimum of 200 to 300 litres of water per
hectare.
Qualified recommendation:
Chord / Whistle may be applied at 1.5 litres per hectare in 100 litres of water
per hectare although efficacy at this reduced volume has not been evaluated.
Therefore application at 100 litres of water per hectare is at user’s risk with
regard to biological efficacy. Reducing the water volume is not recommended
where control of stem base diseases is required.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Chord / Whistle, onions, oats, sugar beet,
oilseed rape, cabbages, carrots, sunflowers, barley, lettuce, ryegrass, dwarf
French beans, peas, potatoes, clover, wheat, field beans and maize may be
sown as the following crop.
4.1
MIXING
Three quarters fill the tank with clean water and start the agitation. To ensure
thorough mixing of the product, invert the container several times before
opening. Add the required quantity of Chord/Whistle to the spray tank while
re-circulating. Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until
to the order of mixing. Each product should be added seperately to the spray
123
F
F
Chord® / Whistle®
pressure rinsing device or by manually rinsing three times. Add washings to
tank at time of filling and dispose of container safely.
5.
Chord is supplied in 10 litre containers and Whistle in 5 litre containers and
should be kept dry and frostproof in a suitable pesticide store.
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
where possible).
WASH HANDS AND EXPOSED SKIN before eating and drinking and after
work.
DO NOT CONTAMINATE water with the product or
its container. Do not clean application equipment
drains from farmyards and roads. To protect
aquatic organisms respect an unsprayed buffer
zone to surface water bodies in line with LERAP
requirements.
(LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch
124
Chord® / Whistle®
7.
Chord® / Whistle®
A suspension concentrate containing 210 g/litre boscalid plus 75 g/litre
epoxiconazole.
HARMFUL BY INHALATION.
IRRITATING TO EYES.
IRRITATING TO SKIN.
LIMITED EVIDENCE OF A CARCINOGENIC EFFECT.
POSSIBLE RISK OF IMPAIRED FERTILITY.
POSSIBLE RISK OF HARM TO THE UNBORN CHILD.
TOXIC TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS, MAY CAUSE
ENVIRONMENT.
FACE PROTECTION.
STUFFS.
This material and it’s container must be disposed of in a safe
way.
Use appropriate containment to avoid enviromental
contamination.
To avoid risks to man and the enviroment, comply with the instructions
for use.
125
F
F
Chord® / Whistle®
8.
below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Wheat (winter),
wheat (spring),
durum wheat,
rye and triticale
1.5 litres product
per ha/crop
2 per crop
Up to and
including flowering
(anthesis) just
complete (GS 69).
Barley (winter)
barley (spring)
oats
1.5 litres product
per ha/crop
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
A minimum interval of 21 days must be observed between applications.
PRODUCTS.
126
Cleranda®
H
CLEARFIELD OILSEED RAPE HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 15036
Use: for use as a contact & residual herbicide for the control of a range of
broad leaved and grass weeds in any Clearfield® oilseed rape hybrid carrying
the Clearfield® brand.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate, containing 17.5 g/l imazamox and
375 g/l metazachlor.
Recommended Crops: Clearfield Oilseed rape.
Maximum individual dose: 2.0 litres of product per hectare.
Maximum number of treatments: One per crop.
Water Volume: 100 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
Regulations added. see Section 9.
Guidance
127
Cleranda®
Latest Time of Application: Before 9 or more true leaf stage (GS 19)
H
Cleranda®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Cleranda is a contact and residual herbicide that can be used for the control of
a range of broad leaved and grass weeds in any Clearfield® oilseed rape hybrid
carrying the Clearfield® brand.
1.
CLERANDA MUST ONLY BE USED ON CLEARFIELD® OILSEED RAPE
HYBRIDS.
COMPLETE CROP LOSS WILL OCCUR IF CLERANDA IS APPLIED TO
OILSEED RAPE THAT DOES NOT CARRY THE CLEARFIELD® BRAND.
Cleranda is suitable for use on all soil types as defined by Soil Texture (85)
System, except sands and very light soils and soils containing more than
10% organic mater.
Do not apply to stony soils; i.e. stones, flints or chalk readily visible on
surface. On brashy and stony soils, Cleranda may cause some reduction in
crop vigour and/or plant stand.
Do not apply to cloddy seedbeds. Seedbeds must have a fine, firm tilth for
optimum weed control. Loose or cloddy seedbeds must be consolidated
prior to application.
Do not apply when heavy rain is forecast and do not use on waterlogged soil
or soils prone to waterlogging. Crop thinning or reductions in crop vigour
can occur if there is very wet weather after application. Where a crop check
has occurred, this normally grows out after a few weeks and yields are
normally unaffected.
Weeds germinating from depth may not be controlled.
Soil moisture is required for effective weed control via root uptake. Residual
control may be reduced under prolonged dry conditions.
Care should be taken to avoid overlap of spray swaths.
Do not apply Cleranda to crops suffering from stress, which may be caused,
for example, by pests, disease, waterlogging, poor seedbed conditions or
previous chemical treatment.
Under frosty conditions a transient scorch may occur.
Do not disturb the soil after application.
Extreme care is required to avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops
and plants outside the target area.
As with other oilseed rape hybrids, seed from Clearfield® oilseed rape should
not be farm-saved.
To reduce the risk of movement of Cleranda to water:
a. On clay soils, create a fine, consolidated seedbed to slow the downward
movement of water.
b. DO NOT apply Cleranda to dry soil. Moist soils have fewer and smaller
cracks.
c. DO NOT apply Cleranda if heavy rain is forecast, wait until after the event.
128
Cleranda®
2.
WEED CONTROL
Cleranda is taken up via cotyledons, roots and shoots and takes maximum
effect before, or shortly after, weed emergence. Optimum results are
obtained from applications made to fine, firm and moist seedbeds.
Weeds germinating from depth may not be controlled. Soil moisture is
required for effective weed control via root uptake. Residual control may be
reduced under prolonged dry conditions.
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Cleranda
2.0 l/ha Cleranda
Weed Name
Annual Mercury
Black-grass
Corn Chamomile
Charlock
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Crane’s-bill species
Dead-nettle, Red
Fat Hen
Fumitory, Common
Groundsel
Mayweed, Scented
Mayweed, Scentless
Mustard, Hedge
Mustard, White
Pansy, Field
Parsley Piert
Poppy, Common
Runch (Wild Radish/Jointed Charlock)
Shepherd’s Purse
Speedwell, Common Field
Speedwell, Ivy-leaved
Weed
susceptibility
rating
MS1
R
S
S
S
MS2
MS
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
Volunteer oilseed rape
S
3
Volunteer Barley
MS
Volunteer Wheat
MR
S = Susceptible.
MS = Moderately Susceptible.
4
Maximum susceptible
growth stage of
target weed
2 true-leaves
Cotyledon
4 true-leaves
Two side shoots visible
2 whorls
2 true leaf
2 true-leaves
4 true-leaves
3 true-leaves
2 true-leaves
4 true-leaves
2 true-leaves
4 true-leaves
3 true-leaves
2 true-leaves
3 true-leaves
4 true-leaves
4 true-leaves
4 true-leaves
4 true-leaves
2 true-leaves
Optimum: 2-4 true-leaves
Maximum: 6 true-leaves
Optimum: 2-3 fully-expanded
leaves
Maximum: before 3 tillers
1 tiller
MR = Moderately Resistant.
R = Resistant.
Applications made after the optimum or latest timing may give reduced levels
of control
Control of Annual Mercury can be variable. Improved control can be gained
with the addition of the adjuvant Dash HC (See Section 2.2)
1
129
H
H
Cleranda®
Control of Cleavers can be variable. Improved consistency may be gained
with the addition of the adjuvant Dash HC.
3
Control of volunteer barley may be variable, optimum control will be
achieved
when Cleranda is applied when this weed has 2-3 fully-expanded leaves.
Control of volunteer barley can be further improved by using Cleranda with
the
adjuvant Dash HC (see Section 2.2).
4
Control of volunteer wheat may be variable. The level of control and
maximum
susceptible growth stage can be improved by using Cleranda with the
adjuvant
Dash HC (see Section 2.2)
2
2.2
Susceptibility of weeds to a single application of Cleranda + Dash HC
2.0 l/ha Cleranda + 1.0 l/ha Dash HC
Annual Mercury
Weed
susceptibility
rating
S
Volunteer Barley
S
Volunteer Wheat
S
Weed species
2.3
Maximum susceptible
growth stage of
weed
2 true-leaves
Optimum: 2-3 fully expanded
leaves
Maximum: Before 3 tillers
2 tillers
Weed resistance management
This product contains imazamox which is an ALS inhibitor, also classified by
the Herbicide Resistance Action Committee as ‘Group B’. Only use as part
of a weed resistance management strategy that includes cultural methods
of control and does not use ALS inhibitors as the sole chemical method of
grass-weed control.
Strains of some annual grasses (e.g. Black-grass, Wild-Oats, and Italian
Ryegrass) have developed resistance to herbicides, which may lead to poor
Populations of black-grass, Italian ryegrass, chickweed and poppy with high
levels of resistance may not be fully controlled.
Key elements of the weed resistance management strategy for Cleranda:- Always follow WRAG guidelines for preventing and managing herbicide
resistant weeds.
- Maximise the use of cultural control measures wherever possible (e.g.
crop rotation, ploughing, stale seedbeds, etc).
- Adopt as diverse a rotation as possible using autumn and spring sown
crops.
- Consider rotational ploughing every 3 to 5 years to improve black-grass
control.
- Where the Clearfield® crop is to be established by non-inversion tillage it
is important to obtain high levels of black-grass control in the previous crop.
- Do not rely on one herbicide mode of action for the control of grass or
broad-leaved weeds in the same field over several years.
- For the control of black-grass, ryegrass and wild oats, always use
Cleranda in tank mix or sequence with other effective graminicides with
different modes of action.
130
Cleranda®
- Apply post-emergence products/mixtures to small, actively growing
weeds to maximise the level of control.
- Where there is significant risk of the development of ALS resistant grass
weeds, consider the inclusion of a spring crop(s) in the rotation, to increase
the opportunity for cultural control measures.
- Monitor fields regularly and investigate the reasons for any poor control.
3.
CROPS
Cleranda can be used on any winter Clearfield® oilseed rape hybrid carrying
the Clearfield® brand.
For a list of current Clearfield® oilseed rape hybrids contact either your local
BASF Agronomy Manager or the BASF Technical Services Hotline: 0845 602
2553
COMPLETE CROP LOSS WILL OCCUR IF CLERANDA IS APPLIED TO
OILSEED RAPE THAT DOES NOT CARRY THE CLEARFIELD® BRAND.
To ensure that Cleranda, is only applied to Clearfield® oilseed rape hybrids,
it is important to clearly and accurately record the location of Clearfield®
oilseed crops on the farm and provide relevant information to those staff and
contractors applying Cleranda.
3.1
Time of Application
Cleranda may be applied post emergence of the crop from two fully expanded
cotyledons (GS 10) and up to the eight true leaf growth stage (GS 18).
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply Cleranda at 2.0 litres per hectare.
Improved control of certain weed species (see Section 2.2) can be achieved
by applying 2.0 l/ha Cleranda plus 1.0 l/ha of the adjuvant Dash HC.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Following crops after normally harvested Clearfield® oilseed rape
Wheat, barley, oats, oilseed rape, field beans, combining peas and sugar
beet can follow normally harvested Clearfield® oilseed rape treated with
Cleranda.
Re-drilling in the same autumn due to crop failure
In the event of crop failure, the following crops may be re-drilled in the same
autumn following the guidance given on minimum interval and cultivation for
each crop.
Following Crop
Recommended
interval prior to
re-drilling
Recommended Cultivation
and soil types
Clearfield®
oilseed rape
4 weeks after
application
All soil types - Ensure the soil is well
mixed prior to drilling, for example by
power harrowing or using a similar
cultivation technique.
Winter
field beans
10 weeks after
application
Medium to heavy soil types only.
Establish using a plough-based
cultivation
Winter barley
Winter wheat
8 weeks after
application
All soil types-Plough before drilling
131
H
H
Cleranda®
Due to a risk of crop damage it advised that re-drilling the following crops in
the same autumn should be avoided:Winter oilseed rape (except Clearfield® oilseed rape hybrids)
Re-drilling in the following spring due to crop failure in the autumn
In the event of crop failure, the following crops may be re-drilled in spring
following the guidance given on soil type and cultivation for each crop.
Following Crop
Spring oilseed rape
Spring oats
Combining peas
Spring barley
Spring wheat
Sugar beet
Recommended Cultivation and soil types
No requirement for specific cultivation techniques
Light to medium soil types – No requirement
for specific cultivation techniques
Sands and very light soils or where irrigation
may be used - Plough before drilling
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Application
Apply Cleranda in 190–300 l/ha water volume as a MEDIUM spray as defined
by BCPC. In more dense crops where weed shading is more likely use the
higher water volume.
spray boom to the appropriate height above the crop, according to guidance
Cleranda may be applied at up to 2.0 l/ha in 100 litres of water per hectare
although efficacy and crop safety at this reduced volume has not been
evaluated.
5.2
Mixing
Fill the spray tank three quarters full with water and start the agitation. To
ensure thorough mixing of the product, invert the container several times
before opening. Add the required quantity of Cleranda to the spray tank while
re-circulating. If required add Dash HC and then the remainder of the water.
Continue agitation until spraying is completed.
On emptying the product container, rinse container thoroughly by using
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
following best practice advice and the guidance provided by the equipment
manufacturer.
132
Cleranda®
6.
CONTROLLING VOLUNTEERS FROM CLEARFIELD® OILSEED
RAPE
•
•
•
•
•
Best management practice is to control volunteer oilseed rape plants in the
immediate following crop or prior to its establishment.
Volunteers from Clearfield® oilseed rape can be controlled with established
techniques using a combination of stale-seedbeds, non-selective herbicides,
selective herbicides and cultivation methods:Following a Clearfield oilseed rape crop, post-harvest rainfall will encourage
volunteer oilseed rape to germinate, therefore where possible delay any
post-harvest cultivations or stubble-hygiene herbicide treatments until this
has occurred.
Use a stale-seedbed technique to destroy germinated oilseed rape
seedlings using an approved non-selective herbicide treatment, for example
glyphosate, and/or cultivation.
Should further germination of volunteer oilseed rape occur, consider
repeating the above stale-seedbed process prior to establishment of the
next crop.
Should volunteer oilseed rape emerge post-harvest elsewhere within the
rotation consider stale-seedbed techniques between subsequent crops.
Where it is planned for Clearfield oilseed rape stubble to be used as
extended over-wintered stubbles/natural regeneration, volunteer Clearfield
oilseed rape must be destroyed in time to prevent viable seeds, paying
attention to agronomic guidance and/or management restrictions that may
apply to the stubble maintenance.
The control of volunteers from Clearfield® oilseed rape can be achieved
within the rotation by the use of selective-herbicides, with a label claim for
volunteer oilseed rape, that are not from HRAC Group B (ALS-inhibitors).
The herbicides listed below are not from the HRAC Group B (ALS-inhibitors)
and have been proven to control volunteers from Clearfield® oilseed rape in
succeeding winter cereals.
Selective herbicides with a label claim for the control of volunteer
rape and proven to control volunteer Clearfield® oilseed rape
Active ingredient/s
Examples of products
picolinafen + pendimethalin◊
2, 4-D
mecoprop-P
diflufenican + flurtamone
* =Spring use only
7.
Picona
PicoPro
PicoStomp
Picomax
MAPP
MAPP
MAPP
MAPP
13428
13454
13455
13456
Polo*
MAPP 10283
Duplosan KV*
MAPP 13971
Bacara
MAPP 10744
◊= Deep germinating volunteer oilseed rape may not
be controlled.
STEWARDSHIP OF THE CLEARFIELD PRODUCTION SYSTEM
For the latest information and guidance on best practice and stewardship of
the Clearfield Production System contact either your local BASF Agronomy
Manager or the BASF Technical Services Hotline: 0845 602 2553
133
H
H
Cleranda®
8.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces
of protection.
container. Do not clean application equipment near
unsprayed buffer zone to surface water bodies in
line with LERAP requirements.
Local Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a
narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the
KEEP LIVESTOCK out of treated areas until poisonous weeds such as
ragwort have died and become unpalatable
134
Cleranda®
9.
Cleranda®
A suspension concentrate containing 17.5 g/l imazamox and 375 g/l
metazachlor
WARNING:
SUSPECTED OF CAUSING CANCER
VERY TOXIC TO AQUATIC LIFE
EFFECTS.
ATTENTION
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
STORE LOCKED UP.
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Product Regulations
2005.
135
H
H
Cleranda®
10.
CROPS:
MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL DOSE:
MAXIMUM NUMBER
OF TREATMENTS:
LATEST TIME
OF APPLICATION:
(GS19).
Winter oilseed rape.
2.0 litres of product per hectare.
One per crop.
Before 9 or more true leaf stage
CLERANDA MUST ONLY BE USED ON CLEARFIELD® OILSEED RAPE
HYBRIDS
A maximum total dose of not more than 1000g metazachlor/hectare may
To avoid the build up of resistance do not apply this or any other product
containing an ALS inhibitor herbicide with claims for control of grassweeds more than once to any crop.
(MAPP No. 15036)
136
Comet® 200
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 12639
Use: A protectant fungicide with curative properties, for use in winter wheat,
winter barley, spring wheat, spring barley and oats.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 200 g/litre (19.2% w/w)
pyraclostrobin.
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Spring barley
Winter barley
Oats
Spring wheat
Recommended Rates: 1.25 litres product per hectare.
All recommended crops: 2 per crop.
Winter and spring wheat:
Before grain watery ripe.
Winter and spring barley, oats: Up to and including emergence of ear just
complete.
Malting barley:
Before ear emergence (see Section 3).
Guidance
137
Comet® 200
Water Volume: 200 litres per hectare. The maximum concentration must not
exceed 1.25 litres of product in 200 litres of water.
F
Comet® 200
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Comet 200 is a fungicide with protectant and curative properties for disease control
in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley and oats.
Yield response may be obtained in the absence of visual disease.
1.
You must not apply more than two foliar applications of QoI containing
products to any cereal crop. See also 2.1, Resistance Management, below.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Comet 200 is a fungicide with protectant and curative properties for disease
control in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley and oats as
summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring
wheat
Winter
barley
Spring
barley
Oats
Septoria tritici (1)
C
C
-
-
C
Septoria nodorum (2)
C
C
-
-
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
Crown rust
MC
MC
-
-
MC
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
C = Control
NOTE 1: Septoria tritici: Comet 200 is recommended for control of Septoria
tritici with moderate curative ability in the latent phase.
NOTE 2: Septoria nodorum: Comet 200 is recommended for control of
Septoria nodorum with best results achieved when used as a protective
treatment or during early stages of disease establishment.
2.1
Comet 200 contains pyraclostrobin, a member of the QoI cross resistance
group. Comet 200 should be used preventatively and should not be relied on
for its curative potential.
On cereal crops, Comet 200 must always be used in mixture with another
product, recommended for control of the same target disease that contains a
fungicide from a different cross resistance group and is applied at a dose that
will give robust control.
Use Comet 200 as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
fungicides with a different mode of action. You must not apply more than two
foliar applications of QoI containing products to any cereal crop.
There is a significant risk of widespread resistance occurring in Septoria tritici
populations in the UK. Failure to follow resistance management action may
result in reduced levels of disease control.
138
Comet® 200
3.
CROPS
Comet 200 is a fungicide with protectant and curative properties for disease
control in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley and oats.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Comet 200 at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
applications can be made before grain watery ripe in winter and spring wheat
and up to and including emergence of ear just complete in winter and spring
barley and oats.
Comet 200 is accepted by BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association) for
use on malting barley provided application is made before the start of ear
emergence. Latest timing in malting barley is therefore up to and including
awn emergence but treatment must stop once any part of the true ear is
visible.
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply 1.25 litres Comet 200 in a minimum of 200 litres of water per hectare.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
completed.
When tank mixes are to be used, each product should be added separately to
the spray tank.
5.
Comet is supplied in 5 litres containers.
139
F
F
Comet® 200
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
AVOID ALL CONTACT WITH SKIN.
where possible).
DO NOT contaminate water with the product
or its container. DO NOT clean equipment near
LERAPs requirements.
bank of a static or flowing waterbody, unless a Local Environmental Risk
Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within
1 m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of application. DO NOT
ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from hand-held sprayers to fall within 1 m of the top
of the bank of a static or flowing water body.
Aim spray away from water.
140
Comet® 200
7.
Comet® 200
pyraclostrobin.
DANGER:
CAUSE SKIN IRRITATION.
HARMFUL IF INHALED.
EFFECTS.
IF SWALLOWED: IMMEDIATELY CALL A POISON CENTER
OT DOCTOR/PHYSICIAN.
DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING.
IF ON SKIN: WASH WITH PLENTY OF SOAP AND WATER
2005.
8.
below:
Crops
Winter and
spring wheat
Winter and
spring barley,
Oats
Maximum
individual
dose
1.25 litres product
per hectare
1.25 litres product
per hectare
Maximum
number of
treatments
2 per crop
2 per crop
Latest time
of application
Before grain
watery ripe (GS 71)
Up to and including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
The maximum concentration must not exceed 1.25 litres of product in 200
litres of water.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 12639)
141
F
F
Comet® 200
142
Compass®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 11740
Use: A protectant and systemic fungicide for the control of diseases in oilseed
rape and field beans.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 167 g/l iprodione and 167
g/l thiophanate-methyl.
Recommended Crops:
See Section No:
Oilseed rape, winter and spring:
3.1
3.2
Recommended Rates:
1.5 to 3.0 l/ha (see literature for details).
3.0 l/ha.
Water Volume: 200-600 litres per hectare.
before end of flowering.
Guidance
143
Compass®
F
Compass®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Compass is a protectant and systemic fungicide for the control of certain diseases in
oilseed rape and field beans.
1.
A maximum of 2 applications of any ‘MBC’ product (thiophanate-methyl,
carbendazim), is allowed on any one crop.
Where possible use a narrow-wheeled high clearance tractor. In all cases the
spray boom should be at least 45 cm above the crop.
A repeat application may be required under certain conditions in some crops.
See the individual crop recommendations for further guidance and specific
recommendations.
For season-long control Compass should be applied as part of a disease
control programme.
DO NOT feed treated straw or haulm to livestock.
A minimum of 3 weeks must be observed between applications.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
For the control of stem rot (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum), light leaf spot (Pyrenopeziza
brassicae), dark leaf spot and pod spot (Alternaria spp), grey mould (Botrytis
cinerea), leaf spot or stem canker (Phoma lingam) in oilseed rape, and for the
control of chocolate spot (Botrytis fabae and Botrytis cinerea) in field beans.
2.1
Resistance
Strains of Botrytis cinerea resistant to MBC (carbendazim and thiophanate
methyl) fungicides are common throughout the UK. Strains of Botrytis cinerea
and Botrytis fabae resistant to dicarboximide (iprodione) fungicides have also
been recorded. MBC and dicarboximide fungicides are ineffective against these
resistant strains.
3.
CROPS
3.1
Winter and spring oilseed rape
Time and rate of Application
Always use Compass at the recommended dose rate, which varies from 1.5
to 3.0 l/ha depending on the target and the crop. A repeat application may be
required under certain conditions in some crops.
For season-long control Compass should be applied as part of a disease
control programme.
Light leaf spot: (Pyrenopeziza brassicae) control
Compass at 2.7 l/ha applied between stem extension and early green bud will
give control of light leaf spot. It may also reduce early Botrytis infections and
early attacks of Alternaria.
Stem rot: (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum) control
Apply Compass at 3.0 l/ha at first petal fall. This treatment will also control
Botrytis and reduce early attacks of Alternaria.
Dark Leaf and Pod Spot (Alternaria spp)
Disease Onset Sprays
Apply Compass at 3.0 l/ha between mid-flower and the end of flowering, when
black pin-head sized spots first appear. Pod infections are most likely to occur
on those crops where Alternaria spp spots can be found on the uppermost
leaves or bracts.
144
Compass®
In the case of early infections, a second spray of Compass at 3.0 l/ha or at 2.0
l/ha may be required after an interval of not less than 3 weeks.
Grey Mould (Botrytis cinerea)
Apply Compass at 3.0 l/ha between first petal fall and mid-flower. If wet
conditions encouraging disease build-up persist, a treatment of Compass at
3.0 l/ha should be made three weeks later. A single fungicide application at the
end of flowering is likely to prove unsatisfactory.
Adequate protection against grey mould may not be given if the crop lodges
severely in the late season.
Leaf Spot (Phoma lingam)
Apply Compass to winter oilseed rape crops only at 1.5 l/ha in the autumn or
winter before stem extension. This treatment will also provide control of early
light leaf spot infections.
Stem Canker (Phoma lingam)
Apply Compass to winter oilseed rape crops only at 1.5 l/ha in the autumn or
winter followed by 2.7 l/ha in the spring between stem extension and green
bud. Control may be improved if Compass is applied at 2.7 l/ha at both autumn
and spring timings. These treatments will also provide control of phoma leaf
spot, light leaf spot, and may reduce early infections of Botrytis and early
attacks of Alternaria.
3.2
Winter and spring field beans
Time of Application
For the control of chocolate spot Botrytis fabae and Botrytis cinerea.
Apply Compass at the early flowering stage before chocolate spot enters its
aggressive stage of spreading out from small round lesions. Repeat after three
weeks if conditions continue to favour disease build-up.
A pre-flowering treatment may be needed should leaf infection build-up early
enough to cause plant stunting.
Ensure good penetration of the crop and good coverage of the flowers and
adjacent leaves.
DO NOT apply beyond the end of flowering.
Rate of Application
Use Compass at 3 l/ha.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Shake the container well, before use. Add the required amount of Compass to
water in the partially filled spray tank and mix thoroughly. When the mixing is
complete top up the spray tank to the required volume and continue agitation
until spraying is completed.
Apply Compass in a water volume of 200-600 l/ha as MEDIUM spray (BCPC
category). Use the higher volume wherever the crop is dense.
Where possible use a narrow-wheeled high clearance tractor. In all cases the
spray boom should be at least 45 cm above the crop.
5.
Compass is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof
145
F
F
Compass®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FACE PROTECTION (FACESHIELD) when handling
the concentrate.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS) when applying by
vehicle mounted equipment.
PROTECTIVE GLOVES, RUBBER BOOTS AND FACE PROTECTION
(FACESHIELD) when handling contaminated surfaces and applying by hand
held equipment.
protection.
container.
WASH OUT CONTAINER THOROUGHLY, empty washings into spray-tank and
dispose of safely.
146
Compass®
7.
Compass®
A suspension concentrate containing 167 g/litre iprodione and 167 g/litre
thiophanate-methyl.
MAY CAUSE SENSITISATION BY SKIN CONTACT.
POSSIBLE RISK OF IRREVERSIBLE EFFECTS.
ENVIRONMENT.
FEEDINGSTUFFS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
for use
8.
Crop
Maximum
Dose
3 l/ha
3 l/ha
Maximum No.
of Treatments
per crop
2 per crop
2 per crop
Latest time of
application
Before end of flowering
For any individual crop, the maximum number of treatments given for the
listed crops refers to the total number of sprays of any products containing
carbendazim or thiophanate methyl and must not be exceeded.
DO NOT feed treated straw or haulm to livestock.
A minimum of 3 weeks must be observed between applications.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 11740)
147
F
F
Compass®
148
Contest®
I
INSECTICIDE
MAPP No. 10216
Use: A contact and stomach acting insecticide for the control of insect pests
in oilseed rape, cereals, peas and beans and brassicas.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 150 g/kg alphacypermethrin.
Pack Size: 1 kg in outers of 10.
Recommended Crops:
See Section No:
2.1, 2.2
2.2, 2.3
Wheat and barley:
2.4
Cabbage, Brussels sprouts, cauliflower,
2.5
Combining and vining peas:
2.6
2.7
67 or 133 g/ha.
100 g/ha.
50 or 67 g/ha.
67 or 100 g/ha.
100 g/ha.
Water Volume: Not less than 200 litres per hectare.
Guidance
149
Contest®
Recommended Rates:
Oilseed rape:
Wheat and barley:
cauliflower, broccoli,
calabrese and kale:
Peas:
I
Contest®
Oilseed rape:
Before the end of flowering.
Wheat and barley:
Autumn/Spring applications: before 1st April.
Summer application: before early dough stage.
cauliflower, broccoli,
calabrese and kale:
Seven days before harvest.
Vining peas:
One day before harvest.
Combining peas,
field beans, broad beans:
Note: DO NOT apply to a cereal crop if any product containing a pyrethroid
insecticide or dimethoate has been applied to that crop after the start of ear
emergence (GS 51).
Maximum total dose of 400 g/ha with a
maximum of 133 g/ha after yellow bud
stage.
Maximum total dose of 265 g/ha with a
maximum of 133 g/ha after yellow bud
stage.
Cereals:
Maximum total dose of 265 g/ha up to
31 March.
Winter/spring applications:
maximum 100 g/ha between 1 January
and 31 March.
Spring/summer applications:
maximum 100 g/ha between 1 April
and 31 August.
Brassicas:
4 per crop.
Combining and vining peas:
3 per crop.
Field beans and broad beans:
2 per crop.
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Contest is a contact and stomach-acting insecticide with residual foliar activity.
1.
Damage may result unless all recommendations are carefully carried out.
DO NOT use less than the minimum volume of water specified.
DO NOT apply to cereals if any product containing a pyrethroid insecticide or
dimethoate has been applied to that crop after the start of ear emergence
(GS 51).
Do not apply this product in tank mixture with a triazole-containing fungicide
when bees are likely to be actively foraging in the crop.
It is recommended that as a matter of good practice, spraying in oilseed rape
should be carried out in the late evening or early morning or in dull weather
if at all possible and local beekeepers should be advised of the intention to
spray and the chemical being used.
Consult processors before using on crops for processing.
150
Contest®
2.
2.1
Winter Oilseed Rape
PESTS: Cabbage Stem Flea Beetle and Rape Winter Stem Weevil.
(Reduction of spread of Beet Western Yellows Virus).
Rate of Application
67 g/ha
Time of Application
Contest should be applied when adult Cabbage Stem Flea Beetle feeding
damage is first seen on young rape plants. A second application should
be made when larval damage is seen in the leaf petioles (normally one
month later). In situations where no adult feeding damage is seen, the first
application should be made when larval damage is first seen in the leaf
petioles, followed by a second application one month later*.
NOTE: The use of Contest for the control of Cabbage Stem Flea Beetle will
also control the adults and young larvae of Rape Winter Stem Weevil if these
are present in the crop at the time of application. Applications of Contest at
these timings will also reduce the spread of Beet Western Yellows Virus.
PESTS: Cabbage Seed Weevil and Brassica Pod Midge.
Rate of Application
133 g/ha
Time of Application
Contest may be applied at any time during the flowering period when Seed
Weevil numbers reach the threshold for spraying*. Best results are normally
achieved when application coincides with the onset of peak adult activity. This
often occurs between the 20 pod set stage and the end of flowering on the
main raceme, i.e. 75% petal fall across the entire crop.
*Details of thresholds are available from ADAS or your specialist adviser.
2.2
A maximum total dose of 400 g/ha/crop may be applied to Winter Oilseed
Rape.
265 g/ha/crop may be applied to Spring Oilseed Rape with a maximum of 133
g/ha/crop to be applied after the yellow bud stage in both Winter and Spring
Oilseed Rape.
PESTS: Pollen beetle
Rate of Application
67 g/ha
Time of Application
Application should be made at the green to yellow bud stage, as soon as
pest numbers reach the threshold* for spraying. A second application may
be required 3-7 days later (the exact timing dependent on the speed of pest
re-infestation and when the threshold is reached) within the green to yellow
bud stage of the crop.
PESTS: Pollen Beetle and Cabbage Seed Weevil (mixed populations)
In Spring Oilseed Rape, and in backward crops of Winter Oilseed Rape,
Cabbage Seed Weevil may also be present at the yellow bud stage. In
these situations control of both Pollen Beetle and Cabbage Seed Weevil is
required*. (See also separate sections on cabbage seed weevil).
Rate of Application
133 g/ha
151
I
I
Contest®
Time of Application
Application should be made at yellow bud, as soon as pest numbers reach
the threshold for spraying*.
NOTE: The use of Contest for the control of Pollen Beetle and Cabbage Seed
Weevil will also give some reduction in the numbers of adult Cabbage Stem
Weevil if these are present in the crop at the time of application.
2.3
Spring Oilseed Rape
PESTS: Cabbage Seed Weevil
Rate of Application
133 g/ha
Time of Application
Apply when pest numbers reach the threshold* for spraying, normally from the
yellow bud stage of the crop.
Application at yellow bud will also control pollen beetle (see separate section
on pollen beetle). A further application may be necessary if continuing pest
pressure causes the seed weevil threshold* to be reached during flowering
(between the 20 pod set stage and the end of flowering on the main raceme,
i.e. 75% petal fall across the entire crop).
It is recommended that as a matter of good practice, spraying in oilseed
rape should be carried out in the late evening or early morning or in dull
weather if at all possible and local beekeepers should be advised of the
intention to spray and the chemical being used.
*Details of thresholds are available from ADAS or your specialist adviser.
2.4
Wheat and Barley
The maximum total dose for autumn and spring application (up to 31 March)
to wheat and barley is 265 g/ha/crop with a maximum of 100 g/ha/crop
applied between 1 January and 31 March in the year of harvest. This may be
followed by a single summer application of 100 g/ha/crop between 1 April and
31 August in the year of harvest, with a latest time of application of before
early dough stage.
PESTS: Cereal Aphids - autumn/winter (reduction of spread of barley
yellow dwarf virus and control of yellow cereal fly)
Rate of Application
100 g/ha
Time of Application
High risk situations
e.g. crops drilled before the 3rd week of September, crops following grass or
grassy stubbles, or crops in areas with a history of BYDV.
The first application should be made when aphids are first seen in the crop (or
by mid-October). A second application will be necessary at the end of aphid
migration, which is normally at the end of October or beginning of November.
Where conditions continue to favour prolonged aphid activity, e.g. mild
winters, and where two applications of another insecticide have already been
made in the autumn, one application of Contest can be made in December to
March.
Other situations
Apply in late October or early November to crops which have emerged by
mid-October if aphids are found, or on ADAS warnings.
NOTE: Contest applied in the autumn for aphid control will also give some
control of yellow cereal fly if present in the crop.
PESTS: Cereal Aphids - summer
152
Contest®
Rate of Application
100 g/ha in 200 litres of water per hectare.
A single application may be made from 1 April to 31 August in any one
summer.
Time of Application
Apply between the onset of flowering and the milky ripe stage (GS 61 to 73)
when 66% or more heads are infested (equivalent to five aphids per ear) and
aphid numbers are increasing. (Details of thresholds are available from ADAS
or your specialist adviser).
2.5
Cabbage; Brussels Sprouts, Cauliflower; Broccoli; Calabrese and Kale
PESTS: Flea Beetle
Rate of Application
50 g/ha
Time of Application
Apply as soon as pest attack is observed on seedling plants. Repeat if
necessary.
PESTS: Caterpillars
Rate of Application
67 g/ha
Time of Application
Apply when damage is first seen or as a preventative spray. Repeat if
necessary.
2.6
Rate of Application
100 g/ha
Time of Application
PESTS: Pea moth
Rate of Application
67 g/ha
Time of Application
Apply according to ADAS/PGRO warnings or as indicated by pheromone
traps. For further information consult your specialist advisor. On dry peas
repeat 14 days later. If moth activity remains high a third application may be
needed.
153
I
I
Contest®
PESTS: Pea Aphid
Rate of Application
100 g/ha
Time of Application
For partial control apply according to current thresholds. Repeat if necessary,
up to a maximum of three applications. Consult you specialist advisor for
further details.
2.7
Field and Broad Beans
Rate of Application
100 g/ha
Time of Application
3.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
3.1
Water volume
Contest should be applied in not less than 200 litres of water per hectare.
In situations where increased coverage is required, for example in dense or
thick foliage or when the pests are concealed, the volume of water should be
increased to where sufficient coverage is obtained, up to a maximum of 500
litres per hectare.
Reduced volume spraying must not be used on wheat and barley after 31
March in the year of harvest.
3.2
Mixing
Quarter fill the spray tank with clean water and begin agitation.
Add the recommended quantity of Contest and complete filling.
Continue agitation until spraying is complete.
Apply without delay maintaining continuous agitation until spraying is
complete.
If a tank-mix with another material is required, always add Contest to the
tank first and ensure it is evenly dispersed through the tank before adding the
second material.
4.
Contest is supplied in 1 kg containers and should be kept dry and frostproof
154
Contest®
5.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
AFTER CONTACT WITH SKIN, WASH IMMEDIATELY with plenty of water.
of the bank of any static or flowing water body, or
within 1 metre from the top of any ditch which is dry
at the time of application. DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT
SPRAY from hand-held sprayers to fall within
1 metre of the top of the bank of a static or flowing
water body. Aim spray away from water. THIS PRODUCT IS NOT ELIGIBLE
FOR BUFFER ZONE REDUCTION UNDER THE LERAP HORIZONTAL BOOM
SPRAYERS SCHEME.
DO NOT SPRAY cereals after 31st March in the year of harvest within 6 m
from the edge of the growing crop.
WASH OUT CONTAINER THOROUGHLY, empty washings into spray tank
KEEP DRY.
PROTECT FROM FROST.
155
I
I
Contest®
6.
Contest®
A water dispersible granule containing 150 g/kg (15% w/w) alphacypermethrin.
WARNING:
MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO ORGANS THROUGH
PROLONGED OR REPEATED EXPOSURE.
EFFECTS.
DO NOT BREATH DUST.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
GET MEDICAL ADVICE/ATTENTION IF YOU FEEL UNWELL.
IF SWALLOWED: CALL A POISON CENTRE OR DOCTOR/
RINSE MOUTH.
156
Contest®
7.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL INSECTICIDE as directed
below
Crop
Maximum
Individual
Dose
Latest Time of
Application
67 g/ha
Maximum Total Dose/
Maximum number of
Treatments per Crop/
Other Specific Restrictions
A maximum total dose of 400 g
product per hectare per crop may
be applied to Winter Oilseed Rape
with a maximum of 133 g product
per hectare per crop after yellow
bud stage.
be applied to Spring Oilseed Rape
with a maximum of 133 g product
per hectare per crop after the
yellow bud stage.
be applied to winter and spring
wheat and barley up to and
including 31 March in the year of
harvest, with a maximum of 100 g
product per hectare per crop
applied between 1 January and
A further single application of
100 g product per hectare may
also be applied between 1 April and
31 August in the year of harvest.
Reduced volume spraying must not
be used on wheat and barley after
4 per crop
Winter Oilseed Rape
133 g/ha
Spring Oilseed Rape
133 g/ha
Wheat and Barley
100 g/ha
Cabbage, Brussels
sprouts, cauliflower,
broccoli/calabrese,
kale
Vining Pea
100 g/ha
3 per crop
Combining Pea
100 g/ha
3 per crop
Broad Bean and
Field Bean
100 g/ha
2 per crop
1 day before
harvest
11 days before
harvest
11 days before
harvest
Before the end
of flowering
Before the end
of flowering
Before early
dough stage
7 days before
harvest
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 10216)
157
I
I
Contest®
158
Corbel®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAFF No. 00578
Use: A systemic morpholine fungicide for the control of powdery mildew on
wheat, barley, oats and rye; brown rust on wheat, barley, triticale; yellow rust
on wheat, barley and triticale; Rhynchosporium on barley.
fenpropimorph.
Recommended Crops:
See Section No:
Winter wheat*
3.1, 3.2, 3.4
Spring wheat*
3.1, 3.2
Winter and spring barley*
3.1, 3.2, 3.3
Oats
3.1
Triticale
3.1
Rye
3.1
*includes crops undersown with clover and/or grass.
Recommended Rates: 0.5 – 1 litre per hectare is recommended depending on
the crop and the situation. See literature for details.
Corbel®
Water Volume: 220-450 l/ha.
Harvest Interval:
Cereals: 5 weeks before harvest.
Spring cereals: 2 per crop.
Winter cereals: 4 per crop at 0.75 l/ha;
3 per crop at 1 l/ha.
Rainfastness: Rainfast after 2 hours.
Guidance
159
F
Corbel®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Corbel is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the control
of powdery mildew on winter and spring sown wheat, barley, oats and rye: brown rust
on winter and spring sown wheat, barley and triticale; yellow rust on winter and spring
sown wheat, barley and triticale; moderate levels of Rhynchosporium on winter and
spring sown barley.
1.
Whilst it is not recommended that Corbel be applied if rain is imminent, tests
have indicated that Corbel applied alone is rainfast on cereals 2 hours after
application. Thus, should rain fall after this period there is little risk of the spray
being washed off.
Corbel may be applied to winter and spring wheat and winter and spring barley
undersown with clover and/or grasses. Some leaf spotting in clover may occur.
In cereals allow an interval of at least 5 weeks between the last application and
harvest.
Apply Corbel at the start of disease attack.
Some tank mixtures may form a slight scum and the spray tank should
therefore be cleaned immediately after use.
There is a possibility of transient crop scorch, particularly if crops are under
stress. Therefore, avoid spraying during cold frosty weather or in high
temperatures.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Corbel is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the
control of powdery mildew on winter and spring sown wheat, barley, oats and
rye: brown rust on winter and spring sown wheat, barley and triticale; yellow
rust on winter and spring sown wheat, barley and triticale; moderate levels of
Rhynchosporium on winter and spring sown barley.
Apply Corbel at the start of disease attack.
3.
CROPS
3.1
Wheat, barley, oats*, rye*, triticale*: mildew, yellow and brown rusts,
Rhynchosporium
Time of Application
Apply Corbel at the start of disease attack. This is particularly important if
aggressive diseases such as yellow or brown rust are prevalent and weather
conditions and/or crop varieties are favourable for their development. Where
yellow rust remains very active in these situations, a follow-up treatment may
be needed to maintain control.
Corbel may be applied in the autumn if required. Further treatment in the spring/
summer will almost certainly be necessary.
Allow an interval of at least 5 weeks between the last application and harvest.
(*The recommendation on oats and rye is for mildew control. The recommendation
on triticale is for yellow and brown rust control).
160
Corbel®
Rate of Application
Apply Corbel in 220-450 litres of water per hectare at a dose according to the
disease, as given in the table below. Use the higher water volume where the
crop is dense.
Mildew
Brown Rust
Yellow Rust
Rhynchosporium
Wheat
Barley
Oats
Rye
Triticale
0.75 L
1L
1L
-
0.75 L
0.75 L
1L
1L
1L
-
1L
-
1L
1L
-
(Figures are Corbel dose per hectare).
Where more than one disease occurs, use the highest dose indicated for that
combination.
A total of 3 litres Corbel per hectare may be applied to any one winter cereal
crop. This may be applied in four separate doses of 0.75 litre per hectare, if
necessary. Where four applications at 0.75 litre per hectare or three at 1 litre
are made, one must be in the autumn.
A total of 2 litres Corbel per hectare may be applied to any one spring cereal
crop.
These doses apply when using Corbel alone. For combined treatments with
other fungicides, see Section 3.2 to 3.4 below.
3.2
Application with Folicur; Genie; Sanction; for quicker clean-up of
established mildew in wheat and barley
When applying one of the above-named products for the control of diseases
such as net blotch of barley or Septoria spp. of wheat, add 0.5 litres Corbel per
hectare to the recommended rate to provide a quicker clean-up of established
mildew infection than the use of these products alone. Apply this tank mix as
soon as practicable after the start of disease attack.
A rate of 0.75 litres Corbel per hectare may be used in these mixes where, due
to a combination of climate, area and cultivar, mildew pressure is expected to
be particularly high.
NOTES:
There is a possibility of transient crop scorch from the above mixtures,
particularly if crops are under stress. Therefore, avoid spraying during cold
frosty weather or in high temperatures.
3.3
Application with prochloraz (450 g/l formulation) - barley
Corbel may be applied at 0.75 litres per hectare in tank mix with prochloraz on
barley as the second fungicide treatment for protection against late infections.
If mildew and/or rust are beginning to establish (3% or more mildew on any
upper leaf, any rust at all on the upper leaves) and are likely to develop further,
or in any situation where due to a combination of climate, area and variety, etc.,
expected mildew/rust pressure is likely to be high, necessitating a longer period
of protection, use the normal 1 litre per hectare application rate of Corbel in this
mix.
3.4
Late leaf and ear disease control in winter wheat
Between the flag leaf just visible stage and the ear just completely emerged
stage, Corbel may be applied with Bravo 500 for combined mildew, brown rust,
yellow rust and Septoria control in winter wheat, as below.
161
F
F
Corbel®
Moderate disease
risk
Increased mildew/
rust risk*
Increased Septoria
risk**
Increased mildew/
rust and Septoria
risk
CORBEL
0.75 l/ha
+BRAVO 500
+ 1.5 l/ha
Increase rate of Corbel in the mix to 1 l/ha
Increase rate of Bravo 500 in the mix to 2 l/ha
Increase rates of both Corbel and Bravo 500 in the
mix as above
* i.e. if mildew and/or rust are beginning to establish (3 per cent or more
mildew on any upper leaf; any rust at all on the upper leaves) and are likely to
develop further, or, in any situation where due to a combination of climate, area
and variety, etc. expected mildew/rust disease pressure is likely to be high,
necessitating a longer period of protection.
** i.e. if Septoria symptoms are evident in the lower leaves and/or conditions
(climate, area, variety, etc.) are suitable for spread.
Refer to Bravo 500 literature for full details on the use of this product before
applying.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
required amount of Corbel. Add the remainder of the water and continue
agitation until spraying is completed.
When tank mixes are to be used, Corbel should be added to the spray tank
water after the other products(s), except in tank mix with Terpal.
5.
Corbel is supplied in 5 litres containers and should be kept dry and frostproof
162
Corbel®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
AVOID ALL CONTACT WITH SKIN OR EYES.
Do not contaminate surface waters or ditches with chemical or used container.
Keep dry and frost-proof in a suitable pesticide store.
163
F
F
Corbel®
7.
Corbel®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 750 g/litre fenpropimorph and
cyclohexanone.
WARNING:
HARMFUL IF INHALED.
EFFECTS.
AVOID BREATHING SPRAY.
PROTECTION.
CALL A POISON CENTER OR DOCTOR/PHYSICIAN IF YOU
FEEL UNWELL.
STORE LOCKED UP.
8.
Crops
Maximum Individual
Maximum Number
Harvest Interval
Dose
of Treatments per
Crop
Winter wheat*
1.0 litre
3 (with a maximum
5 weeks
Winter barley*
product/hectare
of 2 applications
Winter oats,
between 1 January
Rye and Triticale
and harvest)
or
4 (with a maximum
5 weeks
0.75 litre
of 3 applications
product/hectare
between 1 January
and harvest)
Spring wheat*
1.0 litre
2
5 weeks
Spring barley*
product/hectare
Spring oats
*includes crops undersown with grass or clover.
PRODUCTS.
(MAFF No. 00578)
164
164
Covershield®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 10900
Use: A protectant and systemic fungicide with curative properties for use in
winter wheat, winter barley, spring wheat, spring barley and oats.
Formulation:
A suspo-emulsion containing 133 g/litre (12.3% w/w)
pyraclostrobin, plus 67 g/litre (6.2% w/w) kresoxim-methyl plus 50 g/l (4.6
w/w) epoxiconazole.
Recommended Crops:
Oats
Maximum Number of Treatments: Two per crop
Before grain ripe (GS 71)
Winter and spring barley, Oats:
just
complete (GS 59)
Water Volume: Minimum of 200 litres of water per hectare.
Aerial Application:
No
Guidance
165
Covershield®
F
Covershield®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Covershield is a fungicide with protectant, systemic and curative properties for use in
winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley and oats.
1.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Covershield is a fungicide with protectant, systemic and curative properties for
use in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley and oats for disease
control as summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring
wheat
Winter
barley
Spring
barley
Oats
C
C
-
-
-
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
-
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
-
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
-
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
C
C
-
GR
GR
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
Fusarium
ear blight (2)
C = Control
GR = Good Reduction
NOTE 1: Septoria tritici: Covershield is recommended for control of Septoria
tritici with curative ability in the latent phase.
NOTE 2: Fusarium: Apply Covershield during flowering.
2.1
Covershield contains pyraclostrobin and kresoxim-methyl, members of the QoI
cross resistance group. Covershield should be used preventatively and should
not be relied on for its curative potential.
When curative activity is needed apply QoI fungicides in mixture with a
suitable dose of a curative fungicide from a different cross-resistance group.
Covershield meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole. To ensure the
effectiveness of the epoxiconazole component as a partner, Covershield should
always be applied at the full recommended rate.
166
Covershield®
Covershield contains a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI fungicides
may seriously affect the performance of some products. For further advice on
resistance management in DMIs contact your agronomist or specialist advisor,
and visit the FRAG-UK website.
Use Covershield as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
3.
CROPS
Covershield is approved for use in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring
barley and oats.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Covershield at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
applications can be made before grain watery ripe in winter and spring wheat
and up to and including emergence of ear just complete in winter and spring
barley and oats.
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litres Covershield in a minimum of 200 litres of water per hectare.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
the spray tank.
5.
Covershield is supplied in 5 litre containers. Store in a suitable pesticide store,
keep dry and protect from frost.
167
F
F
Covershield®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling contaminated surfaces.
protection.
DO NOT contaminate surface waters or ditches
with chemical or used container.
Local Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides
application. DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from
water body. Aim spray away from water.
168
Covershield®
7.
Covershield®
A suspo-emulsion containing 133 g/litre (12.3% w/w) pyraclostrobin, plus 67
g/litre (6.2% w/w) kresoxim-methyl plus 50 g/l (4.6% w/w) epoxiconazole.
WARNING:
SUSPECTING OF DAMAGING FERTILITY.
HARMFUL IF INHALED.
EFFECTS.
TO AVOID RISKS TO HUMAN HEALTH AND THE
ENVIROMENT, COMPLY WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR
USE.
USE PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED.
OBTAIN SPECAIL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE USE.
AVOID BREATHING MIST.
ATTENTION.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS
for use
169
F
F
Covershield®
8.
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter and
spring wheat
1.5 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Before grain
ripe (GS 71)
Winter and
spring barley,
oats
1.5 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
PRODUCTS.
MAPP No. 10900
170
Crystal®
Shooter / Trooper
®
®
H
HERBICIDE
Crystal MAPP No. 13914
Shooter MAPP No. 14106
Trooper MAPP No. 13924
Use: A herbicide with residual and contact activity for the control of
Black-grass, annual grasses and broad leaved weeds in winter wheat and
winter barley.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 60 g/litre flufenacet and
300 g/litre pendimethalin.
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Recommended Rates: 2 litres or 4 litres per hectare depending on the weed
spectrum to be controlled (see table Section 2.1).
Water Volume: Minimum of 200 litres per hectare.
Maximum Individual Dose: 4.0 litres per hectare
Maximum Total Dose Per Crop: 4.0 litres per hectare per crop
Latest Time of Application: Before third tiller stage (GS 23) and before 31
December in year of planting.
Guidance
171
Crystal®/ Shooter®/ Trooper®
H
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Crystal/Shooter/Trooper is a herbicide with residual and contact activity for the
control of black-grass, annual grasses and broad leaved weeds in winter wheat and
winter barley.
1.
1.1
Efficacy
Good even spray cover of the target is essential.
Crystal/Shooter/Trooper is slow acting and the final level of weed control may
take some time to appear.
Some soil moisture is required for Crystal/Shooter/Trooper to be activated.
Best results will be obtained if rain falls within 7 days of application. Residual
Crystal/Shooter/Trooper is not recommended for the post-emergence control
of weeds on the following soil types; sandy clays, clays and silty clays (Soil
Texture (85) System).
Transplanted or established weeds present after completion of seedbed
preparation should be controlled by an approved contact or translocated
herbicide prior to the use of Crystal/Shooter/Trooper.
DO NOT disturb the soil after application.
1.2
Soil types
DO NOT use on soils with more than 10% organic matter.
Weed control may be reduced on soils with more than 6% organic matter.
DO NOT use on stony or gravelly soils.
DO NOT use on water-logged soil or soils prone to water logging.
1.3
Seedbed preparation
Seedbeds must have a fine, firm tilth.
Loose or cloddy seedbeds must be consolidated otherwise reduced weed
control or crop damage from inadequate seed cover may occur.
For effective weed control, seedbed preparations should include the even
incorporation of any trash, straw and ash to a depth of 15 cm.
1.4
Crop safety
DO NOT apply Crystal/Shooter/Trooper to crops suffering from stress, which
may be caused for example by pests, disease, water logging, poor seedbed
conditions or previous chemical treatment.
For pre-emergence treatments, seed should be covered with a minimum of
32 mm of settled soil.
Shallow-drilled crops should only be treated post-emergence.
DO NOT apply Crystal/Shooter/Trooper pre-emergence to crops drilled after 30
November.
DO NOT soil incorporate Crystal/Shooter/Trooper.
DO NOT spray undersown crops.
172
1.5
Weather conditions
Reductions in crop vigour, which may result in yield reductions, may occur
where there is very wet weather before and after application, particularly where
soils become water-logged.
Avoid spraying during periods of prolonged or severe frosts.
1.6
Spray drift
Avoid spraying within 6 metres of the field boundary to reduce effects on
non-target insects or other arthropods.
1.7
Other Restrictions/Warnings
Concentrated or diluted Crystal/Shooter/Trooper may stain. Avoid spillage.
Staining is minimised or completely removed if skin/clothes are washed
immediately.
Wash down machinery immediately after use, using a proprietary spray tank
cleaner.
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Crystal/Shooter/Trooper.
Weeds controlled both pre-emergence and post-emergence up to the size
specified.
Dose
WEEDS
Grass Weeds
Annual Meadow-grass
Black-grass
Italian Ryegrass
Perennial Ryegrass
Loose Silky-bent
Rough Meadow-grass
Sterile Brome
Broad-leaved Weeds
Cleavers
Common Chickweed
Common Field Speedwell
Common Orache
Common Poppy
Corn Marigold
Fat-hen
Field Forget-me-not
Field Pansy
Hemp-nettle
Henbit Dead-nettle
Ivy-leaved Speedwell
Knotgrass
Mayweeds
Parsley-piert
Red Dead-nettle
Scarlet Pimpernel
Shepherd’s-purse
Smooth Sowthistle
2 l/ha
4 l/ha
S (up to 2lvs)
-
S (up to 1 tiller)
*S (up to 2lvs)
S (up to 3lvs)
S (up to 2lvs)
S (up to 1lf)
S (up to 2lvs)
MS (up to 2lvs)
S (up to 2lvs)
S (up to 2lvs)
S (up to 4lvs)
MS (up to 2lvs)
S (up to 2lvs)
S (up to 2lvs)
MR
-
MS (up to cotyledon)
S (up to 5cm)
S (up to 2lvs)
MS (pre-em only)
S (up to 4lvs)
S (pre-em only)
MS (pre-em only)
MS (pre-em only)
MS (up to 2lvs)
S (pre-em only)
S (pre-em only)
S (up to 2lvs)
MS (pre-em only)
MS (pre-em only)
S (pre-em only)
S (up to 2lvs)
S (pre-em only)
S (up to 4lvs)
MS (pre-em only)
S = Susceptible
MS = Moderately susceptible
MR = Moderately resistant
*
= Black-grass is moderately susceptible pre-emergence on the following
soil types; sandy clays, clays and silty clays (MAFF Soil Texture (85) System).
173
H
H
2.2
WRAG Guidelines advise that application to small Black-grass aids in control
of resistant Black-grass. However, application of ‘Crystal/Shooter/Trooper’
to small Black-grass will not improve control of resistant populations that
can metabolise a range of herbicides, as both flufenacet and pendimethalin
can be affected. The efficacy of both flufenacet and pendimethalin can be
reduced by the enhanced metabolism resistance mechanism of Black-grass;
this can happen even when treating black-grass at the early growth stages
recommended for treatment with Crystal/Shooter/Trooper.
Strains of some annual grasses (eg Black-grass, Wild-oats, and Italian Ryegrass) have developed resistance to herbicides, which may lead to poor control.
Populations of Black-grass and Italian Rye-grass with high levels of enhanced
metabolism resistance will not be fully controlled.
Key elements of the resistance management strategy for Crystal/Shooter/Trooper:
- Always follow WRAG guidelines for preventing and managing herbicide
resistant weeds.
- Maximise the use of cultural control measures wherever possible (e.g. crop
- Use tank mixes or sequences of effective herbicides with different modes of
- For the control of herbicide resistant grassweeds, always use Crystal/Shooter/
Trooper in tank mix or sequence with other effective graminicides with
- Apply pre-emergence of weeds wherever possible. If applications are delayed,
apply post-emergence products/mixtures to small, actively growing weeds,
especially where high levels of resistance are suspected and to reduce the
risk of resistance development.
3.
3.1
Crops
Crystal/Shooter/Trooper can be used on all varieties of Winter Wheat and
Winter Barley.
3.2
Time of application
From pre-emergence to before third tiller stage (GS 23) of the crop and before
31 December in year of planting.
3.3
Rate of application
Apply Crystal/Shooter/Trooper at 2 or 4 l/ha in 200 litres of water/ha.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
4.1
Following crops after normal harvest
There are no restrictions on following crops when Crystal/Shooter/Trooper is
used alone.
Plough to at least 15 cm before planting all following crops except for potatoes,
peas, wheat and barley.
4.2
In the event of crop failure
Plough to at least 15 cm. The following crops may then be sown: potatoes,
peas, wheat and barley.
174
5.
MIXING AND APPLICATION
5.1
Mixing
Half fill the tank with clean water and start the agitation. To ensure thorough
mixing of the product, invert the container several times before opening.
Add the required quantity of Crystal/Shooter/Trooper to the spray tank while
re-circulating. Fill up the tank with water and continue agitation until spraying is
completed.
When tank mixes are to be used, take due note of any instructions given as to
the order of mixing. Each product should be added separately to the spray tank
and fully dispersed before the addition of any further product(s).
5.2
Application
A travel speed of 6 to 8 km/h is advised for tractor-mounted and trailed
sprayers. High speeds increase the risk of uneven cover due to excessive boom
whip and bounce. The slower speed is recommended where the target is in a
thick crop or weed cover, or where travel conditions are rough.
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
minimum of three rinses, to ensure that all traces of product are removed.
6.
Crystal/Shooter/Trooper is supplied in 10 litre containers.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
Spray equipment must only be used where the operator’s normal working
position is within a closed cab on a tractor or on a self-propelled sprayer.
175
H
H
the concentrate.
protection.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL seek medical advice (show the label if possible).
insides of gloves.
DO NOT contaminate water with product or its
container (Do not clean application equipment
near surface water/Avoid contamination via drains
from farmyards and roads).
waterbody. Aim spray away from water.
RISK TO NON-TARGET INSECTS OR OTHER ARTHROPODS. See Directions
for Use.
176
8.
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 60 g/l flufenacet and 300 g/l
pendimethalin.
DANGER:
HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED. MAY BE FATAL IF
SWALLOWED AND ENTERS AIRWAYS.
EFFECTS.
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES
PRESENT AND EASY TO DO, CONTINUE RINSING.
CLOTHING.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
CONTAINTS PENDIMETHALIN. MAY PRODUCE AN
ALLERGIC REACTION.
CONTAINS FLUFENACET. MAY PRODUCE AN ALLERGIC
REACTION.
for use
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Products Regulations 2005.
9.
CROPS:
Winter wheat and winter barley.
4 l/ha
MAXIMUM TOTAL DOSE PER CROP: 4 l/ha per crop
LATEST TIMING: Before third tiller stage (GS 23) and before 31 December
in year of planting.
PRODUCTS.
(Crystal MAPP No. 13914 /
Shooter MAPP No. 14106 /
Trooper MAPP No. 13924)
177
H
H
178
Cyclade®
P
MAFF No. 08958
Use: A growth regulator for lodging control.
chlormequat chloride, 75 g/litre (6.7% w/w) mepiquat chloride plus 155 g/litre
(13.8% w/w) 2-chloroethylphosphonic acid.
Recommended Crops:
Winter barley:
Spring barley:
Winter wheat:
See Section No:
2.1, 2.3
2.1, 2.3
2.2, 2.3
Recommended Rates: 1.5 to 2 litres per hectare, depending on crop and
situation, see recommended crops for details. When using Cyclade, an
authorised non-ionic wetting agent must be added to the spray tank at the
rate of 40 ml per 100 litres spray solution.
Water Volume: Minimum of 220 litres/ha.
Latest Time of
Winter wheat:
Winter barley:
Spring barley:
Application:
before flag leaf sheath opening.
before first spikelet of ear visible.
before flag leaf ligule just visible stage.
Guidance
179
Cyclade®
P
Cyclade®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Cyclade is a growth regulator which shortens and stiffens the straw of barley and
winter wheat by reducing the length of internodes. Cyclade will prevent or suppress
early lodging during the vital crop heading stage and thus allow optimum fertiliser use
for production of maximum yields in intensive growing systems.
Lodging control and yield increase may be enhanced in winter wheat and winter barley
by using a programme of New 5C Cycocel plant growth regulator followed by Cyclade.
The optimum effect of Cyclade may be expected in a vigorous, actively growing crop,
having a good plant population with an adequate nutrient and moisture supply. The
greatest response will be seen in crops sprayed at the correct timing and when good
growing conditions prevail at and after application.
Cyclade is recommended for use as a component of an intensive growing
system where provision of optimum basic and nitrogen fertilisation has been
made, together with appropriate disease control measures. The nitrogen
fertiliser rates should not, however, be increased without careful consideration
of all the factors affecting the condition and the growth of the crop.
Application should be carried out with a field sprayer operating according to the
manufacturer’s instructions. Ensure that the boom height is correctly adjusted.
Verification of node stages and emergence of the flag leaf is best done by
splitting the stem.
Late secondary tillering can occur naturally in crops grown on soils subject to
moisture stress and Cyclade may accentuate this. This effect will be of more
importance in barley varieties being grown for malting, where the presence of
green heads may result in rejection of the crop for malting purposes. The prior
use of New 5C Cycocel (winter barley only) may help to reduce this problem in
Cyclade treated crops.
DO NOT apply Cyclade to any crop suffering from herbicide damage or
physical stress caused by waterlogging, drought or other conditions. Crops
with a substantial moisture deficit should not be treated.
DO NOT apply Cyclade if rain or frost is expected, nor if the crop is wet, nor if
significant foot disease problems are expected, particularly with Take-all.
DO NOT apply Cyclade to winter varieties sown in the spring.
DO NOT apply Cyclade to crops on soils of low fertility unless these crops
regularly receive adequate dressings of basic and nitrogen fertilisers.
DO NOT apply Cyclade to barley grown on soils containing more than 10 per
cent organic matter. Winter wheat may be treated.
DO NOT apply Cyclade at temperatures above 21°C. In these conditions it is
best to apply Cyclade in the evening.
DO NOT use straw from Cyclade treated cereals as a horticultural growth
medium or as a mulch.
Cyclade may be applied to crops undersown with grasses and clovers.
Growers should inform the appropriate seed merchant beforehand whenever
the use of Cyclade on a seed crop being grown for certification is intended.
Applications should preferably be by ‘Tramlines’ as late applications of
pesticides can cause the production of green side tillers in the wheel ways
which may be more noticeable in shortened crops.
Some delay in ear emergence may be noticed due to the shortening effect on
the higher internodes.
180
Cyclade®
Partial lodging may occur at later stages, though this leaning effect may be
desirable to prevent ear loss from stiff strawed crops.
DO NOT use Cyclade in a programme with any other plant growth regulator
containing 2-chloroethylphosphonic acid.
DO NOT use on the winter wheat variety Moulin. DO NOT treat the spring
barley variety Triumph after the flag leaf just visible stage.
Avoid overlapping spray bouts.
When using Cyclade, an authorised non-ionic wetting agent must be added to
the spray tank at the rate of 40 ml per 100 litres spray solution.
2.
CROPS AND APPLICATION
2.1
Winter and Spring Barley
Time of Application
The optimum application timing is from the second node detectable stage on
the majority of tillers, up to and including when the flag leaf is just visible on the
Where New 5C Cycocel (winter barley only) has been applied previously to the
crop, the preferred application will be towards the later end of this timing.
In winter barley, if it has proven impractical to apply Cyclade at the optimum
timing, an application can still be made up to and including first awns visible,
but lodging control may not be as good as with the earlier timings. Also, crops
treated at the later timing are more likely to be subject to moisture stress;
therefore particular attention should be paid to growing conditions when
applying Cyclade at this later timing.
DO NOT treat the variety Triumph after the flag leaf just visible stage.
If growing malting varieties, pay particular attention to Section 1, Restrictions/
Warnings.
DO NOT apply Cyclade when the leaf sheaths have split and the ears are
visible.
2.2
Winter Wheat
Time of Application
the majority of tillers up to and including when the flag leaf is just visible on the
majority of tillers. Where New 5C Cycocel has been applied previously to the
If it has proven impractical to apply Cyclade at the optimum timing, application
at a reduced rate (see below) can still be made after the flag leaf is just visible
up to and including the boots swollen stage.
DO NOT apply Cyclade when the leaf sheaths have split and the ears are
visible.
2.3
Rates of Application
Apply Cyclade as outlined below in a minimum of 220 litres of water per
hectare. When using Cyclade, an authorised non-ionic wetting agent must be
added to the spray tank at the rate of 40 ml per 100 litres spray solution.
181
P
P
Cyclade®
CROP
visible
RATE OF CYCLADE
litres per hectare
Optimum timing
Later timing
Second node detectable
After the flag leaf just
Winter Wheat
Where New 5C Cycocel
has not been applied or
in a programme following
New 5C Cycocel where
there is a high risk of
severe early lodging
In a programme following
New 5C Cycocel:
Other lodging situations
Winter Barley
Spring Barley
1
3.
to flag leaf just visible
to boots swollen (winter
wheat) or awns just visible
(winter barley)
2.0
1.5
1.5
–
2.0
1.5 or 1.0 1
1.5
–
Use the higher rate where there is a high risk of early lodging.
DO NOT apply this rate after the flag leaf just visible stage.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
required amount of Cyclade and, separately, the correct amount of an
authorised non-ionic wetting agent. Add the remainder of the water and
to the spray tank taking due note of any instructions given as to the order of
mixing.
4.
Cyclade is supplied in 5 litre polyethylene containers and should be kept dry
and frostproof in a suitable pesticide store.
182
Cyclade®
5.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
2-chloroethylphosphonic acid is an anticholinesterase organophosphorus
compound. DO NOT USE if under medical advice NOT to work with such
compounds.
practicable, in addition to the following items of personal protective equipment:
surfaces.
protection.
used container.
Keep dry and frost proof in a suitable pesticide store.
MEDICAL ADVICE
Medical advice can be obtained from the National Poisons Information Service
(NPIS). Telephone number 0870 600 6266.
183
P
P
Cyclade®
6.
Cyclade®
A soluble concentrate containing 230 g/litre chlormequat chloride, 75 g/litre
mepiquat chloride plus 155 g/litre 2-chloroethylphosphonic acid.
WARNING:
HARMFUL IF INHALED.
MAY BE CORROSIVE TO METALS.
MAY CAUSE DROWSINESS OR DIZZINESS
KEEP ONLY IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER.
PRODUCT.
STORE LOCKED UP.
for use
7.
as directed below:
Crops
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Spring barley
Maximum
Individual Dose
Per Hectare
2.0 litres
product/hectare
OR
1.5 litres
product/hectare
2.0 litres
product/hectare
OR
1.5 litres
product/hectare
1.5 litres
product/hectare
Maximum Total
Dose per Crop
Latest Time of
Application
2.0 litres
product/hectare.
Before flag leaf ligule just
visible stage.
1.5 litres
product/hectare
2.0 litres
product/hectare.
Before flag leaf sheath
opening stage.
visible stage.
1.5 litres
product/hectare.
1.5 litres
product/hectare.
Before first spikelet of ear
visible stage.
visible stage.
PRODUCTS.
(MAFF No. 08958)
184
DashTM HC
ADJUVANT
ADJ No. 0729
Use: A non-ionic wetting agent to be applied with Cleranda™ to enhance
effectiveness of this post emergence herbicide.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 348.75 g/l (37.5%
w/w) oil (fatty acid esters) and 209.25 g/l (22.5% w/w) alkoxylated alcoholsphosphate esters.
Recommended Crop: Winter oilseed rape.
Maximum individual dose: 1 litre per hectare.
Maximum number of treatments: Follow conditions of use for pesticide.
Spray Quality: Spray quality is determined by the partner herbicide.
Latest Time of Application: Follow conditions of use for pesticide.
Processed Crops: Before using Dash HC on crops to be processed consult
your processor.
Guidance
185
DashTM HC
Water Volume: 100-400 litres of water per hectare.
DashTM HC
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Dash HC is for use in tank-mix with the herbicide Cleranda.
1.
RATE OF APPLICATION
Use
For use with Cleranda
as recommended
Rate of Application of
Dash HC
1.0 litre/ha
Application Volume
(litres/ha)
100-400
2.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
2.1
Mixing
Fill the spray tank three quarters full with clean water and start the agitation.
Add the required quantity of Cleranda and then Dash HC. Add the remainder of
the water to the spray tank and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
2.2
Application
Spray quality is determined by the partner herbicide.
3.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING, GLOVES AND EYE/FACE
PROTECTION.
protection.
IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH EYES, RINSE IMMEDIATELY WITH PLENTY OF
WATER AND SEEK MEDICAL ADVICE.
IF SWALLOWED, do not induce vomiting: seek medical advice immediately and
On emptying the product container, RINSE CONTAINER THOROUGHLY by
using an integrated pressure rinsing device or manually rinsing three times. Add
186
DashTM HC
4.
DashTM HC
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 348.75 g/l (37.5 % w/w) oil (fatty acid
esters) and 209.25 g/l (22.5 % w/w) alkoxylated alcohols-phosphate esters.
IRRITATING TO SKIN.
RISK OF SERIOUS DAMAGE TO EYES.
HARMFUL TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS
FEEDINGSTUFFS
WHEN USING DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE
AVOID CONTACT WITH SKIN
WITH PLENTY OF WATER AND SEEK MEDICAL ADVICE
IF SWALLOWED, DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING: SEEK
MEDICAL ADVICE IMMEDIATELY AND SHOW THIS
CONTAINER OR LABEL.
for use
5.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL ADJUVANT, as directed below:
Crops: Winter oilseed rape
Maximum spray concentration (% of spray solution): 1.0 %
Maximum number of treatments: Follow conditions of use for pesticide
Latest timing of application: Follow conditions of use for pesticide
PRODUCTS.
(ADJ. No. 0729)
187
DashTM HC
282
188
Diablo®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 16084
Use: A fungicide for use in potatoes.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 80 g/kg ametoctradin and
480 g/kg mancozeb.
Pack Size: 10 litres in outers of one.
Recommended Crops: Potatoes
Recommended Rates: 2.5 kg/ha
Water Volume: 200 - 500 litres per hectare.
Guidance
189
Diablo®
7 days before harvest.
F
Diablo®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Diablo is a protectant fungicide mixture for the control of foliar late blight (Phytophthora
infestans) in potatoes.
1.
Diablo should only be used as a preventative spray
2.
2.1
2.2
DISEASE CONTROL
Diablo will control foliar late blight when used as part of a full programme of
correctly timed sprays.
Diablo should be applied as a protectant spray before th risk of blight occurs.
Diablo will give effective protection against phenylamide resistant strains of late
blight.
Diablo contains a mixture of ametoctradin (a triazolo-pyrimidylamine, QxI
fungicide) and mancozeb (a dithiocarbamate fungicide).
To minimise the risk of resistance developing, and in line with current FRAG-UK
advice to use effective doses, use Diablo at the recommended rate (2.5 kg/ha).
No more than 3 consecutive applications of Diablo, and no more than a total of
4 applications of Diablo per season should be applied.
General advice:
Up to 6 applications of QxI fungicide in mixture with a fungicide with a
different mode of action, making up no more than half of the total number of
intended late blight sprays per season, may be made.
No more than three consecutive applications of a QxI fungicide should be
made.
Diablo will control strains of late blight resistant to phenylamides. No cross
resistance to phenylamide resistant strains of blight have been observed.
If an intensive blight control programme is necessary, include products with
When fungicides with the same mode of action are used repeatedly over
several years in the same field, naturally occurring less sensitive strains may
survive, propagate and become dominant in that field. It is therefore advised
that wherever possible spray programmes should include fungicides with
differing modes of action. Diablo contains active substances with two different
modes of action. For further advice on resistance management for potato
blight (Phytophthora infestans) contact your agronomist or specialist advisor
and/or visit the FRAG-UK and Potato Council websites.
3.
3.1
Crops
Diablo can be used on all varieties of potato, including seed crops.
190
Diablo®
3.2
3.3
Time of Application
Diablo should be applied as part of a repeat spray programme at 7 - 10 day
intervals, depending on disease pressure. As disease pressure and the risk of
late blight infection increases, the interval should be shortened. Irrigated crops
should be treated as high risk.
Applications of Diablo must be made preventatively as soon as there is a risk of
blight infection, or an official blight warning has been issued. In the absence of
any warnings, applications should commence before the crop meets along the
rows.
Rate of application
2.5 kg/ha.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
4.1
Mixing
Remove the top filter. Three quarters fill the spray tank with clean water and
start the agitation.
Loading directly into the spray tank:
Slowly add the required amount of Diablo. Add the remainder of the water.
Replace the top filter and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
Loading by induction hopper:
Ensure the hopper is suitable for handling water dispersible granules. Set to
give maximum suction and slowly pour the required amount of Diablo into
the outlet. Ensure the sides of the hopper are being rinsed with water as
the product is poured into the hopper, avoid a built up of product. Once the
correct amount of Diablo has been added, (ensuring the hopper is clean) add
the remainder of the water and replace the top filler. Continue agitation until
spraying is completed. Never prepare more spray solution than is required.
4.2
Application
Apply as a medium spray, as defined by BCPC, in a water volume of 200 - 500
l/ha. Select the appropriate water volume for the density of the crop, ensuring
good coverage of the foliage stems.
For use via tractor mounted/trailed sprayers only.
Diablo is rainfast in 1 hour, providing application has been made to dry foliage
and the spray has dried on the leaf.
4.3
Tank Cleaning
Thoroughly was measuring and spray equipment after use.
191
F
F
Diablo®
5.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND SUITABLE RESPIRATORY
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT* when handling the product.
*Disposable filtering facepiece respirator to at least EN149 FFP2 or equivalent.
surfaces.
protection.
insides of gloves.
LERAP requirements.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from horizontal boom sprayers to fall within
5 m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body, unless a Local
buffer zone, or within 1mm off the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of
application.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from hand-held sprayers to fall within 1mm
off the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body. Aim spray away from
water.
accordance with HSE’s published guidance or the statutory buffer zone must
for three years.
DO NOT RE-USE CONTAINER for any other purpose.
192
Diablo®
6.
Diablo®
A water dispersible granule containing 80 g/kg ametoctradin and
480g/kg mancozeb.
WARNING:
SUSPECTED OF DAMAGING THE UNBORN CHILD
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
ATTENTION.
STORE LOCKED UP.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY FROM GROUND CROP
SPRAYERS TO FALL WITHIN 5M OF THE TOP OF THE
BANK OF A STATIC OR FLOWING WATERBODY OR
WITHIN 1M OF THE TOP OF A DITCH WHICH IS DRY AT
THE TIME OF APPLICATION (UK LERAP CATEGORY B).
DIRECT SPRAY AWAY FROM WATER.
Contains mancozeb. May produce an allergic reaction.
To avoid risks to human health and the enviroment, comply with the
(MAPP 16084)
193
F
F
Diablo®
7.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
total dose
Latest time of
application
Potato
2.5kg product
per hectare
10kg product
per crop
7 days before
harvest
PRODUCTS.
194
Diamant®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 13253
winter wheat, winter barley, spring wheat, spring barley and oats.
Formulation: A suspo-emulsion containing 114.3 g/litre (11% w/w)
pyraclostrobin, plus 42.9 g/litre (4.1% w/w) epoxiconazole plus 214.3 g/litre
(20.6% w/w) fenpropimorph.
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Spring wheat
Spring barley
Oats
Recommended rate: 1.75 litres/ha
(anthesis) complete (GS 69).
Guidance
195
Diamant®
Maximum number of applications: 2 per crop
F
Diamant®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Diamant is a fungicide with protectant, systemic and curative properties for
use in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley and oats.
1.
Extreme care must be taken to avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Winter
wheat
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Spring
barley
Oats
C
C
-
-
-
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
-
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
-
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
-
Mildew
-
-
C*
C*
C*
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
GR
GR
-
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight (2)
1. Septoria tritici: Diamant is recommended for control of septoria tritici with
curative ability in the latent phase.
2. Apply Diamant during flowering.
C
GR
*
= control
= good reduction
= residual/some curative control
196
Diamant®
2.1
Diamant contains pyraclostrobin, a member of the QoI cross resistance
group. Diamant should be used preventatively and should not be relied on for
its curative potential.
suitable dose of a curative fungicide from a different cross-resistance
group. Diamant meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole and
fenpropimorph. To ensure the effectiveness of the epoxiconazole and
fenpropimorph components as partners, Diamant should always be applied at
the full recommended rate.
Diamant contains a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI fungicides has
been identified in Septoria leaf blotch (Mycosphaerella graminicola) which
Use Diamant as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
populations in the UK. Strains of barley powdery mildew resistant to QoI’s are
common in the UK. Failure to follow resistance management action may result
in reduced levels of disease control.
3.
CROPS
use in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley and oats.
3.1
Time of application
Apply Diamant at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
winter and spring wheat and up to and including emergence of ear just
complete in winter and spring barley and oats.
3.2
Rate of application
Apply 1.75 litres Diamant in a minimum of 200 litres of water per hectare.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
completed.
to the spray tank.
5.
Diamant is supplied in 5 litres containers.
197
F
F
Diamant®
6. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
where possible)
(LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m
of the top of a ditch which is dry at the
This product qualifies for inclusion within the Local
Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) scheme. Before each
spraying operation from a horizontal boom sprayer, either a LERAP must be
carried out in accordance with CRD’s published guidance or the statutory
buffer zone must be maintained. The results of the LERAP must be recorded
and kept available for three years.
Store in a suitable pesticide store. Keep dry and protect from frost
198
Diamant®
7.
Diamant®
A suspo-emulsion containing 114.3 g/litre (11% w/w) pyraclostrobin,
plus 42.9 g/litre (4.1% w/w) epoxiconazole plus 214.3 g/litre (20.6% w/w)
fenpropimorph.
IRRITATING TO SKIN
ENVIRONMENT.
STUFFS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
This product is approved under the Control of Pesticide Regulations 1986.
199
F
F
Diamant®
8.
below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter and spring
wheat
1.75 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
flowering (anthesis)
complete (GS 69).
Winter and spring
barley and oats
1.75 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 14149)
200
Dithianon FlowableTM F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 10219
Use: A fungicide for the control of scab on apples and pears.
dithianon.
Recommended Crops: Apples and Pears.
Recommended Rates: 0.5 litres/ha – 1.1 litres/ha
(See Section 3, Rate of Application information).
Spray Quality: Apply by any low or high volume orchard sprayer.
Latest Recommended Time of Application: 28 days before harvest.
Maximum Number of Applications: 8 per year.
Guidance
201
Dithianon FlowableTM
Water Volume: Low Volume – 200 litres of water per hectare.
High Volume – 1000 litres of water per hectare.
(See Section 3).
F
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
1.
Make sure the container is securely reclosed after use.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Dithianon Flowable is a fungicide used for the control of scab on apples and
pears.
Where mildew is prevalent apply Dithianon Flowable in conjunction with a
mildew fungicide.
3.
CROPS
Apply only to apples and pears.
Time of Application
Apply from the beginning of bud burst.
Repeat at 10 to 14 day intervals until danger of scab attack ceases.
On variety Golden Delicious, DO NOT use Dithianon Flowable after green
cluster.
Harvest Interval
At least 28 days after last application.
Rate of Application
Low Volume:
Apply 1.1 litres of Dithianon Flowable in a minimum of 200 litres of water per
hectare with a 10 day interval between applications. Water volumes should be
based on the size of the trees and the leaf area at application and should be
sufficient to ensure good coverage.
High Volume:
On a 14 day interval apply 0.75 litres of Dithianon Flowable in 1000 litres of
water per hectare OR on a 10 day spray interval apply 0.5 litres of Dithianon
Flowable in 1000 litres of water per hectare.
Under severe infection conditions or when wood scab is prevalent apply the
higher rate at 10 day intervals. Also use the higher rate with a 10 day spray
interval on varieties that are highly susceptible to scab infection, when carryover
is high or when crop growth is rapid.
Advisory Information*
Dithianon Flowable is a protectant fungicide. If scab infection periods have
already occurred prior to application consider a tank mix with a product which
has curative activity.
*Advisory Information is not part of the Product Label under the Control of Pesticides
regulations 1986 or the Plant Protection Products Regulations 1995 (as appropriate). This
information provides additional advice on product use at the discretion of the approval
holder.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Shake the container thoroughly before pouring.
Half fill the spray tank with clean water and begin agitation. Add the required
quantity of Dithianon Flowable to the tank and complete filling. Continue
agitation until spraying is complete.
Apply by any low or high volume orchard sprayer.
202
5.
Dithianon Flowable is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be kept dry and
frost proof in a suitable pesticide store.
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
Vehicles fitted with a cab and a forced air filtration unit plus a pesticide filter
complying with HSE Guidance Note PM 74, or to an equally effective standard,
must be used when making broadcast air assisted applications.
Other engineering control of operator exposure must be used where reasonably
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate and contaminated
surfaces.
However, other engineering controls may replace personal protective equipment
if a COSHH assessment shows that they provide an equal or higher standard
of protection.
WASH OUT CONTAINER THOROUGHLY, empty washings into spray tank, and
dispose of safely.
DO NOT RE-USE THE CONTAINER for any purpose.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL seek medical advice (show label where possible).
PROTECT FROM FROST.
203
F
F
7.
A suspension concentrate containing 750 g/litre (57.7% w/w) dithianon
DANGER:
CAUSES SERIOUS EYE DAMAGE.
FATAL IF INHALED.
EFFECTS.
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES/PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/EYE
PROTECTION/FACE PROTECTION.
DO NOT BREATHE VAPOURS.
IF INHALED: REMOVE VICTIM TO FRESH AIR AND KEEP AT
REST IN A POSITION COMFORTABLE FOR BREATHING.
PHYSICIAN.
STORE IN A WELL-VENTILATED PLACE. KEEP CONTAINER
TIGHTLY CLOSED.
for use
204
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE, as directed below:
Crops: Apples and Pears
Maximum individual dose: See ‘Other Specific Restrictions’
Maximum Number of applications: 8 per year
Latest time of application: 28 days before harvest
Other specific restrictions: For high water volume applications the
maximum concentration must not exceed 750
ml product per 1000 litres water
For low water volume applications the
maximum concentration must not exceed
1.1 litres product per 200 litres water
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 10219)
205
F
F
206
Dithianon WG
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 12538
Use: A fungicide for the control of scab on apples and pears.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 70% w/w dithianon.
Pack Size: 5 kg in outers of four.
Recommended Crops: Apples and Pears.
Recommended Rates: 0.75 kg product/ha.
Water Volume: Minimum of 200 litres water/ha.
Spray Quality: FINE
Guidance
207
Dithianon WG
Latest Time of Application: 4 weeks before harvest.
(On variety Golden Delicious, do not use after green cluster).
F
Dithianon WG
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
1.
1.1
1.2
1.3
On variety Golden Delicious, do not use Dithianon WG after green cluster.
Dithianon WG must not be mixed with lime sulphur or highly alkaline products.
DO NOT plant sugar beet within a year of application of Scala.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Dithianon WG is a fungicide used for the control of scab on apples and pears.
Where mildew is prevalent apply Dithianon WG in conjunction with a mildew
fungicide.
3.
CROPS
3.1
Apples and Pears: Dithianon WG (applied alone).
Time of Application
On variety Golden Delicious, do not use Dithianon WG after green cluster.
Rate of application
Apply 0.75 kg of Dithianon WG in a minimum of 200 litres water/ha.
Interval 7 - 14 days.
Use a 7 day interval in periods of high disease pressure. Also use a 7
day spray interval on varieties that are highly susceptible to scab infection,
when carryover is high, or when crop growth is rapid.
Repeat applications until danger of scab attack ceases.
application, and sufficient to ensure good coverage.
3.2
Number of applications
Apply a maximum of twelve applications per year.
Apples (application of Dithianon WG in mixture with Scala for improved
control of apple scab).
Dithianon WG is a protectant fungicide. For more robust protection during
scab infection periods it is recommended to tank mix Scala with Dithianon
WG. If scab infection periods have already occurred prior to application, it is
recommended to apply the tank-mix as soon as practical after the infection
period.
Time of Application
DO NOT apply Scala after the end of flowering.
On variety Golden Delicious, DO NOT use Dithianon WG after green cluster.
208
Dithianon WG
Rate of Application
Apply 0.75 l/ha of Scala with 0.75 kg/ha Dithianon WG.
Interval: 7 – 10 days.
During scab infection periods apply at 7 – 10 day intervals. Use a 7 day
interval during periods of high disease pressure or on varieties that are highly
susceptible to scab infection.
application and sufficient to ensure good coverage.
Number of Applications
A maximum of four applications of Scala may be made per year.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
required amount of product. Rinse empty containers and add rinsings to the
spray tank. Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying
is complete.
Apply by any low or high volume orchard sprayer.
Tank Washing
Wash out the sprayer thoroughly with water and liquid detergent immediately
after use. Finally wash out with water again.
5.
Dithianon WG is supplied in 5 kg containers and should be kept dry and
frostproof in a suitable pesticide store. Store separately from food, drink and
animal feed.
209
F
F
Dithianon WG
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
position is within a closed cab on a tractor or on a self-propelled sprayer
when making air-assisted applications to apples or pears.
Other engineering control of operator exposure must be used where
reasonably practicable in addition to the following personal protective
equipment:
PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND SUITABLE RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE
EQUIPMENT* WHEN HANDLING THE PRODUCT.
surfaces.
However, other engineering controls may replace personal protective
equipment if a COSHH assessment shows that they provide an equal or
higher standard of protection.
IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH EYES, rinse immediately with plenty of water
IF SWALLOWED, seek medical advice immediately and show the container or
label.
* Disposable filtering facepiece respirator to at least EN149 FFP2 or equivalent.
container.
DO NOT RE-USE CONTAINER FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE.
THIS MATERIAL AND ITS CONTAINER MUST BE DISPOSED OF
IN A SAFE WAY.
PROTECT FROM FROST.
210
Dithianon WG
7.
Dithianon WG
A water dispersible granule containing 70% w/w Dithianon.
LIMITED EVIDENCE OF CARCINOGENIC EFFECT.
VERY TOXIC TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS.
FEEDINGSTUFFS.
IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH EYES rinse immediately with
plenty of water and seek medical advice.
WEAR EYE/FACE PROTECTION.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
for use
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE, as directed below:
Crops:
Maximum Individual dose:
Maximum Number of applications:
Latest Time of application:
Apples and Pears.
0.75 kg product/ha
12 per year.
For low water volume applications,
the maximum concentration must not
exceed 0.75 kg product in 200 litres
water.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 12538)
211
F
F
Dithianon WG
212
Running head®
Ennobe®
Running head®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 14340
Use: A systemic fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley,
spring barley, triticale and rye.
Formulation: A dispersible concentrate containing 62.5 g/litre (5.7% w/w)
epoxiconazole and 225 g/litre (20.6% w/w) prochloraz.
Recommended Crops:
Rye
Triticale
Maximum Total Dose: 1.8 litres/ha
rye and triticale:
Winter and spring barley:
Up to and including flowering (anthesis) just
complete (GS 69).
Up to and including emergence of ear just
complete (GS 59).
Guidance
213
Ennobe®
F
Ennobe®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Ennobe is a systemic fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley,
spring barley, triticale and rye.
1.
Ennobe should not be applied to crops suffering from any other stress, such as
drought or waterlogging, otherwise the crop may suffer from scorch from which
recovery may not be complete.
A period of at least 3 hours (or longer in poor drying conditions) without rain
should follow spraying otherwise results may be reduced
Avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Ennobe is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the
control of a range of diseases in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring
barley, rye and triticale as summarised below:
Ennobe offers prolonged persistence of disease control leading to increased
yield.
2.1
Disease Susceptibility
Winter
wheat
Powdery mildrew
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Spring
barley
Rye
Triticale
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Septoria tritici
C
C
-
-
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
-
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
C
-
Eyespot
C
-
C
-
C
C
Fusarium
ear blight (1)
GR
GR
-
-
-
GR
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium,
Botrytis)
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
(1) Application of Ennobe to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the levels
infection, but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to reduction of
DON below the statutory limit in wheat grain.
C = Control
GR = good reduction
214
Ennobe®
2.2
Resistance.
fungicides are known to exist in the UK. Where these occur or develop Ennobe
Ennobe contains the DMI fungicides epoxiconazole and prochloraz.
(Mycosphaerella graminicola) which may seriously affect the performance of
some products. For further advice on resistance management in DMIs contact
your agronomist or specialist advisor, and visit the FRAG-UK website.
3.
3.1
Crops
Ennobe is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use
in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley, spring barley, triticale and rye.
3.2
Time of application
Apply Ennobe at the start of foliar disease attack. Applications can be made
up to and including flowering just complete in winter and spring wheat, rye and
triticale and up to and including emergence of ear just complete in winter and
spring barley.
For optimum effect against eyespot with Ennobe apply between the leaf
winter and spring wheat, apply Ennobe during ear emergence.
For control of Septoria tritici and Septoria nodorum, treatment should normally
be made after the third node detectable stage when disease is present and
when weather favouring disease development has occurred. A follow-up
treatment with an appropriate fungicide may be necessary if conditions
continue to favour disease development.
3.3
Rate of application
Apply 1.8 litres Ennobe in 200 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
Ennobe may be applied in 100 litres of water per hectare although efficacy at
this reduced volume has not been evaluated.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Ennobe, the following crops may be drilled after
the intervals given below:
After 1 week: dwarf French beans, sunflowers, potatoes, field beans, peas,
maize, oilseed rape, carrots, onions, lettuce, barley, oats,
wheat.
After 4 weeks: clover, rye-grass
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
mixing.
215
F
F
Ennobe®
6.
Ennobe is supplied in 10 litre containers. Store in a suitable pesticide store,
keep dry and protect from frost
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
label.
Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP)
permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the
top of a ditch which is dry at the time of application.
Store in a suitable pesticide store, keep dry and protect from frost
216
Ennobe®
8.
Ennobe®
A dispersible concentrate containing 62.5 g/litre (5.7 % w/w) epoxiconazole
and 225 g/litre (20.6 % w/w) prochloraz.
IRRITATING TO EYES AND SKIN
ENVIRONMENT
STUFFS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
USE
APPROPRIATE
CONTAINMENT
TO
AVOID
for use
217
F
F
Ennobe®
9.
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose
Maximum
total dose
Latest time
of application
wheat, rye,
per hectare
triticale
1.8 litres product
per hectare
Up to and
including
flowering
(anthesis)
just complete
(GS 69)
barley,
per hectare
1.8 litres product
per hectare
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
PRODUCTS.
MAPP No. 14340
218
218
Enterprise® / Kingdom® F
FUNGICIDE
Enterprise: MAPP No. 15228 / Kingdom: MAPP No. 15240
Use: A broad spectrum fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter
barley, spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
Formulation: An oil dispersion containing 140 g/litre (13.4% w/w) boscalid and
50 g/litre (4.8 w/w) epoxiconazole.
Recommended Crops:
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Maximum Individual Dose: 2.5 litres product per hectare
Water Volume: 150 – 300 litres of water per hectare
Rye
Triticale
Oats
Guidance
219
Enterprise® / Kingdom®
Pack Size:
Enterprise: 10 litres in outers of two.
Kingdom: 5 litres in outers of four.
F
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Enterprise/kingdom is a broad spectrum fungicide with systemic, protectant and
curative properties for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley, spring barley,
oats, rye and triticale.
1.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
curative properties for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley, spring
barley, oats, rye and triticale for disease control as summarised below.
Winter
wheat
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Oats
Rye
Triticale
-
-
-
C
Septoria tritici
C
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
MC
MC
-
MC
-
MC
MC
MC
MC
-
MC
MC
Powdery mildew
-
-
MC
MC
MC
MC
-
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Tan spot
*R
*R
-
-
-
-
-
Eyespot
-
Spring
barley
Ramularia
-
-
MC
MC
-
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight #
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium,
Botrytis)
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
C = Control
GR = Good Reduction
R = Reduction
*Qualified minor use recommendation based on limited evidence of
effectiveness
# Application of Enterprise/kingdom to ears of wheat can lead to reduction
of the mycotoxin deoxynivaledon (DON) associated with Fusarium ear blight
220
2.1
Use Enterprise/kingdom as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM)
strategy incorporating other methods of control, including where appropriate
other fungicides with a different mode of action.
Enterprise/kingdom contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to
some DMI fungicides has been identified in Septoria leaf blotch (Mycosphaerella
specialist advisor, and visit the FRAG-UK website.
Enterprise/kingdom contains boscalid which belongs to the SDHI (carboxamide)
group of fungicides. To minimise the risk of resistance occurring, apply a
maximum of two SDHI fungicide sprays per cereal crop.
3.
CROPS
curative properties for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley, spring
barley, oats, rye and triticale for disease control as summarised above.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Enterprise/kingdom at the start of foliar or stem based disease attack.
A maximum of two applications can be made up to and including flowering
(anthesis) just complete (GS 69) in winter and spring wheat, rye and triticale,
and up to and including emergence of ear just complete (GS 59) in winter and
spring barley and oats.
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply 2.5 litres Enterprise/kingdom in 150 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
Enterprise/kingdom may be applied at 2.5 litres per hectare in 100 litres of water
per hectare although efficacy at this reduced volume has not been evaluated.
Therefore application at 100 litres water per hectare is at user’s risk with regard
to biological efficacy.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Enterprise/kingdom, onions, oats, sugar beet,
oilseed rape, cabbages, carrots, sunflowers, barley, lettuce, ryegrass, dwarf
French beans, peas, potatoes, clover, wheat, field beans and maize may be
sown as the following crop.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
pressure rinsing device or manually rinsing three times. Add washings to sprayer
at time of filling and dispose of container safely.
6.
Enterprise is supplied in 10 litre containers. Kingdom is supplied in 5 litre
containers. Store in a suitable pesticide store, keep dry and protected from
frost.
221
F
F
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, seek medical advice immediately (show the label where
possible).
water.
roads.
boom sprayers to fall within 5m of the top of the bank
of a static or flowing waterbody, unless a Local Environment Risk Assessment
for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top
of a ditch which is dry at the time of application. Aim spray away from water.
222
8.
Enterprise™ / Kingdom™
An oil dispersion containing 140 g/litre (13.4% w/w) boscalid plus 50g/litre
(4.8% w/w) epoxiconazole.
IRRITATING TO SKIN
RISK OF SERIOUS DAMAGE TO EYES
ENVIRONMENT
KEEP OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN.
FEEDINGSTUFFS.
AVOID CONTACT WITH THE SKIN.
IF SWALLOWED, SEEK MEDICAL ADVICE IMMEDIATELY
way.
contamination
for use
223
F
F
9.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
total dose
Latest time of
application
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
Rye
Triticale
2.5 litres
product/ha
5.0 litres
product/ha/crop
Up to and including
just complete
(GS 69)
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
Oats
2.5 litres
product/ha
5.0 litres
product/ha/crop
Up to and including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
PRODUCTS.
Enterprise MAPP No. 15228
Kingdom MAPP No. 15240
224
Envoy®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 16297
Use: A protectant and systemic fungicide with curative properties, for use in
winter wheat, winter barley, spring wheat, durum wheat, spring barley, oats,
rye and triticale.
Formulation: A suspo-emulsion containing 85 g/litre (8.2 w/w) pyraclostrobin
plus 62.5 g/litre (6% w/w) epoxiconazole.
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Spring wheat
Durum wheat
Spring barley
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Recommended Rates: 2.0 litres product per hectare
Water Volume: 200 litres per hectare.
Winter and spring wheat, durum wheat,
rye and triticale:
complete (GS 69)
Major changes since last printing: New MAPP number. New
recommendations for use in Durum Wheat, Rye and Triticale.
Guidance
225
Envoy®
F
Envoy®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Envoy is a fungicide with protectant and systemic properties with curative
barley, oats, rye and triticale.
1.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Envoy is a fungicide with protectant, systemic and curative properties for use
in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring barley, oats, rye
and triticale. Disease control is summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring Durum
wheat wheat
Winter Spring
barley barley
-
-
Oats
Rye
Triticale
-
-
C
Septoria tritici
C
C
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Powdery mildew
-
-
-
C
C
C
C
-
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
-
C
C
-
C
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
-
C
C
-
C
-
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Tan spot
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
-
Ramularia
-
-
-
R
R
-
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight #
GR
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
C = Control
GR = Good Reduction
R = Reduction
# Application of Envoy to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the levels
infection, but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to reductionof DON
Yield response in cereals may be obtained in the absence of visual
disease.
226
Envoy®
2.1
Envoy contains pyraclostrobin, a member of the Qol cross resistance group.
Envoy should be used preventatively and should not be relied on for its
curative potential.
When curative activity is needed apply Qol fungicides in mixture with a
Envoy meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole. To ensure the
effectiveness of the epoxiconazole component as a partner, Envoy should
Use Envoy as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
foliar applications of Qol containing products to any cereal crop.
There is a significant risk of widespread resistance to Qol cross resistance
group fungicides occurring. Failure to follow resistance management action
may result in reduced levels of disease control.
Envoy contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI
3.
CROPS
Envoy is approved for use in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter
and spring barley, oats, rye triticale.
Time of Application
Apply Envoy at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
applications can be made before grain watery ripe in winter and spring
wheat, durum wheat, rye and triticale and up to and including emergence of
ear just complete in winter and spring barley and oats.
Rate of application
Apply 2 litres Envoy in 200 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
If required water volumes down to 100 litres per hectare may be used,
however these have not been supported by effectiveness or crop safety data.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Envoy onions, oats, sugar beet, oilseed rape,
cabbages, carrots, sunflowers, barley, lettuce, ryegrass, dwarf French beans,
peas, potatoes, clover, wheat, field beans and maize may be sown as the
following crop.
The effect of Envoy on other crops has not been assessed.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Rinse and empty containers thouroughly and add rinsings to the spray tank.
Add the remainder of the water and continue the agitation until the spraying
is completed. Spray solution MUST be used on the day of mixing and must
NOT be left overnight.
to the order of mixing. Each product should be added seperately to the spray
227
F
F
Envoy®
6.
Envoy is supplied in 10 litre containers.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate or handling
contaminated surfaces.
protection.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, seek medical advice immediately
(show the label where possible).
bank of a static or flowing waterbody, unless
a Local Environmental Risk Assessment for
Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone,
or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at
the time of application.
228
228
Envoy®
8.
Envoy®
A suspo-emulsion containing 85 g/litre (8.2% w/w) pyraclostrobin plus 62.5
g/litre (6% w/w) epoxiconazole
IRRITATING TO SKIN
ENVIRONMENT
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
show the container or label.
2005.
229
229
F
F
Envoy®
9.
below:
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter and spring
wheat, durum
wheat, rye and
triticale
2 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and including
flowering complete
(GS 69)
Winter and spring
barley
Oats
2 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
PRODUCTS.
MAPP No. 16297
230
230
Epona®
F
FUNGICIDE SEED TREATMENT
MAPP No. 12444
Use: A seed treatment for the control of Fusarium foot rots and bunt and
moderate control of leaf spot (Septoria tritici), yellow rust and brown rust in
winter wheat.
Formulation: Containing 167 g/l (15.5% w/w) fluquinconazole and 31.2 g/l
(2.87% w/w) prochloraz.
Pack Size: 50 litres and 1000 litres.
Recommended Crop: Winter Wheat.
Recommended Rate: 3.0 litres per tonne of seed.
Latest Time of Application: Before drilling.
Maximum Number of Applications: 1 per batch.
Maximum Individual Dose: 3.0 litres product per tonne of seed.
Mixing: Epona can be used through all seed treatment machines.
(See Section 4).
Guidance
231
Epona®
Treated Seed: Treated seed must be labelled with the appropriate precautions
using printed sack labels and bag tags (See Section 7).
F
Epona®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Epona is a seed treatment for use in winter wheat for the control of Fusarium foot rots
and bunt and moderate control of leaf spot (Septoria tritici), yellow rust and brown
rust in winter wheat.
1.
Seed treatment will provide moderate early control of leaf spot, brown rust and
yellow rust, but may require foliar treatment for control of later infection.
Check drill calibration before drilling seed treated with Epona.
Delayed emergence may result when Epona treated seed is drilled into heavy or
poorly drained soils which then become wet or waterlogged for any significant
period. Once emerged, crops should grow away normally with no lasting
effects.
DO NOT apply Epona to cracked, split or sprouted seed.
Epona can be used through all seed treatment machines. It is important to
achieve good even coverage on the seed to obtain reliable disease control.
Agitate the product before use. This is best achieved by recirculating through
the pump for 15 minutes before application. If this is not possible, carefully lie
the pack on its side and roll gently for 3-5 revolutions.
Epona should not be mixed with any other products.
Store treated seed in a cool dry place until drilling. Treated seed should be
drilled soon after treatment and should not be kept from one season to the next.
Treated seed must be labelled with the appropriate precautions using printed
sack, labels and bag tags.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Fusarium foot rots
Bunt (Tilletia caries)
Moderate control: Leaf spot (Septoria tritici)
Yellow rust (Puccinia striiformis)
Brown rust (Puccinia recondita)
Seed treatment will provide moderate early control of leaf spot, brown rust and
yellow rust, but may require foliar treatment for control of later infection.
Control:
2.1
Certain diseases may develop resistance to BASF products. Where these occur
or develop Epona may not give satisfactory control. Since such circumstances
are beyond our control, BASF can accept no liability for any loss or damage
whatsoever.
3.
CROP
Winter wheat
Rate of Application
3.0 litres per tonne of seed
4.
MIXING
Epona can be used through all seed treatment machines. It is important to
232
Epona®
5.
KEEP IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER, tightly closed, in a safe place. Store in a safe,
dry frost-free place designated as an agrochemical store.
6.
STORAGE OF TREATED SEED
7.
LABEL FOR SACKS OF TREATED SEED
TREATED SEED
This seed has been chemically treated with Epona, which contains
fluquinconazole and prochloraz.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (DISPOSABLE FILTERING
FACEPIECE RESPIRATOR TO EN 149, FFP 3 OR EQUIVALENT) when bagging
treated seed.
DO NOT HANDLE seed unnecessarily.
TREATED SEED MUST NOT BE APPLIED AS A BROADCAST APPLICATION.
DO NOT USE TREATED SEED as food or feed.
DO NOT RE-USE SACKS OR CONTAINERS THAT HAVE BEEN USED FOR
TREATED SEED for food or feed.
WASH HANDS AND EXPOSED SKIN before meals and after work
HARMFUL TO GAME AND WILDLIFE. Treated seed should not be left on the
soil surface. Bury spillages.
DO NOT APPLY TREATED SEED FROM THE AIR
KEEP TREATED SEED SECURE from people, domestic stock/pets and wildlife
at all times during storage and use.
BURY OR REMOVE SPILLAGES.
BASF plc
Crop Protection Division
PO Box 4, Earl Road
Cheadle Hulme, CHEADLE
Cheshire SK8 6QG
Emergency information: 0049 180 2273112 (24 hours)
233
F
F
Epona®
8.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
practical in addition to the following personal protective equipment;
EQUIPMENT (DISPOSABLE FILTERING FACEPIECE RESPIRATOR TO EN
149, FFP 3 OR EQUIVALENT) when handling the product, calibrating and
cleaning seed treatment machinery, handling contaminated surfaces and
handling treated seed.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS), AND SUITABLE
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (DISPOSABLE FILTERING
FACEPIECE RESPIRATOR TO EN 149, FFP 3 OR EQUIVALENT) when
bagging treated seed.
protection.
IN CASE OF ACCIDENT OR IF YOU FEEL UNWELL seek medical advice
immediately (show the label where possible).
container.
DO NOT APPLY TREATED SEED FROM THE AIR.
Consumer protection
DO NOT RE-USE SACKS CONTAINING TREATED SEED for food or feed.
RETURN EMPTY CONTAINER TO THE SUPPLIER. (1000 LITRE CONTAINERS
ONLY).
DO NOT RE-USE THE CONTAINER FOR ANY PURPOSE.
DO NOT RE-USE THE CONTAINER FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE (1000 LITRE
CONTAINERS ONLY).
EMPTY CONTAINER COMPLETELY and dispose of safely (50 litres containers
only).
OPEN CONTAINER ONLY AS DIRECTED (1000 LITRE CONTAINERS ONLY).
DO NOT RINSE OUT THE CONTAINER (1000 LITRE CONTAINERS ONLY).
Store in a safe, dry frost-free place designated as an agrochemical store.
This container must be handled with the assistance of mechanical means.
MEDICAL ADVICE
234
Epona®
9.
Epona®
A seed treatment containing 167 g/l (15.5% w/w) fluquinconazole and
31.2 g/l (2.87% w/w) prochloraz.
TOXIC
TOXIC: DANGER OF SERIOUS DAMAGE TO HEALTH BY
PROLONGED EXPOSURE IF SWALLOWED.
LONG- TERM ADVERSE EFFECTS IN THE AQUATIC
ENVIRONMENT.
KEEP LOCKED UP AND OUT OF THE REACH OF
CHILDREN.
FEEDINGSTUFFS.
WHEN USING DO NOT EAT DRINK OR SMOKE.
DO NOT EMPTY INTO DRAINS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
IN CASE OF ACCIDENT OR IF YOU FEEL UNWELL SEEK
MEDICAL ADVICE IMMEDIATELY (SHOW LABEL WHERE
POSSIBLE).
for use
10.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL SEED TREATMENT, as directed
below:
Crops:
Maximum individual dose:
Maximum number of treatments:
Latest time of application:
Winter wheat
3.0 litres product per tonne of seed
1 per batch
Before drilling
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 12444)
235
F
F
Epona®
236
Fiesta® T
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 11734
Use: A herbicide for the control of annual weeds in sugar beet, fodder beet and
mangels.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 60 g/litre (5% w/w)
quinmerac and 360 g/litre (30.3 w/w) chloridazon.
Recommended Crops:
Sugar beet
Fodder beet
Mangels
Recommended Rates: 4.5 litres/ha pre-emergence.
1 litre/ha post-emergence in tank-mix with
Betanal Flo or Betanal Tandem (sugar beet only).
Spray Quality: MEDIUM or FINE depending on use.
Fodder beet and mangels: pre-emergence of crop.
Sugar beet:
when plants meet between the rows.
Fodder beet and mangels: 1 per crop.
Sugar beet:
1 per crop pre-emergence followed by 2 per crop
post-emergence.
Guidance
237
Fiesta® T
Water Volume: Pre-emergence: 200-240 litres per hectare.
Post-emergence: 80 litres per hectare.
H
Fiesta® T
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Fiesta T is a soil-acting herbicide which controls germinating weeds by root absorption
during or shortly after weed emergence. For optimum results the soil should be
sufficiently moist at the time of application for the product to form an active herbicidal
layer in the soil.
1.
A maximum total dose of 2.6kg chloridazon/hectare may only be applied every
third year on the same field.
Fiesta T is suitable for use on soil types ranging from coarse sandy loam to clay
loam as defined by the Soil Texture (85) System. DO NOT use on sands (coarse
sand - loamy fine sand) or soils of high organic matter content such as fen peat
and moss soils.
When the crop is growing under unfavourable conditions Fiesta T may cause
some depression in crop vigour with or without a reduction in stand. Some
unfavourable conditions are:
- When a rapid increase in the transpiration rate of the beet causes a sudden
increase in the rate of uptake of Fiesta T as, for example, when a sharp rise
in temperature follows a period of low temperatures or heavy rainfall.
- When the crop is suffering from a trace element deficiency, e.g. manganese.
- When conditions are not conducive to even distribution of Fiesta T in the
soil, such as inadequate soil moisture or poor tilth.
- When rates of nitrogen in excess of those generally recommended are
applied immediately before drilling. Where higher rates of fertiliser are
considered necessary, these must be applied not less than three weeks
before drilling.
- When the crop is retarded or damaged due to harrowing or excessive
consolidation of the soil by the press wheel.
- When the crop is drilled at the incorrect depth.
- When conditions at emergence reduce seedling vigour (eg encrustation or
‘capping’ of the soil).
- Where there is a heavy loading of seed dressing on individual seeds.
Overdosing by overlapping spray swathes should be avoided, particularly in
mixture with Betanal Tandem.
DO NOT treat crops suffering from drought stress.
Where crops have been treated with Fiesta T pre-emergence only, there may be
shortened residual activity and there may not be season-long control of weeds.
To reduce the risk of movement of Fiesta T to water:- On clay soils, create a fine, consolidated seedbed to slow the downward
movement of water.
- DO NOT apply Fiesta T to dry soil. Moist soils have fewer and smaller
cracks.
- DO NOT apply Fiesta T if heavy rain is forecast, wait until after the event.
Satisfactory results depend on moisture in the seedbed at the time of
application.
Adequate weed control depends upon sufficient rain falling before emergence
to at least maintain this level of moisture.
Heavy rain falling shortly after spraying may check the growth of the crop,
particularly when it leads to standing water in surface depressions.
Under conditions of low pH, a reduction in herbicidal effectiveness may be
noticed.
Avoid spray drift onto neighbouring crops particularly lettuce, linseed, carrots
238
Fiesta® T
and parsnips.
WASH EQUIPMENT thoroughly with water and detergent, paying particular
attention to the inside of the top of the spray tank which should be scrubbed
immediately after use. Spray out, fill with clean water and leave overnight. Spray
out again before storing or before using another product. Traces of the product
could harm susceptible crops sprayed later.
2.
WEED CONTROL
Susceptibility of weeds to Fiesta T applied alone pre-emergence, and in
a programme with Fiesta T applied pre-emergence, followed by tank-mix
with Betanal Flo or Betanal Tandem applied twice.
Fiesta T
Pre-emergence
Post-emergence
Black-bindweed
Charlock
Chickweed
Cleavers
Fat-hen
Fumitory
Knotgrass
Mayweeds
Nettle, Small
Orache, Common
Pansy, Field
Persicaria, Pale
Pimpernel, Scarlet
Poppy, Common
Redshank
4.5 L/ha
MS
S
S
MS
MS
S
S
S
MS
MR
MS
R
S
MS
S
Fiesta T +
Betanal Flo
Programme
4.5 L/ha
1 L + 1.75 L/ha
S
S
S
S
S
S**
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
Fiesta T +
Betanal Tandem
Programme
4.5 L/ha
1 L + 2 L/ha
S
S
S
S
S*
S
S**
S**
S
S
S
MS*
S
S
S
* preferred treatment if weed concerned is a major problem.
** control of mayweeds and knotgrass may be reduced under dry conditions.
S = Susceptible
MS = Moderately Susceptible
MR = Moderately Resistant
R = Resistant
– = No information
2.1
Resistance
Strains of some annual grasses, eg black-grass, wild-oats and Italian rye-grass,
have developed resistance to herbicides which may lead to poor control.
A resistance management strategy for preventing and managing herbicideresistant grass-weeds should be adopted. Guidelines have been produced by
the Weed Resistance Action Group. Copies are available from the HGCA, CPA,
your distributor, crop adviser or product manufacturer.
The principles of resistance management included here are based on the
“Revised Guidelines for Preventing and Managing Herbicide-Resistant GrassWeeds”, produced by the Weed Resistance Action Group (WRAG). Copies are
available free of charge from the publishers, the Home-Grown Cereals Authority
(HGCA).
239
H
H
Fiesta® T
3.
3.1
Crops
Fiesta T may be applied pre-emergence in sugar beet, fodder beet and
mangels and as two low-dose repeat applications post-emergence in sugar
beet in tank-mix with Betanal Flo or Betanal Tandem. The sequence of preand post-emergence applications is required for optimum activity on cleavers
and combining the post-emergence applications with contact sprays such as
Betanal Flo or Betanal Tandem maximises control of other species.
3.2
Time and Rate of Application
3.2.1. Pre-emergence application to sugar beet, fodder beet and mangels
Apply 4.5 l/ha Fiesta T at the time of drilling or immediately afterwards to a
seedbed which is fine, firm, moist and free from clods (see Restrictions/
Warnings section above). Should application be delayed, ensure that it is
applied before any emergence of the beet.
3.2.2. Post-emergence application to sugar beet
In sugar beet, the preferred treatment is to follow a pre-emergence application
of Fiesta T with low-dose applications of Fiesta T + contact herbicides such as
phenmedipham (eg Betanal Flo) or phenmedipham + ethofumesate (eg Betanal
Tandem). Rates and earliest time of application for these mixture are given in
the table below.
Weeds should be ideally at cotyledon stage for optimum control.
Time of Application
Fiesta T +
Betanal Flo
Any stage of the crop
Fiesta T +
Betanal Tandem
Crop cotyledons fully
expanded
Rate of Application
Per Treatment
1.0 + 1.75 L/ha
1.0 + 2.0 L/ha
These repeat low-dose treatments should be applied in 80 litres of water per
hectare. Use spray nozzles which give a fine spray and a spray pressure of
3.0 - 5.5 bar.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
The effects of Fiesta T persist in the soil for several weeks. Fields which have
been sprayed but where the crop has failed may be redrilled with sugar beet,
fodder beet, or mangels after cultivation. DO NOT redrill with any other crop.
In the following spring, sow only cereals, beet/mangel crops, potatoes or beans
after ploughing. Winter cereals may be sown in the same autumn as beet is
harvested provided ploughing is carried out before sowing.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply as a MEDIUM spray as defined by BCPC for pre-emergence treatments.
For post-emergence applications, apply as a FINE spray in 80 litres of water
per hectare. Use spray nozzles which give a fine spray and a spray pressure of
3.0 - 5.5 bar.
SHAKE WELL BEFORE USE. Half fill the tank with clean water and start
the agitation. Pour in the required amount of Fiesta T. Add the remainder of
the water and continue agitation until spraying is completed. Rinse empty
containers thoroughly and add rinsings to the sprayer tank.
When tank mixes are to be used, add each product separately to the spray
tank or induction bowl, taking due note of any instructions given on the order of
mixing.
All tank mixes should be used immediately after mixing. Agitate continuously DO NOT leave mixtures standing in the tank during mealtimes or overnight.
282
240
Fiesta® T
6.
Fiesta T is supplied in 5 litres containers and should be kept dry and frost free
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate or
when handling contaminated surfaces.
protection.
container.
241
H
H
Fiesta® T
8.
Fiesta® T
A suspension concentrate containing 60 g/litre (5.0% w/w) quinmerac and
360 g/litre (30.3% w/w) chloridazon.
WARNING:
TOXIC TO AQUATIC LIFE WITH LONG LASTING
EFFECTS.
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES.
ADVICE/ATTENTION.
9.
Crops
Sugar beet
Fodder beet
and mangels
Maximum
individual
dose
4.5 L
product/hectare
plus
1.0 L
product/hectare
4.5 L
product/hectare
Maximum total
dose per crop
Latest time
of application
4.5 L
product/hectare
Pre-emergence
2.0 L
product/hectare
4.5 L
product/hectare
Before plants meet
between the rows
Pre-emergence
A maximum total dose of 2.6 kg chloridazon/hectare may only be applied
every third year on the same field.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 11734)
242
Filan®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 11449
Use: A protectant and systemic fungicide for use against early and late-season
diseases in oilseed rape.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 50% w/w boscalid.
Pack Size: 4 x 2.5 kg.
Recommended Crop: Oilseed rape.
Recommended Rates: 0.5 kg/ha.
Maximum Total Dose per Crop: 1.0 kg/ha.
Water Volume: 220-400 litres per hectare.
Risk to Bees: Minimal hazard when used as directed. See Section 1.
Guidance
243
Filan®
Latest Time of Application: Up to and including when 50% of pods have
reached final size (GS 75).
F
Filan®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Filan is a protectant and systemic fungicide for use in oilseed rape for the control of
Sclerotinia stem rot (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum) and dark leaf and pod spot (Alternaria
brassicae).
1.
Filan represents minimal hazard to bees when used as directed. Consideration
should be given to informing beekeepers when you intend spraying crops in
flower.
A reduction in Sclerotinia control may be observed in oilseed rape when highrisk infection conditions occur after flowering, leading to secondary spread
of the disease through plant-to-plant contact, which may be more severe in
lodged crops.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Filan is a protectant and systemic fungicide for use in oilseed rape for the control
of Sclerotinia stem rot and Alternaria dark leaf and pod spot.
2.1
Resistance
Filan contains boscalid which belongs to the SDHI (carboxamide) group of
fungicides.
Currently there is no evidence of field strains of Sclerotinia sclerotiorum or
Alternaria brassicae that are resistant to the carboxamide fungicides in oilseed
rape.
Currently there is evidence of cross resistance between boscalid and other
fungicides in the carboxamide group, but no cross resistance has been
observed with fungicides with other modes of action.
The key of resistance management strategies is the reduction of selection
pressure. This can be achieved by good agricultural practice which leads to
less infection pressure (e.g. crop & stubble hygiene, use of less susceptible
varieties, crop rotation, use of healthy seeds, etc).
Risk assessments for the target diseases on oilseed rape indicate a low or
medium risk of resistance development. To minimise any possible risk of
resistance occurring, the number of applications of Filan should be restricted
to two per crop. Filan should be applied in a preventive manner, following the
recommendations on the label, and as an integral part of a spray programme
including fungicides with different modes of action.
286
000
244
Filan®
3.
CROPS
Oilseed rape
Time of Application
Apply Filan as a protectant spray. Two applications can be made up to and
including when 50% of pods are at final size (GS 75 BBCH).
Applications against Sclerotinia should be made in high disease risk situations
at early to full flower (GS 63-65 BBCH), before disease symptoms are visible.
Applications against Alternaria should be made from full flowering (GS 65
BBCH) up to and including when 50% of pods have reached final size (GS
75 BBCH). Applications made after the end of flowering (GS69) may result in
reduced levels of control.
4.
4.1
Mixing
Half fill the spray tank with clean water and start the agitation. Slowly add the
required amount of Filan whilst re-circulating.
Rinse empty containers thoroughly, using an integrated pressure rinsing device
or by manually rinsing three times. Add washings to tank at time of filling and
dispose of container safely.
Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying is complete.
4.2
Application
Apply 0.5kg of Filan in 220 - 400 litres of water per hectare as a MEDIUM spray,
as defined by BCPC. In dense crops use the higher volume to achieve adequate
penetration and good coverage of the crop.
Where possible use narrow-wheeled high clearance application equipment.
To ensure optimum spray coverage and minimize spray drift, adjust the spray
boom to the appropriate height above the crop, in accordance with guidance
provided by the sprayer and/or nozzle manufacturer.
5.
Filan is supplied in 2.5 kg containers and should be kept dry and frostproof
000
245
F
F
Filan®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the product.
protection
DO NOT clean application equipment near surface water.
Avoid contamination via drains from farmyards and roads.
STORE IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER, tightly closed, in a safe place.
246
Filan®
7.
Filan®
A water dispersible granule containing 50% w/w boscalid
TOXIC TO AQUATIC LIFE WITH LONG LASTING EFFECTS
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Products Regulations 2005
8.
below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
total dose
per crop
Latest timing
Oilseed Rape
0.5 kg/ha
1.0 kg/ha
Up to and including
when 50% of pods
have reached final
size (GS 75).
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 11449)
247
F
F
Filan®
248
Flexity®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 11775
Use: A mildew fungicide with protectant and certain curative properties for use
in winter and spring wheat and barley and oats.
metrafenone.
Recommended Crops:
Wheat, winter and spring.
Barley, winter and spring.
Oats.
Recommended Rate: 0.5 litres product/hectare.
Wheat, winter and spring;
barley, winter and spring; oats: Up to and including the beginning of
flowering (GS 61).
Malting barley:
Before ear emergence (See Section 3).
Maximum Total Dose:
All recommended crops: 1.0 litres product/ha.
Guidance
249
Flexity®
F
Flexity®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Flexity is a fungicide with protectant properties for use on winter and spring wheat
and oats for the control of mildew and moderate curative control of mildew in the
latent phase. On winter and spring barley Flexity has protectant properties that give
moderate control of mildew. When applied at GS 30-32 to control mildew in wheat,
Flexity gives useful reduction of eyespot.
1.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
2.1
Powdery Mildew
Flexity is a fungicide with protectant properties for use on winter and spring
wheat and oats for the control of mildew and moderate curative control of
mildew in the latent phase. On winter and spring barley Flexity has protectant
properties that give moderate control of mildew.
2.2
Eyespot
When applied at GS 30-32 to control mildew in wheat, Flexity gives useful
reduction of eyespot.
2.3
Apply Flexity according to the instructions for the target diseases at the specific
growth stage indicated. Apply a maximum of two sprays per crop.
Avoid the use of sequential applications of Flexity unless it is used in tank
mixture with other active substances that are effective against powdery mildew
but have different modes of action.
Flexity should be used as part of a resistance management strategy that
includes use in mixtures or sequences that are effective against mildew as well
as non-chemical methods e.g. cultural control. Guidelines have been produced
by FRAG-UK and copies are available from the HGCA, CPA, your distributor,
crop advisor or product manufacturer.
Flexity contains metrafenone which is a benzophenone fungicide. Do not
apply more than two applications in total of products containing either
benzophenones or benzoypyridines to any one crop. Do not mix with products
containing pyriofenone.
3.
CROPS
Flexity can be used on winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley, spring barley,
winter oats and spring oats.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Flexity at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two applications
can be made up to the beginning of flowering in wheat, barley and oats.
Flexity is accepted by the BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association) for use
on malting barley providing application is made before ear emergence. Latest
timing in malting barley is therefore up to and including awn emergence but
treatment must stop once any part of the true ear is visible.
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply 0.5 litres Flexity in 200 litres of water per hectare.
250
Flexity®
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Flexity, cereals, oilseed rape, sugar beet,
linseed, maize, clover, field beans, peas, turnips, carrots, cauliflower, onions,
lettuce and potatoes can be planted as succeeding crops.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
required amount of product. Rinse any empty containers thoroughly and
add rinsings to the spray tank. Add the remainder of the water and continue
the spray tank.
6.
Flexity is supplied in 1 litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof in
251
F
F
Flexity®
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES WHEN HANDLING THE CONCENTRATE.
protection.
used container.
Do not contaminate water with the product or its container. Do not clean
application equipment near surface water. Avoid contamination via drains from
252
Flexity®
8.
Flexity®
A suspension concentrate containing 300 g/litre (25.2% w/w) metrafenone.
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
AVOID BREATHING DUST/FUME/GAS/MIST/VAPOURS/
SPRAY.
CONTAMINATED WORK CLOTHING SHOULD NOT BE
ALLOWED OUT OF THE WORKPLACE.
9.
CROPS:
Winter wheat, Spring wheat,
Winter barley, Spring barley, oats.
0.5 litres product per hectare.
MAXIMUM TOTAL DOSE PER CROP:
1.0 litres product per hectare.
LATEST TIMING OF APPLICATION:
Up to and including the beginning
of flowering (GS 61).
DO NOT apply more than two applications of any products containing
metrafenone to any one crop.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 11775)
253
F
F
Flexity®
254
Flyer®/ Tucana®/ Vivid®
F
FUNGICIDE
Flyer MAPP No. 12654
Tucana MAPP No. 10899
Vivid MAPP No. 10898
Use: A fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use in winter
wheat, winter barley, spring wheat, spring barley and oats.
pyraclostrobin.
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Spring wheat
Spring barley
Oats
Water Volume: 200 litres per hectare. The maximum concentration must not
exceed 1.0 litre of product in 200 litres of water.
complete.
Malting barley:
Before ear emergence (see Section 3).
Guidance
255
Flyer®/ Tucana®/ Vivid®
Recommended Rates: 1 litre per hectare.
F
Flyer®/Tucana®/Vivid®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Flyer/Tucana/Vivid is a fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use in
winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley and oats for disease control.
1.
products to any cereal crop. See also 2.1 Resistance Management below.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Flyer/Tucana/Vivid is a fungicide with protectant and curative properties for
Winter
wheat
C
Septoria nodorum (2) MC
Spring
wheat
Winter
barley
Spring
barley
Oats
C
-
-
-
MC
-
-
-
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
-
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
-
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
MC
MC
-
C = Control
NOTE 1: Septoria tritici: Flyer/Tucana/Vivid is recommended for control of
Septoria tritici with moderate curative ability in the latent phase.
NOTE 2: Septoria nodorum: Flyer/Tucana/Vivid is recommended for control
of Septoria nodorum with best results achieved when used as a protective
treatment or during early stages of disease establishment.
2.1
Flyer/Tucana/Vivid contains pyraclostrobin, a member of the QoI cross
resistance group. Flyer/Tucana/Vivid should be used preventatively and
should not be relied on for its curative potential.
On cereal crops, Flyer/Tucana/Vivid must always be used in mixture with
another product, recommended for control of the same target disease that
contains a fungicide from a different cross resistance group and is applied at
a dose that will give robust control.
Use Flyer/Tucana/Vivid as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM)
strategy incorporating other methods of control, including where appropriate
other fungicides with a different mode of action. You must not apply more
than two foliar applications of QoI containing products to any cereal crop.
256
3.
CROPS
Flyer/Tucana/Vivid is a fungicide with protectant and curative properties for
control.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Flyer/Tucana/Vivid at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of
two applications can be made before grain watery ripe in winter and spring
wheat and up to and including emergence of ear just complete in winter and
spring barley and oats.
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply 1 litre Flyer/Tucana/Vivid in 200 litres of water per hectare.
Flyer/Tucana/Vivid is accepted by BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association)
for use on malting barley provided application is made before the start of ear
emergence. Latest timing in malting barley is therefore up to and including
awn emergence but treatment must stop once any part of the true ear is
visible.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
completed.
the spray tank.
5.
Flyer/Tucana/Vivid is supplied in 5 litre containers.
257
F
F
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
where possible).
DO NOT contaminate water with the product or its container. DO NOT clean
equipment near surface water. Avoid contamination via drains from farmyards
and roads.
LERAP requirements.
1 m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of
hand-held sprayers to fall within 1 m of the top of
the bank of a static or flowing water body. Aim spray away from water.
258
7.
pyraclostrobin.
WARNING:
HARMFUL IF INHALED.
EFFECTS.
MAY CAUSE RESPIRATORY IRRITATION.
ADVICE/ATTENTION.
STORE IN A WELL-VENTILATED PLACE. KEEP CONTAINER
TIGHTLY CLOSED.
1995.
259
F
F
8.
Crops
Winter and spring
wheat
Winter and spring
barley
Oats
Maximum
individual
dose
1.0 litre product
per hectare
Maximum
number of
treatments
2 per crop
1.0 litre product
per hectare
2 per crop
Latest time
of application
Before grain
watery ripe
(GS 71)
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
To reduce the risk of resistance developing in target diseases the total
number of applications of products containing Qol fungicides made to any
cereal crop must not exceed two.
The maximum concentration must not exceed 1.0 litre of product in 200 litres
of water.
PRODUCTS.
(Flyer MAPP No. 12654 /
Tucana MAPP No. 10899 /
Vivid MAPP No. 10898)
260
Corbel®
Galivor®
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 14986
Use: A herbicide with residual and contact activity for the control of meadow
grasses and broad leaved weeds in winter wheat and winter barley.
Formulation: Galivor contains 14.5 g/litre picolinafen and 320 g/litre
pendimethalin.
Recommended Crop:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Guidance
261
Galivor®
Latest Time of Application: Before pseudo-stem erection (before GS 30).
H
Galivor®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
within this section must be read carefully in order to obtain safe and successful use of
this product.
Galivor is a herbicide with residual and contact activity for the control of meadow
grasses and broad leaved weeds in winter wheat and winter barley.
1.
1.1
Efficacy
For residual control some soil moisture is required for Galivor. Best results
will be obtained if rain falls within 7 days of application.
Residual control may be reduced:
• under prolonged dry conditions
• on soils with more than 6% organic matter
• on soils with a high Kd factor
• on soils where ash content is high
Where cultural techniques which encourage the build up of organic residues
in the surface soil are practised for a number of seasons, the effectiveness
of residual herbicides may be reduced. In such circumstances periodic
ploughing is recommended to disperse residues into a greater volume of soil.
1.2
Soil types
Galivor may be used on all mineral soil types.
DO NOT use on stony or gravelly soils as crop damage can occur,
particularly if heavy rain follows treatment.
DO NOT use on water logged soil or soils prone to water logging.
1.3
Seedbed preparation
Trash and straw should be incorporated evenly during seedbed preparation.
Loose or cloddy seedbeds must be consolidated prior to application,
otherwise reduced weed control may occur. They may also cause seed to be
inadequately covered which could result in crop damage.
262
Galivor®
1.4
Crop safety
DO NOT apply to crops suffering from stress, which may be caused for
example by pests, disease, waterlogging, poor seedbed conditions or
Water logging that occurs soon after pre-emergence applications may lead to
crop damage.
For pre-emergence applications, seed should be covered with a minimum of
3.2cm of settled soil.
Only treat shallow drilled crops post-emergence.
DO NOT soil incorporate.
Some transient bleaching may be seen after application to some crops. This
does not lead to yield loss.
DO NOT spray undersown cereals or those to be undersown.
DO NOT roll emerged crops prior to application.
DO NOT roll autumn treated crops until the spring.
1.5
Spray drift
the target area.
1.6
Other restrictions/warnings
DO NOT use more than one application of Galivor in one growing season.
Concentrated or diluted Galivor may stain. Avoid spillage. Staining is
minimised or completely removed if skin/clothes are washed immediately.
263
H
H
Galivor®
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Galivor
For post-emergence applications best results will be achieved by application
to small actively growing weeds.
Product Rate (l/ha)
Application timing
Annual Meadow-grass
Rough Meadow-grass
Charlock
Cleavers
Common Chickweed
Common Fumitory
Common Orache
Common Poppy
Corn Marigold
Fat-hen
Field Forget-me-not
Field Pansy
Hemp-nettle (Day Nettle)
Henbit Dead-nettle
Ivy-leaved speedwell
Knotgrass
Parsley Piert
Red Dead-nettle
Scarlet Pimpernel
Shepherd’s Purse
Smooth Sowthistle
Volunteer Oilseed Rape (1)
3
Pre-em
S
MS
MS
S
S
MS
MS
S
MS
MS
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
Galivor
2
3
Post-em
S up to 2 lvs
S up to 2 lvs
MS up to 2 lvs
MS up to 2 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
MS up to 1 whorl S up to 3 whorls
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 3 lvs
S up to 3 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 4 lvs
S up to 4 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
MS up to 2 lvs
MS up to 2 lvs
S
= Susceptible
(1) = deep germinating volunteer Oilseed Rape may not be controlled.
2.2
Strains of some annual grasses (eg Black-grass, Wild-Oats, and Italian
Ryegrass) have developed resistance to herbicides, which may lead to
poor control. Picolinafen is an inhibitor of carotenoid biosynthesis at the
PDS step (a group that includes picolinafen and diflufenican). A strategy for
preventing and managing such resistance should be adopted. To prevent the
development of resistant weeds, herbicides with different modes of action
must be used when applying in sequence. Guidelines have been produced
by the Weed Resistance Action Group and copies are available from the
HGCA, CPA, your distributor, crop adviser or product manufacturer.
264
Galivor®
3.
3.1
Crops
All varieties of Winter Wheat and Winter Barley.
3.2
Time of application
Pre- and post-crop emergence, up to before pseudo-stem erection (before
growth stage 30).
DO NOT apply pre-emergence to crops drilled after 30 November.
3.3
Rate of application
Apply Galivor at 2 or 3 l/ha in 200 litres of water per hectare.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
4.1
There are no restrictions on following crops when Galivor is used alone other
than before Rye-grass is drilled after a very dry season, plough or cultivate to
at least 15cm.
4.1
In the event of crop failure plough to at least 15cm. An interval of at least 8
weeks must have elapsed between using Galivor and re-drilling. The following
crops may then be sown in spring: Spring Wheat, Spring Barley.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Mixing
the required quantity of Galivor to the spray tank while re-circulating. Fill up
5.2
Application
Ensure good, even spray cover of the target using a spray of fine or medium
quality (BCPC definition).
sprayers. High speeds increase the risk of uneven cover due to excessive
boom whip and bounce. The slower speed is recommended where the target
is in a thick crop or weed cover, or where travel conditions are rough.
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
minimum of three rinses, using a wetting agent or a proprietary spray tank
cleaner to ensure that all traces of product are removed, particularly before
using the sprayer in broad-leaved crops.
265
H
H
Galivor®
6.
Galivor is supplied in 10 litre containers and should be kept dry and
frostproof in a suitable pesticide store.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
of protection.
insides of gloves
WASH HANDS before eating and after work
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL seek medical advice (show the label if possible)
buffer zone to surface water bodies.
permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is
dry at the time of application. Aim spray away from water.
DO NOT RE-USE CONTAINER for any other purpose
PROTECT FROM FROST.
266
Galivor®
8.
Galivor®
A suspension concentrate containing 14.5 g/litre picolinafen, 320 g/litre
pendimethalin and 1, 2-benzisothiazole
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
CONTAINS PENDIMETHALIN.
CONTAINS 1, 2-BENZISOTHIAZOLE.
MAY PRODUCE AN ALLERGIC REACTION.
2005.
9.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL HERBICIDE
Crops
Maximum
Individual dose
Winter Wheat
Winter Barley
3 litres
product/hectare
Maximum
Latest Timing
Number of
Treatments
One per crop Before pseudostem erection (before
growth stage 30)
MAPP No. 14986
267
267
H
H
Galivor®
268
Gemstone®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 16298
winter wheat, winter barley, spring wheat, durum wheat, spring barley, rye,
triticale and oats.
Formulation: A suspo-emulsion containing 80 g/litre (7.6% w/w)
pyraclostrobin + 62.5 g/litre (6% w/w) epoxiconazole.
Pack size: 10 litres in outers of two.
Recommended Crops: Barley, winter and spring
Wheat, durum
Rye
Triticale
Maximum Number of Applications: 2 per crop
Winter and spring wheat, durum
wheat, rye and triticale:
Up to and including flowering complete
(GS 69).
Winter and spring barley and oats: Up to and including emergence of ear
just complete (GS 59).
Major changes since last printing: New MAPP number; new
recommendations for use in durum wheat, rye and triticale.
Guidance
269
Gemstone®
F
F
Gemstone®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Gemstone is a fungicide with protectant and systemic properties with curative
barley, rye, triticale and oats.
1.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Gemstone is a fungicide with protectant, systemic and curative properties for
use in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring barley, oats,
rye and triticale. Disease control is summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring Durum
wheat wheat
Winter Spring
barley barley
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Septoria tritici
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Powdery mildew
-
-
-
C
C
C
C
-
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
-
C
C
-
C
-
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Tan spot
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
-
Ramularia
-
-
-
R
R
-
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight #
GR
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
C = Control
GR = Good Reduction
R = Reduction
# Application of Gemstone to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the levels
Yield response in cereals may be obtained in the absence of visual disease.
270
Gemstone®
2.1
Gemstone contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
For further advice on resistance management information in DMIs, contact
your agronomist or specialist advisor and visit the Fungicide Resistance
Action Group (FRAG)-UK website.
Gemstone contains pyraclostrobin, a member of the QoI cross resistance
group. Gemstone should be used preventatively and should not be relied on
Gemstone meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole. To ensure the
effectiveness of the epoxiconazole component as a partner, Gemstone should
Use Gemstone as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
There is a significant risk of widespread resistance to QoI cross resistance
group fungicides occurring. Failure to follow resistance management action
may result in reduced levels of disease control.
3.
CROPS
Gemstone is approved for use in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat,
winter and spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
Time of Application
Apply Gemstone at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
applications can be made before grain watery ripe in winter and spring wheat,
durum wheat, rye and triticale and up to and including emergence of ear just
Rate of Application
Apply 2 litres Gemstone in a minimum of 200 to 300 litres of water per
hectare.
If required water volumes down to 100 litres per hectare may be used,
however these have not been supported by effectiveness or crop safety data.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Gemstone onions, oats, sugar beet, oilseed
rape, cabbages, carrots, sunflowers, barley, lettuce, ryegrass, dwarf French
beans, peas, potatoes, clover, wheat, field beans and maize may be sown as
the following crop.
The effect of Gemstone on the other crops has not been assessed.
271
F
F
Gemstone®
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
completed.
Spray solution MUST be used on the day of mixing and must NOT be left
overnight.
6.
Gemstone is supplied in 10 litre containers and should be stored in a suitable
pesticide store. Keep dry and protect from frost.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
where possible).
or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the
272
Gemstone®
273
F
F
Gemstone®
8.
Gemstone®
A suspo-emulsion containing 80 g/litre (7.6% w/w) pyraclostrobin plus
62.5 g/litre (6% w/w) epoxiconazole.
IRRITATING TO SKIN
ENVIRONMENT
OF IN A SAFE WAY
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING AND GLOVES
this container or label
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTAMINATION
for use.
2005.
274
Gemstone®
9.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum no.
of treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter and
spring wheat
durum wheat,
rye and triticale
2 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and including
flowering complete
(GS 69)
Winter and
spring barley
Oats
2 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
THAT IS ALL INCONSISTENT WITH THE LABEL MAY BE AN OFFENCE.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No: 16298)
275
F
F
Gemstone®
276
Imtrex®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15509
Use: A fungicide for use in winter and spring wheat (including durum wheat),
winter and spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate formulation containing 62.5 g/l (6%
w/w) fluxapyroxad.
Pack size: 10 litres in outers of two.
Recommended Crops:
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
Wheat (durum)
Triticale
Rye
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
Oats
Up to and including flowering (anthesis) just complete (GS 69)
Qualified recommendation: 100 litres of water per hectare.
rate of use and latest timing for fluxapyroxad given by the BBPA (British Beer
and Pubs Association).
Guidance
277
Imtrex®
Maximum Number of Treatments: 2 per crop
F
Imtrex®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
1.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the rate of use and latest
timing for fluxapyroxad given by the BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association).
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Imtrex is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the
Winter
wheat
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Spring Durum
barley wheat
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Septoria tritici
C
C
-
-
C
-
-
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Yellow rust
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
-
MC
MC
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
-
C
-
Powdery mildew
R
R
R
-
R
R
R
R
Tan spot
R
R
-
-
R
-
-
-
C = Full control
R = Reduction
2.1
Resistance
In order to minimise risk of resistance development, Imtrex should always be
used in mixture with products with a different mode of action at a dose that will
give robust control.
Imtrex should be used in accordance with the instructions for use for the target
Use Imtrex as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
Visit the FRAG-UK website for further advice on resistance management of
cereal fungicides.
278
Imtrex®
3.
3.1
Crops
For use in all varieties of winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter and
spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
3.2
Time of Application
Apply Imtrex at the start of disease attack. A maximum of 2 applications can be
made up to and including flowering (anthesis) just complete in winter and spring
wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring barley, rye, triticale, and oats.
3.3
Rate of Application
Apply Imtrex at 2 litres of product per hectare in a water volume of 150 to 300
3.4
Imtrex may be applied at 2 litres per hectare in 100 litres water per hectare
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Imtrex: barley, cabbages, carrots, chicory,
clover, dwarf beans, field beans, leeks, lettuces, linseed, maize, oats, oilseed
rape, onions, peas, potatoes, radishes, ryegrass, soya beans, spinach, sugar
beet, sunflowers, triticale and wheat may be sown as the following crop.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Mixing
Half fill the spray tank with clean water and start agitation. SHAKE THE
mixing.
5.2
Application
6.
Imtrex is supplied in 10 litres containers and should be kept dry and frost proof
279
F
F
Imtrex®
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate and
protection.
IF SWALLOWED, seek medical advice immediately and show this container
or label.
DO NOT clean application equipment near surface water. Avoid contamination
via drains from farmyards and roads.
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, DRINK AND ANIMAL FEEDING STUFFS
STORE IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER, tightly closed, in a safe place
280
Imtrex®
8.
Imtrex®
An emulsifiable concentrate formulation containing 62.5 g/l (6% w/w)
fluxapyroxad.
ENVIRONMENT
STUFFS.
way.
contamination.
for use
9.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
Number of
treatments
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
Wheat (durum)
Triticale
Rye
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
Oats
2 litres product/ha 2 per crop
Latest time of
application
Up to and
including flowering
(anthesis)
just complete
(GS 69)
PRODUCTS.
MAPP No.15509
281
F
F
Imtrex®
282
Invader®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15223
Use: A fungicide for the control of foliar late blight (Phytophthora infestans)
in potatoes, downy mildew (Peronospora destructor) in bulb onions, shallots
and garlic, and a reduction of white tip (Phytophthora porri) in leeks.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 7.5% w/w
dimethomorph and 66.7% w/w mancozeb.
Pack Size: 10 kg
Recommended Crops: Potatoes
Bulb onions, shallots and garlic
Leeks
2.4 kg product/ha
2.5 kg product/ha
2.0 kg product/ha
Water Volume:
150 – 500 litres per hectare
Spray Quality:
MEDIUM
Potato:
Bulb onion, shallot and garlic (outdoor):
Leeks, (outdoor):
Maximum Total Dose per Crop:
Potato:
Bulb onion, shallot and garlic (outdoor):
Leeks, (outdoor):
14.4 kg product/ha/crop
Processed Crops: Consult processors before use on bulb onions, shallots,
garlic or leeks for processing.
Aerial Application:
No
Guidance
283
Invader®
Recommended Rates: Potato:
Bulb onions, shallots
and garlic (outdoor):
Leeks, (outdoor):
F
Invader®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
1.
1.1
Processed crops
Consult processors before use on bulb onions, shallots, garlic or leeks for
processing.
1.2
Succeeding Crops
a) Following application of Invader in potatoes or leeks, allow 3 months before
sowing clover.
b) Following application of Invader in bulb onion, shallots or garlic allow 5
months before sowing clover.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
2.1
Invader is a fungicide with a combination of protectant, translaminar and locally
systemic activity for the control of late blight (Phytophthora infestans) in potatoes;
downy mildew (Peronospora destructor) in bulb onions, shallots and garlic, and
as a qualified minor use for the reduction of white tip (Phytophthora porri) in
leeks. Invader will be most effective when applied as a protectant programme
before disease symptoms appear, or in accordance with appropriate disease
monitoring and forecasting systems following periods of high infection risk.
Resistance
Invader contains a mixture of mancozeb (a dithiocarbamate fungicide) and
dimethomorph (a CAA fungicide).
To minimize the risk of resistance developing, and in line with current FRAG-UK
advice to use effective doses, use Invader at the recommended rate.
Invader should be used in accordance with current FRAC and FRAG-UK advice
for CAA compounds, as follows:
• In potatoes, up to 6 applications of Invader may be made, making up no
more than half of the total number of intended late blight sprays per season.
• In bulb onions, shallots, garlic and leeks, CAA fungicide applications should
not make up more than half of the total number of intended downy mildew
or white tip sprays per season.
• No more than three consecutive applications of a CAA fungicide should be
made in any crop.
Invader will control strains of late blight resistant to phenylamides. No cross
resistance to phenylamide resistant strains of blight have been observed.
Invader should be applied in a programme containing fungicides with different
modes of action.
When fungicides with the same mode of action are used repeatedly over
several years in the same field, naturally occurring less sensitive strains may
survive, propagate and become dominant in that field. It is therefore advised
that wherever possible spray programmes should include fungicides with
differing modes of action. Invader contains active substances with two different
modes of action. For further advice on resistance management for potato blight
(Phytophthora infestans) contact your agronomist or specialist advisor and/or
visit the FRAG-UK and Potato Council websites.
284
Invader®
3.
CROPS
3.1
Potatoes
Invader can be used on all varieties of potato, including seed crops.
Time of application
Invader should be applied as part of a repeat spray programme at 7-14 day
intervals, depending on disease pressure. As disease pressure and the risk of
late blight infection increases, the interval should be shortened. Irrigated crops
should be treated as high risk.
Applications of Invader should begin as soon as there is a risk of blight infection,
or an official blight warning has been issued. In the absence of any warnings,
applications should commence before the crop meets along the rows.
Rate of application
Apply 2.4 kg/ha of Invader in a volume of 200-500 litres of water per hectare.
Qualified Recommendation
In potatoes, Invader may be applied at 2.4 kg/ha in 150 litres of water per
hectare although efficacy and crop safety at this reduced water volume has
not been evaluated. Therefore application at 150 litres water per hectare is at
users risk with regard to biological efficacy and crop safety.
3.2
Bulb onions, shallots and garlic
Time of application
For the control of downy mildew (Peronospora destructor) in bulb onions,
shallots and garlic, Invader should be applied in a protectant spray programme
commencing before the appearance of disease symptoms, or when local
monitoring and forecasting indicates a high risk of infection.
Rate of application
Apply 2.5 kg/ha of Invader in a volume of 200-500 litres of water per hectare
ensuring good coverage of the foliage. Repeat sprays at 7 − 14 day intervals,
depending on disease pressure.
A minimum of 14 days must elapse between the last spray and harvest.
3.3
Leeks (qualified minor use recommendation)
The efficacy and crop safety of this qualified recommendation is based on
limited evidence.
Time of application
For the reduction of white tip (Phytophthora porri) in leeks, Invader should be
applied in a protectant spray programme commencing before the appearance
of disease symptoms, or when local monitoring and forecasting indicates a high
risk of infection.
Rate of application
Apply 2.0 kg/ha of Invader in a volume of 200-500 litres of water per hectare
ensuring good coverage of the foliage. Repeat sprays at 7 − 14 day intervals,
depending on disease pressure.
A minimum of 21 days must elapse between the last spray and harvest.
285
F
F
Invader®
4.
Invader should be applied as a MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC. Apply in a
water volume of 200-500 litres per ha. Good coverage of the foliage is essential.
Half fill the sprayer tank with clean water and start agitation.
Steadily add the required quantity of Invader direct to the spray tank (Pre-mixing
is not necessary).
Empty container thoroughly and dispose of safely.
Add the remainder of the water whilst maintaining agitation.
Apply immediately and continue agitation until spraying is complete.
following best practice advice and the guidance provided by the equipment
manufacturer.
5.
Invader is supplied in 10 kg containers and should be kept dry and frost proof
286
Invader®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES, FACE PROTECTION (FACE SHIELD) AND SUITABLE
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT* when handling the product.
*Disposable filtering face piece respirator to at least EN149 FFP2 or equivalent.
of protection.
WASH ALL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING thoroughly after use, especially the inside
of gloves.
buffer zone to surface water bodies in line with LERAP
requirements.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from horizontal boom
sprayers to fall within 5 m of the top of the bank of a
static or flowing water body, unless a Local Environment Risk Assessment for
Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1 m of the top
of a ditch which is dry at the time of application. DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT
SPRAY from hand-held sprayers to fall within 1 m of the top of the bank of a
static or flowing water body. Aim spray away from water.
for three years.
EMPTY CONTAINER COMPLETELY and dispose of safely.
PROTECT FROM FROST.
287
F
F
Invader®
7.
Invader®
A water dispersible granule containing 7.5 % w/w dimethomorph and
66.7 % w/w mancozeb.
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
MAY CAUSE RESPIRATORY IRRITATION.
ATTENTION.
288
288
Invader®
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE,
as directed below:
Crop
Maximum
Individual
Dose
Maximum Total
Dose
Latest Time of
Application
Potato
2.4 kg product/ha 14.4 kg
product/ha/crop
7 days before
harvest
Bulb onion,
shallot and garlic
(outdoor)
product/ha/crop
14 days before
harvest
Leek (outdoor)
product/ha/crop
21 days before
harvest
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 15223)
289
289
F
F
Invader®
290
Jenton®
H
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 11898
Use: A protectant fungicide with curative properties for use in winter and spring
barley, winter and spring wheat and oats.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 100 g/litre (10.1 w/w)
pyraclostrobin and 375 g/litre (37.9% w/w) fenpropimorph.
Recommended Crops:
Winter and spring barley, winter and spring wheat
and oats.
Recommended Rates:
2.0 litres/hectare.
Water Volume:
200 litres per hectare.
Winter and spring barley and oats: Up to and including emergence of ear just
complete (GS 59).
complete (GS 69).
Malting barley:
Before ear emergence (See Section 3).
Guidance
291
Jenton®
F
Jenton®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Jenton is a fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use in winter and
spring barley, winter and spring wheat and oats for disease control.
1.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Jenton is a fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use in winter
wheat, winter barley, spring wheat, spring barley and oats for disease control
as summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Spring
barley
Oats
Septoria tritici
C
C
-
-
-
Mildew
-
-
C
C
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
-
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
-
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
Drechslera
tritici-repentis (1)
C
C
-
-
-
C = Control
Note 1: Control of Drechslera tritici-repentis is supported by limited data only.
2.1
Jenton contains pyraclostrobin a member of the QoI cross-resistance group.
Jenton should be used preventatively and should not be relied on for its
curative potential.
Jenton meets this requirement as it contains fenpropimorph. To ensure the
effectiveness of the fenpropimorph component as a partner, Jenton should
Use Jenton as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
populations in the UK. Strains of barley powdery mildew resistant to QoI’s are
common in the UK. Failure to follow resistance management action may result
292
Jenton®
3.
CROPS
Jenton is approved for use in winter and spring barley, winter and spring wheat
and oats.
Time of Application
Apply Jenton at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
applications can be applied per crop. Applications can be made up to and
including flowering just complete in winter and spring wheat and up to and
including emergence of ear just complete in winter and spring barley and oats.
Rate of Application
Apply 2 litres Jenton in 200 litres of water per hectare.
Jenton is accepted by the BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association) for use
on malting barley providing applications made before ear emergence. Latest
timing in malting barley is therefore up to and including awn emergence but
treatment must stop once any part of the true ear is visible.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
the spray tank.
5.
Jenton is supplied in 5 litre polyethylene containers and should be kept dry and
293
F
F
Jenton®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FACE PROTECTION (FACE
SHIELD) when handling the concentrate.
protection.
possible).
boom sprayers to fall within 5 m of the top
of the bank of a static or flowing waterbody,
unless a Local Environmental Risk Assessment for
or within 1 m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the
for three years.
294
Jenton®
7.
Jenton®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 100 g/litre (10.1% w/w) pyraclostrobin
and 375 g/litre (37.9% w/w) fenpropimorph.
WARNING:
HARMFUL IF INHALED
EFFECTS.
PROTECTION.
IF ON SKIN: WASH WITH PLENTY OF SOAP AND WATER
for use
8.
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter and spring
wheat
2.0 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
complete (GS 69)
Winter and spring
barley and oats
2.0 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 11898)
295
F
F
Jenton®
296
Jockey®
F
MAPP No. 11689
Use: A seed treatment for the control of foliar and seed-borne diseases which
can increase yield through reduction of take-all in winter wheat and winter
barley.
Formulation: A seed treatment containing 167 g/l (15.5% w/w) fluquinconazole
and 31.2 g/l (2.87% w/w) prochloraz.
Recommended Crops: Winter wheat and winter barley.
Recommended Rates: 4.5 litres per tonne of seed.
Maximum Number of Treatments: 1 per batch.
Mixing:
Jockey can be used through all seed treatment machines.
(See Section 4).
Guidance
297
Jockey®
Treated Seed: Treated seed must be labelled with the appropriate
precautions
using printed sack labels and bag tags (See Section 7).
F
Jockey®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Jockey is a seed treatment for use in winter wheat for control of bunt, Fusarium foot
rot, early infections of leaf spot and yellow rust, moderate control of early infections of
brown rust and for reduction of take-all and in winter barley for control of loose smut,
covered smut, Fusarium foot rot, early infections of yellow rust and reduction of take-all.
1.
Seed treatment will provide early control of leaf spot and yellow rust, and
moderate control of brown rust but may require foliar treatment for control of
later infection.
Check drill calibration before drilling seed treated with Jockey.
Delayed emergence may result when Jockey treated seed is drilled into
heavy or poorly drained soils which then become wet or waterlogged for any
significant period. Once emerged, crops should grow away normally with no
lasting effects.
DO NOT apply Jockey to cracked, split or sprouted seed.
Jockey can be used through all seed treatment machines. It is important to
Jockey should not be mixed with any other products.
Treated seed must be labelled with the appropriate precautions using printed
sack, labels and bag tags.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Winter wheat:
Winter barley:
Fusarium foot rots**
Fusarium foot rots**
bunt (Tilletia caries)
loose smut (Ustilago nuda)
leaf spot (Septoria tritici)*
covered smut (Ustilago
hordei)
yellow rust (Puccinia striiformis)*
take-all (reduction)
take-all (reduction)
yellow rust (Puccinia striiformis)*
brown rust (Puccinia recondita)*
*Seed treatment will provide early control of leaf spot and yellow rust in winter
wheat and yellow rust in winter barley in addition to moderate early control of
brown rust in winter wheat, but may require foliar treatment for control of later
infection.
**Moderate control
2.1
330
Certain diseases may develop resistance to BASF products. Since such
circumstances are beyond our control, BASF can accept no liability for any loss
or damage whatsoever.
Jockey contains fluquinconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
further advice on resistance management in DMI’s contact your agronomist or
298
Jockey®
3.
CROP
Winter wheat and winter barley
Rate of Application
4.5 litres per tonne of seed.
4.
MIXING
Jockey can be used through all seed treatment machines. It is important to
5.
6.
7.
TREATED SEED
This seed has been chemically treated with JOCKEY, which contains
fluquinconazole and prochloraz.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (DISPOSABLE FILTERING FACE
PIECE RESPIRATOR TO EN 149, FFP 3 OR EQUIVALENT) when bagging
treated seed.
TREATED SEED MUST NOT BE APPLIED AS A BROADCAST
APPLICATION.
DO NOT REUSE SACKS OR CONTAINERS THAT HAVE BEEN USED FOR
HARMFUL TO GAME AND WILDLIFE. Treated seed should not be left on
the soil surface. Bury spillages.
KEEP TREATED SEED SECURE from people, domestic stock/pets and
wildlife at all times during storage and use.
BASF plc
P O Box 4, Earl Road
Cheshire SK8 6QG
Tel: 0161 485 6222
Fax: 0161 485 2229
299
F
F
Jockey®
8.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
practical in addition to the following personal protective equipment;
EQUIPMENT (DISPOSABLE FILTERING FACE PIECE RESPIRATOR TO EN
149, FFP 3 OR EQUIVALENT) when handling the product, calibrating and
cleaning seed treatment machinery, handling contaminated surfaces and
handling treated seed.
RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (DISPOSABLE FILTERING FACE
PIECE RESPIRATOR TO EN 149, FFP 3 OR EQUIVALENT) when bagging
treated seed.
protection.
container.
Consumer protection
DO NOT RE-USE SACKS CONTAINING TREATED SEED for food or feed.
RETURN EMPTY CONTAINER TO THE SUPPLIER. (1000 LITRE CONTAINERS
ONLY).
DO NOT RE-USE THE CONTAINER FOR ANY PURPOSE.
DO NOT RE-USE THE CONTAINER FOR ANY OTHER PURPOSE (1000 LITRE
CONTAINERS ONLY).
EMPTY CONTAINER COMPLETELY and dispose of safely (50 litres containers
only).
OPEN CONTAINER ONLY AS DIRECTED (1000 LITRE CONTAINERS ONLY).
DO NOT RINSE OUT THE CONTAINER (1000 LITRE CONTAINERS ONLY).
Store in a safe, dry frost-free place designated as an agrochemical store.
MEDICAL ADVICE
332
300
Jockey®
9.
Jockey®
A seed treatment containing 167 g/l (15.5% w/w) fluquinconazole and
31.2 g/l (2.87% w/w) prochloraz.
DANGER:
HARMFUL IF INHALED.
CAUSES DAMAGE TO ORGANS THROUGH PROLONGED
OR REPEATED EXPOSURE.
EFFECTS.
DO NOT BREATHE MIST.
PRODUCT.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
10.
below:
Crops:
Winter wheat and winter barley.
4.5 litres product per tonne of seed.
Maximum number of treatments: 1 per batch.
Latest time of application:
Before drilling.
PRODUCTS. `
(MAPP No. 11689)
301
F
F
Jockey®
302
Kinto®
F
MAPP No. 12038
Use: A seed treatment for use in wheat, barley, oats, rye and triticale for control
of specified seed- and soil-borne diseases.
Formulation: A flowable concentrate formulation containing 20 g/litre
(1.94% w/w) triticonazole and 60 g/litre (5.65% w/w) prochloraz.
Recommended Crops:
Rye, winter and spring
Triticale, winter and spring
Recommended Rates: 2 litres of product/tonne of seed.
Maximum Number of Treatments: 1 per batch.
Treated Seed: Treated seed must be labelled with the appropriate precautions
using printed sacks, labels or bag tags (See Section 8).
Mixing: Kinto should be applied by a conventional seed treatment machine.
(See Section 5).
Guidance
303
Kinto®
F
Kinto®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Kinto is a seed treatment for use in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley,
winter and spring oats, winter and spring rye and winter and spring triticale for control
of specified seed- and soil-borne diseases.
1.
Ensure that seed drill is appropriately calibrated before sowing.
DO NOT treat grain with a moisture content exceeding 16% and DO NOT allow
the moisture content of treated seed to exceed 16%.
After treating, bag the seed immediately and keep the seed in a dry and draught
free store.
It is important to achieve good even coverage on the seed to obtain reliable
disease control.
The germination capacity should be checked prior to use and in the event of
any minor effects a small change in sowing rate may be made.
DO NOT apply Kinto to cracked, split or sprouted seed.
Some slight delay in emergence may occur, but this will be outgrown with no
lasting effects.
DO NOT transfer pumps from one treatment to another. When changing
formulations, wash out the pump, pipeline and tank with clean water before use.
Keep container closed when not in use.
Kinto should not be mixed with any other products.
LABEL TREATED SEED with the appropriate precautions using printed sacks,
labels or bag tags. See Section 8.
Treated seed may NOT be stored from one season to the next.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Kinto seed treatment provides control of the following seed- and soil-borne
diseases of winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley, winter and spring
oats, winter and spring rye and winter and spring triticale:
2.1
Wheat
Disease
Seedling blight and
Foot rot
Common bunt, seedand soil-borne
Septoria seedling blight
Loose smut
2.2
Name
Microdochium
(Fusarium) nivale
Tilletia caries
Leptosphaeria
(Septoria) nodorum
Ustilago tritici
Moderate control
Control
Moderate control
Control
Barley
Disease
Loose smut
Covered smut*
Leaf stripe
Seedling blight and
Foot rot
Name
Ustilago nuda
Ustilago hordei
Pyrenophora graminea
Microdochium nivale
and Fusarium spp.
* Covered smut is rare in the UK.
304
Control
Control
Control
Moderate control
Kinto®
2.3
Oats
Disease
Loose smut
Covered smut*
Seedling blight and
Foot rot
Name
Ustilago nuda
Ustilago hordei
Microdochium
nivale and Fusarium
spp.
Winter oats
Control
Control
Moderate control
* Covered smut is rare in the UK.
2.4
Rye
Disease
Seedling blight and
Foot rot
2.5
Winter rye
Moderate control
Name
Microdochium
nivale and Fusarium
spp.
Winter triticale
Moderate control
Triticale
Disease
Seedling blight and
Foot rot
3.
Name
Microdochium
nivale and Fusarium
spp.
RESISTANCE MANAGEMENT
At the time of printing there are no records of resistance to Kinto known to
us. However, disease control may be reduced if strains of fungi resistant to
triticonazole or prochloraz occur.
4.
CROPS
Winter
Winter
Winter
Winter
Winter
and
and
and
and
and
spring
spring
spring
spring
spring
wheat
barley
oats
rye
triticale
2.0 litres per tonne of seed
5.
APPLICATION
The container must be handled with the assistance of mechanical means. DO
NOT attempt to handle manually or to decant or pour Kinto from its container.
Use only the fitment supplied.
Kinto should be applied directly to the seed by a conventional seed treatment
machine, preferably a BASF seed treatment machine at the rate given above.
Agitate the product before use. This is best achieved by re-circulating through
the pack on its side and roll gently for 3-5 revolutions. The product should be
used from the original container, with the direct feed system fitted as a standard
to the treatment equipment, utilising the aperture in the top of the container.
The direct feed system only must be used to transfer the product.
Ensure that the seed drill is appropriately calibrated before drilling seed treated
with Kinto.
305
F
F
Kinto®
6.
7.
drilled soon after treatment and should NOT be kept from one season to the
next.
8.
TREATED SEED
THIS SEED HAS BEEN TREATED WITH KINTO, which contains triticonazole
and prochloraz.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS) when handling
treated seed or contaminated surfaces during drilling operations.
HARMFUL TO GAME AND WILDLIFE. Treated seed should NOT be left on
the soil surface. Bury spillages.
KEEP TREATED SEED SECURE from people, domestic stock/pets and
wildlife at all times during storage and use.
BASF plc
Cheshire SK8 6QG
306
Kinto®
9.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
practical in addition to the following personal protective equipment:
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate, calibrating and cleaning
machinery and when handling contaminated surfaces or dealing with spillages.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS) when bagging
treated seeds.
protection.
WASH HANDS AND EXPOSED SKIN BEFORE EATING OR DRINKING OR
AFTER WORK.
used container.
HARMFUL TO GAME AND WILDLIFE. Treated seed should NOT be left on the
Consumer protection
Storage and disposal - 50 litre containers
OPEN THE CONTAINER ONLY AS DIRECTED.
DO NOT RE-USE CONTAINER FOR ANY PURPOSE.
Storage and disposal - 1000 litre containers
DO NOT RINSE OUT THE CONTAINER.
OPEN THE CONTAINER ONLY AS DIRECTED.
DO NOT RE-USE CONTAINER FOR ANY PURPOSE.
RETURN EMPTY CONTAINER TO THE SUPPLIER.
307
F
F
Kinto®
10.
Kinto®
Flowable concentrate formulation containing 20 g/litre (1.94% w/w)
triticonazole and 60 g/litre (5.65% w/w) prochloraz.
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
11.
below:
Crops:
Winter and spring wheat, winter and
spring barley, winter and spring oats
winter and spring rye and winter and
spring triticale.
2.0 litres product per tonne of seed.
Maximum Number of treatments: 1 per batch.
Latest Time of application:
Before drilling.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 12038)
308
Kumulus® DF
F
FUNGICIDE
MAFF No. 04707
Use: A fungicide for the control of powdery mildew in apples, gooseberries,
grapevines, hops, strawberries and sugar beet and for the control of scab in
apples and gall mite (big bud) in blackcurrants. Also for use as a sulphur foliar
feed in wheat, barley and winter oilseed rape.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 80% sulphur.
Pack Size: 20 kg
See Section No:
3.4
3.6
3.3
3.2
3.7
3.1
3.5
3.9
3.8
Recommended Rates: Various, depending on crop. See recommendations for
details.
Water Volume: Various, depending on crop. See recommendations for details.
Gooseberries:
Hops:
Sugar beet:
All other recommended crops:
Up to and including fruit swell.
Up to burr stage
Before end of September in year of harvest.
No restriction.
Sugar beet:
2 per year.
Blackcurrants, gooseberries:
3 per year.
All other recommended crops: No restriction.
Processed Crops: DO NOT apply to fruit for processing, or near to harvest on
grapes intended for wine.
Guidance
309
Kumulus® DF
Recommended Crops:
Apples
Gooseberries
Grapevines
Hops
Strawberries
Sugar beet
Blackcurrants
Wheat and Barley
Winter oilseed rape
F
Kumulus® DF
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Kumulus DF is a fungicide for the control of powdery mildew in apples, gooseberries,
grapevines, hops, strawberries and sugar beet and for the control of scab in apples
and gall mite (big bud) in blackcurrants. Also for use as a sulphur foliar feed in wheat,
barley and winter oilseed rape.
1.
Processed crops: DO NOT apply Kumulus DF to fruit for processing, or near to
harvest on grapes intended for wine.
DO NOT apply Kumulus DF to the following varieties of gooseberries: Careless;
Early Sulphur; Golden Drop; Leveller; Lord Derby; Roaring Lion; Yellow Rough.
DO NOT apply Kumulus DF to the following varieties of apples: Belle de
Boskoop; Lord Derby; Newton Wonder (some districts); Stirling Castle; Lane’s
Prince Albert; Cox’s Orange Pippin; Beauty of Bath; Rival.
DO NOT apply Kumulus DF if rain or frost is expected, nor if the crop is wet.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Kumulus DF is a fungicide for the control of powdery mildew in apples,
gooseberries, grapevines, hops, strawberries and sugar beet and for the control
of scab in apples and gall mite (big bud) in blackcurrants. Also for use as a
sulphur foliar feed in wheat, barley and winter oilseed rape.
3.
CROPS
3.1
Sugar beet: Powdery mildew
Time of Application
Apply Kumulus DF when the disease begins to build up in the crop, usually
from mid August to early September. A second application may prove to be
necessary after 2-3 weeks.
Rate of Application
Apply 10 kg Kumulus DF in a minimum of 450 litres of water per hectare.
3.2
Hops: Powdery mildew
Time of Application
Apply Kumulus DF at 10 day intervals from May up to the burr stage.
Rate of Application
Apply 400-600 g Kumulus DF per 100 litres of water high volume or 8-11 kg
Kumulus DF in 350-550 litres of water per hectare.
3.3
Grapevine: Powdery mildew
Time of Application
Apply Kumulus DF as soon as the disease appears and repeat at 10-14 day
intervals.
Rate of Application
Apply 250 g Kumulus DF per 100 litres of water high volume.
310
Kumulus® DF
3.4
Apple: Scab and powdery mildew
Time of Application
Apply Kumulus DF at 10-14 day intervals, (a) from bud burst to green cluster for
scab control and (b) post blossom for scab and mildew control.
Rate of Application
Apply 600 g Kumulus DF per 100 litres of water high volume or 11 kg in 550750 litres of water per hectare at the earlier timing, followed by 400 g Kumulus
DF per 100 litres of water high volume or 11 kg in 550-750 litres of water per
hectare post blossom.
Varietal Tolerances
DO NOT apply Kumulus DF to the following varieties: Belle de Boskoop; Lord
Derby; Newton Wonder (some districts); Stirling Castle; Lane’s Prince Albert;
Cox’s Orange Pippin; Beauty of Bath; Rival.
3.5
Blackcurrant: Gall mite (big bud)
Time of Application
Apply Kumulus DF at first open blossom and repeat at 14 day intervals to give
a total of three applications.
Rate of Application
Apply 200 g Kumulus DF per 100 litres of water high volume. The addition of an
authorised non-ionic wetting agent at the recommended rate, is recommended
for good spray retention. High volume of 2200 litres per hectare is also
recommended to give adequate spray cover.
3.6
Gooseberry: American gooseberry mildew (powdery mildew)
Time of Application
Apply Kumulus DF at early flower, fruit set and fruit swell, thoroughly wetting
the bushes.
Rate of Application
Varietal Tolerances
DO NOT apply Kumulus DF to the following varieties: Careless; Early Sulphur;
Golden Drop; Leveller; Lord Derby; Roaring Lion; Yellow Rough.
3.7
Strawberry: Powdery mildew
Time of Application
Apply Kumulus DF as soon as the disease appears and repeat at 10-14 day
intervals.
Rate of Application
3.8
Winter oilseed rape: Sulphur foliar feed
Time of Application
In areas of known sulphur deficiency or where a response has been recorded
previously, apply Kumulus DF in March, as the crop begins to re-grow after the
winter dormancy period.
Rate of Application
Apply 10 kg Kumulus DF in 220-450 litres of water per hectare.
311
F
F
Kumulus® DF
3.9
Wheat and barley: Sulphur foliar feed
Time of Application
In areas of known sulphur deficiency or where a response has been recorded
previously, apply Kumulus DF in the spring from leaf sheath lengthening to first
node detectable.
Rate of Application
Apply 10 kg Kumulus DF in 220-450 litres of water per hectare.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
For water volumes, see Section 3, above.
Remove the top filter. Fill the spray tank to the required volume with clean water
and start the agitation. Then slowly add the required amount of Kumulus DF.
Replace the filter, leave to disperse and continue agitation until spraying is
completed.
When tank mixes are to be used, each product should be pre-diluted with water
and added separately to the spray tank.
Kumulus DF may be applied from the air to wheat, barley and oilseed rape at
the recommended rate in 25-60 litres of water per hectare. Aerial applications
should not be made in tank mix with any other products.
5.
Kumulus DF is supplied in 20 kg lined paper sacks and should be kept dry and
cool in a suitable pesticide store.
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
container.
Keep dry and cool in a suitable pesticide store.
312
Kumulus® DF
7.
Kumulus® DF
A water dispersible granule containing 80% sulphur.
for use
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE
AND AS A HORTICULTURAL ACARICIDE, as directed below:
Crops
Apples
Blackcurrants
Grapevines
Gooseberries
Hops
Strawberries
Sugar beet
Maximum
Concentration
or Dose
600 g product in
100 litres water (HV)
or 11 kg product per
hectare (LV)
200 g product in
100 litres water
250 g product in
100 litres water
250 g product in
100 litres water
Maximum
Number of
Treatments
–
Latest Time
of Application
3 per year
–
–
–
3 per year
600 g product in
100 litres water (HV)
or 11 kg product per
hectare (LV)
200 g product in
100 litres water
10 kg product per
hectare
–
Up to and
including fruit
swell
Up to burr
stage
–
–
–
2 per year
Before end of
September in
year of harvest
A minimum interval of 10 days must be observed between treatments to
hops, grapevines and strawberries.
PRODUCTS.
(MAFF No. 04707)
313
F
F
Kumulus® DF
314
Laser®
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 12930
Use: A systemic herbicide for post-emergence control of annual and perennial
grass weeds in a wide range of crops.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 200 g/litre (21% w/w)
cycloxydim.
Recommended Crops:
See Section No:
Beet, fodder
3.2
Beet, sugar
3.2
Brussels sprouts
3.7
Bulbs, ornamental
3.12
Cabbage
3.7
Carrots
3.9
Cauliflower
3.7
Field beans, spring
3.5
Field beans, winter
3.5
Forestry, commercial, farm and nursery
3.13
French beans, dwarf
3.6
Leeks
3.10
Linseed
3.8
Mangels
3.2
Oilseed rape, spring
3.1
Oilseed rape, winter
3.1
Onions, bulb
3.10
Onions, salad
3.10
Parsnips
3.9
Peas, combining
3.4
Peas, vining
3.4
Potatoes, early
3.3
Potatoes, maincrop
3.3
Strawberries
3.11
Swedes
3.7
Green cover on land temporarily
removed from production, eg set-aside
3.14
Recommended Rates: 0.5-2.25 litres/hectare, depending on weed species
present.
Guidance
315
Laser®
H
Laser®
Water Volume: 100-330 litres/hectare depending on use.
Harvest Intervals:
Winter and spring Oilseed rape, Linseed:
Sugar beet, fodder beet, mangels, maincrop potatoes,
early potatoes, winter and spring field beans, swedes,
Brussels sprouts, leeks:
Carrots, parsnips, bulb onions, strawberries:
Combining peas, vining peas, dwarf French beans:
Cabbage, cauliflower, salad onions:
12 weeks
8
6
5
4
weeks
weeks
weeks
weeks
Laser may be applied to all approved crops up until before the canopy prevents
adequate spray penetration. (Note harvest interval requirements).
Maximum Number of Treatments: 1 per crop.
Rainfastness: Rainfast after 2 hours.
Processed Crops: Consult processors before using on crops grown for
processing or for seed.
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
IMPORTANT: This information is approved as part of the product label. All instructions
of this product.
Laser is a systemic herbicide for the post-emergence control of a range of grass
weeds and cereal volunteers in the listed crops. Only weeds which have emerged at
the time of application will be controlled. Optimum timing is when weeds are still small
and have not begun to compete with the crop.
Laser is rapidly absorbed mainly through the leaves and is translocated through the
plant to the growing points, culminating in the rapid decay of stem and root tissues.
Foliage death is usually complete within 3 to 4 weeks under optimum conditions, –
warm and moist so that weeds are actively growing. Under cool conditions activity will
be slower, particularly for late applications to winter oilseed rape.
Laser can be used on all soil types and is rainfast within 2 hours of drying on the
foliage.
Consult processor or contract agent before using on crops grown for
processing or for seed.
Prevent drift onto other crops especially susceptible types such as cereals and
grasses or severe damage can result.
316
Laser®
Apply within the recommended growth stages when weeds are actively growing
for best results. Drought, cool conditions, stress or other negative factors can
reduce effectiveness by interfering with the uptake and translocation of Laser.
Weeds emerging after application will not be controlled.
DO NOT apply to crops which are damaged or stressed from factors such
as previous herbicide use, adverse weather conditions (e.g. drought or
waterlogging) or pest or disease attacks.
Apply to dry foliage when rain is not expected for at least 2 hours.
Ensure sprayer is free from previous chemical residues which may harm the
crop. Use of a detergent cleaner is advised before and after use.
This product must not be applied to land managed under the Habitat Scheme.
Before using on land taken out of production as part of a grant aided scheme,
ensure compliance with the management rules of that scheme.
Laser MUST be used with an approved adjuvant at the rates indicated in Mixing
and Spraying (Section 5).
When a choice of rates is given the higher rate should be used if weeds are
beyond the optimum timing or any of the following applies:
- poor growing conditions exist, e.g. dry soils or cool temperatures.
- weeds are overwintered.
- weed infestations are high, especially in non-competitive crops such as sugar
beet or thin rape crops.
- weed is a cover crop.
When using for control of common couch and other perennials do not
cultivate for at least 14 days after spraying to allow Laser to translocate to
the underground rhizomes. Leave a longer interval (up to 21 days) if growing
If applied in sequence with Basagran SG in field beans, a minimum of 14 days
between applications must occur to allow recovery of the wax layer.
In peas, a satisfactory crystal violet wax test (see PGRO information sheet
143) should be carried out if leaf wax may have been affected by unfavourable
growing or weather conditions. Other post-emergence crop protection products
will also affect wax levels and a wax test may be necessary.
Before using on conifers in a nursery situation or at an early stage of
establishment, treat a small number of plants of any one species first to observe
if any adverse effects occur before making wider scale treatments.
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of Grass Weeds to Single Applications of Laser
Laser MUST be used with an approved adjuvant at the rates indicated in Mixing
and Spraying (Section 5).
Grass weeds vary in their susceptibility to Laser. Identify the species to be
controlled and then consult the table below to select the appropriate rate of
use.
317
H
H
Laser®
WEED
Cultivated Oats †
Wild-oat
RATES OF
APPLICATION*
0.5 or 0.75 l/ha
Barley (Volunteer) †
Black-grass
Canary Grass
Italian Ryegrass
Loose-silky Bent
Perennial Ryegrass
Sterile Brome
Soft Brome
Wheat (Volunteer)
0.75 or 1.0 l/ha
Black Bent
(Red Top)
1.5 or 2.0 l/ha
Onion Couch
(false oat grass)
1.5 or 2.25 l/ha**
Creeping Bent
Common Couch
2.25 l/ha**
1.0 or 1.25 l/ha
TIME OF APPLICATION
Optimum: 2 fully expanded
leaves to 2-3 tillers.
Max. GS: Before first node
detectable stage.
leaves to before 3 tillers.
detectable stage.
detectable stage.
detectable stage.
Max GS: Before first node
detectable stage.
When majority of shoots have
emerged and are approx. 15 cm
tall.
Usually corresponding to the 4-9
fully expanded leaves up to
before first node detectable
stage.
Red Fescue
- Resistant
Annual Meadow-grass - Resistant
Rough Meadow-grass - Moderately
resistant
† Includes cover crops.
* When a choice of rates is given the higher rate should be used if weeds are
beyond the optimum timing or any of the following applies:
– poor growing conditions exist, e.g. dry soils or cool temperatures
– weeds are overwintered
– weed infestations are high, especially in non-competitive crops such as
sugar beet or thin rape crops
– weed is a cover crop
** see Common Couch and Other Perennials control below.
Applications made after the optimum timing may give reduced levels of control.
Common Couch and Other Perennials
Sufficient foliage should have emerged to absorb the spray. Shoots not
emerged or just emerging at application will not be controlled.
DO NOT cultivate for at least 14 days after spraying to allow Laser to translocate
to the underground rhizomes. Leave a longer interval (up to 21 days) if growing
The effects on the long term control of couch and creeping bent, i.e. in
succeeding crops, have not been investigated.
318
Laser®
Established Common Couch
To improve control a thorough pre-planting cultivation to a depth of 10 cm is
recommended to fragment the rhizomes and encourage uniform emergence.
Onion Couch
Control of top growth can be expected in the season of application but
the effects of long term control, i.e. succeeding crops, have not been fully
established.
2.2
Resistance
This product contains cycloxydim which is an ACCase inhibitor, also classified
by the Herbicide Resistance Action Committee as ‘Group A’.
methods of control and does not use ACCase inhibitors as the sole method of
grass-weed control.
increase the risk of resistance development; only use a second ACCase
inhibitor to control different weeds at a different timing.
3.
CROPS
3.1
Laser may be applied from when the crop has fully expanded cotyledons until
before the crop canopy prevents adequate spray penetration.
3.2
Sugar Beet, Fodder Beet and Mangels
Laser can be applied from the two true leaf stage of the crop until before the
crop canopy prevents adequate spray penetration.
3.3
Early and Maincrop potatoes
Laser may be applied at any crop stage before the crop canopy prevents
adequate spray penetration.
3.4
Peas
Laser may be applied to all varieties of combining and vining peas. Apply from
the third node stage of the crop until before the crop canopy prevents adequate
spray penetration.
A satisfactory crystal violet wax test (see PGRO information sheet 143) should
be carried out if leaf wax may have been affected by unfavourable growing
or weather conditions. Other post-emergence crop protection products will
also affect wax levels and a wax test may be necessary. Ideally, Laser should
follow applications of broad-leaf herbicides, but where Laser is applied before
other products (i.e. because grass weeds are the major problem) it is essential
to conduct a satisfactory crystal violet wax test before applying the next
treatment.
3.5
Winter and Spring Field Beans
Laser may be applied from the two leaf pairs stage of field beans until before
the crop canopy prevents adequate spray penetration.
If applied in sequence with Basagran SG, a minimum of 14 days between
applications must occur to allow recovery of the wax layer.
319
H
H
Laser®
3.6
Dwarf French Beans
Laser may be applied from when the crop has 11/2 trifoliate leaves until before
the crop canopy prevents adequate spray penetration.
3.7
Swede, Cabbage, Cauliflower and Brussels Sprouts
Laser may be applied from the two expanded leaf stage until before the crop
canopy prevents adequate spray penetration.
3.8
Linseed
Laser may be applied from when the crop is 2.5 cm tall until before the crop
3.9
Carrots and Parsnips
Laser may be applied from the two leaf stage of the crop until before the crop
3.10
Bulb Onions, Salad Onions and Leeks
Laser may be applied from when the crop has two true leaves until before the
Before use on these crops, either alone or in sequence with post-emergence
products, ensure that leaf wax levels are adequate to afford protection from
crop damage.
3.11
Strawberries
Laser may be applied from when the crop has four true leaves until before the
If temperatures are likely to exceed 20°C at or after spraying, delay application
until the cool of the evening.
3.12
Ornamental bulbs
Laser may be applied when the crop is 5-10 cm tall. It has been used on tulips,
narcissi, hyacinths and irises. However, certain species and varieties may be
more sensitive to chemical treatment than others and growers are therefore
advised to first spray a small proportion of the plants to check their tolerance
before treating the rest of the crop.
3.13
Commercial, Farm and Nursery Forestry
Laser may be applied to the following tree species at any time after transplanting
once plants are established:
Deciduous
Coniferous
Ash
Corsican Pine
Beech
Douglas Fir
Oak
Japanese Larch
Poplar
Lodgepole Pine
Spanish (Sweet) Chestnut
Noble Fir
Sycamore
Scots Pine
Wild Cherry
Sitka Spruce
Willow
Western Red Cedar
This recommendation includes trees grown in nursery beds and in their final
planting position.
Before using on conifers in a nursery situation or at an early stage of
establishment, treat a small number of plants of any one species first to observe
if any adverse effects occur before making wider scale treatments.
3.14
Green cover on land temporarily removed from production (set-aside) and
industrial crops of oilseed rape and linseed
Laser may be applied to areas temporarily removed from production where
the green cover is made up predominantly (ie sufficient to maintain reasonable
320
Laser®
cover) of tolerant crops that are present on the label, for the control of grass
weeds and volunteer cereals. Use on industrial crops of linseed and oilseed
rape is also permitted. When applying Laser to industrial crops of linseed and
oilseed rape, the user must refer to the statutory conditions and directions for
use relating to linseed and winter and spring oilseed rape respectively.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
If a crop treated with Laser should fail for any reason, then as a guide, the
following intervals should elapse between using Laser and redrilling subsequent
crops following normal seedbed cultivations:
After one week:
Field bean, pea, sugar beet, rape, kale, swede, radish,
white clover, lucerne.
After four weeks:
Dwarf French bean.
After eight weeks:
Wheat, barley, maize.
Oats should not be sown as the subsequent crop after failure of a crop treated
with laser.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
required amount of Laser and then adjuvant. Add the remainder of the water
and continue agitation until spraying is completed. Rinse empty containers and
empty into the tank.
mixing.
The standard water volume is 200 litres/hectare but 100 litres/hectare may be
used in open crops for control of annual weeds which are easily accessible to
the spray (i.e. at rates of Laser up to 1.25 litres/ hectare only). DO NOT use the
100 litre spray volume for control of perennial grasses or when applying tank
mixtures. Use 330 litres/hectare if either of the following conditions apply:
: dense weed growth or crop cover
: when spraying ridged crops with a prevailing side drift.
All applications should be made as a FINE spray, as defined by BCPC, unless
the highest water volumes are used when FINE or MEDIUM sprays are
permissible.
When using a knapsack sprayer for directed applications or spot treatment, mix
as above. A sprayer containing 20 litres of spray solution will require 36 mls
Laser + 160 mls Actipron to apply 1.0 l/ha Laser over 360m2.
Laser MUST be used with an approved adjuvant at the rates indicated in the
table below.
ADJUVANT
Actipron or Axiom
6
CONCENTRATION
(AS % OF SPRAY
VOLUME)
0.8%
EXAMPLES OF
RATES/HA
100 l/ha 200 l/ha 250 l/ha
0.8 l
1.6 l
2.0 l
SEQUENCES
Laser may follow pre-emergence treatments to any crop, provided that the
crop is undamaged. When used in sequence with other post-emergence
products, allow at least 7 days between applications. Check individual crop
recommendations above for specific sequence instructions (if any).
7.
Laser is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof in
321
H
H
Laser®
8.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND FACE PROTECTION (FACE
SHIELD) when handling the concentrate.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when using a knapsack sprayer.
protection.
container.
322
322
Laser®
9.
Laser®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 200 g/litre (21% w/w) cycloxydim
and solvent naphtha.
DANGER:
EFFECTS.
MAY CAUSE DROWSINESS OR DIZZINESS
PROTECTION.
PHYSICIAN.
STORE LOCKED UP.
323
323
H
H
Laser®
10.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/HORTICULTURAL/FORESTRY
Crops
Winter oilseed rape
Spring oilseed rape
Linseed
Sugar beet, fodder beet,
mangels, Maincrop potatoes,
winter and spring field
beans, swedes, Brussels
sprouts, leeks
Early potatoes
Carrots, parsnips, bulb
onions, strawberries
Combining peas, vining peas,
dwarf French beans,
Cabbage, cauliflower,
salad onions
Forest and nursery forestry
Ornamental bulbs, Green
cover on land temporarily
removed from production
eg set-aside *
Maximum individual
dose
2.25 litres product/ha
Maximum number
of treatments
1 per crop
1 per crop
1 per crop
1 per crop
Harvest
interval
12 weeks
12 weeks
12 weeks
8 weeks
1 per crop
1 per crop
8 weeks
6 weeks
1 per crop
5 weeks
1 per crop
4 weeks
1 per year
1 per crop
-
* When applying to green cover on land temporarily removed from
production e.g. set aside:
1. A full green cover must be established before the pesticide is applied.
2. Treated plants must not be grazed by livestock or harvested for human
or animal consumption.
To avoid the build up of resistance DO NOT apply products containing
an ACCase inhibitor herbicide more than twice to any crop. In addition,
DO NOT use this product in mixture or sequence with any other product
containing cycloxydim.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 12930)
324
Librax®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15887
winter barley, spring barley, triticale and rye.
metconazole and 62.5 g/litre (6.1% w/w) fluxapyroxad.
Pack Size:
5 litres in outers of four
10 litres in outers of two
Recommended Crops:
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
durum wheat
rye
triticale
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
Up to and including flowering (anthesis) just complete (GS 69).
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the rate of use and
latest timing for fluxapyroxad given by the BBPA (British Beer and Pubs
Association).
Major changes since last printing: Fluxapyroxad added to the BBPA list for
use in malting barley, see Section 1.
Guidance
325
Librax®
F
Librax®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Librax is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the control
of a range of diseases in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring
barley, triticale and rye.
1.
RESTRICTIONS AND WARNINGS
Avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops and field margins.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the rate of use and the
latest timing for fluxapyroxad given by the BBPA (British Beer and Pubs
Association).
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Librax is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the
winter barley, spring barley, triticale and rye as summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Powdery mildew
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Spring Durum
barley wheat
Rye
Triticale
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Septoria tritici
C
C
-
-
C
-
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
C
-
Tan spot
GR
GR
-
-
GR
-
-
Ramularia
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Eyespot
GR
-
-
-
GR
GR
GR
Fusarium
ear blight
GR
GR
-
-
GR
-
-
Cladosporium
MC
MC
-
-
MC
-
-
C = Control
GR = Good Control
Resistance
Librax should be used in accordance with the instructions for use for the target
Use Librax as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
326
Librax®
fungicides are known to exist in the UK. Where these occur or develop Librax
Librax contains metconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI
3.
CROPS
Librax is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use in
winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley, triticale
and rye.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Librax at the start of disease attack following a disease risk assessment
or the use of appropriate decision support systems. A maximum of two
applications can be made up to and including flowering just complete.
Rate of Application
Apply 2 litres Librax per hectare in 100 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
3.2
Librax may be applied at 2 litres per hectare in 100 litres of water per hectare
although efficacy against stem based diseases at this reduced volume has not
been evaluated. Therefore application at 100 litres water per hectare is at user’s
risk with regards to biological efficacy.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Librax the following crops can be sown: barley,
cabbages, carrots, clover, dwarf French beans, field beans, lettuce, maize,
oats, oilseed rape, onions, peas, potatoes, ryegrass, sunflowers, sugar beet
and wheat.
The effects of Librax on other crops has not been assessed.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
mixing.
6.
Librax is supplied in 5 litre and 10 litre containers and should be kept in dry and
frost proof in a suitable pesticide store.
327
F
F
Librax®
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
Engineering control of operator exposure must be used where reasonable
protection.
possible).
surface waters. Avoid contamination via drains from
bank of a static flowing water body, unless a Local
328
Librax®
8.
DPD REGULATIONS
Librax®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 45 g/litre (4.4% w/w) metconazole
and 62.5 g/litre (6.1% w/w) fluxapyroxad. Contains 2-ethylhexyl-S-lactate.
IRRITATING TO EYES
ENVIRONMENT.
STUFFS.
IF SWALLOWED, seek medial advice immediately and show
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
USE OF APPROPRIATE CONTAINMENT TO AVOID
for use
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Products Regulations (EC)
No. 1107/2009.
329
F
F
Librax®
9.
Crops
Maximum
Individual
dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter wheat,
Spring wheat,
durum wheat,
rye, triticale,
Winter barley,
Spring barley
2 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
flowering
(anthesis)
just complete
(GS 69)
To protect birds, only one application is allowed on cereals before GS 29
(end of tillering)
PRODUCTS.
330
Maccani®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 13227
Use: A protectant and systemic fungicide for the control of apple scab (Venturia
inaequalis), moderate control of powdery mildew (Podosphaera leucotricha) in
apples and control of scab (Venturia pirina) in pears.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 40 g/kg (4% w/w)
pyraclostrobin and 120 g/kg (12% w/w) dithianon.
Pack Size: 5 kg bag.
Recommended Crops: Apples and Pears
Maximum Individual Dose: 2.5 kg product per hectare
Water Volume: 250 – 1500 litres/hectare.
Guidance
331
Maccani®
Latest Recommended Time of Application: 35 days before harvest.
F
Maccani®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
1.
Processed Crops
Effects of treatment on fruit for preservation (jam, juice, canned) have not been
fully assessed.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Maccani is a protectant and systemic fungicide for the control of apple scab
(Venturia inaequalis), moderate control of powdery mildew (Podosphaera
leucotricha) in apples and control of scab (Venturia pirina) in pears.
2.1
Maccani contains pyraclostrobin (a QoI inhibitor). Apply QoI fungicides
according to manufacturer’s recommendations for the target disease (or
complex) at the specific crop growth stage indicated and adapted to size of
trees. Effective disease management is a critical parameter in delaying the
build-up of resistant pathogen populations.
QoI fungicides must be applied only in mixture with partners contributing to the
effective control of the target pathogens. Maccani meets this requirement as it
contains dithianon. To ensure the effectiveness of the dithianon component as
a partner, Maccani should always be applied at the full recommended rate.
Maccani should be used preventatively and should not be relied on for its
curative potential. Under high disease pressure the spray interval should be 7
days.
Use a maximum of four applications of Maccani per year. Where the total
number of fungicidal treatments to crops are less than twelve, the maximum
number of treatments with Maccani or other QoI products should be three.
A maximum of two consecutive QoI fungicide sprays is preferred. Where field
performance may be adversely affected, apply QoI containing fungicides in
mixtures in strict alternation with fungicides from a different cross-resistance
group.
3.
3.1
Apples and pears
Time of Application
Apply Maccani from the start of bud burst prior to disease development and
repeat at 7 to 10 day intervals. Where disease pressure is high, use a 7 day
spray interval for optimum disease control. Use a maximum of four applications
of Maccani per year.
Rate of Application
It is recommended to apply Maccani at 2.5 kg of product per hectare in 250 –
1500 litres of water per hectare
application and sufficient to ensure good coverage.
332
Maccani®
Company Advisory Information*
Maccani contains dithianon. Some apple varieties may be considered to
be susceptible to russetting following dithianon treatments during fruit
development.
* Advisory Information is not part of the Product Label under the Control of Pesticides
regulations 1986. This information provides additional advice on product use at the
discretion of the approval holder.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Foliar application:
spray tank .Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying
is complete.
Company Advisory Information*
Loading directly into the spray tank:
Three quarters fill the spray tank with clean water and start agitation. Remove
the top filter. Slowly add the required amount of product. Replace the top
filter. Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying is
completed.
* Advisory Information is not part of the Product Label under the Control of Pesticides
regulations 1986. This information provides additional advice on product use at the
discretion of the approval holder.
5.
Maccani is supplied in 5 kg bags and should be kept dry and frostproof in a
suitable pesticide store. Store separately from food, drink and animal food.
333
F
F
Maccani®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
position is within a closed cab on a tractor or on a self-propelled sprayer when
making air-assisted applications to apples or pears.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES, FACE PROTECTION (FACESHIELD)
AND SUITABLE RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (FFP2) when
handling the product.
protection.
where possible).
air-assisted spraying equipment to fall within 40 m of
the top of the bank of a static or flowing waterbody,
time of application.
Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides
(LERAP) scheme for broadcast air-assisted sprayers. Before each spraying
operation from a broadcast air-assisted sprayer, either a LERAP must be carried
out in accordance with CRD’s published guidance or the statutory buffer zone
334
Maccani®
7.
Maccani®
A water dispersible granule containing 40 g/kg (4% w/w) pyraclostrobin
and 120 g/kg (12% w/w) dithianon
IRRITATING TO EYES.
ENVIRONMENT.
FEEDINGSTUFFS.
WITH PLENTY OF WATER AND SEEK MEDICAL ADVICE
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
for use
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE, as directed
below:
Crops
Apples
and pears
Maximum
individual
dose
2.5 kg product
per hectare
Maximum
number of
treatments
4 per crop
Latest time
of application
35 days before
harvest
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP 13227)
335
F
F
Maccani®
336
Mantra® / Asana®
F
FUNGICIDE
Mantra: MAPP No. 11728 / Asana: MAPP No. 11934
Use: A protectant, systemic and curative fungicide for use against Septoria
tritici, Septoria nodorum, yellow rust, brown rust, mildew, net blotch,
Rhynchosporium, eyespot, Fusarium ear blight and sooty moulds in barley,
wheat, triticale, rye and oats.
Formulation: A suspo-emulsion containing 125 g/litre (11.7% w/w) kresoximmethyl plus 125 g/litre (11.7% w/w) epoxiconazole plus 150g/litre (14.0% w/w)
fenpropimorph.
Pack Size: Mantra/Asana: 5 litres in outers of four.
Recommended Crops:
Spring barley
Winter wheat
Rye
Oats
Winter barley
Spring wheat
Triticale
rye, triticale:
half way (GS 65).
Barley, oats:
Emergence of ear just complete.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the latest timing for
epoxiconazole given by the BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association).
Guidance
337
Mantra® / Asana®
Recommended Rates: 1 litre per hectare.
F
Mantra® / Asana®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Mantra/Asana is a fungicide with protectant, systemic and curative properties for use
in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
1.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the latest timing restrictions
for epoxiconazole given by the British Beer and Pub Association.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Mantra/Asana is a fungicide with protectant, systemic and curative properties
for disease control as summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Spring
barley
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Mildew
C*
C*
C
C
C
C
C
Septoria tritici
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
C
-
Eye spot
R
-
R
-
R
R
R
Fusarium
ear blight
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Cladosporium &
Botrytis
Sooty moulds
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
C = Control; GR = Good Reduction; R = Reduction.
*When used for the control of other diseases Mantra/Asana will also give control
of wheat powdery mildew.
Mantra/Asana contains kresoxim-methyl a member of the QoI cross resistance
group. Mantra/Asana should be used preventatively and should not be relied on
suitable dose of a curative fungicide from a different cross-resistance
group. Mantra/Asana meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole
and fenpropimorph. To ensure the effectiveness of the epoxiconazole and
fenpropimorph components as partners, Mantra/Asana should always be
applied at the full recommended rate.
Strains of wheat and barley mildew resistant to QoI’s are common in the UK.
338
Mantra® / Asana®
Control of wheat powdery mildew can only be relied upon from the triazole
component. Where specific control of wheat mildew is required this should
be achieved through a programme of measures, including products with
recommendations for control of mildew that contain different active substances
used in mixture or sequence.
Use Mantra/Asana as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
Mantra/Asana contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
specialist advisor and visit the FRAG-UK website. Failure to follow resistance
management action may result in reduced levels of disease control.
3.
CROPS
Mantra/Asana is a fungicide for use in winter and spring wheat, winter and
spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Mantra/Asana at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
applications can be made up to and including flowering half way in winter and
spring wheat, rye and triticale and up to and including emergence of ear just
For optimum effect against eyespot with Mantra/Asana apply between the leaf
winter and spring wheat, apply Mantra/Asana during ear emergence.
be made after the third node detectable stage when disease is present
and when weather favouring disease development has occurred. A followup treatment may be necessary if conditions continue to favour disease
development.
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply 1 litre Mantra/Asana in 200 litres of water per hectare. Increase the water
volume where the crop is dense.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
the spray tank.
5.
Mantra/Asana is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be kept dry and
339
F
F
Mantra® / Asana®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
OPERATORS MUST WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS)
AND SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate.
OPERATORS MUST WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling
protection.
container.
Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides
(LERAP) scheme. Before each spraying operation
340
Mantra® / Asana®
7.
Mantra® / Asana®
A suspo-emulsion containing 125 g/litre (11.7% w/w) kresoxim-methyl,
plus 125 g/litre (11.7% w/w) epoxiconazole plus 150 g/l (14.0% w/w)
fenpropimorph .
ENVIRONMENT.
STUFFS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
for use
8.
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter and spring
wheat
Rye
Triticale
1.0 litre product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and including
half way (GS 65)
Winter and spring
including
barley
Oats
1.0 litre product
2 per crop
Up to and
per hectare
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
PRODUCTS.
Mantra (MAPP No. 11728)
Asana (MAPP No. 11934)
341
F
F
Mantra® / Asana®
342
I
Masai®
INSECTICIDE/ACARICIDE
MAPP No. 13082
Use: An acaricide for the control of mites in top fruit, strawberries and protected
roses, two spotted spider mite and damson-hop aphid in hops.
Formulation: A wettable powder containing 20% w/w tebufenpyrad.
Pack Size: 100 g water soluble bag in outers of 10.
Recommended Crops:
See Section No:
Apples
Pears
Ornamental Plant Production [Rose] (protected):
Hops
Strawberries
Strawberries:
500 g per hectare.
50-100 g per 100 litres of water.
50-100 g per 100 litres water, depending on
timing see 3.3.
750 g per hectare.
Water Volume: Various, depending on crop. See literature for details. See also
specific restrictions on Important Information, Section 8.
Harvest Intervals:
Apples:
Pears:
Ornamental Plant Production
[Rose] (protected):
Hops:
Strawberries:
not applicable.
Safety to Bees: High risk to bees. Do not apply to crops in flower or to those
in which bees are actively foraging, except as directed on hops. Do not apply
when flowering weeds are present.
Guidance
343
Masai®
Recommended Rates:
Apples and pears:
[Rose] (protected):
Hops:
3.1
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
I
Masai®
Maximum Total Dose per year:
Apples, pears:
500 g/ha
Hops:
Maximum total dose of 6 kg (6000 g) per
year
[Rose] (protected):
Maximum total dose of 6 kg (6000 g) per
year.
Strawberries:
750 g/ha
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
1.
Failure to comply with label recommendations may result in reduced activity or
crop damage.
Small scale testing of any rose variety is recommended at all crop stages before
use to establish its tolerance under the conditions of use. Allow sufficient time
for symptoms to develop.
Before using Masai on crops to be processed for human consumption, consult
your processor.
Considering the diversity of existing legislation it is recommended that in cases
where foodstuffs treated with Masai are to be exported, the regulations of the
importing country should be consulted.
2.
PEST CONTROL
Masai controls:
Fruit tree red spider mite (Panonychus ulmi) in apples and pears;
Two-spotted spider mite (Tetranychus urticae) in strawberries, hops and
ornamental plant production (Rose) (protected);
Damson-hop aphid (Phorodon humuli) in hops.
Masai also provides moderate control of apple rust mite (Aculus schlechtendali)
when applied against fruit tree red spider mite in apples.
Masai controls all spider mite stages from eggs (except winter eggs) to adults.
2.1
To reduce the possibility of the development of resistance, no more than one
application of Masai should be made to any ONE crop in any ONE growing
season (except for the recommended programme for the control of damsonhop aphid in hops; see below). Other METI (mitochondrial electron transport
inhibitors) acaricides should NOT be applied to the same crop in the same
season as Masai either separately or in mixture.
Strains of some aphid species are resistant to many aphicides. Where aphids
resistant to products containing tebufenpyrad occur, Masai is unlikely to give
satisfactory control. Repeat treatments are likely to result in lower levels of
control.
Note: for damson-hop aphid, wherever possible use different active ingredients
in a programme of treatments.
344
Masai®
3.
CROPS
Masai has been shown to have no effect on fruit quality or fruit finish.
3.1
Apples and pears
Rate of Application
For the control of fruit tree red spider mite apply Masai at a rate of 500 g/ha in
a spray volume of 250 to 2000 litres of water/ha.
Time of Application
Applications must not be made before 90% petal fall. Apply Masai before the
pest becomes established. Consult your adviser for current mite treatment
thresholds.
Moderate control of apple rust mite can be achieved from applications made
against fruit tree red spider mite in apples.
Maximum in-use concentration
The in-use spray concentration must not exceed 200 g product per 100 litres
water.
Maximum dose per year: 500 g product/ha.
DO NOT APPLY LATER THAN 7 days before harvest.
3.2
Ornamental Plant Production [Rose] (protected)
Rate of Application
For the control of two-spotted spider mite apply Masai at a rate of 50-100 g
per 100 litres of water.
Time of Application
Apply when pests are first seen. The higher rate should be used where the
pest is already established, or where pest numbers are known to be increasing
rapidly. Apply as a high volume spray, sufficient to give complete coverage of
the foliage.
Small scale testing of any rose variety is recommended at all crop stages before
use to establish its tolerance under the conditions of use. Allow sufficient time
for any symptoms to develop.
The in-use spray concentration must not exceed 100 g product/100 litres water.
Maximum dose per year: 6000 g product/ha
3.3
Hops
Rate of Application
For the control of two-spotted spider mite apply Masai at a rate of 50 g per
100 litres of water.
Time of Application
Apply as a high volume spray of 500 to 2000 litres water/ha, before the pest
becomes established. Applications can be made from before the hops reach
the top of the wires.
For the control of damson-hop aphid apply Masai according to the following
recommended programme:
First spray:
150 g/100 litres water:
at start of the fly-in period.
Second spray:
21-28 days after 1st spray.
Third spray:
21-28 days after 2nd spray,
before opening of cones.
345
I
I
Masai®
Apply as a high volume spray of 500 to 2000 litres water/ha. Application
volume depends on age of plant and time of year. For best results sprays must
achieve good coverage of the whole bine. Where the first spray is applied in
less than 1000 litres water/ha, the dose should be maintained at 1500 g/ha.
This programme will also give control of two-spotted spider mite.
The in-use spray concentration must not exceed 300 g product/100 litres water.
Maximum dose per year: 6000 g product/ha.
3.4
Strawberries
Rate of application
For the control of two-spotted spider mite apply Masai at a rate of 750 g/ha in
a spray volume of 500 to 1500 litres water/ha.
Time of application
Apply Masai when first spider mites appear in the crop and before populations
become established. Consult your adviser for current mite treatment thresholds.
Good spray coverage of the upper and lower leaf surfaces is essential for best
results.
The in-use spray concentration must not exceed 150 g product per 100 litres
water.
Maximum dose per year:
750 g product/ha.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Mixing
1. One third fill the tank with water.
2. Start agitation.
3. Open the re-sealable pack and remove with dry gloves the required
number
of water soluble bags. Add the bags to the tank and allow them to
disperse.
Re-seal the pack, if there are any water soluble bags left
in the pack.
4. DO NOT OPEN BAGS.
5. If tank-mixing, add the other product(s) only if Masai has fully dispersed.
6. Fill the tank.
7. Maintain agitation whilst spraying.
Volume of water
See recommendations for specific crops.
For effective control total cover is required.
When spraying large trees or hop bines use high volumes in accordance with
Good Agricultural/Horticultural Practice.
Spraying
Due to the size of the water soluble sachet, it is recommended that Masai is
NOT used in knapsack sprayers.
DO NOT REMOVE INNER LINER
346
Masai®
Each 100 g pack will treat:
5.
Dosage g/ha
Hectares treated by one 100 g pack
500
0.2
750
0.13
1000
0.1
Masai is supplied in 100 g water soluble bags in outers of 10.
DO NOT TOUCH WATER SOLUBLE bag with wet hands or gloves.
DO NOT STORE WATER SOLUBLE BAG OUTSIDE ORIGINAL OUTER PACK
AND LINER.
USE IMMEDIATELY UPON REMOVAL FROM OUTER PACK.
ENSURE ALL OTHER LABEL CONDITIONS ARE FOLLOWED.
DO NOT STORE ABOVE 40°C
347
I
I
Masai®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the product.
protection.
insides of gloves.
WASH ANY CONTAMINATION from skin or eyes immediately.
DO NOT contaminate surface waters or ditches with
HIGH RISK TO BEES. DO NOT apply to crops in
flower or to those in which bees are actively foraging,
except as directed in hops. DO NOT
apply when flowering weeds are present.
bank of a static or flowing water body, unless a
hand-held sprayers to fall within 1 m of the top of
the bank of a static or flowing water body. Aim spray
away from water.
air-assisted sprayers to fall within 18 m of the top
of the bank of a static or flowing waterbody, unless
a Local Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a
narrower buffer zone, or within 5 m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time
of application. Aim spray away from water.
from a horizontal boom sprayer or broadcast air-assisted sprayer, either a
LERAP must be carried out in accordance with CRD’s published guidance or
the statutory buffer zone must be maintained. The results of the LERAP must
be recorded and kept available for three years.
DO NOT STORE ABOVE 40ºC.
348
Masai®
7.
Masai®
A wettable powder containing 20% w/w tebufenpyrad.
ENVIRONMENT.
STUFFS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
CONTAINS TEBUFENPYRAD. MAY CAUSE AN ALLERGIC
REACTION.
for use
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL ACARICIDE/INSECTICIDE, as
directed below:
CROPS: Apples, Pears, Strawberries, Hops and Ornamental Plant
Production [Rose] (protected)
MAXIMUM TOTAL DOSE.
LATEST TIMING.
}
See ‘Other Specific Restrictions’ below.
Details are given under
DIRECTIONS FOR USE.
The following maximum concentrations must not be exceeded:
Apples and Pears
–
200 g product/100 litres water.
Strawberries
–
Ornamental Plant Production –
[Rose] (protected)
Hops
–
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 13082)
349
I
I
Masai®
350
Meteor® / Upright
P
Meteor: MAPP 10403 / Upright: MAPP No. 10404
Use: A plant growth regulator for use in winter wheat.
chlormequat chloride and 0.8 g/litre (0.074% w/w) imazaquin.
Recommended Crops: All varieties of winter wheat (except Durum wheat).
Recommended Rates: Maximum individual dose 2.5 l/ha; Maximum total dose
2.5 l/ha.
Latest Recommended Time of Application:
Up to before second node detectable.
Maximum Number of Applications: See Recommended dose and timings,
Section 3.
Guidance
351
Meteor® / Upright
P
Meteor® / Upright
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
1.
DO NOT apply Meteor/Upright when the crop is wet or if rain is imminent.
On soils of low fertility, best results will be obtained where adequate nitrogen
fertiliser is used.
DO NOT apply Meteor/Upright to undersown crops.
DO NOT use straw from Meteor/Upright treated cereals as a horticultural growth
2.
GROWTH REGULATION
Meteor/Upright contains two active ingredients, imazaquin and chlormequat
chloride.
These active ingredients from different chemical groups have two modes of
action, both of which can regulate the growth of winter wheat and provide
protection against lodging.
Applied together as Meteor/Upright, imazaquin and chlormequat chloride can
enhance yield by affecting the growth of the aerial structure (stem, leaves and
ears) of the wheat plant.
3.
CROPS
Meteor/Upright is for use in high yield winter wheat growing systems. It should
be applied to crops during good growing conditions and to those which are at
risk from lodging.
It is approved for use on all varieties of Winter Wheat (except Durum Wheat) on
any soil type.
Maximum application rate
Maximum dose: 2.5 l/ha in any one growing season. This may be applied as a
single application or as a split dose sequence.
Latest timing
Before 2nd node detectable stage.
Recommended dose and timings
Single application:
2.5 l/ha May be applied from leaf sheath lengthening up to and including first
node detectable.
Split application:
1.75 l/ha First dose from tillers formed to leaf sheath lengthening.
0.75 l/ha Second dose from leaf sheath erect up to and including first node
detectable.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Mixing
1. Three quarters fill the tank with water.
2. Shake the can well.
3. Add Meteor/Upright while re-circulating.
4. If tank-mixing, add the other product(s) individually ONLY when each has
fully dispersed.
5. Fill the tank.
6. Maintain circulation while spraying.
Caution is needed with mixtures of liquid nitrogen fertilisers and Meteor/Upright
as scorching may occur in certain circumstances.
352
Meteor® / Upright
Water volume
200 litres/hectare.
Spray quality
Fine or medium (BCPC definition), within the following range:
F110/0.6 to 1.6/3.0
HC 80 to 90/0.6 to 1.6/3.0
Speed
6-8 km/h for tractor-mounted or trailed sprayers.
Boom height
40-50 cm above the crop.
5.
Meteor/Upright is supplied in 10 litre polycans in outers of two. Protect from
frost. Shake well before use. Do not store in direct sunlight.
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
possible).
used container.
dispose of safely.
PROTECT FROM FROST.
DO NOT STORE IN DIRECT SUNLIGHT.
353
P
P
Meteor® / Upright
7.
Meteor® / Upright
A soluble concentrate containing 368 g/litre chlormequat chloride and
0.8 g/litre imazaquin.
DANGER:
HARMFUL IF INHALED.
EFFECTS.
WEAR EYE/FACE PROTECTION.
PHYSICIAN.
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL PLANT GROWTH
REGULATOR, as directed below:
Crop
Dose (litres
Winter wheat
Maximum Individual
Dose (litres
product/hectare)
Maximum Total
Application
product/hectare)
2.5
2.5
Latest Time of
Before second
node detectable
stage
PRODUCTS.
(Meteor: MAPP No. 10403
Upright: MAPP No. 10404)
354
Nebula® XL
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15555
Use: A broad spectrum fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat,
winter barley, spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
Formulation: An oil dispersion containing 140 g/litre (13.02% w/w) boscalid,
60 g/litre (5.58% w/w) pyraclostrobin and 50 g/litre (4.65% w/w) epoxiconazole.
Recommended Crops: Wheat, winter and spring
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Water Volume: 100 – 300 litres of water per hectare
Rye
Triticale
Oats
Guidance
355
Nebula® XL
F
Nebula® XL
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Nebula XL is a broad spectrum fungicide with systemic, protectant and curative
properties for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley, spring barley, oats,
rye and triticale.
1.
products to any cereal crop. See also 2.1, Resistance Management, below.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Nebula XL is a broad spectrum fungicide with systemic, protectant and curative
properties for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley, spring barley,
oats, rye and triticale for disease control as summarised below.
Winter
wheat
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Oats
Rye
Triticale
-
-
-
C
Septoria tritici
C
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
C
-
MC
MC
MC
MC
-
MC
MC
Powdery mildew
-
-
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Tan spot
MC
MC
-
-
-
-
-
Ramularia
-
-
MC
MC
-
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight #
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
Cladosporium,
Botrytis)
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Eyespot
-
Spring
barley
C = Control
GR = Good Reduction
# Application of Nebula XL to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the
mycotoxin deoxynivalenol (DON) associated with Fusarium ear blight infection,
but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to reduction of DON below the
statutory limit in wheat grain.
356
Nebula® XL
2.1
Nebula XL contains pyraclostrobin, a member of the QoI cross resistance group.
Nebula XL should be used preventatively and should not be relied upon for its
curative potential.
dose of a curative fungicide from a different cross-resistance group. Nebula
meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole and boscalid. To ensure
the effectiveness of the epoxiconazole and boscalid component, Nebula should
Use Nebula XL as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
foliar application of QoI containing products to any cereal crop.
There is a significant risk of widespread resistance to QoI cross resistance group
fungicides occurring. Failure to follow resistance management action may result
Nebula XL contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
Nebula XL contains boscalid which belongs to the SDHI (carboxamide) group
of fungicides. To minimise the risk of resistance occurring, apply a maximum
of two SDHI fungicide sprays per cereal crop
3.
CROPS
Nebula XL is a broad spectrum fungicide with protectant and curative properties
for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley, spring barley, oats, rye and
triticale.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Nebula XL at the start of foliar or stem based disease attack. A maximum
of two applications can be made up to and including flowering (anthesis) just
complete (GS69) in winter wheat, spring wheat, rye and triticale, and up to and
including emergence of ear just complete (GS59) in winter and spring barley
and oats.
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply 2.5 litres Nebula XL in 150 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
Nebula XL may be applied at 2.5 litres per hectare in 100 litres water per hectare
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Nebula XL, onions, oats, sugar beet, oilseed
beans, peas, potatoes, clover, wheat, field beans and maize may be sown as
the following crop.
357
F
F
Nebula® XL
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
6.
Nebula XL is supplied in 5 litre containers. Store in a suitable pesticide store.
Keep dry and protect from frost.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
where possible).
WHEN USING DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE. WASH HANDS AND
EXPOSED SKIN before meals and after work.
container.
water. Avoid contamination via drains from
LERAP requirements.
boom sprayers to fall within 5m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing
waterbody, unless a Local Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides
(LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, DRINK
AND ANIMAL FEEDINGSTUFFS.
Store in a suitable pesticide store. Keep dry and protect from frost. SHAKE
WELL BEFORE USE.
358
Nebula® XL
8. DPD REGULATIONS (CHIP 3)
Nebula® XL
An oil dispersion containing 140 g/litre boscalid plus 60 g/litre
pyraclostrobin plus 50g/litre epoxiconazole.
IRRITATING TO SKIN
ENVIRONMENT
KEEP OUT OF THE REACH OF CHILDREN
FEEDINGSTUFFS
AVOID CONTACT WITH THE SKIN
AND SHOW THIS CONTAINER OR LABEL
OF IN A SAFE WAY
for use
359
F
F
Nebula® XL
9.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time of
application
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
(anthesis)
Rye
Triticale
2.5 litres
product/ha
2 per crop
Up to and including
flowering
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
Oats
2.5 litres
product/ha
just complete
(GS 69)
2 per crop
Up to and including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS 59)
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 15555)
360
New 5C Cycocel®
P
MAFF No. 01482
Use: A growth regulator for yield improvement and/or lodging control in cereals.
Can also be used in named ornamentals to promote a more compact bushier
habit.
Formulation: A soluble concentrate containing 645 g/litre (57% w/w)
See Section No:
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
Water Volume: Cereals – 220-450 l/ha.
Winter barley, triticale:
Before first node detectable.
Spring wheat, rye:
Before second node detectable.
Winter wheat, autumn
drilled spring wheat,
winter and spring oats:
Before third node detectable.
Named ornamentals:
No restriction.
Aerial Application:
Cereals. Should not be made in tank mix with other products when applied from
the air.
Guidance
361
New 5C Cycocel®
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Spring wheat (Autumn drilled)
Spring wheat (Spring drilled)
Winter barley
Winter and spring oats
Winter and spring rye
Triticale
Poinsettias
Geraniums and Pelargoniums
P
New 5C Cycocel®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
IMPORTANT: this information is approved as part of the Product Label. All instructions
of this product.
New 5C Cycocel is a valuable input for high yield wheat and winter barley growing
systems. The influence of New 5C Cycocel on growth will vary according to the crop
and its stage of growth at the time of application. Application at early stem extension
can lower crop height and the sturdier growth reduces the risk of early lodging which is
known to adversely affect grain yield. This lodging control is most consistent in wheat
and winter and spring oats. Applications earlier in the life of the crop can improve
the root system development and can increase the number of tillers surviving to bear
heads, which can result in increased yield.
On certain ornamentals (see below) the use of New 5C Cycocel can promote a more
compact bushy habit.
1.
New 5C Cycocel should be applied to crops during good growing conditions at
the correct timing.
DO NOT apply New 5C Cycocel if rain or frost is expected, nor if the crop is
wet.
DO NOT apply New 5C Cycocel to very late sown spring crops.
DO NOT apply New 5C Cycocel to crops on soils of low fertility unless these
soils regularly receive adequate dressings of nitrogen fertilisers.
New 5C Cycocel may be applied to cereals undersown with grasses and/or
clovers.
A split application is not recommended in spring sown spring wheat.
Caution is needed if using mixtures of liquid nitrogen fertilisers and New 5C
Cycocel as scorching may result in certain circumstances.
Winter wheat sown in the spring and autumn drilled spring wheats should be
treated at the winter wheat rate of application.
Occasionally, when used in poinsettias, temporary yellow spotting may occur
which can be minimised by the addition of an authorised non-ionic wetting
agent at the rate of 2 ml per 5 litres of spray solution.
New 5C Cycocel reduces stem length in winter and spring oats under most
circumstances but resistance to lodging will be greater in short-strawed
varieties.
For full effect in winter and spring oats, an authorised non-ionic wetting agent
at 25 ml per 100 litres must be added to the spray mixture, except when using
mixes of New 5C Cycocel with Corbel.
The use of Terpal sequentially in approved crops is recommended for reliable
lodging control. See Terpal literature for full details.
Aerial application in cereals should not be made in tank mix with any other
products.
Notes on application to ornamentals: Plants to be treated must be well
established, growing vigorously, and with a healthy root system. Pot bound
plants or plants under stress should not be treated. Do not treat in strong
sunlight. Do not treat geraniums/pelargoniums when temperatures are likely
to drop below 10°C. Compost should be moist prior to treatment. It is advised
that the effect is checked on a small number of plants before treating the whole
batch.
DO NOT use straw from New 5C Cycocel treated cereals as a horticultural
growth medium or as a mulch.
362
New 5C Cycocel®
2.
CROPS
2.1
Winter wheat and Spring wheat (Autumn drilled)
Time of Application
For yield benefit apply New 5C Cycocel from the leaf sheath lengthening stage
up to and including the second node detectable stage. The optimum application
time is the leaf sheaths erect stage just prior to the first node detectable stage.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.75 litres New 5C Cycocel in 220-450 litres of water per hectare.
Time of Application
Apply New 5C Cycocel either as a split application or as a single dose. As a split
application apply the first dose at the tillers formed to leaf sheath lengthening
stage followed by the second dose at the leaf sheath erect to first node
detectable stage. Do not apply later than second node detectable stage. If a
split application is not possible the full dose at leaf sheath erect just prior to the
first node detectable stage is recommended.
Rate of Application
When using a split application, apply 1.75 litres New 5C Cycocel at the earlier
timing, followed by 0.75 litres New 5C Cycocel at the later timing, both in 220450 litres of water per hectare.
If using a single dose apply 2.5 litres New 5C Cycocel in 220-450 litres of water
per hectare.
The use of Terpal sequentially is recommended in winter wheat varieties for
improved lodging control where the crop is growing vigorously. See Terpal
literature for full details.
2.2
Spring wheat (Spring drilled)
Time of Application
Apply New 5C Cycocel from the leaf sheath lengthening stage up to and
including the first node detectable stage. The optimum application time is the
leaf sheaths erect stage prior to the first node detectable stage.
Rate of Application
Winter wheat sown in the spring and autumn drilled spring wheats should be
treated at the winter wheat rate of application.
A split application is not recommended in spring sown spring wheat.
2.3
Winter barley
Whilst New 5C Cycocel is less consistent in winter barley for the control of
lodging than in wheat or winter and spring oats, the relatively early application
timing can promote changes in the pattern of growth which may lead to an
increase in yield. Root development and tiller production is largely determined
in the autumn of sowing. New 5C Cycocel applied in the autumn can stimulate
both root system development and tiller production. New 5C Cycocel may be
applied either as a split application or as a single dose.
The use of Terpal sequentially is recommended for reliable lodging control. See
Terpal literature for full details.
Time of Application
363
P
P
New 5C Cycocel®
just prior to the first node detectable stage. It is important that both parts of the
split dose are applied. When using a single dose, apply New 5C Cycocel in the
spring from mid-tillering to just prior to the first node detectable stage.
Rate of Application
in the spring, both in 220-450 litres of water per hectare. When using a single
dose, apply 2.5 litres New 5C Cycocel in the spring in 220-450 litres of water
per hectare.
2.4
Winter and Spring oats
New 5C Cycocel reduces stem length in winter and spring oats under most
circumstances but resistance to lodging will be greater in short-strawed
varieties.
Time of Application
Apply New 5C Cycocel when the second node is detectable on the majority of
tillers.
Rate of Application
For full effect, an authorised non-ionic wetting agent at 25 ml per 100 litres must
be added to the spray mixture, except when using mixes of New 5C Cycocel with
Corbel. If mixing with Corbel add Corbel to the tank last. Slight scorch may occur.
2.5
Rye
New 5C Cycocel may be used on rye. Although widely used on the Continent
the results of UK trials have been less consistent in effects on plant height and
in lodging.
Time of Application
Apply New 5C Cycocel when the first node is detectable on the majority of
tillers.
Rate of Application
2.6
Triticale
application of New 5C Cycocel.
Time of Application
Apply New 5C Cycocel from mid-tillering to just prior to the first node detectable
stage.
Rate of Application
2.7
Poinsettias
Time of Application
Apply New 5C Cycocel when shoot growth after any pinching of established
plants in final pots reaches 25 mm. Either a single drench or a spray programme
may be used as outlined below.
364
New 5C Cycocel®
Rate of Application - Drench Treatment
Use 25 ml New 5C Cycocel in 5 litres of water and apply the diluted solution
evenly as a compost drench according to the rates below.
POT DIAMETER
mm
75*
100
130
150
200
AMOUNT OF SOLUTION (PER POT)
ml
57
85
114
170
227
Rate of Application - Spray Treatment
Apply 10 ml New 5C Cycocel per 5 litres of water, high volume. Up to three
sprays at 10-14 day intervals may be applied.
Occasionally, temporary yellow spotting may occur which can be minimised
by the addition of an authorised non-ionic wetting agent at the rate of 2 ml
per 5 litres of spray solution.
2.8
Time of Application
Apply New 5C Cycocel 30-40 days after sowing with a second application 14
days later. A third application may be required after a further 28 days.
Rate of Application
Apply 14 ml New 5C Cycocel per 5 litres of water, high volume, with an
authorised non-ionic wetting agent added at the rate of 2 ml per 5 litres of
spray solution.
2.9
Ornamentals (notes on application)
a) Plants to be treated must be well established, growing vigorously, and with
a healthy root system.
b) Pot bound plants or plants under stress should not be treated. Do not treat
in strong sunlight.
c) Do not treat geraniums/pelargoniums when temperatures are likely to drop
below 10°C.
d) Compost should be moist prior to treatment.
e) It is advised that the effect is checked on a small number of plants before
treating the whole batch.
365
P
P
New 5C Cycocel®
3.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
required amount of New 5C Cycocel. Add the remainder of the water and
mixing.
New 5C Cycocel may be applied from the air to wheat, winter barley, winter
and spring oats, triticale and rye at the recommended rates in 25-60 litres
of water per hectare, but results may not be as uniform as from ground
applications. When applied by air to winter and spring oats, New 5C Cycocel
should be used in conjunction with an authorised non-ionic wetting agent at
the recommended rate. Aerial application should not be made in tank mix with
any other products.
4.
New 5C Cycocel is supplied in 10 litre polyethylene containers and should be
kept dry and frostproof in a suitable pesticide store.
5.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD DRINK AND ANIMAL FEEDINGSTUFFS.
possible).
container.
Keep dry and frost proof in a suitable pesticides store.
366
New 5C Cycocel®
6.
New 5C Cycocel®
A soluble concentrate containing 645 g/litre (57% w/w) chlormequat choride.
FEEDINGSTUFFS.
for use
367
P
P
New 5C Cycocel®
7.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
(litres product/
hectare)
Maximum
total dose
(litres product/
hectare)
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter wheat
and autumn
drilled spring
wheat
Winter and
spring oats
Triticale
-
2.5
-
Before third node
detectable stage
-
2.5
-
-
2.5
-
Rye
-
2.5
-
Winter barley
-
2.5
-
Spring wheat
(spring drilled)
Poinsettias
-
1.25
-
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’
-
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’
See ‘Other
specific
restrictions’
Before third node
detectable stage
Before first node
detectable stage
Before second node
detectable stage
Before main shoot
and 4 tillers stage
(autumn application)
Before first node
detectable stage
(spring application)
Before second node
detectable stage
-
Geranium,
pelargoniums
-
-
1. Containers must not be re-used for any purpose
2. For application to ornamentals, the maximum concentration must not
Poinsettia:
(drench) 25 ml product per 5 litres water
(spray) 10 ml product per 5 litres water
Geranium, pelargonium: 14 ml product per 5 litres water
3. For application to ornamentals, the maximum number of treatments
must not exceed the following:
Poinsettia:
(drench) one per crop at 227 ml dilute solution/pot or
two
per crop at 57 ml dilute solution/pot
(spray) three per crop
Geranium, pelargonium: three per crop
4. Authorised non-ionic wetting agents may be included in spray but the
maximum concentration must not exceed the following:
Poinsettia (spray), geranium and pelargonium: 2 ml product per 5 litres
final spray solution
Winter and spring oats: 25 ml product per 100 litres final spray
solution
PRODUCTS.
(MAFF No. 01482)
368
Nimbus® CS
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 14092
Use: A residual pre-emergence herbicide for the control of a range of broadleaved and grass weeds, including cleavers, in winter oilseed rape.
metazachlor and 33.3 g/litre (3.1% w/w) clomazone.
Recommended Crops:
Winter oilseed rape
Maximum Total Dose: 3.0 litres of product per hectare
Latest Time of Application: Pre-emergence of the crop.
Guidance
369
Nimbus® CS
H
Nimbus® CS
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Nimbus CS is a residual herbicide that can be used on all varieties of winter sown
oilseed rape for the control of cleavers and a range of other broad leaved and grass
weeds.
1.
Nimbus CS can be used on all varieties of winter oilseed rape.
Nimbus CS is suitable for use on all soil types as defined by Soil Texture (85)
System, except sands and very light soils and soils containing more than 10%
organic matter.
When Nimbus CS is applied, it is important for crop safety to ensure a good
seed bed has been established and there is physical separation of the herbicide
from the seed. Ensure that the seed is well covered with soil to a depth of 20
mm. With direct drilled crops, harrow across the slits to cover the seed before
spraying.
DO NOT apply to cloddy seedbeds as this may reduce levels of weed control.
Seedbeds must have a fine, firm tilth for optimum weed control. Loose or
cloddy seedbeds must be consolidated prior to application.
DO NOT apply to stony soils; i.e. stones, flints or chalk readily visible on surface.
On brashy and stony soils, Nimbus CS may cause transient crop bleaching and/
or reduction in crop vigour or plant stand.
DO NOT apply when heavy rain is forecast and do not use on waterlogged soil
or soils prone to water logging. Transient crop bleaching and/or crop thinning /
reductions in crop vigour can occur if there is very wet weather after application.
DO NOT apply Nimbus CS to soils with a compaction layer or to poorly drained
soils since damage can occur under waterlogged conditions.
Care should be taken to avoid overlap of spray swaths.
the target area.
DO NOT USE Nimbus CS when any of the following conditions apply:• When crop seed has been broadcast.
• The crop seed has started to germinate (i.e. 48 hours after drilling)
• Crop seed is not covered with 20 mm of soil;
• When heavy rain is forecast;
• Dry, cloddy or open seedbeds;
• Late drilled crops – as a guide these are crops drilled later than the first
week in September in Northern England and Scotland and later than midSeptember in the rest of the UK;
• Stony soils, i.e. stones, flints or chalk are readily visible on the soil surface.
To reduce the risk of movement of Nimbus CS to water:a. On clay soils, create a fine, consolidated seedbed to slow the downward
movement of water.
b. DO NOT apply Nimbus CS to dry soil. Moist soils have fewer and smaller
cracks.
c. DO NOT apply Nimbus CS if heavy rain is forecast, wait until after the event.
370
Nimbus® CS
2.
WEED CONTROL
Nimbus CS is taken up via cotyledons and roots. Susceptible weeds may still
emerge but will lack pigmentation and therefore plant death will occur shortly
afterwards. Optimum results are obtained from applications made prior to weed
emergence to fine, firm and moist seedbeds
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to Nimbus CS
Weed Name
Nimbus CS Pre-emergence 3.0 L/ha
Barley, Volunteer
Black-grass
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Cranesbill, Cut-leaved
Cranesbill, Round-leaved
Dead-nettle, Red
Groundsel
Mayweed spp.
Pansy, Field
Parsley piert
Penny-cress, Field
Poppy, Common
Shepherd’s-purse
Speedwell, Common field
Wheat, Volunteer
S
MS
MR
R
2.2
=
=
=
=
R
S
S
S
MR
MR
S
S
S
S
S
MR
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
MR
Susceptible
Resistant
Resistance
Strains of some annual grasses (e.g. Black-grass, wild-oats, and Italian ryegrass) have developed resistance to herbicides, which may lead to poor control.
Guidelines have been produced by the Weed Resistance Action Group (WRAG)
and copies are available from the HGCA, CPA, your distributor, crop adviser or
Repeated use of herbicides with the same mode of action can increase the risk
of strains of weeds developing resistance to these compounds, leading to poor
control. In order to minimise the risk, a strategy for preventing and managing
such resistance should be adopted. Use products with different modes of action
and from different chemical groups in sequence or tank-mix, in conjunction
with effective cropping rotation and cultivation techniques. In all cases the
recommended rate of use should be adhered to. Follow WRAG guidelines.
371
H
H
Nimbus® CS
Key elements of the resistance management strategy for Nimbus CS:
resistant weeds.
• Use tank mixes or sequences of effective herbicides with different modes
of action within individual crops, or successive crops.
• For the control of herbicide resistant grass weeds, always use Nimbus CS
in sequence with other effective graminicides with different modes of action.
3.
CROPS
Nimbus CS can be used on all varieties of winter sown oilseed rape
3.1
Time of application
Nimbus CS should be applied pre-emergence of the crop and has maximum
effect before weed emergence.
Application should be made before the crop seed chits, which in warm moist
soils may occur within 48 hours of drilling. Seedbeds should be moist, firm
and free from clods, but also see Restrictions/Warnings section. DO NOT
USE ON BROADCAST CROPS.
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage by drift onto crops and
non-target plants outside the target area.
3.2
Rate of application
Apply 3.0 litres per hectare Nimbus CS in a minimum of 200 litres of water per
hectare.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Following crops after normally harvested winter oilseed rape
Nimbus CS.
Prior to planting, soil should be cultivated to a minimum depth of 15cm.
Re drilling due to crop failure
In the event of crop failure the following crops may be sown, observing any
guidance given on cultivation and interval between original application and
drilling of the following crop:Redrilling the same autumn:
Winter Cereals – Drill after a minimum of 6 weeks after application following
mixing of the soil to at least 25 cm depth.
Winter Field Beans – Drill after a minimum of 8 weeks after application following
mixing of the soil to at least 25 cm depth.
Redrilling the following spring:
Spring cereals
Following a 7 month interval and after 25 cm of intensive
Linseed
soil mixing
Maize
Combining peas
Field beans
Following a 3-month interval and after 25 cm of intensive
soil mixing
Sugar beet
Potatoes
372
Nimbus® CS
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Application
Nimbus CS should be applied in a minimum water volume of 200 litres/ hectare.
Mixing
Fill the spray tank three quarters full with water and start the agitation.
To ensure thorough mixing of the product, invert the container several times
before opening.
Add the required quantity of Nimbus CS to the spray tank while re-circulating.
completed.
On emptying the product container, rinse container thoroughly by using an
integrated pressure rinsing device or manually rinsing three times. Add washings
to sprayer at time of filling and dispose of container safely.
Sprayer cleaning
Immediately after application of Nimbus CS thoroughly clean the sprayer
using clean water in accordance with the guidance provided by the equipment
manufacturer. Traces of the product may cause damage to susceptible crops
sprayed later.
Container and Storage
Nimbus CS is supplied in 5 litre containers.
5.2
5.3
5.4
373
H
H
Nimbus® CS
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
However, engineering controls may replace personal protective equipment if a
COSHH assessment shows that they provide an equal or higher standard of
protection.
Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP)
permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top
of a ditch which is dry at the time of application. Aim
spray away from water.
KEEP LIVESTOCK out of treated areas until poisonous weeds such as ragwort
have died and become unpalatable.
374
Nimbus® CS
7.
Nimbus® CS
A suspension concentrate containing 250 g/l metazachlor and 33.3 g/l
clomazone
ENVIRONMENT
WEAR SUITABLE GLOVES
STUFFS
DISPOSED OF IN A SAFE WAY
8.
CROPS:
Winter oilseed rape
MAXIMUM TOTAL DOSE :
3.0 litres of product per hectare
LATEST TIMING:
Pre-emergence
A maximum total dose of 1000g metazachlor/hectare may only be applied
PRODUCTS
(MAPP No. 14092)
375
H
H
Nimbus® CS
376
Nirvana®
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 14256
Use: A herbicide for the pre-emergence control of a range of broadleaf weeds
in winter and spring field beans, combining peas and vining peas.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate, containing 250 g/l pendimethalin
and 16.7 g/l imazamox.
Recommended Crops:
Combining peas
Vining peas
Maximum Individual Dose: 4.5 litres product/ha
Latest Time of Application: Pre-emergence of the crop.
Water Volume: 200-300 litres of water per hectare.
Other Specific Restriction: To avoid the build-up of resistance, DO NOT apply
Nirvana or any other product containing an ALS inhibitor herbicide with claims
for control of grass-weeds more than once to any crop.
Guidance
377
Nirvana®
H
Nirvana®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Nirvana is a herbicide containing pendimethalin and imazamox, for the preemergence control of a range of broad-leaf weeds in winter and spring field
beans, combining peas and vining peas.
1.
1.1
Efficacy
Residual control may be reduced where soil organic matter exceeds 6%, or on
soils which are cloddy at application.
1.2
Soil types
Nirvana may be applied on any mineral soil types.
DO NOT use on soils containing more than 10% organic matter.
DO NOT apply to soils which are waterlogged or prone to water logging.
1.3
Seedbed preparation
Seedbed must have a fine, firm tilth. Consolidate loose or cloddy seedbeds
before use.
Weed control may be reduced on cloddy seedbeds.
DO NOT soil incorporate Nirvana.
DO NOT disturb the soil after Nirvana has been applied.
1.4
Crop safety
Cloddy soils may cause the seed to be inadequately covered, which may lead
to crop damage.
Some ‘cupping’ of the leaves may occur following application but this is
generally transient with crops recovering fully.
On stony or gravelly soils, crop damage may occur, particularly if heavy rain
follows treatment.
Seed must be drilled to a depth of at least 2.5 cm of settled soil.
DO NOT apply once the plumule is less than 13 mm from the soil surface.
1.5
Weather conditions
Residual control may be reduced under prolonged dry conditions.
DO NOT apply if heavy rain is forecast.
1.6
Spray drift
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage by drift onto crop and non-crop
plants outside the target area.
1.7
Sprayer cleaning
Concentrated Nirvana may stain. Avoid spillage. Staining is minimised if
skin/clothes are washed immediately. Wash out the sprayer thoroughly after the
use of Nirvana, using a proprietary spray tank cleaner ensuring no residues of
the product remain.
1.8
Processed crops
Consult processors before use.
378
Nirvana®
2.
WEED CONTROL
Susceptibility of weeds pre-emergence to Nirvana at 4.5 litres per hectare.
Weed species
Annual mercury
Black-bindweed
Charlock
Common chickweed
Common field-speedwell
Common fumitory
Common orache
Common poppy
Fat-hen
Field pansy
Fool’s-parsley
Green field-speedwell
Grey field-speedwell
Henbit dead-nettle
Knotgrass
Red dead-nettle
Redshank
Runch
Scarlet pimpernel
Scented mayweed
Shepherd’s-purse
Susceptibility rating
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MR
MR
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
MS
MR
S = susceptible
MS = moderately susceptible
MR = moderately resistant
2.1
Resistance
This product contains imazamox which is an ALS inhibitor, also classified by
the HRAC as ‘Group B’. Repeated use of herbicides with the same mode of
action can increase the risk of strains of weeds developing resistance to these
compounds, leading to poor control. In order to minimise the risk, a strategy
for preventing and managing such resistance should be adopted. Use products
with different modes of action and from different chemical groups in sequence
or tank-mix, in conjunction with effective cropping rotation and cultivation
techniques. In all cases the recommended rate of use should be adhered to.
methods of control and does not use ALS inhibitors as the sole chemical method
of grass-weed control. Further guidance on weed resistance management is
available from the Herbicide Resistance Action Committee (HRAC) and Weed
Resistance Action Group (WRAG). Follow WRAG Guidelines.
379
H
H
Nirvana®
3.
3. 1
Crops
Nirvana can be used on all varieties of winter and spring field beans, combining
peas, and vining peas.
3.2
Time of application
Apply Nirvana as soon as possible after sowing and before weed emergence.
DO NOT apply once the plumule is less than 13 mm from the soil surface.
Avoid overlapping spray swaths.
3.3
Rate of application
Apply 4.5 litres Nirvana in 200-300 litres of water per hectare.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Winter wheat and winter barley may be drilled as the following crop after
application of Nirvana, provided a minimum interval of 3 months is observed
between application and drilling. The land should be at least cultivated by a
non-inversion method (discing) before drilling takes place.
Winter oilseed rape and other brassica crops should not be drilled as the
following crop.
A minimum interval of 12 months should elapse between application and
sowing Red Beet, Sugar Beet and Spinach.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Mixing
the required quantity of Nirvana to the spray tank while re-circulating. Fill up the
tank with water and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
Wash out the sprayer thoroughly after the use of Nirvana, using a proprietary
spray tank cleaner ensuring no residues of the product remain.
5.2
Application
6.
Nirvana is supplied in 10 litre containers. Store in a suitable pesticide store,
keep dry and protect from frost.
380
Nirvana®
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
of protection.
(LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m
of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of application. Aim spray away
from water.
Extreme care must be taken to avoid spray drift onto non-crop plants outside
the target area.
On emptying the container, RINSE CONTAINER THOROUGHLY by using an
381
H
H
Nirvana®
8.
Nirvana®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 250 g/l pendimethalin and 16.7 g/l
imazamox.
DANGER:
EFFECTS.
DO NOT BREATHE MIST.
ADVICE/ATTENTION.
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Product Regulations 2005
(as amended).
9.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum No.
of treatments
Last time of
application
Combining peas,
vining peas,
spring and winter
field beans
4.5 litres
product/ha
One per crop
Pre-emergence
of the crop
To avoid the build-up of resistance, do not apply this or any other product
containing an ALS inhibitor herbicide with claims for control of grass-weeds
more than once to any crop.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 14256)
382
Novall®/Boomerang® H
HERBICIDE
Novall: MAPP No. 12031. Boomerang: MAPP No. 14043
Use: A residual herbicide for the control of a range of broad-leaved and grass
weeds, including cleavers, in winter oilseed rape.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 100 g/l (8.7% w/w)
quinmerac and 400 g/litre (34.8% w/w) metazachlor.
Pack size: Novall is supplied in 10 litre containers in outers of two.
Boomerang is supplied in 5 litre containers in outers of four.
Recommended Crops: Winter oilseed rape.
Latest Recommended Time of Application:
End of January in the year of harvest.
Guidance
383
Novall®/Boomerang®
Recommended Rate: 2.5 litres per hectare.
H
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Novall/Boomerang is a residual herbicide that can be used on all varieties of wintersown oilseed rape for the control of cleavers and a range of other broad-leaved and
grass weeds.
1.
When Novall/Boomerang is applied pre-emergence, it is important for crop safety
to ensure physical separation of the herbicide from the seed. This is achieved
by ensuring that the seed is well covered with soil to a depth of 15 mm.
With direct-drilled crops, harrow across the slits to cover the seed before
spraying.
Loose or puffy seedbeds must be consolidated before treatment.
Seedbeds should be moist, firm and free from clods.
Novall/Boomerang is suitable for use on all soil types as defined by Soil Texture
(85) System, except sands and very light soils and soils containing more than
10% organic matter.
On brashy and stony soils, Novall/Boomerang may cause some reduction in
crop vigour and/or plant stand, due to the chemical moving down to the root
zone too quickly.
DO NOT apply Novall/Boomerang to soils with a compaction layer or to poorly
drained soils, since damage can occur under waterlogged conditions.
If Novall/Boomerang is applied onto a dry soil surface it will only be effective
after rain has occurred.
To reduce the risk of movement of Novall/Boomerang to water:
a. On clay soils, create a fine, consolidated seedbed to slow the downward
movement of water.
b. DO NOT apply Novall/Boomerang to dry soil. Moist soils have fewer and
smaller cracks.
c. DO NOT apply Novall/Boomerang if heavy rain is forecast, wait until after
the event.
A reduction in crop vigour, weed control and possibly plant stand may occur if
excessive rain falls shortly after application, particularly on the lighter soils.
Where a crop check has occurred, this normally grows out after a few weeks
and yields are normally unaffected.
DO NOT use on broadcast crops.
DO NOT overlap spray swaths, particularly on headlands.
DO NOT treat crops which are suffering from wilting, pests or diseases.
384
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Novall/Boomerang
Weed Name
Pre-emergence
category
2.5 L/ha
S
S
S
MR
S
S
MS
S
R
S
S
MS
S
S
R
S
S
S
S
Black-grass
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Dead-nettle, Red
Fumitory, Common
Groundsel
Knotgrass
Mayweed spp.
Meadowgrass, Annual
Pansy, Field
Parsley, Fool’s
Parsley Piert
Penny-cress, Field
Poppy, Common
Shepherd’s-purse
Sowthistle, Perennial*
S
MS
MR
R
=
=
=
=
Maximum
susceptible stage
post-emergence
2.5 L/ha
Pre-em
Cotyledon
2 whorls
–
Cotyledon MS
Pre-em
–
Pre-em
–
4 lvs
Pre-em
–
–
Pre-em
–
2 lvs
Pre-em
Cotyledon - 1 leaf
2 lvs
Pre-em = Pre-emergence of weed.
–
= No information.
* Only plants from seed of this species
are controlled.
Susceptible.
Moderately Susceptible.
Moderately Resistant.
Resistant.
2.2
Resistance
Strains of some annual grasses (e.g. Black-grass, wild-oats, and Italian ryegrass) have developed resistance to herbicides which may lead to poor control.
3.
CROPS
Novall/Boomerang can be used on all varieties of winter-sown oilseed rape.
Novall/Boomerang may be applied pre- or post-emergence of the crop but for
maximum activity application must be pre-emergence of the weeds.
Pre-crop emergence applications should be made on medium and heavy soils
only (as defined by the ADAS Soil Texture [85] system). Application should be
made before the crop seed chits, which in warm moist soils may occur within
48 hours of drilling. Seedbeds should be moist, firm and free from clods,
but also see Restrictions/Warnings section. DO NOT USE ON BROADCAST
CROPS.
385
H
H
DO NOT USE Novell/Boomerang pre-crop emergence when any of the following
conditions apply:
When heavy rain is forecast.
Dry cloddy seedbeds.
Late drilled crops — as a guide, these are crops drilled later than the first
week in September in Northern England and Scotland and later than mid
September in the rest of the UK.
Stony soils, i.e. stones, flints or chalk, readily visible on the soil surface.
Post-crop emergence applications can be made on light, medium and heavy
soils (as defined by the ADAS Soil Texture [85] system). Application can be
made from when the majority of the crop has two fully expanded cotyledons
until before the end of January. The soil should be moist at application, or
rainfall must occur shortly after application, but also see Restrictions/
Warnings section.
Post-emergence application of Novall/Boomerang is recommended if:
Seedbed conditions are not ideal for pre-emergence use.
The seed is not covered with 15 mm of soil (as with broadcast crops).
Novall/Boomerang could not be applied before the seed chits.
Light soils, or all recommended soils which are stony, brashy or gravelly, are
to be treated particularly if heavy rainfall has been forecast for the period
following drilling.
Late drilled crops are to be treated.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Any crop can follow normally harvested winter oilseed rape treated with Novall/
Boomerang. Ploughing is not essential before sowing a following cereal crop,
but is required for other crops.
In the event of crop failure in the autumn or winter, then only the crops listed
below can be drilled after the use of Novall/Boomerang:
Re-drilling the following spring — spring barley and potatoes may be sown
after ploughing.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply 2.5 litres/hectare Novall/Boomerang.
Novall/Boomerang should be applied in 220 litres/hectare.
SHAKE WELL BEFORE USE.
Half fill the spray tank with clean water and start the agitation.
Pour in the required amount of Novall/Boomerang.
completed.
Rinse empty containers thoroughly and add rinsings to the spray tank.
WASH EQUIPMENT thoroughly immediately after use.
Fill the tank with clean water and leave overnight.
Spray out before storage or using other products.
6.
Novall is supplied in 10 litre and Boomerang in 5 litre polyethylene containers
and should be kept dry and frostproof in a suitable pesticide store.
386
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
of protection.
387
H
H
8.
A suspension concentrate containing 100 g/l quinmerac and 400 g/litre
metazachlor.
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
TO AVOID RISKS TO HUMAN HEALTH AND THE
ENVIRONMENT, COMPLY WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS
FOR USE.
PROTECTION.
ATTENTION.
ADVICE/ATTENTION.
9.
CROPS:
Winter oilseed rape.
MAXIMUM TOTAL DOSE: 2.5 l/ha.
LATEST TIMING:
End of January in the year of harvest.
A maximum total dose of 1000g metazachlor/hectare may only be applied
PRODUCTS.
(Novall: MAPP No. 12031. Boomerang: MAPP No. 14043)
388
Opera®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 12167
winter wheat, winter barley, spring wheat, spring barley, oats and sugar beet.
pyraclostrobin plus 50 g/litre (4.7% w/w) epoxiconazole.
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Spring wheat
Spring barley
Oats
Sugar beet
Recommended Rates: Cereals: 1.5 litres per hectare.
Sugar beet: 1 litre per hectare.
complete.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the latest timing for
epoxiconazole given by the BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association).
Sugar beet:
Guidance
389
Opera®
F
Opera®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Opera is a protectant and systemic fungicide for use in winter and spring wheat, winter
and spring barley, oats and sugar beet with curative properties in cereals.
1.
Do not use on sugar beet crops grown for seed.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Opera is a fungicide with protectant and systemic properties for use in winter
and spring wheat, winter and spring barley, oats and sugar beet, with curative
properties in cereals. Disease control is summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Spring
barley
Oats
Sugar
beet
C
C
-
-
-
-
Septoria nodoum
C
C
-
-
-
-
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
-
-
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
-
-
Crown blotch
-
-
-
-
C
-
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
-
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
Beet rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
Beet powdery
mildew
-
-
-
-
-
C
Cercospora
leaf spot
-
-
-
-
-
C
Ramularia
leaf spot
-
-
-
-
-
C
Fusarium
ear blight (2)
C = Control
GR = Good Reduction
Note 1: S. tritici: Opera is recommended for control of S. tritici with curative
ability in the latent phase.
Note 2: Fusarium: Apply Opera during flowering.
390
Opera®
2.1
Opera contains pyraclostrobin, a member of the QoI cross resistance group.
Opera should be used preventatively and should not be relied on for its curative
potential.
Opera meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole. To ensure the
effectiveness of the epoxiconazole component as a partner, Opera should
Use Opera as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
Opera contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI
3.
CROPS
Opera is approved for use in winter and spring wheat, winter and spring barley,
oats and sugar beet.
3.1
Cereals
Time of Application
Apply Opera at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two applications
can be made before grain watery ripe in winter and spring wheat and up to and
including emergence of ear just complete in winter and spring barley and oats.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litres Opera in 200 litres of water per hectare.
3.2
Sugar beet
Time of Application
Apply Opera at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two applications
can be made allowing a minimum harvest interval of six weeks after final
application.
Rate of Application
Apply 1 litre Opera in 200 litres of water per hectare. In dense crops adjust
water volume up to 400 l/ha to achieve complete coverage.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
the spray tank.
391
F
F
Opera®
5.
Opera is supplied in 5 litres containers.
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
possible).
boom sprayers to fall within 5 m of the top of the bank
of a static or flowing waterbody, unless a
392
Opera®
7.
Opera®
A suspo-emulsion containing 133 g/litre (12.5% w/w) pyraclostrobin plus 50
g/litre (4.7% w/w) epoxiconazole.
IRRITATING TO SKIN.
ENVIRONMENT.
STUFFS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
for use
393
F
F
Opera®
8.
Crops
Maximum
number of
treatments
2 per crop
Latest time
of application
Winter and spring
wheat
Maximum
individual
dose
1.5 litres product
per hectare
Winter and spring
barley, oats
1.5 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including emergence
of ear just complete
(GS 59)
Sugar beet
1 litre product
per hectare
2 per crop
6 weeks before
harvest
Before grain watery
ripe (GS 71)
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 12167)
394
Opus® Team
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 11759
Use: A systemic fungicide for use against Septoria tritici, Septoria nodorum,
yellow rust, brown rust, net blotch, Rhynchosporium, eyespot, powdery mildew,
Fusarium ear blight and sooty moulds.
fenpropimorph and 84 g/litre (8.2 w/w) epoxiconazole.
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Rye
Winter barley
Triticale
Spring barley
Oats
Spring wheat
Recommended Rates: 1.5 litres per hectare.
Winter and spring wheat, rye, triticale:
(anthesis) just complete (GS 69).
Up to and including emergence of
ear just complete.
Guidance
395
Opus® Team
F
Opus® Team
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Opus Team is a systemic fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter
barley, spring barley, triticale, rye and oats.
1.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Opus Team is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for
the control of a range of diseases in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter barley,
spring barley, triticale, rye and oats as summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Spring Winter
barley oats
Spring Triticale
oats
Rye
Powdery mildew
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Septoria tritici
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
-
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
-
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
-
-
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
C
Eye spot
R
-
R
-
R
-
R
R
Fusarium
ear blight
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
-
C = Control
R = Reduction
GR = Good Reduction
Resistance
fungicides are known to exist in the UK. Where these occur or develop the
activity of the epoxiconazole component of Opus Team may be reduced.
Opus Team contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
special advisor, and visit the FRAG-UK website.
396
Opus® Team
3.
CROPS
Opus Team is a systemic fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, winter
barley, spring barley, triticale, rye and oats.
3.1
Time of Application
Apply Opus Team at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
applications can be made up to and including flowering just complete in winter
and spring wheat, rye and triticale and up to and including emergence of ear
just complete in winter and spring barley and oats.
For optimum effect against eyespot with Opus Team apply between the leaf
winter and spring wheat, apply Opus Team during ear emergence.
be made after the third node detectable stage when disease is present
and when weather favouring disease development has occurred. A followup treatment may be necessary if conditions continue to favour disease
development.
3.2
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litres Opus Team in 200 litres of water per hectare. Increase the water
volume where the crop is dense.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
completed.
mixing. All tank mixes should be used immediately after mixing.
5.
Opus Team is supplied in 10 litre containers should be kept dry and frostproof
397
F
F
Opus® Team
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
permits a narrower buffer zone, or within
Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) scheme. Before each
and kept available for inspection for three years.
398
Opus® Team
7.
Opus® Team
A suspo-emulsion containing 250 g/litre (24.5% w/w) fenpropimorph and
84 g/litre (8.2% w/w) epoxiconazole.
ENVIRONMENT.
FEEDINGSTUFFS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
for use
8.
Crops
Winter and spring
wheat,
Rye,
Triticale
Maximum
individual
dose
1.5 litres product
per hectare
Maximum
total dose
Up to and
including
flowering
(anthesis)
just complete
(GS 69)
Winter and spring
1.5 litres product 3.0 litres product
Up to and
barley and oats
per hectare
per hectare
including
emergence of
ear
just complete
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 11759)
399
3.0 litres product
per hectare
Latest time
of application
F
F
Opus® Team
400
Orient®
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 12541
Use: A herbicide with residual and contact activity for use in winter wheat and
winter barley.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate, containing 7.5 g/l picolinafen and 330
g/l pendimethalin, for use in winter wheat and winter barley.
Pack Size:
10 litres in outers of two
Recommended Crops: Winter wheat
Winter barley
Recommended Rate: 4.0 litres per hectare
Water Volume: 200 litres of water per hectare
Winter wheat, winter barley: One per crop
Guidance
401
Orient®
Latest Time of Application: Before pseudo-stem erect (Before GS 30)
H
Orient®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Orient is a herbicide containing pendimethalin and picolinafen with residual and
contact activity for use in winter wheat and winter barley.
1.
DO NOT use more than one application of Orient in one growing season.
Soil Types
Orient can be used on any mineral soil.
Residual control may be reduced on soils with more than 6% organic matter.
DO NOT use on stony or gravelly soils as crop damage can occur, particularly
if heavy rain follows treatment.
Seedbed preparation
Seed beds must have a fine, firm tilth. Loose or cloddy seed beds must
be consolidated prior to application, otherwise reduced weed control may
occur. They may also cause seed to be inadequately covered which could
result in crop damage.
Application
example by pests, disease, water logging, poor seedbed conditions or
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage by drift on to plants
outside the target area.
Emerged Crops
Post-Application Requirements
For residual control some soil moisture is required for Orient . Best results will
be obtained if rain falls within 7 days of application. Residual control may be
reduced under prolonged dry conditions.
Water logging that occurs soon after pre-emergence applications may lead
to crop damage.
Some transient bleaching may be seen after application to some crops, this
Concentrated or diluted Orient may stain. Avoid spillage. Staining is minimised
or completely removed if skin/clothes are washed immediately.
402
Orient®
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Orient
Best results will be achieved by application to small actively growing weeds.
GRASS WEEDS
Annual Meadow-grass
Rough Meadow-grass
BROAD-LEAVED WEEDS
Charlock
Cleavers
Common Chickweed
Common Fumitory
Common Orache
Common Poppy
Corn Marigold
Crane’s-bill
Fat-hen
Field Forget-me-not
Field Pansy
Henbit Dead-nettle
Knotgrass
Mayweeds
Parsley Piert
Red Dead-nettle
Scarlet Pimpernel
Shepherd’s-purse
Small Nettle
Smooth Sowthistle
Volunteer Beans
S =
MS =
R =
MR =
(1) =
2.2
Pre-em
S
MS
4.0l/ha Orient
Post-em
S up to GS13
MS up to 2 lvs
MS pre-em
S
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
S
MR
MS
S up to 6 lvs
MS up to 1 whorl
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 3 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 4 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
R
MS up to 2 lvs
Susceptible
Moderately susceptible
Resistant
Moderately resistant
deep germinating volunteer Oilseed Rape may not be controlled.
Resistance
adopted. Picolinafen is an inhibitor of carotenoid biosynthesis at the PDS step
(a group that includes picolinafen and diflufenican). To prevent the development
of resistant weeds herbicides with different modes of action must be used when
applying in sequence. Guidelines have been produced by the Weed Resistance
Action Group and copies are available from HGCA, CPA, your distributor, crop
403
H
H
Orient®
3.
CROPS
Orient can be used on all varieties of Winter Wheat and Winter Barley.
Time of application
Pre- and post crop-emergence, up to before pseudo-stem erect (before growth
stage 30).
Rate of application
4.0 l/ha
Before using Orient on crops to be processed please consult your processor.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Before rye-grass is drilled after a very dry season, plough or cultivate to at least
15 cm.
In the event of crop failure the land must be ploughed or thoroughly cultivated
to a minimum depth of 15 cm to ensure any residues are evenly dispersed
throughout the soil. The minimum intervals (specified below) should elapse
between the application of Orient and the sowing of one of the following crops
listed below.
Autumn Applications of Orient
The following crops may be sown after a minimum of 5 months:
Spring Barley
Spring Field Beans
Brussels Sprouts
Carrots
Spring Wheat
Broad Beans
Cabbage
Parsnips
Maize
Dwarf Beans
Calabrese
Parsley
Peas
Turnip
Linseed
Cauliflower
Potatoes
Following Spring Applications
The following crops may be sown or transplanted after a minimum interval of
2 months:
Spring Field Beans
Brussels Sprouts
Carrots
Broad Beans
Cabbage
Parsnips
Dwarf Beans
Calabrese
Parsley
Peas
Cauliflower
Linseed
Turnip
The following crops may be sown after a minimum interval of 5 months:
Any crop (with the exception of Red Beet, Sugar Beet and Spinach) may be
planted or sown.
(A minimum interval of 12 months should elapse between application and
sowing Red Beet, Sugar Beet and Spinach).
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply Orient in 200 litres water/ha.
Ensure good, even spray cover of the target using a spray of FINE or MEDIUM
Mixing
Three-quarters fill the tank with water.
To ensure thorough mixing of the product, invert the container several times
before opening.
Add Orient while re-circulating.
Fill the tank
Maintain circulation while spraying.
Wash out the sprayer thoroughly after the use of Orient using a wetting agent
or a proprietary spray tank cleaner particularly before using the sprayer in
broad-leaved crops.
404
Orient®
6.
Orient is supplied in 10 litre containers. Store in a suitable pesticide store, keep
dry and protect from frost.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
insides of gloves.
container.
5 m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing water
body, unless a Local Environment Risk Assessment
for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone,
or within
scheme. Before each spraying operation from a
horizontal boom sprayer, either a LERAP must be
405
H
H
Orient®
8.
Orient®
pendimethalin and 1, 2-benzisothiazole.
WARNING:
EFFECTS,
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
CONTAINS PENDIMENTHALIN. CONTAINS
1,2-BENZISOTHIAZOLE
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Product Regulations 1995.
9.
CROPS:
Winter Wheat
Winter Barley
MAXIMUM INDIVIDUAL DOSE: 4 l/ha
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
TREATMENTS:
One per crop
LATEST TIMING:
Before pseudo-stem erect
(before growth stage 30)
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 12541)
406
Oryx®
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 13527
weeds, including cleavers in winter oilseed rape.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 83 g/l (7.2% w/w) quinmerac
and 333 g/litre (29.5% w/w) metazachlor.
Recommended Rates: 3.0 litres per hectare
Water Volume: 220 litres per hectare
Latest Time of Application: End of January in the year of harvest.
Guidance
407
Oryx®
Processed Crops: Consult processors before using.
H
Oryx®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Oryx is a residual herbicide that can be used on all varieties of winter-sown oilseed
rape for the control of cleavers and a range of other broad-leaved and grass weeds.
1.
When Oryx is applied pre-emergence, it is important for crop safety to ensure
physical separation of the herbicide from the seed.
This is achieved by ensuring that the seed is well covered with soil to a depth
of 15 mm.
With direct-drilled crops, harrow across the slits to cover the seed before
spraying.
Loose or puffy seedbeds must be consolidated before treatment.
Seedbeds should be moist, firm and free from clods.
Oryx is suitable for use on all soil types as defined by Soil Texture (85) System,
except sands and very light soils and soils containing more than 10% organic
matter.
On brashy and stony soils, Oryx may cause some reduction in crop vigour and/
or plant stand, due to the chemical moving down to the root zone too quickly.
DO NOT apply Oryx to soils with a compaction layer or to poorly drained soils,
since damage can occur under waterlogged conditions.
If Oryx is applied onto a dry soil surface it will only be effective after rain has
occurred.
To reduce the risk of movement of Oryx to water:a. On clay soils, create a fine, consolidated seedbed to slow the downward
movement of water.
b. DO NOT apply Oryx to dry soil. Moist soils have fewer and smaller cracks.
c. DO NOT apply Oryx if heavy rain is forecast, wait until after the event.
A reduction in crop vigour, weed control and possibly plant stand may occur
if excessive rain falls shortly after application, particularly on the lighter soils.
Where a crop check has occurred, this normally grows out after a few weeks
and yields are normally unaffected.
DO NOT use on broadcast crops.
DO NOT treat crops which are suffering from wilting, pests or diseases.
Consult Processors before use.
408
Oryx®
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Oryx.
Weed Name
Black-grass
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Dead-nettle, Red
Fumitory, Common
Groundsel
Knotgrass
Mayweed spp.
Meadowgrass, Annual
Pansy, Field
Parsley,Fool’s
Parsley Piert
Penny-cress, Field
Poppy, Common
Shepherd’s-purse
Sowthistle, Perennial*
S =
MS =
MR =
R =
* Only
Pre-emergence
category
3.0 l/ha
S
S
S
MR
S
S
MS
S
R
S
S
MS
S
S
R
S
S
S
S
Maximum
susceptible stage
post-emergence
3.0 l/ha
Pre-em
Cotyledon
2 whorls
Cotyledon MS
Pre-em
Pre-em
4 lvs
Pre-em
Pre-em
2 lvs
Pre-em
Cotyledon to 1 leaf
2 lvs
Susceptible
Pre-em = Pre-emergence of weed;
Moderately Susceptible;
–
= No information
Moderately Resistant;
Resistant;
plants from seed of this species are controlled
2.2
Resistance
3.
CROPS
Oryx can be used on all varieties of winter-sown oilseed rape.
Oryx may be applied pre- or post-emergence of the crop but for maximum
activity application must be pre-emergence of the weeds.
Pre-crop emergence applications should be made on medium and heavy
soils only (as defined by the ADAS Soil Texture (85) System). Applications
should be made before the crop seed chits, which in warm moist soils may
occur within 48 hours of drilling.
from clods, but also see Restrictions/Warnings section. DO NOT USE ON
BROADCAST CROPS.
409
H
H
Oryx®
DO NOT USE Oryx pre-crop emergence when any of the following conditions
apply:- When heavy rain is forecast
- Dry cloddy seedbeds
- Late drilled crops – as a guide these are crops drilled later than the first
week in September in Northern England and Scotland and later than mid
September in the rest of the UK.
- Stony soils, i.e. stones, flints or chalk, readily visible on the soil surface.
Post-crop emergence applications can be made on light, medium and heavy
soils (as defined by the ADAS Soil Texture (85) System). Applications can be
made from when the majority of the crop has two fully expanded cotyledons
until before the end of January. The soil should be moist at application,
or rainfall must occur shortly after application, but also see Restrictions/
Warnings section.
Post emergence application of Oryx is recommended if:- Seedbed conditions are not ideal for pre-emergence use
- The seed is not covered with 15 mm of soil (as with broadcast crops)
- Oryx could not be applied before the seed crop chits
- Light soils, or all recommended soils which are stony, brashy or gravely, are
to be treated, particularly if heavy rainfall has been forecast for the period
following drilling
- Late drilled crops are to be treated
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Any crop can follow normally harvested winter oilseed rape treated with Oryx.
Ploughing is not essential before sowing a following cereal crop, but is required
for other crops.
In the event of crop failure in the autumn or winter, then only the crops listed
below can be drilled after the use of Oryx:
Re-drilling the following spring - spring barley and potatoes may be sown
after ploughing.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply 3.0 litres/hectare Oryx.
Oryx should be applied in a minimum water volume of 220 litres/hectare.
SHAKE WELL BEFORE USE.
Half fill the spray tank with clean water and start the agitation.
Pour in the required amount of Oryx.
completed.
Rinse empty containers thoroughly and add rinsings to the spray tank.
WASH EQUIPMENT thoroughly immediately after use.
410
Oryx®
6.
Oryx is supplied in 10 litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof in
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
the concentrate.
surfaces.
protection.
411
H
H
Oryx®
8.
Oryx®
A suspension concentrate containing 83 g/l quinmerac and 333 g/litre
metazachlor
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
ATTENTION.
This product is approved under the Control of Pesticides Regulations 1986
9.
CROPS:
Winter oilseed rape
MAXIMUM TOTAL DOSE: 3.0 litres product/hectare/crop
LATEST TIMING:
End of January in the year of harvest
A maximum total dose of not more than 1000g metazachlor per hectare may
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 13527)
412
Osiris® P
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15627
Use: A fungicide for use in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter and
spring barley, rye and triticale
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 56.25 g/l epoxiconazole
and 41.25 g/l metconazole.
Recommended Crops:
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
Wheat (durum)
Rye
Triticale
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
Water Volume: 100 - 300 litres of water per hectare.
Wheat (winter)
GS 69 (end of flowering)
Wheat (spring)
Durum Wheat
Rye
Triticale
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
GS 59 (end of ear emergence)
restrictions for epoxiconazole given by the British Beer and Pubs Association.
Guidance
413
Osiris® P
F
Osiris® P
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
OSIRIS P is a broad spectrum systemic fungicide with protectant and curative
properties for use in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring barley,
rye and triticale.
1.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
OSIRIS P is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the
control of a range of diseases in winter and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter
and spring barley, rye and triticale as summarised below:
OSIRIS P offers prolonged persistence of disease control leading to increased
yield.
2.1
Disease Susceptibility
Winter
wheat
Powdery mildew
MC
Spring Winter
wheat barley
MC
MC
Spring Durum
barley wheat
MC
MC
Rye
Triticale
MC
MC
Septoria tritici
C
C
-
-
C
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
C
-
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Tan spot
MC
MC
-
-
MC
-
-
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
MC
-
Ramularia
-
-
MC
MC
-
-
-
Eyespot
R
-
R
-
R
R
R
Fusarium
ear blight (1)
MC#
MC#
-
-
MC#
-
MC#
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
MC
MC
-
-
MC
-
-
(1) Application of OSIRIS P to ears of wheat and triticale can lead to reduction
of the levels of the mycotoxin deoxynivalenol (DON) associated with Fusarium
ear blight infection, but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to reduction
of DON below the statutory limit in wheat and triticale grain.
# When applied at 2 litres per hectare OSIRIS P will achieve Moderate Control
of Fusarium ear blight. OSIRIS P can also be used at 1.33 litres per hectare for
Good Reduction of this disease.
414
Osiris® P
2.2
C = Control
GR = Good Control
R = Reduction
Strains of certain diseases with decreased sensitivity to triazole fungicides are
known to exist in the UK. Where these occur or develop, OSIRIS P may not give
satisfactory control.
OSIRIS P contains the DMI fungicides epoxiconazole and metconazole.
(Mycosphaerella graminicola) which may seriously affect the performance
of some products. For further advice on resistance management with DMIs
contact your agronomist or specialist advisor, and visit the FRAG-UK website.
A strategy for managing resistance should be adopted. Guidelines have been
produced by the Fungicide Resistance Action Committee (FRAC) and copies
are available from HGCA, CPA, your distributor, crop adviser or product
manufacturer.
3.
3.1
Crops
OSIRIS P may be used on all varieties of winter and spring wheat, durum wheat,
winter and spring barley, rye and triticale.
3.2
Time of Application
Apply OSIRIS P at the start of disease attack. Applications in wheat, rye and
triticale can be made up to the end of flowering (GS 69). Applications in barley
can be made up to the end of ear emergence (GS 59).
For optimum effect against eyespot with OSIRIS P apply between the leaf
For protection against Fusarium ear blight and sooty moulds on the ears of
winter and spring wheat, durum wheat and triticale, apply OSIRIS P during ear
emergence.
3.3
Rate of Application
Apply 2 litres of OSIRIS P in 150 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
Osiris P may be applied at 2 litres per hectare in 100 litres water per hectare
biological efficacy. Reducing the water volume is not recommended where
control of stem base diseases is required.
When applied at 2 litres per hectare OSIRIS P will achieve Moderate Control
of Fusarium ear blight. OSIRIS P can also be used at 1.33 litres per hectare for
Good Reduction of this disease.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with OSIRIS P, oilseed rape, cereals, sugar beet,
linseed, maize, clover, beans, peas, carrots, potatoes, lettuce, cabbage,
sunflower, ryegrass and onions may be sown as the following crop. The effect
of OSIRIS P on other crops has not been assessed.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Mixing
mixing of the product, invert the container several times before opening.
415
F
F
Osiris® P
Add the required quantity of OSIRIS P to the spray tank while re-circulating. Fill
up the tank with water and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
5.2
Application
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
minimum of three rinses.
6.
CONTAINER AND STROAGE
Osiris P is supplied in 10 litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
a COSHH assessment shows that they provide an
equal or higher standard of protection.
WASH HANDS AND EXPOSED SKIN before
meals and after work.
container. Do not clean application equipment
drains from farmyards and roads.
unsprayed buffer zone to surface water bodies in line with LERAP
requirement.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from horizontal boom sprayers to fall
within 5 m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body, unless
a Local Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a
narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the
for three years.
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD, DRINK AND ANIMAL FEEDING STUFFS
416
Osiris® P
8.
GLOBALLY HARMINSED SYSTEM (GHS) REGULATIONS
Osiris® P
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 56.25 g/l epoxiconazole and
41.25 g/l metconazole.
WARNING:
MAY CAUSE AN ALLERGIS REACTION.
SUSPECTED OF DAMAGING FERTILITY, SUSPECTED OF
DAMAGING THE UNBORN CHILD.
EFFECTS.
OBTAIN SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS BEORE USE.
WEAR EYE PROTECTION.
ATTENTION.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
417
F
F
Osiris® P
9.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum
total dose
Latest time of
application
Wheat (winter),
Wheat (spring)
Wheat (durum)
Rye, Triticale
2 litres product
per hectare
4 litres product
GS 69 (end of
flowering)
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
2 litres product
per hectare
4 litres product
GS 59 (end of
ear emergence)
PRODUCTS.
418
Paraat®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15445
Use: A fungicide for use against crown rot (Phytophthora cactorum) in
strawberries and root rot (Phytophthora spp.) in raspberries and blackberries.
Formulation: A wettable powder containing 50% dimethomorph.
Recommended Crops:
Blackberries (outdoor and protected)
Raspberries (outdoor and protected)
Strawberry (outdoor and protected)
Maximum individual dose: 3.0 kg product/ha
Maximum number of treatments: One per year
Spray Quality: COARSE (outdoor strawberries)
Strawberries – 35 days before harvest.
Raspberries & blackberries – 90 days before harvest.
Processed Crops: Consult processor before use on crops for processing.
Guidance
419
Paraat®
Water Volume: 600-1000 litres per hectare. (outdoor strawberries)
F
Paraat®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
1.
1.1
Processed crops
Consult processor before use on crops for processing.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Paraat is a fungicide with protectant activity against crown rot (Phytophthora
cactorum) in strawberries and root rot (Phytophthora spp.) in raspberries and
blackberries. Paraat will be most effective when applied as a protectant
treatment immediately after planting, before disease symptoms appear.
2.1
Resistance
Paraat contains dimethomorph, a CAA fungicide. It should be used in
accordance with FRAC resistance management advice for CAA fungicides.
In outdoor and protected crops of strawberries, no more than one application
of Paraat per year may be made to control crown rot (Phytophthora cactorum).
Applications should be made preventatively after planting.
In raspberries and blackberries, no more than one application of Paraat per year
may be made to control root rot (Phytophthora spp.). Applications should be
made preventatively immediately after planting in the spring or autumn.
Alternation with fungicides with different modes of action to Paraat is
recommended as part of a resistance management programme. CAA fungicides
should not make up more than 50% of the intended number of fungicide
applications for Phytophthora disease control in strawberries, raspberries and
blackberries.
Use Paraat as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
incorporating other methods of control, including where appropriate fungicides
with a different mode of action.
3.
CROPS
3.1
Outdoor strawberries
Time of Application
For the moderate control of crown rot (Phytophthora cactorum) apply Paraat as
a preventative treatment immediately after planting.
Rate of Application
Apply Paraat at 3.0 kg/ha as a high volume spray of 600–1000 litres of water
per hectare, ensuring good coverage around the base of the plant.
3.2
Protected strawberries
Time of Application
For the moderate control of crown rot (Phytophthora cactorum), apply Paraat as
a preventative treatment immediately after planting.
Rate of Application
Apply Paraat as a drip irrigation or root drench treatment of 0.1 gram of
product per plant in a minimum water volume of 100 ml of water per plant, not
exceeding 3.0 kg of product/ha.
420
Paraat®
3.3
Raspberries and blackberries (outdoor and protected) –
qualified minor use recommendation
Time of Application
For the moderate control of root rot (Phytophthora spp.) apply Paraat as a
preventative treatment immediately after planting in the spring or autumn.
Rate of Application
Apply as a drip irrigation or root drench treatment delivering 1.0 g of Paraat
per plant in a minimum of 200 ml of water per plant, not exceeding 3.0 kg of
product/ha.
4.
SUCCEEDING CROPS
Following application of Paraat, allow 10 months before sowing clover.
5.
In outdoor strawberries, Paraat should be applied as a COARSE spray as
defined by BCPC, using a high volume drenching spray of 600–1000 litres of
water per hectare, ensuring good coverage around the base of the plant. In
protected crops of strawberries, Paraat should be applied via drip irrigation
or as a root drench delivering at least 100 ml of water per plant. In outdoor
or protected raspberries and blackberries, Paraat should be applied via drip
irrigation or as a root drench delivering at least 200 ml of water per plant.
Half fill the sprayer, drench or irrigation tank with clean water and start agitation.
Steadily add the required quantity of Paraat direct to the spray, drench or
irrigation tank (pre-mixing is not necessary).
Empty product container thoroughly and dispose of safely.
Add the remainder of the water.
Apply immediately and continue agitation until spraying, irrigation or drenching
is complete.
Wash sprayer or flush out drench or irrigation equipment thoroughly immediately
after use, using clean water and following best practice advice and the guidance
provided by the equipment manufacturer.
421
F
F
Paraat®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (disposable filtering facepiece respirator to at least
EN149 FFP2 or equivalent) when handling the product.
surfaces.
protection.
insides of gloves.
Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower buffer
zone, or within 1 m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of application.
WASH OUT CONTAINER THOROUGHLY and dispose of safely.
568
422
Paraat®
7.
Paraat®
A wettable powder containing 500 g/kg dimethomorph.
HARMFUL TO AQUATIC ORGANISMS, MAY CAUSE LONG TERM
ADVERSE EFFECTS IN THE AQUATIC ENVIRONMENT.
8.
Crop
Strawberry
(outdoor)
Strawberry
(protected)
Raspberries
blackberries,
(outdoor and
protected)
Maximum
Individual Dose
(kg product/ha)
3.0
Maximum Number
of applications
(per year)
1
3.0 See ‘Other Specific 1
Restriction (1)’
for details
3.0 See ‘Other Specific 1
Restriction (2)’
for details
Latest Time of
Application
35 days
before harvest
35 days
before harvest
90 days
before harvest
(1) For use on protected strawberry as a drip irrigation or root drench the
concentration of the diluted product must not exceed 1 g product per litre
water. If using the maximum concentration do not apply more than
100 ml of diluted product/solution per plant. Do not exceed the maximum
individual dose or exceed 0.1 g product per plant.
(2) For use on protected and outdoor raspberries and blackberries as a drip
irrigation or root drench the concentration of the diluted product must not
exceed 5 g product per litre water. If using the maximum concentration
do not apply more than 200 ml of the diluted product/solution per plant.
Do not exceed the maximum individual dose or exceed 1.0g product per
plant.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 15445)
423
569
F
F
Paraat®
424
PDM 330 EC®
PDM® 330 EC
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 13406
Use: A herbicide for the control of annual grass and broadleaf weeds in a wide
range of crops.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 330 g/l (32.8% w/w)
pendimethalin.
Pack Size: 10 litres in outers of two
Max Individual Dose: 4.0 litres product/ha (4.5 litres per hectare for maize).
Max Number of Treatments: 1 per crop
Winter wheat, durum wheat, winter barley,
stage
winter rye and triticale:
Spring barley, potatoes, combining peas,
and sunflowers:
Forage maize and grain maize:
Before leaf sheath erect
(crop GS 30).
Pre-crop emergence.
Before 4th leaf stage.
Guidance
425
PDM 330 EC®
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat, durum wheat, winter barley, winter rye and triticale.
Spring barley, potatoes, combining pea and sunflower.
Forage maize, Grain maize.
Forage maize (grown under temporary plastic mulch), Grain maize (grown
under temporary plastic mulch).
Bulb onion (spring and autumn, drilled and transplanted).
Leek.
Carrot and parsnip.
Broccoli/calabrese, Brussels sprout, Cabbage, Cauliflower.
Blackcurrant, Gooseberry.
Strawberry.
Apple, Cherry, Pear, Plum.
Raspberry, Loganberry, Rubus Hybrid, Blackberry.
H
PDM 330 EC®
Forage maize and grain maize
(grown under temporary plastic mulch):
Bulb onion (spring and autumn, drilled
and transplanted):
Leek:
Carrot and parsnip:
Broccoli/calabrese, Brussels sprout,
Cabbage, Cauliflower:
Blackcurrant, Gooseberry:
Strawberry:
Apple, Cherry, Pear, Plum:
Raspberry, Loganberry,
Rubus Hybrid, Blackberry:
Pre-crop emergence.
Pre-crop emergence.
Pre-crop emergence.
Pre-crop emergence.
Before transplanting.
Before bud burst.
After flower initiation but
before flower truss
emergence.
Before bud burst.
After harvest but before bud
burst.
representative or the BASF Technical Services Hotline: 00 44 845 602 2553
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
A herbicide for the control of annual grass and broad-leaved weeds in a wide range
of crops.
1.
1.1
Efficacy
Some soil moisture must be present for PDM 330 EC to be activated. Best
results will be obtained if rainfall occurs within seven days of application.
- under prolonged dry conditions
- on soils with a high Kd factor
- where organic matter exceeds 6%
- where ash content is high
DO NOT disturb the soil after PDM 330 EC has been applied as this will
result in reduced weed control.
Where cultural practices which encourage the build up of organic matter
in the soil surface are practiced for a number of seasons the effectiveness
of residual herbicides may be reduced. In such circumstances, periodic
ploughing is recommended to disperse residues into a greater volume of soil.
1.2
Soil types
PDM 330 EC may be used on all mineral soil types.
On stony or gravelly soils, crop damage could occur, particularly, if heavy rain
follows treatment.
426
PDM 330 EC®
1.3
Seedbed preparation
Seedbed must have a fine, firm tilth.
Consolidate loose or cloddy seedbeds before use.
Following pre-emergence applications, unconsolidated clods (especially if
larger than 7.5cm (3”) diameter) may reduce the level of weed control and
cause seed to be inadequately covered, which could result in crop damage.
1.4
Crop safety
of the target area.
DO NOT apply PDM 330 EC to crops suffering from stress, which may
be caused for example by pests, disease, water logging, poor seedbed
conditions or previous chemical treatment.
Seed should be covered with a minimum of 3.2 cm of settled soil (2.5 cm for
peas and sunflowers, 5 cm for maize).
Shallow drilled crops should be treated post-emergence.
DO NOT undersow crops treated with PDM 330 EC.
PDM 330 EC should not be used on protected crops, or in greenhouses.
Before using PDM 330 EC on crops to be processed please consult your
processor.
Concentrated or diluted PDM 330 EC will stain. Avoid spillage. Staining is
minimised or completely removed if skin and clothes are washed immediately.
Hose down machinery immediately after use with a spray tank cleaner.
1.5
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Cereals
2.1.1 PDM 330 EC applied alone
All weed susceptibility ratings in the table below are for applications made
pre-emergence of the weeds.
CROPS
Winter Wheat, Durum Wheat,
Winter Barley, Winter Rye
& Triticale
Spring Barley,
PDM 330 EC
PRODUCT
RATE (litres/ha)
4.0
3.0
PDM 330 EC
4.0
GRASS WEED
CONTROL
Annual Meadow-grass
Awned Canary Grass
Black-grass
Rough Meadow-grass
S
MS
S
MS
S
MS
-
-
-
BROAD-LEAVED
WEEDS
Black-bindweed
Black Nightshade
Cleavers
Continued on next page
427
H
H
PDM 330 EC®
Continued from previous page
Common Chickweed
Common Fumitory
Common Orache
Common Poppy
Corn Buttercup
Corn Marigold
Fat-hen
Field Forget-me-not
Field Pansy
Hemp-nettle
(Day Nettle)
Henbit Dead-nettle
Knotgrass
Mayweeds
Parsley Piert
Red Dead-nettle
Redshank
(early germinating)
Scarlet Pimpernel
Shepherd’s Purse
Small Nettle
Smooth Sowthistle
Speedwells
Volunteer Oilseed
Rape (1)
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
MS
S
MS
MS
MS
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S = Susceptible
(1) = Deep germinating Volunteer Oilseed Rape may not be controlled
- = no data
2.1.2 PDM 330 EC plus tank mix partner
Grass weed control
CROPS
PRODUCT
Winter Wheat
Winter Wheat
PDM 330EC
PDM 330 EC
RATE (litres/ha)
4.0
4.0
Tank mix partner
RATE (g a.s./ha)
Atlantis WG
400 g/ha
Lexus SX
20 g/ha
Annual
Meadow-grass
S up to 1st
node (GS 31)
Awned Canary Grass
Black-grass
S up to 1st
node (GS 31)
S pre-em,
MS up to
2 lvs
S up to
mid tiller
GRASS WEED
CONTROL
428
PDM 330 EC®
Loose Silky Bent
Rough Meadow-grass
S up to 1st
node (GS 31)
Italian Ryegrass
S up to stem
elongation
(GS 30)
S up to 1st
node (GS 31)
S up to 1st
node (GS 31)
Perennial Ryegrass
(from seed)
Wild oats
(Autumn germinating)
S up to 3 lvs
MS pre-em,
MS up to
2 lvs
-
-
Broad-leaved weed control
CROPS
PRODUCT
RATE (litres/ha)
Tank mix partner
RATE (g a.s./ha)
Winter Wheat
Winter Wheat
PDM 330EC
PDM 330 EC
4.0
4.0
Atlantis WG
400 g/ha
Lexus SX
20 g/ha
-
-
S up to 2 lvs
S up to 2
whorl
S up to 8 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
MR up to 1
whorl
MS up to 6
lvs (2)
MS pre-em
BROAD-LEAVED
WEEDS
Black-bindweed
Charlock
Cleavers
Common Chickweed
Common Fumitory
Common Orache
Common Poppy
MS pre-em
Corn Buttercup
-
S pre-em
MS up to
6 lvs
-
Corn Marigold
S pre-em
S pre-em
Corn Spurrey
Crane’s bill
Fat-hen
S pre-em
S up to 6 lvs
S pre-em
S pre-em
S up to 2 lvs
-
S up to 6 lvs
S pre-em
S up to 6 lvs
S pre-em
S pre-em
Field Forget-me-not
Field Pansy
Fools Parsley
Groundsel
Hemp-nettle
(Day Nettle)
S pre-em
S up to 8 lvs
429
H
H
PDM 330 EC®
Henbit Dead-nettle
Knotgrass
Mayweeds
Parsley Piert
Red Dead-nettle
Redshank
(early germinating)
Scarlet Pimpernel
Shepherd’s Purse
Small Nettle
Smooth Sowthistle
Speedwells
Volunteer Oilseed
Rape (1)
Wild radish
S
MS
*
(1)
(2)
-
S pre-em
S pre-em
S up to 8 lvs
S pre-em
S pre-em
S up to 6 lvs
S pre-em
S up to 6 lvs
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S up to 4
lvs
S pre-em
S pre-em
S up to 2 lvs
S pre-em
S up to 6
lvs
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
-
S up to 6 lvs
-
=
=
=
=
=
Susceptible
Approved formulations
Deep germinating Volunteer Oilseed Rape may not be controlled
Regrowth of Chickweed may occur where residual activity is reduced
by excessive rainfall warm soils and/or very dry soil conditions.
= no data
430
PDM 330 EC®
2.2
H
Other crops
CROPS
PRODUCT
RATE (litres/ha)
Tank mix partner
RATE (kg or litres/ha)
Annual Meadow-grass
Black-grass
Rough Meadow-grass
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S
MS
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S pre-em
MS pre-em
Black &White Mustard
Black bindweed
Black Nightshade
Charlock
Cleavers (#)
Common Chickweed
Common Fumitory (#)
Common Orache
Common Poppy
Corn Buttercup
Corn Marigold
Fat-hen
Field Forget-me-not
Field Pansy
Groundsel
Hemp (Day) -nettle
Henbit Dead-nettle
Knotgrass
Mayweeds (#)
Parsley Piert
Red Dead Nettle
Redshank (1)
Scarlet Pimpernel
Shepherd’s Purse
Small Nettle
Smooth Sowthistle
Speedwells
S pre-em
*MS pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
*MS pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
MS pre-em
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em#
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
MS pre-em
S
MS
*
(1)
(2)
#
-
Combining peas
Onions
Potatoes:Forage and
Sunflowers
Leeks
(First Early, Second Grain Maize
Carrots
Transplanted:Early, Maincrop) (including crops
Parsnips
(Brussels sprouts,
grown under
Strawberries Broccoli, Calabrese
temporary plastic
Bush fruit
Cabbage,
mulch)
Cane fruit
Cauliflower).
Top fruit
PDM 330 EC
PDM 330 EC
PDM 330 EC
PDM 330 EC
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.5
Sencorex WG
0.5 kg/ha
=
=
=
=
=
=
Susceptible
Control may be achieved under favourable conditions
Early germinating
Deep germinating Volunteer Oilseed Rape may not be controlled.
If application is followed by a period of dry conditions, or in situations where
very heavy populations occur, a sequence of PDM 330 EC and a product
applied post-emergence may be necessary.
= no data
431
H
PDM 330 EC®
2.3
adopted. Guidelines have been produced by the Weed Resistance Action Group
product manufacturer).
Populations of black-grass and Italian ryegrass with high levels of enhanced
Key elements of the resistance management strategy for PDM 330 EC:
resistant weeds.
- For the control of herbicide resistant grassweeds, always use PDM 330 EC
in tank mix or sequence with other effective graminicides with different modes
of action.
- Apply pre-emergence of weeds wherever possible. If applications are
delayed, apply post-emergence products/mixtures to small, actively growing
weeds, especially where high levels of resistance are suspected and to reduce
the risk of resistance development.
3.
PDM 330 EC is recommended for use on all varieties of approved crops on any
mineral soil except where indicated in the table below.
3.1
Winter wheat, durum wheat, winter barley
PDM 330 EC applied alone
Product
PDM 330 EC
Rate
3.0 or 4.0 l/ha
Water volume
100 to 200 litres/hectare.
Timing
Pre-emergence of the crop to before leaf sheath erect
stage (GS 30).
DO NOT apply pre-emergence to crops drilled after 30th
November.
Seed depth
Seed must be covered with a MINIMUM of 3.2cm of
settled soil.
ONLY treat shallow drilled crops POST-EMERGENCE.
432
PDM 330 EC®
3.2
Winter wheat
PDM 330 EC applied in tank mix with Atlantis WG
Product
PDM 330 EC + Atlantis WG + Biopower
Rate
4.0 l/ha + 400 g/ha + 0.5%
Water volume
200 litres/hectare.
Timing
Apply post-emergence from 2 leaves on the crop.
Apply to young, actively growing weeds.
Optimum timing for Black-grass control is 1-3 leaves of
the Black-grass.
Notes
For optimum activity, apply when weather conditions
promote active weed growth.
DO NOT apply to crops suffering from stress, which may
be caused for example by pests, disease, water logging,
poor seedbed conditions or previous chemical treatment.
Under certain climatic, soil and crop conditions some
slight chlorosis and stunting of the crop may occur.
If frost is likely, avoid spraying non frost-hardened crops.
Avoid spraying during periods of prolonged or severe
frost.
Control may be reduced if rain falls within 2 hours of
application.
Thoroughly clean all spray equipment with a proprietary
sprayer cleaner immediately after spraying to avoid
subsequent damage to crops other than cereals.
Consult Atlantis WG product label for information on
sequences with other sulfonylurea or ‘ALS-inhibiting’
herbicides.
433
H
H
PDM 330 EC®
PDM 330 EC applied in tank mix with Lexus SX
3.3
Products
PDM 330 EC + Lexus SX
Rate
4.0 l/ha + 20 g/ha
Water volume
Timing
Apply post-emergence from 1 leaf on the crop.
Apply to small, actively growing weeds.
the Black-grass.
Notes
frost.
DO NOT apply if rain is imminent.
Consult Lexus SX product label for information on
herbicides.
Winter rye, Triticale
PDM 330 EC applied alone
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
3.0 or 4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
stage (GS 30).
November.
Seed depth
Seed must be covered with a MINIMUM of 3.2 cm of
settled soil.
434
PDM 330 EC®
3.4
3.5
Spring barley
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Pre-emergence of the crop.
Apply PDM 330 EC as soon as possible after drilling and
before emergence.
Due to risk of dry soils, do not apply PDM 330 EC alone
after the end of March (mid April in Scotland) unless
rainfall is imminent.
Seed depth
settled soil.
Combining Peas
Products
3.6
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Apply PDM 330 EC as soon as possible after sowing and
final seedbed preparation.
DO NOT apply if the plumule is less than 13 mm from the
soil surface.
Due to risk of dry soils, do not apply PDM 330 EC alone
Soil types
All mineral soils except gravelly soils
Seed depth
settled soil.
Potatoes (First early, second early & maincrops)
PDM 330 EC applied in tank mix with Sencorex WG
Products
PDM 330 EC + Sencorex WG
Rate
4.0 l/ha + 0.5 kg/ha
In dry conditions apply a PDM 330 EC – Sencorex WG
sequence.
Water volume
200 litres/hectare.
Timing
Apply as soon as possible after planting and final ridging
up. Loose structured ridges must be allowed time for
settlement before application.
DO NOT apply later than 7 days before emergence.
Soil types
DO NOT use on Sands (S), Gravelly or Stony soils.
435
H
H
PDM 330 EC®
3.7
3.8
Variety
Read the Sencorex WG label carefully, particularly with
regard to varietal restrictions.
Application
PDM 330 EC should be applied in a minimum of 200 litres
of water/ha.
Notes
Best weed control will be achieved with settled wellrounded ridges with few clods. If re-ridging is necessary,
delay application until after the final ridging is completed.
Slight distortion and discolouration of the initial shoots
may occur if very heavy rain falls after application but
before emergence, particularly to crops grown on very
light soils. This is quickly outgrown and subsequent
growth is unaffected.
regard to following crop restrictions.
Sunflowers
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Apply as soon as possible after sowing and final seedbed
cultivation, before crop and weed emergence.
Seedbed
Consolidate seedbeds after drilling to provide a firm level
soil.
Seed should be drilled so that after seedbed
consolidation it is covered by a minimum of 2.5 cm of
settled soil.
Forage and Grain Maize (including crops grown under temporary
plastic mulch)
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.5 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Forage and Grain Maize: before 4th leaf of the crop. Maize
grown under temporary plastic mulch: pre-emergence.
Notes
DO NOT use on Sweetcorn or Maize grown for seed.
Seed must be covered by a minimum of 5cm of
settled soil. The use of PDM 330 EC may affect the full
development of crown roots which function only to anchor
the plant. This has no effect on the yield of maize.
If application is followed by a period of dry conditions or
in situations where very heavy weed populations occur,
a sequence of PDM 330 EC and a product applied postemergence may be necessary.
436
PDM 330 EC®
3.9
3.10
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Apply as soon as possible after drilling but before crop
and weed emergence.
Notes
If emerged weeds are present after drilling but
pre-emergence of the crop, PDM 330 EC may be applied
in tank mix with a recommended approved contact
herbicide.
Transplanted Brassicas (Broccoli, Brussels sprouts, Cabbages,
Calabrese, Cauliflowers)
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Apply after final plantbed cultivation but before
transplanting. DO NOT apply PDM 330 EC post-planting
as crop damage may occur.
DO NOT apply PDM 330 EC to any transplanted brassicas
when heavy rain is forecast.
Application
DO NOT incorporate and avoid all unnecessary
disturbance to soil after application.
When transplanting care must be taken not to introduce
treated soil into the root zone.
If necessary, irrigation should be used before application
as some moisture is essential for the chemical to be
activated.
Soil types
DO NOT use on crops grown on sands (CS, S, FS, LCS),
very light soils (LS, LFS, CSL), as crop damage may result.
Notes
If emerged weeds are present at pre-transplanting
application, apply PDM 330 EC in tank mix with a
recommended approved contact herbicide.
437
H
H
PDM 330 EC®
3.11
Bulb onions (Spring and autumn drilled or transplanted) and Leeks
(drilled only)
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Drilled crops - apply PDM 330 EC as soon as possible
after drilling but before crop or weed emergence
Transplanted crops - apply PDM 330 EC pre-transplanting.
Do not apply PDM 330 EC to any onion or leek crop when
heavy rain is forecast.
Seed depth
Seed should be covered with a minimum of 2.5cm of
settled soil.
Application
When transplanting, care must be taken not to introduce
Soil types
PDM 330 EC is not recommended for use on onions or
leeks grown on sands (CS, S, FS, LCS), very light soils (LS,
LFS, CSL), as crop damage may result.
PDM 330 EC is not recommended for use on onions or
leeks grown on fen soils or other soils containing in excess
of 10% organic matter, as weed control may be reduced.
Notes
If weeds are present, these can be controlled by applying
PDM 330 EC in tank mix with a recommended contact
herbicide.
Read tank mix partner label carefully for restrictions on
transplanted multi-seeded onions or leeks.
438
00
PDM 330 EC®
3.12
Strawberries (Maiden and Established crops)
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Maiden Beds
- runners should be planted so that roots are well covered.
- good consolidation of the plantbed is necessary for good
weed control.
Notes
3.13
- PDM 330 EC should be applied to dormant newly
planted runners in the autumn or early spring immediately
after planting and prior to weed emergence.
- if runners are likely to be slow in establishing due to
stress conditions, such as drought, at the time of planting,
the application of PDM 330 EC should be delayed until
plants have established and are free of stress.
- application made after runners have started growing
away may reduce the initial vigour of new foliage but this
will be rapidly outgrown.
- do not apply PDM 330 EC before October to beds newly
planted with cold-stored runner or beds newly planted in
late summer.
- pre-planting application of PDM 330 EC is not
recommended.
Established beds
- apply PDM330 EC to weed free soil from autumn to early
spring during the dormant period of the crop.
- PDM 330 EC applied after the end of March or after the
emergence of flower trusses in the spring may affect crop
yield, particularly if conditions adverse to vigorous plant
growth follow application.
- do not apply PDM 330 EC during the flower initiation
period (immediately post-harvest to mid-September).
Leaf growth of strawberries may be checked following
applications of PDM 330 EC in the spring but, in extensive
experimentation, this has been shown not to affect yield.
Do NOT use PDM 330 EC on protected crops or crops
grown in green houses.
Bush Fruit – Blackcurrants, Gooseberries
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Apply PDM 330 EC after final cultivation to weed-free soil
from autumn to early spring during the dormant period of
the crop before bud burst, either over the top or as a
directed spray.
PDM 330 EC is not recommended for use in the season of
planting.
Tank Mixes
If emerged weeds are present at application, PDM 330 EC
may be applied as a directed spray in tank mix with a
439
00
H
H
PDM 330 EC®
3.14
3.15
Cane Fruit – Raspberries, Loganberries, Tayberries, Blackberries
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Apply PDM 330 EC after final cultivation to weed-free soil
from autumn to early spring. PDM 330 EC is not
recommended for use after the end of March unless
adequate soil moisture is present as some soil moisture
present is essential for the chemical to be activated.
DO NOT apply to autumn fruiting raspberries.
Newly planted crops:
- PDM 330 EC should be applied immediately after
planting.
- a light ridging along the cane row before application is
recommended to ensure roots are well covered.
- PDM 330 EC should be applied well before the
emergence of the new canes.
Established crops:
- PDM 330 EC should be applied as soon as the canes
have been cut out and tied, but before bud burst.
Tank Mixes
If emerged weeds are present at application, PDM 330 EC
may be applied as a directed spray in tank mix with a
Top Fruit – Apples, Cherries, Pears, Plums
Products
PDM 330 EC
Rate
4.0 l/ha
Water volume
Timing
Apply PDM 330 EC to weed-free soil from autumn to early
spring. PDM 330 EC is not recommended for use after the
end of March unless adequate soil moisture is present as
some soil moisture is essential for the chemical to be
activated.
PDM 330 EC is not recommended for use in the season of
planting.
Tank Mixes
If emerged weeds are present at the time of application,
PDM 330 EC should be applied in tank mix with a
recommended approved contact herbicide..
440
PDM 330 EC®
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
4.1
Before Rye grass is drilled after a very dry season, plough or cultivate to at
least 15 cm.
If spring crops are to be followed by crops other than cereals plough or cultivate
to at least 15 cm.
4.2
In the event of crop failure the land must be ploughed or thoroughly cultivated
to a minimum depth of 15cm to ensure any residues are evenly dispersed
throughout the soil.
The minimum intervals (specified below) should elapse between application of
PDM 330 EC and the sowing of one of the following crops listed below.
Application
timing
Minimum
interval
Autumn
5 months
Spring
& early
summer
2 months
5 months
12 months
In the event of crop failure, the following
crops may be drilled:
Spring wheat, Spring barley, Spring Field beans,
Broad beans, Dwarf beans, Brussels sprouts,
Cabbage, Calabrese, Carrots, Cauliflower,
Parsnips, Parsley, Peas, Potato, Linseed, Maize,
Turnip
Spring Field beans, Broad beans, Dwarf beans,
Brussels sprouts, Cabbage, Calabrese, Carrots,
Cauliflower, Parsnips, Parsley, Peas, Linseed,
Turnip
Any crop (with the exception of Red Beet,
Sugar Beet and Spinach) may be planted or
sown.
Red Beet, Sugar Beet and Spinach
441
H
H
PDM 330 EC®
5.
5.1
Mixing
the required quantity of PDM 330 EC to the spray tank while re-circulating. Fill
up the tank with water and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
5.2
Application
Ensure good, even spray cover of the target using a FINE or MEDIUM quality
spray, as defined by BCPC.
Apply PDM 330 EC in 100-200 l/ha. When tank mixing with other products use
a minimum water volume of 150-200 l/ha depending on the tank mix partner.
For potatoes apply PDM 330 EC in minimum of 200 l/ha.
When using 100 l/ha include an 80 mesh inline boom filter.
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
minimum of three rinses, to ensure that all traces of product are removed.
6.
TANK MIXTURES
When tank-mixing ONLY APPLY within label conditions for each product.
7.
SEQUENTIAL TREATMENTS
PDM 330 EC may be used in sequence with any other approved product. Leave
a minimum interval of 24 hours unless longer is specified on the label.
PDM 330 EC may be applied in sequence with Avadex Excel 15G provided
only one product is applied pre-emergence of the crop.
8.
PDM 330 EC is supplied in 10 litres containers and should be kept dry and
frostproof in a suitable pesticide store. Store above 4°C.
442
PDM 330 EC®
9.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces and when applying by hand held equipment.
protection.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, seek medical advice immediately (show label where
possible).
container. (Do not clean application equipment near
surface water/Avoid contamination via drains from
farmyards and roads).
LERAP requirement.
zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of application.
for three years.
THIS MATERIAL AND ITS CONTAINER must be disposed of in a safe way.
dispose of safely.
Store above 4°C.
443
H
H
PDM 330 EC®
10.
PDM 330 EC®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 330 g/litre pendimethalin,
isobutanol and Solvesso 200 ND.
DANGER:
EFFECTS.
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND EYE/FACE PROTECTION.
IF SWALLOWED: IMMEDIATELY CALL A POISON CENTRE
CLOTHING.
To avoid risks to human health and the environment,
comply with the instructions for use.
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Products Regulations 2005
444
PDM 330 EC®
11.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/HORTICULTURAL
Crops
Maximum Individual
Dose
Maximum Number
of Treatments
Latest Time of
Application
Winter wheat,
durum wheat,
winter barley,
winter rye
and triticale.
One per crop
Before leaf
sheath erect
stage (crop
GS 30)
Spring barley,
potatoes,
combining pea
and sunflower.
One per crop
Pre-crop
emergence
Forage Maize,
Grain Maize
One per crop
Before 4th
leaf stage
Forage Maize
(grown under
emergence
temporary
plastic mulch),
Grain Maize
(grown under
temporary
plastic mulch).
One per crop
Pre-crop
Bulb onion,
(spring and autumn,
drilled and
transplanted).
One per crop
Pre-crop
emergence
Leek
One per crop
Pre-crop
emergence
Carrot and
parsnip
One per crop
Pre-crop
emergence
Broccoli/calabrese,
Brussels sprout,
Cabbage,
Cauliflower
One per crop
Before
transplanting
Blackcurrant,
Gooseberry
One per year
Before
bud burst
Strawberry
One per year
After flower
initiation but
before flower
truss
emergence
Apple, Cherry, Pear 4.0 litres product/ha
Plum
One per year
Before
bud burst
Raspberry,
Loganberry, Rubus
Hybrid, Blackberry
One per year
After harvest
but before
bud burst
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP NO. 13406)
445
H
H
PDM® 330 EC
446
PexanTM
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15584
winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye and oats.
epoxiconazole and 59.4 g/litre (5.7% w/w) fluxapyroxad.
Pack size: 5 litres in outers of four.
Recommended Crops:
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
Wheat (durum)
Triticale
Rye
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Durum wheat
Up to and including
just complete
(GS 69)
Oats
Up to and including
emergence of ear just
complete (GS 59)
BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association).
Guidance
447
PexanTM
F
PexanTM
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Pexan is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use in winter
wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye and oats.
1.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the rates of use and latest
timing for fluxapyroxad and epoxiconazole given by the BBPA (British Beer and
Pubs Association).
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Pexan is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for the
Winter
wheat
Powdery mildew
Spring Winter
wheat barley
Spring Durum
barley wheat
Oats
Rye
Triticale
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Septoria tritici
C
C
-
-
C
-
-
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
-
-
C
-
-
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Net blotch
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
C
C
-
-
C
-
Tan spot
MC
MC
-
-
MC
-
-
-
Ramularia
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
-
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Eyespot
MC
-
-
-
MC
MC
MC
MC
Fusarium
ear blight #
MC
-
-
-
MC
MC
MC
MC
R
R
-
-
R
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
C = Control
GR = Good Reduction
R = Reduction
# Application of Pexan to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the levels
448
PexanTM
2.1
Resistance
Pexan should be used in accordance with the instructions for use for the target
Use Pexan as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
fungicides are known to exist in the UK. Where these occur or develop Pexan
Pexan contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI
3.
3.1
Crops
Pexan is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use
in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley,
3.2
Time of Application
Apply Pexan after growth stage BBCH 25 (tillering). A maximum of two
oats.
3.3
Rate of Application
Apply 2 litres of Pexan per hectare in 100 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Pexan, cabbage, carrot, clover, dwarf beans,
field beans, lettuce, maize, oats, oilseed rape, onions, peas, potatoes, ryegrass,
sugar beet, sunflower, winter barley and winter wheat may be sown as the
following crop.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Spray solution MUST be used on the day of mixing and must NOT be left
overnight.
mixing.
449
F
F
PexanTM
6.
Pexan is supplied in 10 litres containers and should be kept dry and frost proof
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS) SUITABLE
protection.
container.
water.
roads. To protect aquatic organisms respect an
boom sprayers
to fall within 5m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing waterbody,
unless a Local Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits
a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the
Storage and disposalt
450
PexanTM
8.
Pexan
epoxiconazole and 59.4 g/litre (5.7% w/w) fluxapyroxad.
IRRITATING TO EYES.
ENVIRONMENT
STUFFS.
DO NOT EMPTY INTO DRAINS
THIS MATERIAL AND ITS CONTAINMENT MUST BE
2005.
451
F
F
PexanTM
9.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum no.
of treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter and
spring wheat
durum wheat,
rye and triticale
2 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Uo to and including
flowering complete
(GS 69)
Winter and
spring barley
Oats
2 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and
including
emergence of ear
PRODUCTS.
452
Picona® / PicoPro® H
PicoMax® / Chronicle®
HERBICIDE
Picona MAPP No. 13428
PicoPro MAPP No. 13454
PicoMax MAPP No. 13456
Chronicle MAPP No. 15394
Use: A herbicide with residual and contact activity for the control of meadow
grasses and broad-leaved weeds in winter wheat and winter barley.
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Recommended Rates: 2 l/ha or 3 l/ha, depending on time of application,
weed spectrum and size of weeds.
Maximum Individual Dose: 3 litres of product per hectare.
Maximum Number of Treatments: One per crop.
Latest Time of Application: Before pseudo-stem erection
Guidance
453
Picona® / PicoPro® / PicoMax® /Chronicle®
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 16 g/l picolinafen and
320 g/l pendimethalin.
H
Picona® / PicoPro® / PicoMax® / Chronicle®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Picona/PicoPro/PicoMax/Chronicle is a herbicide with residual and contact activity for
the control of meadow grasses and broad leaved weeds in winter wheat and winter
barley.
1.
1.1
Efficacy
For residual control some soil moisture is required for Picona/PicoPro/
PicoMax/Chronicle. Best results will be obtained if rain falls within 7 days of
application.
Residual control may be reduced :
in the surface soil are practised for a number of seasons, the effectiveness of
residual herbicides may be reduced. In such circumstances periodic ploughing
is recommended to disperse residues into a greater volume of soil.
1.2
Soil types
Picona/PicoPro/PicoMax/Chronicle may be used on all mineral soil types.
DO NOT use on stony or gravelly soils as crop damage can occur, particularly
if heavy rain follows treatment.
Seedbed preparation
1.3
Loose or cloddy seedbeds must be consolidated prior to application, otherwise
reduced weed control may occur. They may also cause seed to be inadequately
covered which could result in crop damage.
1.4
Crop safety
example by pests, disease, waterlogging, poor seedbed conditions or previous
chemical treatment.
crop damage.
3.2 cm of settled soil.
Some transient bleaching may be seen after application to some crops.
This does not lead to yield loss.
454
1.5
Spray drift
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage by drift onto plants outside the
target area.
1.6
Other restrictions/warnings
DO NOT use more than one application of Picona/PicoPro/PicoMax/Chronicle
in one growing season.
Concentrated or diluted Picona/PicoPro/PicoMax/Chronicle may stain. Avoid
spillage. Staining is minimised or completely removed if skin/clothes are
washed immediately.
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Picona/PicoPro/
PicoMax/Chronicle
For post-emergence applications best results will be achieved by application to
small actively growing weeds.
Product Rate (l/ha)
Application timing
Annual Meadow-grass
Rough Meadow-grass
Charlock
Cleavers
Common Chickweed
Common Fumitory
Common Orache
Common Poppy
Corn Marigold
Fat-hen
Field Forget-me-not
Field Pansy
Henbit Dead-nettle
Knotgrass
Parsley Piert
Red Dead-nettle
Scarlet Pimpernel
Shepherd’s Purse
Smooth Sowthistle
S
MS
(1)
Picona/Chronicle/PicoPro/PicoMax
3
2
3
Pre-em
Post-em
S
S up to 2 lvs
S up to 2 lvs
MS
MS up to 2 lvs
MS up to 2 lvs
MS
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
MS up to 1 whorl S up to 3 whorls
S
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 3 lvs
S up to 3 lvs
MS
MS
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S
MS
MS
MS
S up to 4 lvs
S up to 4 lvs
S
S
S up to 6 lvs
S
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
MS
S
S
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
MS
S
MS up to 2 lvs
MS up to 2 lvs
= Susceptible
= Moderately susceptible
= deep germinating volunteer Oilseed Rape may not be controlled.
455
H
H
2.2
Strains of some annual grasses (eg Blackgrass, Wild-Oats, and Italian
control. Picolinafen is an inhibitor of carotenoid biosynthesis at the PDS step (a
group that includes picolinafen and diflufenican). A strategy for preventing and
managing such resistance should be adopted. To prevent the development of
resistant weeds herbicides with different modes of action must be used when
Action Group and copies are available from the HGCA, CPA, your distributor,
crop adviser or product manufacturer.
3.
CROPS SPECIFIC INFORMATION
3.1
Crops
All varieties of Winter Wheat and Winter Barley.
3.2
Time of application
Pre- and post-crop emergence, up to before pseudo-stem erection (before
growth stage 30).
3.3
Rate of application
Apply Picona/PicoPro/PicoMax/Chronicle at 2 or 3 l/ha in 200 litres of water per
hectare.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
4.1
There are no restrictions on following crops when Picona/PicoPro/PicoMax/
Chronicle is used alone other than before Rye-grass is drilled after a very dry
season, plough or cultivate to at least 15cm.
4.2
In the event of crop failure plough to at least 15cm. An interval of at least 8
weeks must have elapsed between using Picona/PicoPro/PicoMax/Chronicle
and re-drilling. The following crops may then be sown in spring : Spring Wheat,
Spring Barley.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Mixing
the required quantity of Picona/PicoPro/PicoMax/Chronicle to the spray tank
while re-circulating. Fill up the tank with water and continue agitation until
spraying is completed.
When tank mixes are to be used, take due note of any instructions given as to
the order of mixing. Each product should be added separately to the spray tank
and fully dispersed before the addition of any further product(s).
5.2
Application
Ensure good, even spray cover of the target using a spray of FINE or MEDIUM
456
sprayers. High speeds increase the risk of uneven cover due to excessive
boom whip and bounce. The slower speed is recommended where the target
is in a thick crop or weed cover, or where travel conditions are rough.
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
6.
Picona/PicoPro/PicoMax/Chronicle is supplied in 10 litre containers and should
be kept dry and frost proof in a suitable pesticide store.
457
H
H
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
insides of gloves
WASH HANDS before eating and after work
buffer zone to surface water bodies.
permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry
at the time of application. Aim spray away from water.
for three years.
PROTECT FROM FROST.
458
8.
Picona / PicoPro / PicoMax / Chronicle
A suspension concentrate containing 16 g/litre picolinafen, 320 g/litre
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
CONTAINS PENDIMETHALIN. CONTAINS
1, 2-BENZISOTHIAZOLE.
2005.
9.
CROPS:
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF
TREATMENTS:
LATEST TIMING:
Winter Wheat
Winter Barley
3 litres product/hectare
One per crop
Before pseudo-stem erection
PRODUCTS.
(Picona MAPP No. 13428
PicoPro MAPP No. 13454
PicoMax MAPP No. 13456
Chronicle MAPP No. 15394)
459
H
H
460
Poraz®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 11701
Use: A broad-spectrum fungicide for use on wheat, barley, winter rye and
winter oilseed rape.
prochloraz.
Recommended Crops:
Rye, winter
Oilseed rape, winter
See Section No:
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.2
Recommended Rates:
Wheat, barley, winter rye: 0.9 litres product/hectare.
1.0 litres product/hectare.
Water Volume: 200-400 litres per hectare. In dense crops or for the second
treatment, the volume should be increased to 400 litres per hectare.
Wheat, barley and winter rye: Before grain milky ripe stage and 6 weeks
before harvest.
Wheat, barley and winter rye: 2 per crop.
Maximum Total Dose:
Winter oilseed rape: 2.0 litres product/hectare/crop.
Guidance
461
Poraz®
F
Poraz®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
IMPORTANT: This leaflet is approved as part of the label. All instructions on this leaflet
and on the label should be read carefully in order to obtain successful results from the
use of this product.
All varieties of wheat, barley, winter rye and winter oilseed rape may be sprayed with
Poraz.
1.
A period of at least 3 hours (or longer in poor drying conditions) without rain
should follow spraying otherwise results may be reduced.
Avoid drift to areas outside those being sprayed having due regard to the
prevailing weather conditions and spray quality being used.
Tank-mixtures of Poraz with other fungicides should not be applied to crops
suffering from any other stress such as drought or waterlogging otherwise the
crop may suffer some scorch from which recovery may not be complete.
Yellow and Brown rust are not effectively controlled by Poraz.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Poraz controls or gives protection against all the following diseases when
applied as recommended:
Winter Wheat
Eyespot
Glume blotch (Septoria nodorum)
Leaf spot (Septoria tritici)
Powdery mildew
Spring Wheat
Powdery mildew
Spring and Winter Barley
Eyespot (Winter barley)
Leaf blotch (Rhynchosporium)
Net blotch
Powdery mildew
Winter Rye
Eyespot
Leaf blotch (Rhynchosporium)
Leaf spot (Septoria)
Powdery mildew
2.1
cereals throughout the season
against all the diseases listed will
usually require a programme of
at least two fungicide treatments
(see Crops section 3, Time of
Application).
Winter oilseed rape
Dark leaf / pod spot (Alternaria
brassicae) (reduction only)
Light leaf spot (Cylindrosporium
brassicae)
Grey mould (Botrytis cinerea)
Leaf spot / stem canker (Phoma
lingam)
Stem rot (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum)
(moderate control)
White leaf spot (Pseudocercosporella
capsellae)
Adequate protection of winter
Resistance
Poraz contains prochloraz, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI fungicides
advisor and visit the FRAG-UK website. To reduce the risk of development of
resistance, do not apply more than two full dose prochloraz-based treatments
(oilseed rape, wheat, barley and rye) or for oilseed rape only, 2 split doses
followed by a full dose. Use Poraz as part of an Integrated Crop Management
(ICM) strategy incorporating other methods of control, including where
appropriate, other fungicides with a different mode of action.
462
Poraz®
3.
CROPS
Time of Application
3.1
Cereals
Autumn sown wheat, autumn and spring sown barley and winter rye
3.1.1 Eyespot Control
Spray in the spring, from when the leaf sheaths begin to become erect until the
third node is detectable. Any over-wintering eyespot or Rhynchosporium, and
mildew on rye or barley will be controlled by Poraz applied at this time, and
protection will be given against Septoria (wheat, rye) or net blotch (barley).
If weather conditions continue to favour eyespot development after treatment,
a second spray may be necessary 4 to 6 weeks later.
Poraz sprayed for control of eyespot (Pseudocercosporella) will often give good
reduction of sharp eyespot (Rhizoctonia) and Fusarium if these diseases are
developing at the time of application, but it is not yet known when this effect is
likely to be of benefit.
3.1.2 Foliar Disease Control
For protection against leaf spot (Septoria tritici), glume blotch (Septoria
nodorum) and powdery mildew on winter wheat, spray as soon as the ligule
of the last leaf is visible if any of these diseases are present in the crop. If no
disease is present, treatment should be delayed until the first signs of infection
appear or Poraz should be applied as a protectant treatment at the end of ear
emergence if the crop is still disease free. Best protection against ear diseases
is achieved only by treatment at full ear emergence.
For control of late infections of barley leaf diseases listed above including
protection against net blotch; spray when disease appears on new growth, or
as a protectant treatment when the ligule of the last leaf is visible if any of the
diseases are present in the bottom of the crop.
On spring wheat, spray if mildew begins to build up in the crop if this occurs
before full ear emergence.
For control of late infections of the rye leaf diseases listed above, spray if
disease is present in the crop.
Yellow and Brown rust are not effectively controlled by Poraz. If rust is present
or anticipated on barley or on wheat a tank-mixture of Poraz with Corbel will
give control and protection against further attack.
3.1.3 Autumn treatment – barley
For the control of mildew and Rhynchosporium and protection against net
blotch in the autumn, spray at the onset of disease infection. To achieve
maximum yield response it is essential the autumn application is followed by
spring application. If only net blotch is present a reduced dose of 0.7 l/ha may
be used.
Latest time of application: Up to before grain milky ripe (GS 71) and six weeks
before harvest.
3.2
Winter oilseed rape
Diseases of oilseed rape can develop and spread very rapidly. It is therefore
important that crops are regularly inspected so as to detect sudden increases
in disease levels.
Poraz should be applied at the onset of disease development so as to contain
the diseases at a low level and prevent them spreading.
Poraz controls or gives protection against all the following diseases when
applied as recommended:
463
F
F
Poraz®
3.2.1 Light Leaf Spot (Cylindrosporium brassicae)
Poraz should be applied at the first sign of light leaf spot in the autumn or winter
when cool wet conditions favour spread of the disease. A split dose treatment
may be used.
A Poraz application during or shortly after flowering will prolong the control of
light leaf spot where there is a risk of late build up of disease.
3.2.2 Dark Leaf / Pod Spot (Alternaria brassicae)
Alternaria mainly develops through the spring and summer, especially following
hot humid weather. Apply Poraz as soon as Alternaria infection is seen on
the upper leaves and stems, usually from mid-flowering but not later than the
mottled seed stage. If disease pressure remains high, a second application of
Poraz should be applied 2-3 weeks later. Poraz only gives a reduction of this
disease.
3.2.3 Leaf Spot / Stem Canker (Phoma lingam)
Phoma leaf spot is spread by rain splash and can be found from October
onwards. Apply Poraz at the first sign of infection during the autumn or winter.
3.2.4 Stem Rot (Sclerotinia sclerotiorum)
The spread of Sclerotinia is favoured by wet weather during flowering. For
moderate control of the disease, spray Poraz from early flowering in high risk
situations when spore release is occurring. Control is only achieved if Poraz is
applied before the disease becomes established.
3.2.5 Grey Mould (Botrytis cinerea)
Poraz may give control of grey mould, and should be applied as soon as
Botrytis develops from stem extension onwards and if the infection continues,
apply a second spray during or after flowering.
3.2.6 White Leaf Spot (Pseudocercosporella capsellae)
Apply Poraz in the spring from stem extension, when infection is seen on the
leaves and before it spreads onto the pods.
Latest time of application: 6 weeks before harvest.
3.3
Rate of Application
Wheat, Barley and Winter Rye:
Maximum Individual Dose: 0.9 l/ha
Maximum Number of Treatments (per crop): 2
For broad-spectrum disease control use 0.9 l/ha.
For control of Net Blotch only (Barley) use 0.7 l/ha.
For control of established Mildew and/or Rust
(Wheat and Barley) use 0.9 l/ha Poraz + 1 l/ha Corbel.
A fungicide with a different mode of action to prochloraz should be used for
further disease control.
Winter Oilseed Rape
Maximum Individual Dose: 1.0 l/ha
Maximum Number of Treatments (per crop): 2 at normal dose, or 2 at split dose
followed by one application at normal dose. The maximum total dose must not
exceed 2.0 l product/hectare/crop.
For broad-spectrum disease control use 1.0 l/ha.
Split dose treatment — to control Light Leaf Spot only use 0.45 l/ha applied
in autumn followed by 0.7 l/ha Poraz applied in spring when conditions favour
disease spread.
A fungicide with a different mode of action to prochloraz should be used for
further disease control.
464
Poraz®
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply Poraz in 200-400 litres of water per hectare.
In dense crops or for the second treatment, the volume should be increased to
Apply as a MEDIUM quality spray. (For details see Boom Sprayers Handbook
published by British Crop Protection Council).
Poraz should be applied to give good foliar cover. Adjust the boom height to
give the correct height above target; alternate spray fans or cones should meet
just above the top of the crop. Even cover with a well mixed spray is essential
for good results. Forward speed should not exceed 10 km/hour (6 mph).
Check that the sprayer, spray bars and nozzles have been properly washed out
to remove traces of the previous chemical. Ensure that the sprayer has been
carefully calibrated. Nozzles should be selected to give MEDIUM spray quality.
Half-fill the sprayer tank with clean water and start agitating. Add the required
quantity of Poraz and complete filling to the final volume.
Spray immediately after mixing and maintain agitation until the spray tank is
empty. Even cover with a well-mixed spray is essential for good results.
Wash out the sprayer with water and liquid detergent immediately after use.
Finally wash out with water and drain.
5.
Poraz is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof in
465
477
F
F
Poraz®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
IF YOU FEEL UNWELL, seek medical advice (show leaflet where possible).
container.
WASH OUT CONTAINER THOROUGHLY, empty washings into spray tank
Store in a safe, dry, frost-free place designated as an agrochemical store.
PROTECT FROM FROST.
466
Poraz®
7.
Poraz®
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 450 g/litre prochloraz.
DANGER:
REPEATED EXPOSURE MAY CAUSE SKIN DRYNESS OR
CRACKING.
EFFECTS.
WEAR PROTECTIVE GLOVES AND EYE/FACE PROTECTION
467
F
F
Poraz®
8.
below:
Crops
Maximum
Maximum
Maximum
Latest Time
Individual
Number of
Total Dose
of Application
Dose
Treatments
Wheat,
0.9 litres
2 per crop
–
Before grain
Barley,
product/hectare
milky ripe
Winter rye
stage and
6 weeks
before harvest
Winter oilseed
1.0 litres
2.0 litres
6 weeks
rape
product/hectare –
product/hectare/ before harvest
crop
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 11701)
468
Pyramin® DF
H
HERBICIDE
MAFF No. 03438
Use: A residual herbicide for annual weed control.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 65% w/w chloridazon.
Pack Size: 1 kg in outers of ten.
Recommended Crops:
Sugar Beet
Fodder Beet
Mangels
Recommended Rates: 1.7-4.0 kg per hectare depending upon situation.
See literature for full details.
Water Volume: 100-240 litres/hectare, depending upon use.
Sugar beet, Fodder beet
pre-emergence of crop.
and Mangels:
Sugar beet, Fodder beet
1 per crop.
and Mangels:
Guidance
469
Pyramin® DF
Spray Quality: MEDIUM.
H
Pyramin® DF
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Pyramin DF is a soil acting herbicide which controls germinating weeds by root
absorption, during or shortly after weed emergence.
1.
A maximum total dose of 2.6 kg chloridazon/hectare may only be applied every
third year on the same field.
For optimum results the soil must be sufficiently moist at the time of application
for the product to form an active herbicidal layer in the soil.
Adequate weed control depends upon sufficient rain falling before emergence
to at least maintain this level of moisture.
Pyramin DF is suitable for use on all soil textural classes except ‘coarse
sand’, ‘sand’ and ‘fine sand’ as defined in the Soil Texture (85) System and
also excepting soils of high organic content, fen peat and moss soils. The soil
type should be accurately diagnosed since the recommended rates of use of
Pyramin DF applied pre-drilling and pre-emergence are dependent on soil type.
Pyramin DF is a selective beet herbicide which is safe to the crop and can
be used at any seed spacing. Depressions in crop vigour (with or without
a reduction in stand) may however occur if Pyramin DF is applied to crops
suffering stress conditions such as those described below:
- When rapid increase in the transpiration rate of the beet causes a sudden
increase in the rate of uptake of Pyramin DF as, for example, occurs when a
sharp rise in temperature follows a period of low temperature, or a period of
heavy rainfall.
- Where the crop is suffering from trace element deficiency, e.g. manganese.
- When the recommended rate is exceeded, particularly on sandy soils, or
when conditions are not conducive to even distribution of Pyramin DF in the
soil, such as inadequate soil moisture and poor tilth.
considered necessary these must be applied not less than three weeks
before drilling.
- When conditions at emergence reduce seedling vigour (e.g. encrustation or
- Where there is heavy loading of seed dressing on individual seeds.
- Overdosing by overlapping should be avoided.
Heavy rain falling shortly after spraying may check the growth of the crop
particularly when water has stood in surface depressions.
noticed.
Wash equipment thoroughly with water and detergent, paying particular
immediately after use. Spray out, fill with clean water and leave overnight.
Spray out again before storing or using for another product. Traces of the
product could cause harm to susceptible crops sprayed later.
Avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops, particularly lettuce.
470
Pyramin® DF
2.
WEED CONTROL
for the product to form an active herbicidal layer in the soil.
Susceptibility of weeds to Pyramin DF
Weed Name
Black-bindweed
Charlock
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Dead-nettle, Red
Fat-hen
Fumitory, Common
Groundsel
Hempnettle, Common
Knotgrass
Marigold, Corn
Mayweed spp.
Nettle, Small
Nightshade, Black
Orache, Common
Pansy, Field
Penny-cress, Field
Pimpernel, Scarlet
Poppy, Common
Radish, Wild
Redshank
Shepherd’s-purse
Sow-thistle, Prickly
Sow-thistle, Smooth
Spurges
Spurrey, Corn
Vetches
Wild-oat
S - Susceptible
MS - Moderately Susceptible
Pyramin DF
S
S
S
MR
S
S
MS
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MR
S
MS
S
S
S
S
MS
MR
S
S
MR
S
MR
R
MR – Moderately Resistant
R - Resistant
3.
3.1
Crops
Pyramin DF may be applied pre-drilling and/or pre-emergence to sugar beet,
fodder beet and mangels.
3.2
Application Methods
3.2.1 Pre-drilling and Incorporated Application
Application of Pyramin DF overall followed immediately by soil incorporation of
the spray is particularly recommended to ensure good weed control.
Where dry conditions prevail at the time of drilling or where the crop is drilled
late (after mid-April) when dry soil conditions or high temperatures may result
in rapid weed establishment before the chemical reaches the root zone of the
germinating weeds. Incorporation of Pyramin DF will enhance the herbicidal
action where surface sprays may not give satisfactory weed control.
471
H
H
Pyramin® DF
Time of Application
Apply Pyramin DF to the final seedbed before drilling. The spray must be
applied overall and incorporated into the soil as soon as possible.
Rate of Application
When applying Pyramin DF pre-emergence or pre-drilling, use a minimum water
volume of 100 litres of water per hectare.
TABLE 1
Rates of Application for both Pre-drilling/Incorporated and Pre-emergence
overall applications.
When variability in soil type occurs in one field, use the rate of Pyramin DF
recommended for the lightest soil type present. This may result in poorer weed
control on the areas of heavier soil type.
Pyramin DF
Textural
Groupa
Textural
Classa
Sands
Loamy coarse
sand
Very light
soils
Light soils
Rate of
Pyramin DF
- kg/hectare
Loamy sand
Loamy fine sand
Coarse sandy
loam
Sandy loam
Fine sandy loam
Sandy silt loam
Silt loam (85)
a
b
Medium soils
Sandy clay loam
Clay loam
Silty clay loam
Heavy soils
Sandy clay
Clay
Silty clay
1.7
2.8-3.1b
4
Not
recommended
As defined in the Soil Texture (85) System.
3.1 kg to be used only on the heavier soils in this category.
472
Pyramin® DF
Uniform incorporation into the top 25 mm layer of the final seedbed is essential
using two harrowings at right angles to each other. Spring tine or zigzag
harrows should be used with not more than 100 mm stagger set to penetrate
to a maximum depth of 75 to 100 mm into the soil.
Choice of type and weight of harrow are dependent on soil texture. Harrows
with broken, uneven or missing tines should not be used. Take particular care
with spring tine harrows which tend to penetrate too deeply.
Incorporation deeper than 25 mm causes dilution of the herbicidal layer and
may, therefore, result in inadequate weed control.
Beet should be drilled as quickly as possible after incorporation to achieve the
best results.
NOTES
Dilution of the chemical may occur if high amounts of rainfall occur just after
incorporation. In these circumstances, efficiency of the treatment may be
reduced.
3.2.2 Pre-emergence Application
Time of Application
Apply Pyramin DF at the time of drilling or immediately afterwards on a seedbed
which is fine, moist, firm and free from clods. Should spraying be delayed for
any reason, application must be made as soon as possible whilst the soil is still
moist and before any emergence of the beet. To obtain adequate weed control
significant rainfall between application and crop emergence is essential to
maintain soil moisture. If dry soil conditions or high temperatures are expected
the incorporated pre-drilling application of Pyramin DF is recommended.
Rate of Application
See Table 1 above for overall rates of application and below for band spraying.
When applying Pyramin DF pre-emergence or pre-drilling, use a minimum water
volume of 100 litres of water per hectare.
Pyramin DF can be applied pre-emergence either as an overall treatment or as
a band spray.
Band Spraying
When band spraying, set up the band sprayer according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. Use the nozzle tips and pressures recommended and at the
correct speed on a 180 mm band, the volume of water applied will be 240 litres
per sprayed hectare.
For band application add the dose rate per hectare recommended for overall
application (see Table 1) to 240 litres of water.
The area of crop treated based on a 180 mm band width varies with the crop
row width as follows:
473
485
H
H
Pyramin® DF
TABLE 2
Crop area treated at 240 litres
per sprayed hectare
Row Width
Area Treated
mm
Hectares
460
2.6
480
2.7
500
2.8
520
2.9
540
3.0
560
3.1
580
3.2
600
3.3
WARNING
Excessive penetration of the drill coulter may be accompanied by a narrowing
of the sprayed band with a consequent increase in the rate of application.
Overdosing by overlapping should be avoided, though its effects may be
minimised by spraying across the direction of drilling.
Inter-Row Weed Control Following Band Spraying
Continued weed control from Pyramin DF depends on leaving the treated soil
undisturbed. Inter-row hoeing, chopping out and singling operations should
therefore be arranged to leave as much as possible of the Pyramin DF treated
land intact.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
The effects of Pyramin DF persist in the soil for several weeks. Fields which
have been sprayed but where the crop has failed may be re-drilled with sugar
beet, fodder beet, mangels or maize after cultivation. They should not be
re-drilled with any other crops.
Any spring sown crop may follow sugar beet, fodder beet or mangels harvested
in the usual way. Winter cereals may be sown in the autumn after ploughing.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Calibration of Spraying Machinery
The spraying equipment should be clean and free from traces of other
chemicals.
Ensure the correct nozzles are fitted:
(a) For the correct water volume for overall sprayers.
(b) For the correct drilling speed for band sprayers.
Check the delivery from each nozzle for uniformity and replace worn tips to
ensure uniform output.
Calibrate the sprayer and use it according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Cross check the band sprayer calibration in the field as follows:
(a) Select a nozzle on the sprayer giving the nearest output to the average and
with the drill in operation collect the spray from this nozzle for a distance of 60
metres. This should be exactly 225 ml. As the spray is collected over a given
distance, the quantity will be the same irrespective of the make of nozzles used
and this is a volume rate of 240 litres per sprayed hectare on a 180 mm band.
(b) Repeat as necessary, adjusting the tractor speed until this output is
achieved over this distance.
(c) Make sure that the observations are made when the band sprayer is working
smoothly and not immediately on starting.
474
Pyramin® DF
Important
(d) The final setting of the width of the spray band to 180 mm must be made in
the field when the drill is in operation and not on a hard surface or headland.
It is essential that the band width is exactly 180 mm, otherwise the rate of
application will be incorrect. A narrower band may cause crop damage and a
wider band will result in poorer weed control. The setting should be checked in
each field treated and also at the beginning of each day’s work because of the
possible effect of weather on soil conditions.
5.2
Mixing
Three quarters fill the spray tank with clean water and start the agitation.
Remove the top filter. SLOWLY pour in the required amount of Pyramin DF. Do
not empty the contents into the tank as one large mass. Add the remainder of
the water, replace the filter and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
5.3
Spray Quality
6.
Pyramin DF is supplied in 1 kg polyethylene lined cardboard packs and should
be kept dry and cool in a suitable pesticide store.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
OPERATORS MUST WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING
(COVERALLS), GLOVES AND RESPIRATORY PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT*
WHEN HANDLING THIS PRODUCT. (*DISPOSABLE FILTERING FACE PIECE
RESPIRATOR TO AT LEAST EN 149, FFP 2 OR EQUIVALENT).
OPERATORS MUST WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling
Do not contaminate ponds, waterways or ditches with chemical or used
container.
EMPTY CONTAINER THOROUGHLY, and dispose of safely.
475
487
H
H
Pyramin® DF
8.
Pyramin® DF
A water dispersible granule containing 65% w/w chloridazon.
WARNING:
HARMFUL IF INHALED.
EFFECTS.
ADVICE/ATTENTION.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
476
Pyramin® DF
9.
Crops
Sugar beet,
Fodder beet,
Mangels
Maximum
individual dose
4 kg product/
hectare
Maximum number Latest time
of treatments
of application
1 per crop
Pre-emergence
PRODUCTS.
(MAFF No. 03438)
477
489
H
H
Pyramin® DF
478
Regalis®
P
MAPP No. 12414
Use: A growth regulator for the control of shoot growth in apples.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule formulation containing 10% w/w
prohexadione-calcium.
Pack Size: 1 kg in outers of ten.
Recommended Crop: Apples
Maximum Individual Dose: 1.25 kg/ha
Maximum Total Dose: 2.5 kg/ha
Water Volume: 300-1000 litres per hectare, depending on tree size and canopy
development.
Spray Quality: FINE to MEDIUM
Integrated Pest Management: When used according to the instructions, this
product is not harmful to Typhlodromus pyri, Aphidius rhopalosiphi, Aleochara
bilineata, Pardosa spp., Poecilus cupreus, Chrysopa carnea and Anthocoris
nemoralis.
Guidance
479
Regalis®
Latest Time of Application: 55 days before harvest.
P
Regalis®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Regalis is a growth regulator for the control of shoot growth in apples.
1.
DO NOT apply Regalis together with calcium based foliar fertilisers.
Avoid spray drift onto neighbouring crops and other non-target plants.
2.
CROPS
2.1
Apples
Time and Rate of Application
For a standard orchard, apply one application of Regalis at 1.25 kg/ha at
the start of active shoot growth (BBCH 31 stage), when there are 3 to 5 fully
expanded leaves per shoot (this growth stage usually coincides with the end of
flowering). Apply a second application of 1.25 kg/ha after an interval of 3 to 5
weeks, depending on growth conditions.
Alternatively, apply the first application of 1.25 kg/ha from the start of active
shoot growth (3-5 leaves per shoot) and follow this with four reduced rate
applications of 0.31 kg/ha at 2 week intervals, ensuring that the minimum preharvest interval of 55 days is adhered to.
Water volume
Apply in 300 to 1000 litres of water per hectare, depending on tree size and
canopy development, using a sufficient water volume to ensure good coverage.
3.
INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT
When used according to the instructions, this product is not harmful to
Typhlodromus pyri, Aphidius rhopalosiphi, Aleochara bilineata, Pardosa spp.,
Poecilus cupreus, Chrysopa carnea and Anthocoris nemoralis.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
required amount of product. Rinse any empty containers thoroughly and
add rinsings to the spray tank. Add the remainder of the water and continue
Apply as a FINE to MEDIUM spray (BCPC definition).
5.
Regalis is supplied in 1 kg containers and should be kept dry and frostproof in
480
Regalis®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
THIS MATERIAL AND ITS CONTAINER must be disposed of in a safe way.
7.
Regalis®
A water dispersible granule formulation containing 10% w/w prohexadionecalcium.
for use
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL PLANT GROWTH REGULATOR,
as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
Individual Dose
Maximum
Total Dose
Latest Time of
Application
Apples
1.25 kg/ha
2.5 kg/ha
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 12414)
481
P
P
Regalis®
482
Resplend® / Percos® F
Zampro® DM
Resplend® / Zampro™
FUNGICIDE
Resplend MAPP No. 14975
Percos MAPP No. 15248
Zampro DM MAPP No. 15013
Use: Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM is a fungicide with a combination of
protectant, translaminar and locally systemic leaf activity for the control of foliar
late blight (Phytophthora infestans) in potatoes.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 300 g/l ametoctradin and
225 g/l dimethomorph.
Recommended Crop:
All varieties of potato, including seed crops.
Latest Time of Application: 7 days before harvest.
Water Volume: 200 – 500 litres of water per hectare.
Guidance
483
Resplend® / Percos® / Zampro® DM
F
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM is a fungicide with a combination of protectant,
translaminar and locally systemic leaf activity for the control of foliar late blight
(Phytophthora infestans) and reduction of tuber blight in potatoes.
1.
DISEASE CONTROL
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM will control foliar late blight on leaves and reduce
the incidence of tuber blight when used as part of a full programme of correctly
timed sprays.
1.1
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM is most effective when applied as a protectant
spray before the risk of blight occurs.
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM will give effective protection against phenylamide
resistant strains of late blight.
1.2
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM contains a mixture of ametoctradin (a triazolopyrimidylamine, QxI fungicide) and dimethomorph (a CAA fungicide).
To minimize the risk of resistance developing, and in line with current FRAGUK advice to use effective doses, use Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM at the
recommended rate (0.8 l/ha). No more than 3 consecutive applications of
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM, and no more than a total of 4 applications of
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM per season should be applied.
General advice:
Up to 6 applications of a CAA fungicide in mixture with a fungicide with a
different mode of action, making up no more than half of the total number of
intended late blight sprays per season, may be made.
No more than three consecutive applications of a CAA fungicide should be
made.
Up to 6 applications of a QxI fungicide in mixture with a fungicide with a different
mode of action, making up no more than half of the total number of intended
late blight sprays per season, may be made.
No more than three consecutive applications of a QxI fungicide should be made.
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM will control strains of late blight resistant to
phenylamides. No cross resistance to phenylamide resistant strains of blight
have been observed.
If an intensive blight control programme is necessary, include products with
When fungicides with the same mode of action are used repeatedly over several
years in the same field, naturally occurring less sensitive strains may survive,
propagate and become dominant in that field. It is therefore advised that
wherever possible spray programmes should include fungicides with differing
modes of action. Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM contains active substances with
two different modes of action. For further advice on resistance management
for potato blight (Phytophthora infestans) contact your agronomist or specialist
advisor and/or visit the FRAG-UK and Potato Council websites.
286
000
484
2.
2.1
Crops
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM can be used on all varieties of potato, including
seed crops.
Time of application
Foliar Blight
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM should be applied as part of a repeat spray
programme at 7 – 10 day intervals, depending on disease pressure. As disease
pressure and the risk of late blight infection increases, the interval should be
shortened. Irrigated crops should be treated as high risk.
Applications of Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM should begin as soon as there
is a risk of blight infection, or an official blight warning has been issued. In the
absence of any warnings, applications should commence before the crop meets
along the rows.
Tuber Blight
To reduce the incidence of tuber blight at harvest, Resplend / Percos /
Zampro should be used at the recommended dose and spray intervals from
tuber initiation to complete haulm dessication.
2.2
2.3
Rate of application
0.8 l/ha
3.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
3.1
Mixing
Half fill the sprayer tank with clean water and start the agitation. Add the
required amount of Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM. Add the remainder of the
water and continue agitation until spraying is completed. Never prepare more
spray solution than is required.
3.2
Application
Apply as a medium spray, as defined by BCPC, in a water volume of 200 – 500
l/ha. Select the appropriate water volume for the density of the crop, ensuring
good coverage of the foliage and stems.
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM is rainfast in 1 hour, providing application has
been made to dry foliage and the spray has dried on the leaf.
3.3
Tank cleaning
Thoroughly wash out spray equipment after use.
4.
Resplend/Percos/Zampro DM is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be
kept in original container, tightly closed, in a safe place.
000
485
F
F
5.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
possible)
DO NOT contaminate surface waters or ditches with chemical or used container.
DO NOT contaminate water with the product or its container. DO NOT clean
application equipment near surface water. Avoid contamination via drains from
486
6.
Resplend®/Percos®/Zampro® DM
A suspension concentrate containing 300 g/l ametoctradin and 225 g/l
dimethomorph.
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
PRODUCT.
IF SWALLOWED: CALL A POISON CENTEROR DOCTOR/
RINSE MOUTH.
DISPOSE OF CONTENTS/CONTAINERS IN ACCORDANCE
7.
Crop
Maximum
Individual dose
Maximum
total dose
Latest time of
application
Potato
0.8 litres product
per hectare
3.2 litres product 7 days before
per hectare
harvest
PRODUCTS.
(Resplend: MAPP No. 14975
Percos MAPP No. 15248
Zampro DM MAPP No. 15013)
487
F
F
488
Rovral® AquaFlo
F
MAPP No. 14206
Use: A seed treatment for the control of seed-borne Alternaria of ornamental
seed and control of black scurf of potatoes.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 500 g/l iprodione
Recommended Crops:
Ornamental seeds
Potatoes (seed)
Water Volume:
Ornamental seeds:
Potatoes:
See Section 3.2
See Section 3.1
Ornamental seeds:
Prior to drilling/planting
Potatoes:
Prior to drilling/planting
Maximum Number of Treatments:
Ornamental seeds:
1 per crop
Potatoes:
1 per crop
Major changes since last printing: Recommendation in potatoes re-instated,
see Section 3. Globally Harmonised System (GHS) Regulations added, see
Section 8.
Guidance
489
Rovral® AquaFlo
Recommended Rates:
Ornamental seeds:
1 ml in 1 litre water
Potatoes:
200ml / tonne of seed
F
Rovral® AquaFlo
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Rovral AquaFlo is a seed treatment for the control of seed-borne Alternaria of
ornamental seed and control of black scurf in potatoes.
1.
CONSULT PROCESSORS BEFORE USING ON CROPS INTENDED FOR
PROCESSING.
Seed treatment may affect the rate of flow of seed through seed drills. Seed
drills should be re-calibrated before sowing any treated seed.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Rovral AquaFlo controls Alternaria spp. of ornamentals.
Rovral AquaFlo controls black scurf of potatoes grown from treated seed.
2.1
Resistance
Strains of Alternaria spp. resistant to iprodione are known to occur. Where
strains exist Rovral AquaFlo may not give satisfactory control.
3.
3.1
Potatoes
Rovral AquaFlo can be used on all varieties of early and maincrop potatoes
grown for seed, ware of processing.
Apply Rovral AquaFlo after harvest or after grading out of seed grade potatoes,
but before planting out of the seed potatoes in the spring. If chitting the seed
potatoes, apply prior to traying out of the crop, to avoid mechanical damage
to the chits on a roller table.
Use Rovral AquaFlo at 200ml per tonne of seed potatoes.
Rovral AquaFlo may be applied undiluted or diluted as appropriate to the
application system being used.
In potatoes, use of Rovral AquaFlo may result in an increased proportion of
seed grade tubers, but this would not affect total yield.
Rovral AquaFlo should be applied through fully shrouded equipment over a
roller table as follows:
•
Spinning disc sprayer
•
Spinning disc sprayer with electrostatics
•
Hydraulic sprayer with solid or hollow cone jets with air or liquid pressure
atomisation
Best results have been shown using hydraulic sprayer with solid or hollow
cone jets with air or liquid pressure atomisation. Spinning disc sprayers and
electrostatic methods of application may reduce efficacy.
Water volume rates should be selected as appropriate to machinery
manufacturers’ recommendations.
Overall coverage and penetration of the spray to the skin surface will be
improved at higher volumes.
Where dilution is necessary, fill the vessel/tank with half the required volume
of water and add the required volume of Rovral AquaFlo. Make up to volume
and agitate thoroughly before and throughout treatment.
DO NOT excessively wet the seed potato skin when treating.
490
Rovral® AquaFlo
3.2
Ensure that seed potatoes are clean and free from loose soil and skin before
treatment.
When treating potatoes, ensure that the roller tables and sprayers are correctly
calibrated. (See manufacturers’ recommendations and BCPC Guidelines).
In situations where soil-borne inoculum of Rhizoctonia is high, treatment of seed
potato tubers with Rovral AquaFlo may not give full protection against infection
of stems and daughter tubers.
Ornamental Seeds
Rovral AquaFlo can be applied as a dressing to flower seeds to provide
control of Alternaria spp.
For the seed treatment, the seed can be soaked for eight hours in a
solution of 1 ml of Rovral AquaFlo in 1 litre of water. After treatment, dry
the seeds thoroughly before sowing or packing. Seeds of the bedding
plants, Lobelia, Nemesia, wallflower, Zinnia and Cineraria spp. may be
safely treated.
4.
Rovral AquaFlo is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be kept in original
container, tightly closed, in a safe place.
5.
Keep treated seed secure from people, domestic stock/pets and wildlife at all
times during storage and use.
6.
Information to be included on treated seed labels
TREATED SEED
THIS SEED HAS BEEN TREATED WITH Rovral AquaFlo (contains iprodione).
DO NOT HANDLE treated seed unnecessarily.
HARMFUL TO GAME AND WILDLIFE. Treated seed should not be left on the
BASF plc
Cheshire SK8 6QG
Tel: 0161 485 6222
Fax: 0161 485 2229
491
F
F
Rovral® AquaFlo
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate, contaminated surfaces
or treated seed.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS) when bagging
treated seed.
protection.
possible).
DO NOT contaminate surface waters or ditches with chemical or used container.
Consumer protection
492
Rovral® AquaFlo
8.
Rovral AquaFlo
A suspension concentrate containing 500 g/litre iprodione
WARNING:
TOXIC OF AQUATIC LIFE WITH LONG LASTING EFFECTS.
ATTENTION.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
STORE LOCKED UP.
9.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/HORTICULTURAL SEED
TREATMENT, as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Potato (seed)
200ml per tonne
of seed
Maximum Number
of treatments
per crop
1
Ornamental seeds 1ml in 1 litre water 1
latest time of
application
Prior to
drilling/
planting
Prior to
drilling/
planting
Rovral AquaFlo must be used in conjunction with a seed treatment that is
coloured or a coloured seed film coating.
(MAPP 14206)
493
F
F
Rovral® AquaFlo
494
Rovral WG
®
Corbel®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 13811
Use: A protectant fungicide for use on a range of horticultural and agricultural
crops.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 750 g/kg iprodione.
Recommended Crops:
Brussels sprout and cauliflower
Salad and bulb onions
Tomato (protected)
Lettuce (protected and outdoor)
Raspberry (outdoor)
Brassica seed production crops
Ornamental pot plants
See Section No:
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.1
3.2
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.3
Recommended Rates: Various, depending on crop and/or situation. See
literature for details.
Water Volume: Various, see literature for details.
Spray Quality: FINE – MEDIUM
Bulb onions
Salad onions
Tomato (protected)
Lettuce (protected)
Lettuce (outdoor)
Raspberry (outdoor)
Not applicable
Guidance
495
Rovral® WG
Pack Size: 1.0kg in outers of 10.
F
Rovral® WG
Salad and Bulb onions
Tomato (protected)
Lettuce (protected)
Lettuce (outdoor)
Raspberry (outdoor)
1
3
4
5
3
3
4
4
3
5
per
per
per
per
per
per
per
per
per
per
crop
crop
crop
crop
crop
crop
crop
crop
crop
crop
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Rovral WG is a protectant fungicide for use on a range of horticultural and agricultural
crops.
1.
Consult processors before using on crops intended for processing.
Avoid spray drift onto neighbouring crops, especially oats.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Rovral WG is a protectant and contact fungicide for the control of Botrytis
cinerea in protected tomatoes, lettuce and strawberries, ornamental pot plants,
raspberries, oilseed rape, salad and bulb onions (including B.squamosa), and
control of Alternaria brassicae and Alternaria brassicicola, in brassica seed
production crops, oilseed rape, Brussels sprout and cauliflower.
2.1
Resistance
Strains of several diseases including Botrytis cinerea resistant to dicarboximide
fungicides are known in various crops in the UK. Where strains of fungi resistant
to dicarboximide fungicides (such as iprodione) occur, Rovral WG may not be
effective. In order to minimise the risk of resistance development, Rovral WG
should be used in accordance with FRAC resistance management advice for
dicarboximide fungicides:
Recommendations for use of Dicarboximides
• Rovral WG contains a dicarboximide fungicide
• To reduce the risk of resistant strains adversely affecting control
o Avoid the use of consecutive applications of dicarboximide fungicides
whether applied alone or in tank mix.
o Restrict applications to those times when Botrytis infection pressure is
high.
o Maintain regular prolonged times when dicarboximides are not used.
• Where resistance is suspected, use Rovral WG in mixture with other
fungicides with a different mode of action effective against the same diseases.
496
Rovral® WG
3.
3.1
Tomatoes (Protected)
For the control of Botrytis cinerea, apply Rovral WG at a rate of 67g per 100
litres of water and apply to run off. Apply Rovral WG from when the second truss
is in flower; repeat at 14 day intervals or when conditions favour the spread of
Botrytis (such as at trimming or de-leafing).
The programme described above helps to reduce the levels of inoculum within
the house and hence assists in preventing “ghost spotting”.
A maximum of 5 applications may be made. A minimum spray interval of 14
days must be observed.
3.2
Lettuce (Protected and Outdoor) - Botrytis cinerea
litres of water. Do not exceed a volume of 1000 litres per hectare (equivalent
to a maximum of 0.33 kg/ha).
As a guide for protected lettuce, newly planted lettuce with three leaves require
5 litres of spray to 22,000 plants. At a later stage of growth, e.g. up to six to
eight leaves, 5 litres should treat about 5000 plants. The final spray, before
cutting, will require 5 litres of spray to approximately 1100 plants. For outdoor
and protected lettuce a maximum of 3 applications may be made. A minimum
spray interval of 14 days must be observed between treatments.
3.3
Ornamental Pot Plants
litres of water. Apply at the onset of disease, then repeat at 21 day intervals
as necessary. Apply to the point of run off, ensuring good coverage of the
plants. Good tolerance to Rovral WG has been shown by the following pot
plant species:
Aralia sieboldii
Hedera minor
Azalea spp.
Hedera major
Chrysanthemum (all year round cultivars)
Cineraria (Senecio spp.)
Croton (Codiaeum spp. cv Bravo)
Cyclamen spp.
Dracaena spp. (cv Redege)
Ficus robusta
Fuchsia spp.
Sinningia spp. (Gloxinia)
Kalanchoe spp.
Neanthe bella
Pelargonium spp.
Philodendron scandens
Pilea cadierei (cv Nana)
Poinsettia (Euphorbia pulcherrima)
Senecio macroglossus variegatus
Tolerance of other species should be checked before making large scale
applications.
497
F
F
Rovral® WG
3.4
Strawberries (Protected and Outdoor)
For the control of Botrytis cinerea, apply 1.0 kg of Rovral WG in 2000 litres
of water per hectare. Lower volume rates may not be sufficient to give good
coverage on dense crops. Ensure thorough blossom coverage from above and
from the sides. Directed nozzles and a ruffler bar will help achieve this.
The first application should be made at the white bud stage with subsequent
treatments at 10-14 day intervals during the flowering period, up to a maximum
of four applications per year.
3.5
Raspberries (Outdoor)
For the control of Botrytis cinerea, apply 1.0 kg of Rovral WG in 1000 litres of
water per hectare.
A minimum of three sprays over the flowering period is recommended, starting
at early flowering and repeating at 14 day intervals. A maximum of 4 sprays
may be made per year.
A minimum spray interval of 10 days must be observed between treatments.
3.6
Brassica Seed Production Crops (crops intended for sowing): cabbage,
cauliflower, broccoli, mustard, fodder rape, turnip, swede, kohl rabi,
stubble turnip and Chinese cabbage (not oilseed rape)
For the control of Alternaria brassicae and A. brassicicola, spray at the end
of flowering at a rate of 0.67 kg Rovral WG in 600 to 1000 litres of water per
hectare. A total of 3 applications may be made. A minimum spray interval of
21 days must be observed between treatments.
Treated crop must not be used for human or animal consumption
3.7
Apply Rovral WG at a rate of 0.67 kg per hectare. A maximum of 1 spray may
be made to each crop.
Rovral WG should be applied in 200 - 400 litres per hectare of water as a fine
spray (BCPC category), except where drift is a hazard when a medium spray
should be used. Use the higher volume if the crop is very dense.
Dark leaf spot and pod spot: Alternaria spp.
Protectant applications
Apply 0.67 kg per hectare Rovral WG between mid flower, i.e. when 20 pods
that are 2.5 cm in length have formed on the main raceme, and the end of
flowering.
Disease onset applications
Treat with 0.67 kg per hectare Rovral WG when black pin head spots first
appear on the pods. Pod infections are most likely to occur on those crops
where Alternaria spp. spots can be detected on the uppermost leaves (bracts).
Grey mould: Botrytis cinerea
When applying a protectant spray of Rovral WG at 0.67 kg per hectare at mid
flower for the control of Alternaria spp., application will also control grey mould.
Application at the end of flowering will be unsatisfactory.
498
Rovral® WG
3.8
Brussels sprouts and cauliflower
For the control of Alternaria brassicae and A. brassicicola, apply Rovral WG at
0.67 kg per hectare. A maximum of 3 applications of Rovral WG may be made.
A programme of applications may be required. The first treatment should be
applied at the onset of disease on the foliage.
Apply in at least 200 - 600 litres per hectare of water ensuring good coverage
of the plants.
A minimum spray interval of 21 days must be observed between treatments.
3.9
Salad and bulb onions
For the control of leaf spot (Botrytis squamosa) and collar rot (Botrytis cinerea)
apply Rovral WG at a rate of 0.67 kg per hectare. A programme of applications
is required.
Apply in 300 - 600 litres per hectare of water ensuring good coverage of the
foliage.
Salad Onions
Over wintered: Treat at monthly intervals starting at the crook stage. A
maximum of 4 applications may be made.
Spring and summer sown: Treat at 14 day intervals starting at the crook stage.
A maximum of 4 applications may be made.
Bulb Onions
Over wintered: Treat at monthly intervals from the crook stage until January.
Further treatments at monthly intervals starting in March may be necessary to
control late season infections. A maximum of 4 applications may be made.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Foliar Application:
Apply as a FINE-MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC.
Half fill the tank with clean water and start the agitation. Add the required
amount of Rovral WG to the spray tank while re-circulating. Add the remainder
of the water and continue agitation until spraying is complete.
When tank mixes are to be used, each product should be added separately.
5.
Rovral WG is supplied in 1 kg containers and should be kept dry and frostproof
499
F
F
Rovral® WG
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
(FACESHIELD) when handling the product.
protection.
possible).
surface water / Avoid contamination via drains.
This product qualifies for inclusion within the
(LERAP) scheme. Before each spraying operation
from a horizontal boom sprayer or broadcast airassisted sprayer, either a LERAP must be carried
out in accordance with CRD’s published guidance
or the statutory buffer zone must be maintained. The
results of the LERAP must be recorded and kept
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from broadcast air-assisted sprayers for
use on raspberry to fall within 15m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing
waterbody, unless a Local Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides
(LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 5m of the top of a ditch which
is dry at the time of application. Aim spray away from water.
EMPTY CONTAINER THOROUGHLY and dispose of safely.
500
Rovral® WG
7.
Rovral® WG
A water dispersible granule containing 750 g/kg iprodione
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
ATENTION.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
2005.
501
F
F
Rovral® WG
8.
as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
per crop
Latest time of
application
Winter and spring
oilseed rape
Brussels sprout
and cauliflower
Bulb onions
0.67 kg/ha
1
0.67 kg/ha
3
0.67 kg/ha
4
Salad onions
0.67 kg/ha
4
Tomato
(protected)
Lettuce
(protected)
Lettuce (outdoor)
67g per
100 litres water
33g per
100 litres water*
33g per
100 litres water*
1 kg/ha
5
7 weeks before
harvest
14 days before
harvest
21 days before
harvest
7 days before
harvest
2 days before
harvest
14 days before
harvest
21 days before
harvest
2 days before
harvest
Strawberry
(outdoor and
protected)
Raspberry
(outdoor)
Brassica seed
production crops**
Ornamental pot
plants
3
3
4
1 kg/ha
4
0.67 kg/ha
3
67g per
100 litres water
5
7 days before
harvest
14 days before
harvest
Not applicable
Other specific restriction:
Cherry tomatoes must not be treated
* Lettuce (outdoor and protected): Do not exceed a volume of 1000 litres
per hectare.
** Crops intended for sowing: cabbage, cauliflower, broccoli, mustard, fodder
rape, turnip, swede, kohl rabi, stubble turnip and Chinese cabbage. Treated
crop must not be used for human or animal consumption.
Use on raspberry must only be applied via broadcast air-assisted sprayers
with the relevant buffer zone as detailed in the Environmental protection
section.
The following minimum intervals between applications must be observed:
Strawberry
10 days
Raspberry
10 days
Tomato (protected)
14 days
Lettuce
14 days
21 days
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 13811)
502
Scala®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15222
Use: For the control of leaf scab in apples and grey mould in outdoor
strawberries and the moderate control of grey mould in protected strawberries.
pyrimethanil.
Recommended Crops:
Apples
Strawberries (protected and outdoor)
Apples:
1.125 litres per hectare (4.5 litres per hectare for maize).
Strawberries:
Water Volume:
Apples:
Strawberries (outdoor):
Strawberries (protected):
180 to 1500 litres per hectare.
Apples:
Strawberries (protected and outdoor):
Guidance
503
Scala®
Maximum Number of Treatments:
Apples:
4 per year.
Strawberries:
2 per year.
F
Scala®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
IMPORTANT: This information is approved as part of the product label. All instructions
of this product.
1.
Taint tests have shown that Scala does not taint apples, but growers should
consult processors before use on strawberries.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Scala is a protectant fungicide for the control of diseases in apples and
strawberries, as summarised below:
Leaf scab
(Venturia inaequalis)
Grey mould
(Botrytis cinerea)
Apples
Outdoor
strawberries
Protected
strawberries
C
-
-
-
C
MC
C = Control
2.1
Resistance
Scala contains pyrimethanil, an anilinopyrimidine (AP) fungicide. Scala should
only be used as a protectant spray. To prevent less-sensitive strains of
Botrytis and Venturia from developing, Scala should be used in a programme,
alternating or mixing with products of different modes of action.
Application should be made in accordance with FRAC Guidelines. In
strawberries, where two Botrytis treatments are made per season, a maximum
of one application of an AP-containing product is recommended; in situations
where up to six Botrytis treatments are made per season, a maximum of two
applications of AP-containing products are recommended.
In apples, against Venturia, a maximum of four AP-containing products is
recommended per season. In locations where AP-insensitive strains of Venturia
have been reported, Scala should be used in mixture with effective scab
fungicides of differing modes of action (e.g. Dithianon WG).
3.
CROPS
3.1
Apples
All varieties may be treated.
Time of application
For the control of leaf scab, apply Scala as part of a protectant fungicide
programme commencing at the start of bud burst. Depending on disease
pressure, treat at intervals of 10−14 days, using a maximum of four applications
of Scala per year. A minimum of 56 days must elapse between the last spray
of Scala and harvest.
Rate of application
Apply 1.125 litres Scala in 500 −1500 litres of water per hectare. Spray to
achieve thorough and even cover of foliage but not to the point of run-off.
504
Scala®
A minimum water volume of 180 l/ha may be used, although the effectiveness
and crop safety of reduced volume applications is based on limited data.
3.2
Strawberries (outdoor)
Time of application
For the control of grey mould, apply Scala as part of a fungicide programme.
Commence treatment at the white bud stage to achieve maximum protection
of the flowers. Depending on disease pressure, treat at intervals of 7-10 days,
using a maximum of two applications of Scala per year. A minimum of three
days must elapse between the last spray of Scala and harvest.
Rate of application
Apply 2.0 litres Scala in 1000-2000 litres of water per hectare. It is important to
achieve accurate and complete coverage of the plants for effective protection
of the crop.
3.3
Strawberries (protected)
Time of application
For the moderate control of grey mould, apply Scala as part of a fungicide
programme. Commence treatment at the white bud stage to achieve maximum
protection of the flowers. Depending on disease pressure, treat at intervals of
7/10 days, using a maximum of two applications of Scala per year. A minimum
of three days must elapse between the last spray of Scala and harvest.
Rate of application
Apply 2.0 litres Scala in 400-1000 litres of water per hectare. It is important to
achieve accurate and complete coverage of the plants for effective protection
of the crop.
4.
Limited evidence suggests that Scala has a negligible effect on hoverflies and
lacewings and indicates some margin of safety to Typhlodromus pyri.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Half fill the sprayer tank with clean water and start agitation. Slowly add in the
required amount of product.
Rinse empty containers and add rinsings to the spray tank. Complete filling to
the final volume.
Spray immediately after mixing and maintain agitation until the spray tank is
empty.
Wash out the sprayer thoroughly with water and liquid detergent immediately
after use. Finally wash out with water and drain.
6.
Scala is supplied in 1 litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof in
505
F
F
Scala®
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS) AND GLOVES when
handling the concentrate or when handling contaminated surfaces or when
applying by broadcast air-assisted equipment.
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (COVERALLS, RUBBER BOOTS)
AND GLOVES when applying by broadcast air-assisted equipment.
protection.
DO NOT contaminate water with product or its
container (Do not clean application equipment near
surface water.
roads).
requirements.
Apples
# DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from broadcast air-assisted sprayers
to fall within ‘30 m’ of the top of the bank of a static or flowing waterbody,
unless a Local Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a
narrower buffer zone, or within 5 m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time
of application. Aim spray away from water.
Strawberry
# DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from horizontal boom sprayers to fall
within 5 m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body, unless a
Local Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower
buffer zone, or within 1 m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time of
# This product qualifies for inclusion within the Local Environment Risk
from a broadcast air-assisted sprayer or horizontal boom sprayer, either a
be recorded and kept available for three years.
dispose of safely.
Store well away from seeds, fertilizers and animal feeding stuffs in a safe, dry
place designated as an agrochemical store.
Protect from frost.
506
Scala®
8.
Scala®
A suspension concentrate containing 400 g/l (37.4% w/w) pyrimethanil.
HARMFUL TO AQUATIC LIFE WITH LONG LASTING EFFECTS.
DISPOSE OF CONTENTS/CONTAINER IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL
REGULATIONS.
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Products Regulations,
2005.
9.
FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE
Crops
Maximum
Maximum
individual dose
number of
treatments
Apple
1.125 litres
4 per year
product/ha
Strawberry
2 litres/ha
2 per year
(outdoor and
product/ha
protected)
as directed below:
Latest time
of application
56 days before
harvest
Three days before
harvest
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 15222)
507
F
F
Scala®
508
Shadow® /® Elk® /
Katamaran Turbo
H
HERBICIDE
Shadow MAPP No. 14000
Katamaran Turbo MAPP No. 13999
Elk MAPP No. 13974
weeds including cleavers, in winter oilseed rape.
Pack Size:
Shadow: 5 litres in outers of four.
Elk and Katamaran Turbo: 10 litres in outers of two
Maximum Total Dose: 2.5 litres of product per hectare
Latest Time of Application: Before 7th true leaf stage (GS 17)
Guidance
509
Shadow® / Elk® / Katamaran® Turbo
Formulation: A suspo-emulsion, containing 200 g/l dimethenamid-p, 200 g/l
metazachlor and 100 g/l quinmerac.
H
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo is a residual herbicide that can be used on all varieties
of winter oilseed rape for the control of a range of broad leaved and grass weeds.
1.
When Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo is applied pre emergence, it is important
for crop safety to ensure physical separation of the herbicide from the seed.
Ensure that the seed is well covered with soil to a depth of 15 mm. With direct
drilled crops, harrow across the slits to cover the seed before spraying.
DO NOT apply to broadcast crops until the crop has attained the two fully
expanded cotyledon growth stage.
Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo is suitable for use on all soil types as defined by
Soil Texture (85) System, except sands and very light soils and soils containing
more than 10% organic matter.
DO NOT apply to stony soils; i.e. stones, flints or chalk readily visible on
surface. On brashy and stony soils, Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo may cause
some reduction in crop vigour and/or plant stand.
DO NOT apply to cloddy seedbeds. Seedbeds must have a fine, firm tilth for
optimum weed control. Loose or cloddy seedbeds must be consolidated prior
to application.
DO NOT apply when heavy rain is forecast and DO NOT use on waterlogged
soil or soils prone to waterlogging. Crop thinning or reductions in crop vigour
can occur if there is very wet weather after application. Where a crop check
has occurred, this normally grows out after a few weeks and yields are normally
unaffected.
DO NOT apply Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo to crops suffering from stress,
which may be caused, for example, by pests, disease, waterlogging, poor
seedbed conditions or previous chemical treatment.
Avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops and plants outside the target
area.
Care should be taken to avoid overlap of spray swaths
To reduce the risk of movement of Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo to water:a. On clay soils, create a fine, consolidated seedbed to slow the downward
movement of water.
b. DO NOT apply Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo to dry soil. Moist soils have
fewer and smaller cracks.
c. DO NOT apply Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo if heavy rain is forecast, wait
until after the event.
510
2.
WEED CONTROL
Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo is taken up via cotyledons and roots and takes
maximum effect before, or shortly after, weed emergence. Optimum results are
obtained from applications made to fine, firm and moist seedbeds.
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of
Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo.
Application
pre-emergence of weed
2.5 l/ha
Weed susceptibility rating
Application
post-emergence of weed
2.5 l/ha
Maximum susceptible
growth stage of weed
Rating
Rating
MS
S
S
S
1 true leaf (MR)
2 true lvs
2 Whorls
Cotyledon
S
Cotyledon
S
S
MS
S
MR
S
S
Cotyledon
Cotyledon (MS)
Pre-em
Pre-em
Pre-em
Pre-em
2 true leaf (MS)
S
S
2 true lvs
Pre-em
Weed species
Black-grass
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Crane’s-bill,
Round-leaved
Crane’s-bill,
Small-flowered
Dead-nettle, Red
Mayweed, Scented
Pansy, Field
Poppy, Common
Shepherd’s-purse
Speedwell, Common
Field
S
MS
MR
Pre-em
2.2
=
=
=
=
Susceptible
Pre-emergence of weed
Resistance management.
Strains of some annual grasses (e.g. Black-grass, wild-oats, and Italian ryegrass) have developed resistance to herbicides, which may lead to poor control.
Guidelines have been produced by the Weed Resistance Action Group (WRAG)
Repeated use of herbicides with the same mode of action can increase the
risk of strains of weeds developing resistance to these compounds, leading
to poor control. In order to minimise the risk, a strategy for preventing and
managing such resistance should be adopted. Use products with different
modes of action and from different chemical groups in sequence or tank-mix,
in conjunction with effective cropping rotation and cultivation techniques. In
all cases the recommended rate of use should be adhered to. Follow WRAG
guidelines.
511
H
H
Key elements of the resistance management strategy for Shadow/Elk/
Katamaran Turbo:
resistant weeds.
• Use tank mixes or sequences of effective herbicides with different modes of
• For the control of herbicide resistant grass weeds, always use Shadow/Elk/
Katamaran Turbo in sequence with other effective graminicides
with different modes of action.
3.
CROPS
3.1
Time of application
Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo may be applied pre- or post-emergence of the
crop but for optimum activity application must be pre-emergence or early postemergence of the weeds.
Extreme care must be taken to avoid spray drift onto non-crop plants
outside the target area.
Pre-crop emergence applications:• should be made before the crop seed chits, which in optimum conditions
may occur within 48 hours of drilling.
• should only be made on medium and heavy soils (as defined by the ADAS
Soil Texture (85) System).
DO NOT USE Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo pre-crop emergence when
any of the following conditions apply:• When crop has been broadcast.
• Seed is not covered with 15 mm of soil;
• Late drilled crops – as a guide these are crops drilled later than the first week
in September in Northern England and Scotland and later than midSeptember in the rest of the UK;
Post crop emergence applications can be made in the following
circumstances:
• When the majority of the crop has two fully expanded cotyledons and up to
the sixth true leaf growth stage (GS 16);
• On light, medium and heavy soils (as defined by the ADAS Soil Texture (85)
System);
• When seedbed conditions are not ideal for pre-emergence use;
• When the seed is not covered with 15 mm of soil (as with broadcast crops);
• To light, stony, brashy or gravely soils, particularly if heavy rainfall was
forecast for the period following drilling;
• When late-drilled crops are to be treated.
512
3.2
Rate of application
Apply 2.5 litres/hectare Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo in a minimum of 200 litres
of water per hectare.
Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo may be applied at 2.5 l/ha in 100 litres of
water per hectare; however this recommendation has not been supported by
effectiveness or crop safety data.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
4.1
Following crops after normally harvested winter oilseed rape
Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo.
Ploughing is not essential before sowing a following cereal crop, but is required
for all other crops.
4.2
Re-drilling due to crop failure
In the event of crop failure, the following crops may be sown after cultivating to
a depth of at least 15 cm:
Re-drilling the same autumn:
Winter wheat (excluding durum).
Re-drilling the following spring:
Cereals (excluding durum wheat), spring
oilseed rape, peas and field beans.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Application
Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo should be applied in a minimum water volume of
200 litres/ hectare.
5.2
Mixing
ensure thorough mixing of the product, invert the container several times before
opening. Add the required quantity of Shadow/Elk/Katamaran Turbo to the
spray tank while re-circulating. Fill up the tank with water and continue agitation
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
Wash sprayer thoroughly immediately after use, using clean water and following
the sprayer cleaning guidance provided by the equipment manufacturer.
6.
Shadow is supplied in 5 litre containers.
Elk/Katamaran Turbo are supplied in 10 litre containers.
513
H
H
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate or contaminated surfaces.
protection.
This product qualifies for inclusion within the Local Environmental Risk Assessment
for Pesticides (LERAP) scheme. Before each spraying operation from a horizontal
boom sprayer, either a LERAP must be carried out in accordance with CRD’s
published guidance or the statutory buffer zone must be maintained. The results
of the LERAP must be recorded and kept available for inspection for three years.
have died and become unpalatable
516
8.
A suspo-emulsion containing 200 g/l dimethenamid-p, 200 g/l
metazachlor and 100 g/l quinmerac.
ENVIRONMENT
FEEDING STUFFS
9.
CROPS:
Winter oilseed rape
2.5 litres product / ha
MAXIMUM TOTAL DOSE:
2.5 litres product / ha / crop
LATEST TIME OF APPLICATION: Before 7th true leaf stage (GS 17)
A maximum total dose of not more than 1000g metazachlor/hectare
FOLLOW THE CODE OF PRACTICE FOR USING PLAN PROTECTION
PRODUCTS.
Shadow MAPP No. 14000
Elk MAPP No. 13974
Katamaran Turbo MAPP No. 13999
517
H
H
516
Corbel®
Sienna®
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 14991
Use: A herbicide with residual and contact activity for use in winter wheat and
winter barley.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate, containing 7.5 g/l picolinafen and
300 g/l pendimethalin, for use in winter wheat and winter barley.
Recommended Crop:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Latest Time of Application: Before pseudo-stem erect (before Growth
Stage 30).
Processed Crops: Before using Sienna on crops to be processed consult
your processor.
BASF representative, the BASF Technical Services Hotline: 0845 602 2553
or visit our website on: www.agriCentre.basf.co.uk
Guidance
519
Sienna®
H
Sienna®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Sienna is a herbicide containing pendimethalin and picolinafen with residual and
contact activity for use in winter wheat and winter barley.
1.
DO NOT use more than one application of Sienna in one growing season.
1.1
Soil Types
- Sienna can be used on any mineral soil.
- Residual control may be reduced on soils with more than 6% organic
matter.
- DO NOT use on soils with more than 10% organic matter.
- DO NOT use on stony or gravely soils as crop damage can occur,
particularly if heavy rain follows treatment.
- DO NOT use on water logged soil or soils prone to water logging.
1. 2
Seedbed preparation
Seed beds must have a fine, firm tilth. Loose or cloddy seed beds must be
consolidated prior to application, otherwise reduced weed control may occur.
They may also cause seed to be inadequately covered which could result in
crop damage.
1.3
Application
DO NOT apply to crops suffering from stress, which may be caused for example
by pests, disease, water logging, poor seedbed conditions or previous chemical
treatment.
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage by drift on to plants outside
the target area.
1.4
Emerged Crops
- DO NOT roll emerged crops prior to application.
1.5
Post-Application Requirements
- DO NOT soil incorporate.
- DO NOT disturb the soil after application.
- DO NOT roll autumn treated crops until the spring.
- For residual control some soil moisture is required for Sienna. Best results
will be obtained if rain falls within 7 days of application. Residual control
may be reduced under prolonged dry conditions.
- Water logging that occurs soon after pre-emergence applications may lead
to crop damage.
Some transient bleaching may be seen after application to some crops, this
Concentrated or diluted Sienna may stain. Avoid spillage. Staining is minimised
or completely removed if skin/clothes are washed immediately.
520
Sienna®
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Sienna
Best results will be achieved by application to small actively growing weeds.
GRASS WEEDS
Annual Meadow-grass
Rough Meadow-grass
BROAD-LEAVED WEEDS
Charlock
Cleavers
Common Chickweed
Common Fumitory
Common Orache
Common Poppy
Corn Marigold
Crane’s-bill
Fat-hen
Field Forget-me-not
Field Pansy
Henbit Dead-nettle
Knotgrass
Mayweeds
Parsley Piert
Red Dead-nettle
Scarlet Pimpernel
Shepherd’s Purse
Small Nettle
Smooth Sowthistle
Volunteer Beans
S
MS
R
MR
(1)
=
=
=
=
=
Pre-em
S
MS
4.0l/ha Sienna
Post-em
S up to GS13
MS up to 2 lvs
MS pre-em
S
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
S
MR
S
S up to 6 lvs
MS up to 1 whorl
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 3 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 4 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S pre-em
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
R
MS up to 2 lvs
Susceptible
Resistant
Moderately resistant
deep germinating volunteer Oilseed Rape may not be controlled.
521
H
H
Sienna®
2.2
Resistance
adopted. Picolinafen is an inhibitor of carotenoid biosynthesis at the PDS step
(a group that includes picolinafen and diflufenican). To prevent the development
of resistant weeds herbicides with different modes of action must be used when
Action Group and copies are available from HGCA, CPA, your distributor, crop
3.
CROPS
Sienna can be used on all varieties of Winter Wheat and Winter Barley.
3.1
Time of application
Pre- and post crop-emergence, up to before pseudo-stem erect (before Growth
Stage 30).
3.2
Rate of application
4.0 l/ha
Before using Sienna on crops to be processed please consult your processor.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Before rye-grass is drilled after a very dry season, plough or cultivate to at least
15 cm. In the event of crop failure the land must be ploughed or thoroughly
cultivated to a minimum depth of 15 cm to ensure any residues are evenly
dispersed throughout the soil. The minimum intervals (specified below) should
elapse between the application of Sienna and the sowing of one of the following
crops listed below.
4.1
Autumn Applications of Sienna
The following crops may be sown after a minimum of 5 months:
Spring Barley
Spring Field Beans
Brussels Sprouts Carrots
Spring Wheat
Broad Beans
Cabbage
Parsnips
Maize
Dwarf Beans
Calabrese
Parsley
Peas
Turnip
Linseed
Cauliflower
Potatoes
4.2
Following Spring and Early Summer Applications
The following crops may be sown or transplanted after a minimum interval of
2 months:
Spring Field Beans Brussels Sprouts
Carrots
Broad Beans
Cabbage
Parsnips
Dwarf Beans
Calabrese
Parsley
Peas
Cauliflower
Linseed
Turnip
The following crops may be sown after a minimum interval of 5 months:
Any crop (with the exception of Red Beet, Sugar Beet and Spinach) may be
planted or sown.
(A minimum interval of 12 months should elapse between application and
sowing Red Beet, Sugar Beet and Spinach).
522
Sienna®
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply Sienna in 200 litres water/ha.
Ensure good, even spray cover of the target using a spray of fine or medium
5.1
Mixing
- Three-quarters fill the tank with water.
- To ensure thorough mixing of the product, invert the container several times
before opening
- Add Sienna while re-circulating
- Fill the tank
- Maintain circulation while spraying.
- Wash out the sprayer thoroughly after the use of Sienna using a wetting
agent or a proprietary spray tank cleaner particularly before using the
sprayer in broad-leaved crops
6.
Sienna is supplied in 10 litre containers and should be kept dry and frostproof
523
H
H
Sienna®
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
of protection.
insides of gloves
WASH HANDS before meals and after work
permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top
of a ditch which is dry at the time of application. Aim
carried out in accordance with CRD’s published guidance or the statutory buffer
zone must be maintained. The results of the LERAP must be recorded and kept
524
Sienna®
8.
Sienna®
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
CONTAINS PENDIMETHALIN. CONTAINS,
1.2-BENZISOTHIAZOLE.
MAY PRODUCE AN ALLERGIC REACTION
9.
Crops
Maximum
Individual dose
Winter Wheat
Winter Barley
4 l/ha
Maximum
Latest Timing
Number of
Treatments
One per crop B e f o r e p s e u d o stem erect (before
Growth Stage 30)
PRODUCTS
MAPP No. 14991
525
525
H
H
Sienna®
526
Signum®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 11450
Use: A fungicide with protectant and systemic activity against certain diseases
in broccoli, Brussels sprout, cabbage, calabrese, cauliflower, strawberry
(outdoor and protected), carrot, lettuce (outdoor and protected), field beans,
combining peas, vining peas and blackcurrants.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 26.7% w/w boscalid and
6.7% w/w pyraclostrobin.
Pack Size: 2.5 kg in outers of four.
Maximum Individual Dose:
Broccoli, Brussels sprout, cabbage,
calabrese and cauliflower:
Strawberry (outdoor and protected):
Carrots:
Lettuce (outdoor and protected):
Field beans and combining peas:
Blackcurrantes (pre- and post-harvest)
(outdoor):
Vining peas:
Maximum Total Dose:
Carrots:
Blackcurrants (pre-harvest) (outdoor):
Blackcurrants (post-harvest) (outdoor)
Vining peas:
1.0
1.8
1.0
1.5
1.0
1.5
kg/ha
kg/ha
kg/ha
kg/ha
kg/ha
kg/ha
1.0 kg/ha
3.0
3.6
2.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
1.5
1.0
kg/ha/crop
kg/ha/year
kg/ha/crop
kg/ha/crop
kg/ha/crop
kg/ha/year
kg/ha/year
kg/ha/crop
Guidance
527
Signum®
Recommended Crops:
See Section No:
Blackcurrants
3.8
(pre-and post-harvest) (outdoor)
Brassicas (Broccoli, Brussels sprout,
cabbage, calabrese and cauliflower):
3.1
Carrots:
3.3
Field beans:
3.5
3.4
3.2
Peas, combining:
3.6
Peas, vining
3.7
F
Signum®
Carrots:
Blackcurrants (pre-harvest) (outdoor):
Blackcurrants (post-harvest) (outdoor):
Vining peas:
Not applicable
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
1.
1.1
Processed Crops - Consult processors before use on crops destined for
processing. Tests have indicated that no taints were detected in blackcurrant
juice, quick frozen or canned vining peas and canned combining peas.
Applications to lettuce must only be made between 1 April and 31 October.
DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN 6 kg/ha of Signum to the same area of land per
annum.
1.2
1.3
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Signum is a fungicide with protectant and systemic activity for the control of a
range of diseases in broccoli, Brussels sprout, cabbage, calabrese, cauliflower,
strawberry (outdoor and protected), carrot, lettuce (outdoor and protected), field
beans, combining peas, vining peas and blackcurrants, as summarised below:
528
American
gooseberry mildew
Sphaerotheca
mors-uvae
Peas (combining
and vining)
Field beans (winter
and spring)
Lettuce (protected
and outdoor
Carrot
Strawberry*** (outdoor
and protected)
calabrese
Cabbage
Brussels sprout
Blackcurrant
Signum®
MC*
Blackcurrant leaf spot MC*
Drapenopeziza ribis
Grey mould
Botrytis cinerea
C*
C
C
Bean rust
Uromyces fabae
C
Chocolate spot
Botrytis spp.
MC
White blister
Albugo candida
C
Dark leaf spot
Alternaria spp.
Ringspot
Mycosphaerella
brassicola
UC
C*
C
C
UC
UC
Bottom rot
Rhizoctonia solani
C **
Watery soft rot
Sclerotinia spp.
C **
Powdery mildew
Erisiphe heraclei
Sphaerotheca macularis
C
C
Alternaria leaf blight
Alternaria dauci
MC
Sclerotinia rot
Sclerotinia sclerotiorum
MC
Blackspot
Colletotrichum
acutatum
C
Leaf and pod spot
Ascochyta pisi
C
MC
UC
*
**
***
MC
= Control
= Moderate control
= Useful level of control
= ‘Qualified minor use’ based on limited data
= Lower and more variable levels of control may be seen on outdoor crops
= Reduced levels of control on protected strawberry are likely for the
listed diseases
529
F
F
Signum®
2.1
Resistance
In order to minimise risk of resistance:
Signum contains the QoI fungicide, pyraclostrobin and the SDHI (carboxamide)
fungicide, boscalid. Signum should be used in accordance with FRAC
resistance management advice for QoI and carboxamide mixtures.
Avoid using consecutive applications of Signum. Apply Signum in alternation
with fungicides from a different cross-resistance group with satisfactory efficacy
against the targeted diseases.
In line with FRAC guidance, the number of Signum applications should be no
more than half of the total number of fungicide applications per season. Use no
more than a maximum of three applications of Signum per crop in brassicas;
no more than three applications per year in blackcurrants and no more than
two applications per crop in other crops.
3.
CROPS
Time of Application
Apply Signum as a protectant spray or at the first sign of disease. Repeat sprays
at 3 – 4 week intervals depending on disease pressure. Three applications can
be made but a minimum of 14 days must elapse between the last spray and
harvest.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.0 kg/ha of Signum in a minimum of 200 litres of water per hectare. In
dense crops, increase the water volume up to a maximum of 1000 litres of water
per hectare to achieve adequate penetration and good coverage of the crop.
3.2
Strawberries
Time of Application
For optimum control of grey mould, apply Signum as a protectant spray from
the beginning of bloom (white bud).
For the control of powdery mildew and blackspot, apply Signum as a protectant
spray before the appearance of disease symptoms
Applications should be made in sequence with other products as part of a
fungicide spray programme applied during flowering at 7-10 day intervals.
Two applications can be made but a minimum of 3 days must elapse between
the last spray and harvest.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.8 kg of Signum in a water volume of 450-2000 litres of water per hectare,
ensuring good coverage of the foliage and fruitlets.
Signum may be applied at 1.8 kg per hectare in 400 litres water per hectare
3.3
Carrots
Time of Application
Apply Signum as a protectant spray or at the first sign of disease. Repeat sprays
at 7 – 14 day intervals depending on disease pressure. Two applications can
harvest.
530
Signum®
Rate of Application: 0.75 – 1.0 kg/ha
For control of powdery mildew and moderate control of alternaria leaf blight,
apply 0.75 kg/ha of Signum in a water volume of 200 – 900 litres of water per
hectare, ensuring good coverage of the foliage.
For moderate control of sclerotinia rot, increase dose rate to 1.0 kg/ha of
Signum in a water volume of 200 – 900 litres of water per hectare, ensuring
good coverage of the foliage.
3.4
Lettuce
Time of Application
Apply Signum as a protectant spray from 1-2 weeks after planting. Apply sprays
at 10–14 day intervals depending on disease pressure. Two applications can
harvest.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 kg of Signum in a water volume of 200-900 litres of water per hectare,
ensuring good coverage of the foliage.
3.5
Field Beans
Time of Application
Apply Signum as a protectant spray or at the first sign of disease. For optimum
control of bean rust and moderate control of chocolate spot, apply sprays from
early flower and repeat at a 3 – 4 week interval, depending on disease pressure.
Two applications can be made but a minimum of 21 days must elapse between
the last spray and harvest.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.0 kg/ha of Signum in a minimum volume of 200 – 300 litres of water
per hectare, ensuring good coverage of the foliage.
3.6
Combining peas
Time of Application
Apply Signum as a protectant spray or at the first sign of disease. For moderate
control of leaf and pod spot (Ascochyta pisi), apply sprays from early flower and
repeat at a 2 – 3 week interval, depending on disease pressure. Two applications
can be made but a minimum of 21 days must elapse between the last spray
and harvest.
Rate of Application
3.7
Vining peas
Time of Application
For moderate control of leaf and pod spot (Ascochyta pisi), apply Signum as a
protectant spray or at the first sign of disease. One application can be made
and a minimum of 14 days must elapse between application and harvest. To
maintain disease control a subsequent treatment with another product may be
required 2 – 3 weeks later depending on disease pressure.
Rate of Application
531
F
F
Signum®
3.8
Blackcurrants (qualified minor use based on limited efficacy data)
Time of Application
Pre-harvest treatment
For control of grey mould (Botrytis cinerea), apply Signum as a protectant spray
from the start of flowering.
For moderate control of American gooseberry mildew and blackcurrant leaf
spot, apply Signum as a protectant spray before the appearance of disease
symptoms.
Applications should be made in sequence with other products as part of a
disease control programme, in which case the interval between use of Signum
and subsequent fungicide treatment should be between 10−14 days, depending
on disease pressure. Two applications of Signum can be made but a minimum
of 3 days must elapse between the application of Signum and harvest.
Post-harvest-treatment
Signum may be used as post-harvest treatment to help protect against
American gooseberry mildew and blackcurrant leaf spot infections, thus
reducing the possibility of infection-induced premature leaf drop and reduced
bush vigour, which may adversely affect crop yield in the subsequent year.
Apply Signum as a protectant spray after blackcurrants have been harvested
and before leaf senesence.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 kg of Signum in a water volume of 200 − 1000 litres of water per
hectare, ensuring good coverage of the foliage and fruit.
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Apply as a FINE or MEDIUM spray as defined by BCPC.
spray tank. Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying
is complete.
5.
Signum is supplied in 2.5 kg containers and should be kept frost proof in a
suitable pesticide store.
532
Signum®
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the product or
protection.
IF SWALLOWED, seek medical advice immediately and show this container
or label.
surface water / Avoid contamination via drains from
requirements.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from horizontal boom
sprayers to fall within 5m of the top of the bank of a static
or flowing waterbody, unless a Local Environmental Risk
Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower
buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is
dry at the time of application.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from hand-held
sprayers to fall within 1m of the top of the bank of a
static or flowing waterbody, Aim spray away from water.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from broadcast airassisted sprayers to fall within 20m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing
waterbody, unless a Local Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides
(LERAP) permits a narrower buffer zone, or within 5m of the top of a ditch which
is dry at the time of application. Aim spray away from water.
from a horizontal boom sprayer or broadcast air-assisted sprayer, either a
be recorded and kept available for inspection for three years.
DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN 6 kg/ha Signum to the same area of land per
annum.
533
F
F
Signum®
7.
Signum®
A water dispersible granule containing 26.7% w/w boscalid and 6.7% w/w
pyraclostrobin.
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
PRODUCT.
RINSE MOUTH.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
534
Signum®
8.
as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
Maximum
Latest time of
individual
total dose
application
dose
Broccoli, Brussels sprout,
cabbage, calabrese
and cauliflower
Strawberry
(outdoor and protected)
Carrots
1.0 kg/ha
3.0 kg/ha/crop
14 days before
harvest
1.8 kg/ha
3.6 kg/ha/year
1.0 kg/ha
2.0 kg/ha/crop
Lettuce (outdoor and
1.5 kg/ha
protected)
Field beans and
1.0 kg/ha
combining peas
Blackcurrants (pre-harvest)
(outdoor)
1.5 kg/ha
3.0 kg/ha/crop
3 days before
harvest
14 days before
harvest
14 days before
harvest
21 days before
harvest
Blackcurrants (post-harvest) 1.5 kg/ha
(outdoor)
Vining peas
1.0 kg/ha
1.5 kg/ha/year
2.0 kg/ha/crop
3.0 kg/ha/year
1.0 kg/ha/crop
3 days before
harvest
Not
applicable
14 days before
harvest
Applications to lettuce must only be made between 1 April and 31 October.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 11450)
535
535
F
F
Signum®
536
Springbok®/Muntjac® H
HERBICIDE
Springbok MAPP No. 12983
Muntjac MAPP No. 14540
weeds in winter oilseed rape.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate, containing 200 g/l metazachlor and
200 g/l dimethenamid-p.
Pack Size:
Springbok: 10 litres in outers of two.
Muntjac: 5 litres in outers of four.
Recommended Crop: Winter oilseed rape
Maximum Individual Dose: 2.5 litres product per hectare.
Latest Time of Application: Before 7th true leaf stage (GS 17).
Guidance
537
Springbok®/Muntjac®
Maximum Total Dose: 2.5 litres product per hectare.
H
Springbok® / Muntjac®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Springbok/Muntjac is a residual herbicide that can be used on all varieties of winter
oilseed rape for the control of a range of broad-leaved and grass weeds.
1.
When Springbok/Muntjac is applied pre-emergence, it is important for crop
safety to ensure physical separation of the herbicide from the seed. Ensure
that the seed is well covered with soil to a depth of 15 mm. With direct-drilled
crops, harrow across the slits to cover the seed before spraying.
DO NOT apply to broadcast crops until the crop has attained the two fully
expanded cotyledon growth stage.
DO NOT use Springbok/Muntjac on sands, very light soils or soils containing
more than 10% organic matter.
DO NOT apply to stony soils; i.e. stones, flints or chalk readily visible on
surface. On brashy and stony soils, Springbok/Muntjac may cause some
reduction in crop vigour and/or plant stand.
DO NOT apply to cloddy seedbeds. Seedbeds must have a fine, firm tilth for
optimum weed control. Loose or cloddy seedbeds must be consolidated prior
to application.
DO NOT apply when heavy rain is forecast and DO NOT use on waterlogged
soil or soils prone to waterlogging. Crop thinning or reductions in crop vigour
can occur if there is very wet weather after application.
DO NOT apply Springbok/Muntjac to crops suffering from stress, which may be
caused, for example, by pests, disease, waterlogging, poor seedbed conditions
or previous chemical treatment.
Avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops and plants outside the target area.
538
2.
WEED CONTROL
Springbok/Muntjac is taken up via cotyledons and roots and takes maximum
effect before, or shortly after, weed emergence. Optimum results are obtained
from applications made to fine, firm and moist seedbeds.
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Springbok/Muntjac.
Application
pre-emergence
of weed.
Weed susceptibility
rating
Weed species
2.5 l/ha
MR
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
MR
S
S
S
Black-grass
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Crane’s-bill, Round-leaved
Crane’s-bill, Small-flowered
Mayweed, Scented
Pansy, Field
Poppy, Common
Shepherd’s-purse
S
MS
MR
R
Pre-em
2.2
=
=
=
=
=
Application postemergence of weed.
Maximum susceptible
growth stage of weed
2.5 l/ha
Pre-em
4 true leaf
Pre-em
Cotyledon
Cotyledon
Cotyledon
Pre-em
Pre-em
Pre-em
Pre-em
1 true leaf (MS)
1 true leaf
Susceptible
Resistant
Pre-emergence of weed
Strains of some annual grasses (e.g. black-grass, wild-oats, and Italian
rye-grass) have developed resistance to herbicides which may lead to poor
Group (WRAG) and copies are available from the HGCA, CPA, your distributor,
crop adviser or product manufacturer.
risk of strains of weeds developing resistance to these compounds, leading to
poor control. In order to minimise the risk, a strategy for preventing and
in conjunction with effective cropping rotation and cultivation techniques. In
all cases the recommended rate of use should be adhered to. Follow WRAG
guidelines.
539
H
H
3.
CROPS
Springbok/Muntjac can be used on all varieties of winter oilseed rape.
3.1
Time of application
Springbok/Muntjac may be applied pre- or post-emergence of the crop but for
optimum activity application must be pre-emergence of the weeds.
the target area.
3.1.1 Pre-crop emergence
Applications should only be made on medium and heavy soils (as defined by
the ADAS Soil Texture (85) System). Pre-emergence applications should be
made before the crop seed chits, which in optimum conditions may occur
within 48 hours of drilling.
DO NOT use Springbok/Muntjac pre-crop emergence when any of the following
conditions apply:
• When crop has been broadcast.
• Seed is not covered with 15 mm of soil;
• Late drilled crops – as a guide these are crops drilled later than the first
week in September in Northern England and Scotland and later than midSeptember in the rest of the UK;
3.1.2 Post-crop emergence
Applications can be made in the following circumstances:
• When the majority of the crop has two fully expanded cotyledons and up to
the sixth true leaf growth stage (GS 16);
• On light, medium and heavy soils (as defined by the ADAS Soil Texture (85)
System);
• When seedbed conditions are not ideal for pre-emergence use;
• When the seed is not covered with 15 mm of soil (as with broadcast crops);
• To light, stony, brashy or gravely soils, particularly if heavy rainfall was
forecast for the period following drilling;
• When late-drilled crops are to be treated.
3.2
Rate of application
Apply 2.5 litres/hectare Springbok/Muntjac in 220 litres of water per hectare.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
Springbok/Muntjac. Ploughing is not essential before sowing a following cereal
crop, but is required for all other crops.
In the event of crop failure, the following crops may be sown after ploughing
to a depth of at least 15 cm:
winter wheat (excluding durum) or winter barley
Redrilling the same autumn:
Redrilling the following spring: cereals (excluding durum wheat), spring
oilseed rape, peas and field beans.
540
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Application
Springbok/Muntjac should be applied in a minimum water volume of 220 litres
per hectare.
5.2
Mixing
before opening. Add the required quantity of Springbok/Muntjac to the spray
tank while re-circulating. Fill up the tank with water and continue agitation until
spraying is completed.
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
Wash equipment thoroughly immediately after use.
6.
Springbok is supplied in 10 litre containers.
Muntjac is supplied in 5 litre containers.
541
H
H
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
the concentrate.
protection.
Pesticides (LERAP) permits a narrower buffer
zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is
dry at the time of application. Aim spray away
from water.
542
8.
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 200 g/l metazachlor and 200 g/l
dimethenamid-p
IRRITATING TO SKIN AND EYES
ENVIRONMENT
FEEDINGSTUFFS
DISPOSED OF IN A SAFE WAY
WEAR SUITABLE GLOVES
for use
9.
Crop
Maximum individual
Maximum total
dose (litres product
dose (litres product
/hectare)
/hectare)
Winter
oilseed rape
2.5 litres
product / ha
2.5 litres
product / ha
Latest time of
application
Before 7th
true leaf stage
(GS 17)
A maximum total dose of not more than 1000g metazachlor/hectare may be
applied in a three year period on the same field.
PRODUCTS.
(Springbok MAPP No. 12983
Muntjac MAPP No. 14540)
543
H
H
544
Stomp® Aqua
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 14664
Use: A herbicide for the control of a range of annual grass and annual broadleaved weeds in a wide range of crops.
Formulation: A capsule suspension containing 455 g/l pendimethalin.
Recommended
Crops:
Weed Control
see Section:
Barley, Spring
Barley, Winter
Brassicas, transplanted
Carrots
Fruit, bush
Fruit, cane
Fruit, top
Leeks
Maize, forage and grain
Onions, Bulb
Parsnips
Peas, Combining
Potatoes
Rye, Winter
Strawberries
Sunflowers
Triticale
Wheat, Durum
Wheat, Winter
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.1
2.1
Crop Specific
Information,
see Section:
3.4
3.1
3.9
3.8
3.13
3.14
3.15
3.10
3.11
3.10
3.8
3.5
3.6
3.3
3.12
3.7
3.3
3.1
3.1, 3.2
Recommended Rates: Maize 3.3 litres product/ha
All other crops 2.9 litres product/ha
Guidance
545
Stomp® Aqua
H
Stomp® Aqua
Water Volume:
100-200 litres per hectare
Spray Quality:
FINE or MEDIUM
Winter wheat, durum wheat, winter
barley, winter rye and triticale:
Before leaf sheath erect stage
(crop GS 30).
Spring barley, potato, combining pea
and sunflower:
Pre-crop emergence.
Forage maize (grown under temporary
Pre-crop emergence.
plastic mulch), Grain maize (grown under
temporary plastic mulch)
Bulb onion, leek, carrot and parsnip:
Pre-crop emergence.
Brassicas:
Blackcurrant, gooseberry, apple, cherry,
pear and plum:
Before transplanting.
Before bud burst.
Strawberry:
After flower initiation but before
flower truss emergence.
Raspberry, loganberry, Rubus hybrid,
burst.
blackberry:
After harvest but before bud
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
A herbicide for the control of annual-grass and broad-leaved weeds in a wide range
of crops.
1.
1.1
Efficacy
Some soil moisture must be present for Stomp Aqua to be activated. Best
results will be obtained if rainfall occurs within seven days of application.
- under prolonged dry conditions
- on soils with a high Kd factor
- where organic matter exceeds 6%
- where ash content is high
DO NOT disturb the soil after Stomp Aqua has been applied as this will result
in reduced weed control.
546
Stomp® Aqua
1.2
Soil types
Stomp Aqua may be used on all mineral soil types.
On stony or gravely soils there is a risk of crop damage, especially if heavy rain
falls soon after application.
1.3
Seedbed preparation
Seedbed must have a fine, firm tilth.
Consolidate loose or cloddy seedbeds before use.
Following pre-emergence applications, unconsolidated clods (especially if
larger than 75mm (3”) diameter) may reduce the level of weed control and cause
seed to be inadequately covered, which could result in crop damage.
1.4
Crop safety
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage by drift onto plants outside the
target area.
DO NOT apply Stomp Aqua to crops suffering from stress, which may be
caused for example by pests, disease, water logging, poor seedbed conditions
or previous chemical treatment.
Seed should be covered with a minimum of 3.2 cm of settled soil (2.5 cm for
Peas and Sunflowers, 5 cm for Maize).
Shallow drilled crops should be treated post-emergence.
DO NOT undersow crops treated with Stomp Aqua.
Stomp Aqua should NOT be used on protected crops, or in greenhouses.
1.5
Before using Stomp Aqua on crops to be processed please consult your
processor.
Concentrated or diluted Stomp Aqua will stain. Avoid spillage.
Staining is minimised or completely removed if skin and clothes are washed
immediately.
Hose down machinery immediately after use with a spray tank cleaner.
547
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Cereals
2.1.1 Stomp Aqua applied alone
CROPS
Winter Wheat,
Spring Barley
Durum Wheat, Winter Barley,
Winter Rye & Triticale
PRODUCT
Stomp Aqua
Stomp Aqua
RATE (litres/ha)
2.9
2.2
2.9
GRASS WEED CONTROL
Annual Meadow-grass
Awned Canary Grass
Black-grass
Rough Meadow-grass
S
MS
S
MS
S
MS
BROAD-LEAVED WEEDS
Black-bindweed
Black Nightshade
Cleavers
Common Chickweed
Common Fumitory
Common Orache
Common Poppy
Corn Buttercup
Corn Marigold
Fat-hen
Field Forget-me-not
Field Pansy
Henbit Dead-nettle
Knotgrass
Mayweeds
Parsley Piert
Red Dead-nettle
Redshank (early germinating)
Scarlet Pimpernel
Shepherd’s Purse
Small Nettle
Smooth Sowthistle
Speedwells
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
MS
MS
S
MS
MS
MS
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MS
S
S
S
MS
S
MS
*
(1)
-
=
=
=
=
=
Susceptible
Control may be achieved under favourable conditions
Deep germinating Volunteer Oilseed Rape may not be controlled
No data
548
Stomp® Aqua
2.1.2 Stomp Aqua plus tank mix partner
Grass weed control
CROPS
Winter Wheat
Winter Wheat
PRODUCT
Stomp Aqua
Stomp Aqua
2.9
2.9
RATE (litres/ha)
Tank mix partner Atlantis WG
400 g/ha + 0.5%
Biopower
RATE (g a.s./ha or g/ha)
Lexus SX*
20 g/ha
GRASS WEED
CONTROL
Annual
Meadow-grass
S up to 1st node
GS 31)
S pre-em,
MS up to 2 lvs
-
-
Awned Canary Grass
Black-grass
S up to 1st node S up to mid tiller
(GS 31)
Loose Silky Bent
-
S up to 3 lvs
Rough Meadow-grass S up to 1st node
(GS 31)
Italian Ryegrass
Perennial Ryegrass
(from seed)
Wild oats (Autumn
germinating)
MS pre-em,
MS up to 2 lvs
S up to stem
elongation
(GS 30)
-
S up to 1st node
(GS 31)
S up to 1st node
(GS 31)
-
Broad-leaved weed control
CROPS
PRODUCT
RATE (litres/ha)
Tank mix partner
Winter Wheat
Winter Wheat
Stomp Aqua
Stomp Aqua
2.9
2.9
Atlantis WG
Lexus SX
RATE (g a.s./ha or g/ha) 400 g/ha + 0.5%
Biopower
20 g/ha
BROAD-LEAVED
WEEDS
Black-bindweed
-
-
Charlock
S up to 2 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
Cleavers
S up to
2 whorl
MR up to
1 whorl
S up to 8 lvs
MS up to 6 lvs
(2)
Common Chickweed
549
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
Common Fumitory
MS pre-em
S pre-em
S pre-em
Common Poppy
S up to 8 lvs
MS up to 6 lvs
Corn Marigold
S pre-em
S pre-em
Corn Spurrey
-
-
Crane’s bill
-
S up to 6 lvs
Fat-hen
S pre-em
S pre-em
Field Forget-me-not
S pre-em
S up to 6 lvs
S up to 2 lvs
S pre-em
Field Pansy
Fools Parsley
-
-
Groundsel
-
S up to 6 lvs
Hemp-nettle
(Day Nettle)
S pre-em
S pre-em
Henbit Dead-nettle
S pre-em
S up to 6 lvs
Knotgrass
S pre-em
S pre-em
Mayweeds
S up to 8 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
Parsley Piert
S pre-em
S pre-em
Red Dead-nettle
S pre-em
S pre-em
Redshank (early
germinating)
-
-
Scarlet Pimpernel
S pre-em
S pre-em
Shepherd’s Purse
S up to 4 lvs
S up to 6 lvs
Small Nettle
S pre-em
S pre-em
Smooth Sowthistle
S pre-em
S pre-em
S up to 2 lvs
S pre-em
S pre-em
S up to 6 lvs
-
-
Speedwells
Volunteer
Oilseed Rape (1)
Wild radish
S
MS
(1)
(2)
-
MS pre-em
Common Orache
=
=
=
=
Susceptible
Moderately susceptible.
Regrowth of Chickweed may occur where residual activity is reduced
by excessive rainfall, warm soils and/or very dry soil conditions.
= No data.
550
Stomp® Aqua
2.2
Other crops
CROPS
PRODUCT
RATE
(litres/ha)
Combining
Onions
Forage and
Potatoes:peas
Leeks
Grain Maize (First Early,
Sunflowers Transplanted
(including
Second
Carrots
Brassicas:- crops grown
Early,
Parsnips
(Brussels
under
Maincrop)
Strawberries
sprouts,
temporary
Bush fruit
Broccoli
plastic mulch)
Cane fruit
Cabbages
Top fruit
Calabrese
Cauliflowers)
Stomp Aqua
Stomp Aqua
Stomp Aqua
Stomp Aqua
2.9
2.9
3.3
2.9
Tank mix
partner
Sencorex WG
RATE
(kg or litres/ha)
0.5 kg/ha
Annual
Meadow-grass
S
S
S
S
Black-grass
-
-
-
-
Rough
Meadow-grass
MS
MS
MS
MS
Black & White
Mustard
-
-
-
-
Black bindweed
-
-
-
MS
Black
Nightshade
-
-
S#
-
Charlock
-
-
-
S
Cleavers (#)
-
-
-
MS
Common
Chickweed
S
S
S
S
Common
Fumitory (#)
*MS
MS
MS
MS
Common
Orache
S
S
S
S
Common
Poppy
S
S
S
S
Corn Buttercup
-
-
-
-
Corn Marigold
S
S
S
S
Fat-hen
S
S
S
S
Field
Forget-me-not
S
S
S
S
Field Pansy
S
S
S
S
Groundsel
-
-
-
S
551
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
Hemp
(Day) -nettle
S
S
S
S
Henbit
Dead-nettle
S
S
S
S
Knotgrass
S
S
S
S
Mayweeds (#)
-
-
-
S
Parsley Piert
S
S
S
S
Red Dead
Nettle
S
S
S
S
Redshank (1)
-
-
-
S
Scarlet
Pimpernel
S
S
S
S
Shepherd’s
Purse
*MS
MS
MS
MS
Small Nettle
S
S
S
S
Smooth
Sowthistle
S
S
S
MS
Speedwells
S
S
S
S
MS
MS
MS
S
Volunteer
Oilseed Rape
(2)
S
MS
*
(1)
(2)
#
-
=
=
=
=
=
=
Susceptible
Control may be achieved under favourable conditions.
Early germinating.
If application is followed by a period of dry conditions, or in situations
where very heavy populations occur, a sequence of STOMP AQUA
and a product applied post-emergence may be necessary.
= No data.
2.3 Resistance management
Populations of Black-grass and Italian ryegrass with high levels of enhanced
Key elements of the resistance management strategy for Stomp Aqua:
resistant weeds.
- For the control of herbicide resistant grassweeds, always use Stomp Aqua in
tank mix or sequence with other effective graminicides with different modes
of action.
552
Stomp® Aqua
-
-
3.
Apply pre-emergence of weeds wherever possible. If applications are
delayed, apply post-emergence products/mixtures to small, actively growing
weeds, especially where high levels of resistance are suspected and to
reduce the risk of resistance development.
Monitor fields regularly and investigate the reasons for any poor control.
Stomp Aqua is recommended for use on all varieties of approved crops on
any mineral soil except where indicated in the table below.
3.1
Winter wheat including Durum wheat, winter barley
Stomp Aqua applied alone
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Seed depth
Stomp Aqua
2.9 or 2.2 l/ha
stage (GS 30).
DO NOT apply pre-emergence to crops drilled after
30th November.
settled soil.
553
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
3.2
Winter wheat
Stomp Aqua applied in tank mix with Atlantis WG
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Notes
Stomp Aqua + Atlantis WG + Biopower
2.9 l/ha + 400 g/ha + 0.5%
200 litres/hectare.
Apply post-emergence from 2 leaves on the crop.
Apply to young, actively growing weeds.
the Black-grass.
frost.
Control may be reduced if rain falls within 2 hours of
application.
Consult Atlantis WG product label for information on
herbicides.
Stomp Aqua applied in tank mix with Lexus SX
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Notes
Stomp Aqua+ Lexus SX
2.9 l/ha + 20 g/ha
Apply post-emergence from 1 leaf on the crop.
Apply to small, actively growing weeds.
the Black-grass.
554
Stomp® Aqua
Avoid spraying during periods of prolonged or severe frost.
DO NOT apply if rain is imminent.
Consult Lexus SX product label for information on
herbicides.
3.3
Winter rye, Triticale
Product
Stomp Aqua
Rate
2.9 or 2.2 l/ha
Water volume 100 to 200 litres/hectare.
Timing
stage, (GS 30).
November.
Seed depth
settled soil.
3.4
Spring barley
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Seed depth
Stomp Aqua
2.9 l/ha
Pre-emergence of the crop. Apply Stomp Aqua as soon
as possible after drilling and before emergence. Due to
risk of dry soils, do not apply Stomp Aqua alone after
the end of March (mid April in Scotland) unless rainfall is
imminent.
settled soil.
555
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
3.5
Combining Peas
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Soil types
Seed depth
3.6
Stomp Aqua
2.9 l/ha
Apply Stomp Aqua as soon as possible after sowing and
final seedbed preparation.
DO NOT apply if the plumule is less than 13 mm from the
soil surface.
Due to risk of dry soils, DO NOT apply Stomp Aqua alone
All mineral soils except gravelly soils
settled soil.
Potatoes (First early, second early & maincrops)
Products
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Soil types
Variety
Application
Notes
Stomp Aqua + Sencorex WG
2.9 l/ha + 0.5 kg/ha
In dry conditions apply a Stomp Aqua – Sencorex WG
sequence.
200 litres/hectare.
Apply as soon as possible after planting and final ridging
up. Loose structured ridges must be allowed time for
settlement before application.
DO NOT apply later than 7 days before emergence.
DO NOT use on Sands (S), Gravelly or Stony soils.
regard to varietal restrictions.
Stomp Aqua should be applied in a minimum of 200 litres
of water/ha.
Best weed control will be achieved with settled
well-rounded ridges with few clods. If re-ridging is
necessary, delay application until after the final ridging is
completed.
Slight distortion and discolouration of the initial shoots
may occur if very heavy rain falls after application but
before emergence, particularly to crops grown on very
light soils. This is quickly outgrown and subsequent
growth is unaffected.
regard to following crop restrictions.
556
Stomp® Aqua
3.7
Sunflowers
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Seedbed
Stomp Aqua
2.9 l/ha
Apply as soon as possible after sowing and final seedbed
cultivation, before crop and weed emergence.
Consolidate seedbeds after drilling to provide a firm
level soil.
Seed should be drilled so that after seedbed
consolidation it is covered by a minimum of 2.5 cm of
settled soil.
3.8
Product
Stomp Aqua
Rate
2.9 l/ha
Timing
Apply as soon as possible after drilling but before crop
and weed emergence.
Notes
If emerged weeds are present after drilling but preemergence of the crop, Stomp Aqua may be applied
in tank mix with a recommended approved contact
herbicide.
3.9
Transplanted Brassicas (Broccoli, Brussels sprouts, Cabbages,
Calabrese, Cauliflowers)
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Application
Stomp Aqua
2.9 l/ha
Apply after final plantbed cultivation but before
transplanting.
DO NOT apply Stomp Aqua post-planting as crop
damage may occur.
DO NOT apply Stomp Aqua to any transplanted
brassicas when heavy rain is forecast.
DO NOT incorporate and avoid all unnecessary
disturbance to soil after application. When
transplanting care must be taken not to introduce
If necessary, irrigation should be used before
application as some moisture is essential for the
chemical to be activated.
Soil types
DO NOT use on crops grown on sands (CS, S, FS,
LCS) or very light soils (LS, LFS, CSL), as crop
damage may result.
Notes
If emerged weeds are present at pre-transplanting
application, apply Stomp Aqua in tank mix with a
557
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
3.10
Bulb onions (Spring and autumn drilled or transplanted) and Leeks
(drilled only)
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Stomp Aqua
2.9 l/ha
Drilled crops - apply Stomp Aqua as soon as
possible after drilling but before crop or weed
emergence.
Transplanted crops - apply Stomp Aqua pretransplanting.
DO NOT apply Stomp Aqua to any onion or leek crop
when heavy rain is forecast.
Seed depth
Seed should be covered with a minimum of 2.5 cm of
settled soil.
Application
When transplanting, care must be taken not to
introduce treated soil into the root zone.
Soil types
Stomp Aqua is not recommended for use on
onions or leeks grown on sands (CS, S, FS, LCS) or
very light soils (LS, LFS, CSL), as crop damage
may result.
Stomp Aqua is not recommended for use on onions or
leeks grown on fen soils or other soils containing in
excess of 10% organic matter, as weed control may
be reduced.
Notes
If weeds are present, these can be controlled by
applying Stomp Aqua in tank mix with a
recommended contact herbicide.
Read tank mix partner label carefully for restrictions on
transplanted multi-seeded onions or leeks.
3.11
Forage and Grain Maize (including crops grown under temporary
plastic mulch)
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Notes
Stomp Aqua
3.3 l/ha
Forage and Grain Maize: Maize grown under
temporary plastic mulch: Pre-emergence before 4th
leaf of the crop.
DO NOT use on Sweetcorn or Maize grown for seed.
Seed must be covered by a minimum of 5 cm of
settled soil.
The use of Stomp Aqua may affect the full
development of crown roots which function only to
anchor the plant. This has no effect on the yield of
maize.
If application is followed by a period of dry conditions
or in situations where very heavy populations occur, a
sequence of Stomp Aqua and a product applied postemergence may be necessary.
558
Stomp® Aqua
3.12
Strawberries (Maiden and Established crops)
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Stomp Aqua
2.9 l/ha
Maiden Beds
- runners should be planted so that roots are well
covered.
- good consolidation of the plantbed is necessary for
good weed control.
- Stomp Aqua should be applied to dormant newly
planted runners in the autumn or early spring
immediately after planting and prior to weed
emergence.
- if runners are likely to be slow in establishing due
to stress conditions, such as drought, at the time of
planting, the application of Stomp Aqua should be
delayed until plants have established and are free of
stress.
- application made after runners have started growing
away may reduce the initial vigour of new foliage but
this will be rapidly outgrown.
- DO NOT apply Stomp Aqua before October to beds
newly planted with cold-stored runner or beds newly
planted in late summer.
- pre-planting application of Stomp Aqua is not
recommended.
Established beds
- apply Stomp Aqua to weed free soil from autumn to
early spring during the dormant period of the crop.
- Stomp Aqua applied after the end of March or after
the emergence of flower trusses in the spring may
affect crop yield, particularly if conditions adverse to
vigorous plant growth follow application.
- DO NOT apply Stomp Aqua during the flower
initiation period (immediately post-harvest to midSeptember).
Notes
Leaf growth of strawberries may be checked following
applications of Stomp Aqua in the spring but, in
extensive experimentation, this has been shown not to
affect yield.
DO NOT use Stomp Aqua on protected crops or crops
grown in green houses.
559
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
3.13
Bush Fruit – Blackcurrants, Gooseberries
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Tank mixes
3.14
Stomp Aqua
2.9 l/ha
Apply Stomp Aqua after final cultivation to weed-free
soil from autumn to early spring during the dormant
period of the crop before bud burst, either over the top
or as a directed spray.
Stomp Aqua is not recommended for use in the
season of planting.
If emerged weeds are present at application, Stomp
Aqua may be applied as a directed spray in tank mix
with a recommended approved contact herbicide.
Cane Fruit – Raspberries, Loganberries, Tayberries, Blackberries
Product
Stomp Aqua
Rate
2.9 l/ha
Timing
Apply Stomp Aqua after final cultivation to weed-free
soil from autumn to early spring. Stomp Aqua is not
recommended for use after the end of March unless
adequate soil moisture is present as some soil
moisture present is essential for the chemical to be
activated.
DO NOT apply to autumn fruiting raspberries.
Newly planted crops:
- Stomp Aqua should be applied immediately after
planting.
- a light ridging along the cane row before application
is recommended to ensure roots are well covered.
- Stomp Aqua should be applied well before the
emergence of the new canes.
Established crops:
- Stomp Aqua should be applied as soon as the
canes have been cut out and tied, but before bud
burst.
Tank mixes
If emerged weeds are present at application, Stomp
Aqua may be applied as a directed spray in tank mix
560
Stomp® Aqua
3.15
Top Fruit – Apples, Cherries, Pears, Plums
Product
Rate
Water volume
Timing
Stomp Aqua
2.9 l/ha
Apply Stomp Aqua to weed-free soil from autumn to
early spring.
Stomp Aqua is not recommended for use after the end
of March unless adequate soil moisture is present as
some soil moisture is essential for the chemical to be
activated.
Stomp Aqua is not recommended for use in the
season of planting.
Tank mixes
If emerged weeds are present at the time of
application, Stomp Aqua should be applied in tank mix
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
4.1
Before Rye grass is drilled after a very dry season, plough or cultivate to
at least 15 cm.
If spring crops are to be followed by crops other than cereals plough or
cultivate to at least 15 cm.
In the event of crop failure the land must be ploughed or thoroughly
cultivated to a minimum depth of 15 cm to ensure any residues are
evenly dispersed throughout the soil.
The minimum intervals (specified below) should elapse between
application of Stomp Aqua and the sowing of one of the following crops
listed below.
4.2
Application
timing
Autumn
Minimum
interval
5 months
2 months
Spring & early
Summer
5 months
12 months
561
In the event of crop failure, the
following crops may be drilled:
Spring wheat, Spring barley, Spring
Field beans, Broad beans, Dwarf
beans, Brussels sprouts, Cabbage,
Calabrese, Carrots, Cauliflower,
Parsnips, Parsley, Peas, Potato,
Linseed, Maize, Turnip
Spring Field beans, Broad beans,
Dwarf beans, Brussels sprouts,
Cabbage, Calabrese,
Carrots, Cauliflower, Parsnips,
Parsley, Peas, Linseed, Turnip
Any crop (with the exception of
Red Beet, Sugar Beet and Spinach)
may be planted or sown.
Red Beet, Sugar Beet and Spinach
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
5.
5.1
Mixing
opening. Add the required quantity of Stomp Aqua to the spray tank while
re-circulating. Fill up the tank with water and continue agitation until spraying
is completed.
When tank mixes are to be used only apply within label condition’s for each
product, which should be added separately to the spray tank and fully dispersed
before the addition of any further product(s). Add products to the spray tank in
the following order ;
1. wettable powders (WP)
2. dry flowables or water dispersible granules (WG)
3. suspensions (e.g. Stomp Aqua)
4. suspension concentrates (e.g. SC or SE)
5. emulsifiable concentrates (e.g. EW or EC)
6. soluble concentrates (SL)
Maintain agitation at all times. Spray out as soon as possible after mixing. Do
not let the mixture stand.
5.2
Application
Ensure good, even spray cover of the target using a FINE or MEDIUM quality
spray, as defined by BCPC.
Apply Stomp Aqua in 100-200 l/ha. For potatoes apply Stomp Aqua in minimum
200 l/ha water.
When tank mixing with other products use a minimum water volume of 150-200
l/ha depending on the tank mix partner.
DO NOT use less than 50 mesh inline boom or nozzle filters.
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
minimum of three rinses, to ensure that all traces of product are removed to
avoid sticking of dried material to spray tank walls or spray lines, etc.
6.
SEQUENTIAL TREATMENTS
Stomp Aqua may be used in sequence with any other approved product. Leave
a minimum interval of 24 hours unless longer is specified on the label.
Stomp Aqua may be applied in sequence with Avadex Excel 15G provided only
one product is applied pre-emergence of the crop.
7.
Stomp Aqua is supplied in 10 litres containers and should be kept dry and
562
Stomp® Aqua
8.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
of protection.
insides of gloves.
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage by drift
onto plants outside the target area.
D0 NOT contaminate water with the product or its
container. (Do not clean application equipment near
surface water/Avoid contamination via drains from
farmyards and roads).
requirement.
5 m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body, unless a Local
for three years.
dispose of safely.
563
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
9.
Stomp® Aqua
A capsule suspension containing 455 g/litre pendimethalin
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
CONTAINS PENDIMETHALIN. MAY PRODUCE AN
ALLERGIC REACTION.
564
Stomp® Aqua
10.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL/HORTICULTURAL HERBICIDE,
as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
Individual Dose
Maximum
Number of
Treatments
Latest Time
of Application
Winter wheat,
Durum wheat,
Winter barley,
Winter rye and
Triticale
Spring barley,
potato, combining
pea and
sunflower
2.9 litres product/ One per crop
ha
Before leaf
sheath erect
stage
(crop GS 30).
ha
Pre-crop
emergence
Forage maize,
Grain maize
Forage maize,
Grain maize
(grown under
temporary plastic
mulch)
ha
ha
Before 4th leaf
stage
Pre-crop
emergence
Bulb onion
ha
(spring and
autumn, drilled
and transplanted).
Leek
ha
Pre-crop
emergence or
before
transplanting
Pre-crop
emergence
Carrot and
parsnip
ha
Pre-crop
emergence
Broccoli/
calabrese,
Brussels sprout,
Cabbage,
Cauliflower
ha
Before
transplanting
Blackcurrant,
Gooseberry
2.9 litres product/ One per year
ha
Before bud burst
Strawberry
ha
After flower
initiation but
before flower
truss emergence
Apple, Cherry,
Before bud burst
ha
Pear, Plum
Raspberry,
After harvest
Loganberry,
but before
ha
Rubus Hybrid,
bud burst
Blackberry
PRODUCTS.
MAPP No. 14664
565
H
H
Stomp® Aqua
566
Stroby® WG
F
FUNGICIDE
MAFF No. 08653
Use: A protectant fungicide for use in apples for the control of apple scab,
strawberries and blackcurrants for powdery mildew control and roses for the
control of mildew and blackspot.
Formulation: A water dispersible granule containing 50% w/w kresoximmethyl.
Pack Size: 600 grams in outers of ten.
Recommended Crops:
Apples
Strawberries (outdoor and protected)
Blackcurrants (outdoor)
Roses (outdoor and protected)
See Section No:
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Recommended Rates: Various, depending on crop.
Water Volume: 50-2000 litres per hectare, depending on crop and situation.
Apples:
Strawberries:
Blackcurrants:
Roses:
Not applicable.
Safety to Bees: Harmless to honey bees and may be applied during flowering.
See Section 5.
Guidance
567
Stroby® WG
F
Stroby® WG
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
within this section must be read carefully in order to obtain safe and effective use of
the product.
Stroby WG is a novel strobilurin (Qol) fungicide with excellent protectant activity for
control of leaf and fruit scab in apples leading to an increase in the production of
quality fruits. When Stroby WG is used for control of apple scab a reduction of apple
powdery mildew may also be obtained. Stroby WG also gives protectant activity
for control of powdery mildew in strawberries and blackcurrants and mildew and
blackspot on roses.
1.
Stroby WG has not been tested on all rose varieties and it is therefore advisable
to test a small area of plants first for sensitivity under the given growing
conditions.
Integrated pest management: The suitability for use of Stroby WG in integrated
pest management (IPM) systems has not been fully assessed, although studies
have demonstrated safety to the predatory mite Typhlodromus pyri and to the
ladybird Coccinella septempunctata.
Safety to bees. Stroby WG is harmless to honey bees and may be applied
during flowering. Consideration should however be given to informing local bee
keepers when intending to spray orchards in flower.
Use a minimum water volume of 200 litres per hectare in tank mix.
2.
RESISTANCE
In order to minimise risk of resistance, Stroby WG should be used in a
programme with products of different chemical groups, in sequence and/or
tank-mix.
Apples
Use a maximum of four applications of Stroby WG per year. Where the total
number of annual fungicidal treatments to the crops is less than twelve, the
maximum number of treatments with Stroby WG or other QoI products should
be three.
DO NOT use Stroby WG as the final spray in the season. DO NOT use more
than two applications of Stroby WG consecutively. Blocks of two applications
of Stroby WG must be separated by a minimum of two applications of a
fungicide from a different cross-resistance group.
Blackcurrants, strawberries and roses
DO NOT apply more than three applications of Stroby WG per year. DO NOT
use consecutive applications of Stroby WG, and alternate with fungicides from
a different cross resistance group. Use a maximum of one QoI spray out of
three fungicide applications.
Protected strawberries and roses
DO NOT use consecutive applications of Stroby WG and alternate with
fungicides from a different cross-resistance group. DO NOT apply more than
three applications of Stroby WG per year.
568
Stroby® WG
3.
CROPS
3.1
Apples
Apply as a FINE spray as defined by BCPC.
Time of Application
For optimum results apply Stroby WG from bud burst prior to disease
development and repeat at 10-14 day intervals. Use a maximum of four
applications per year.
Where disease pressure is high, use the shorter spray interval for optimum
disease control.
Rate of Application
Apply 0.2 kg Stroby WG per hectare, ensuring good coverage of the trees in the
water volumes given below.
Water volumes
Conventional volumes: apply Stroby WG in 200 to 2000 litres water per hectare.
DO NOT exceed 2000 litres water per hectare.
Ultra low volumes (ULV): Stroby WG may be applied in ultra low water volumes
but disease control may be reduced. DO NOT use less than 50 litres water per
hectare.
Harvest Interval
The following minimum interval must be observed between the final application
and harvest: Apples: 35 days.
3.2
Strawberries – (outdoor and protected) control of powdery mildew
Time of Application
For optimum results apply Stroby WG as a protectant spray to new growth and
repeat at 7 to 14 day intervals. Where disease pressure is high, use the shorter
spray interval.
DO NOT apply more than three applications per year.
Rate of Application
Apply 0.3 kg Stroby WG in 450 to 1000 litres water per hectare, ensuring good
coverage of foliage.
Harvest Interval
and harvest: Strawberries: 14 days.
3.3
Blackcurrants – control of powdery mildew
Apply as a FINE or MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC, ensuring adequate
coverage of foliage.
Time of Application
Apply Stroby WG at the start of extension growth and repeat at 10 to 14 day
intervals. Use a maximum of three applications per year.
Rate of Application
Apply 0.2 kg Stroby WG in 500 to 1600 litres of water. Use a sufficient water
volume to achieve good coverage of the bushes without causing run-off.
Harvest Interval
and harvest: Blackcurrants: 14 days.
569
F
F
Stroby® WG
3.4
Roses – (outdoor and protected) control of powdery mildew and blackspot
Time of Application
Apply at the start of infestation, or when the first symptoms become visible, and
repeat at 7 to 14 day intervals. Use a maximum of three applications per year.
Rate of Application
Apply Stroby WG as a 0.03% concentration, based on 1000 litres water per
hectare (0.3 kg/ha).
Water Volume
Water volumes should be based on size of plants at application and local
conditions ensuring good coverage of foliage. DO NOT exceed a total volume
of 1000 litres per hectare.
Varietal Tolerance
Stroby WG has not been tested on all rose varieties and it is therefore advisable
to test a small area of plants first for sensitivity under the given growing
conditions.
4.
The suitability for use of Stroby WG in integrated pest management (IPM)
systems has not been fully assessed, although studies have demonstrated
safety to the predatory mite Typhlodromus pyri and to the ladybird Coccinella
septempunctata.
5.
SAFETY TO BEES
Stroby WG is harmless to honey bees and may be applied during flowering.
Consideration should however be given to informing local beekeepers when
intending to spray orchards in flower.
6.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
Remove the top filter. Three quarters fill the spray tank with clean water and
start the agitation.
Loading directly into spray tank:
Slowly add the required amount of product. Add the remainder of the water.
Replace the top filter and continue agitation until spraying is completed.
Loading by induction hopper:
Ensure the hopper is suitable for handling water dispersible granules. Set to
give maximum suction and slowly pour the Stroby WG into the outlet, adding
the correct amount of product for the area to be treated. Ensure the sides of the
hopper are being rinsed with water as the product is poured into the hopper,
avoiding a build up of product. Once the correct amount of Stroby WG has
been added, (ensuring the hopper is clean) add the remainder of the water and
replace the top filter. Continue agitation until spraying is completed.
mixing. Use a minimum of 200 litres water per hectare when used in tank mix.
In apples apply as a FINE spray as defined by BCPC.
In strawberries, apply as a MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC.
In blackcurrants, apply as a FINE or MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC,
ensuring adequate coverage of foliage.
In roses, water volumes should be based on size of plants at application and
local conditions ensuring good coverage of foliage. DO NOT exceed a total
volume of 1000 litres per hectare.
570
Stroby® WG
7.
Stroby WG is supplied in 600 g containers and should be kept dry and
8.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
chemical or used container
air-assisted spraying equipment to fall within 5 m of
the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body,
Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) scheme for broadcast
air-assisted sprayers. Before each spraying operation from a broadcast airassisted sprayer, either a LERAP must be carried out in accordance with
CRD’s published guidance or the statutory buffer zone must be maintained.
The results of the LERAP must be recorded and kept available for inspection
for three years.
RINSE OUT CONTAINER THOROUGHLY, by using an integrated pressure
rinsing device or manually rinsing three times. Add washings into spray tank
Keep dry and frostproof in a suitable pesticide store
571
F
F
Stroby® WG
9.
Stroby® WG
A water dispersible granule containing 50% w/w kresoxim-methyl.
ENVIRONMENT.
FEEDINGSTUFFS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
Wear suitable protective clothing and gloves.
for use.
1995.
10.
FOR USE ONLY AS A HORTICULTURAL FUNGICIDE as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
Maximum
Latest time
individual
number of
of application
dose
treatments
Apples
0.2 kg
4 per year
35 days before
product/ha
harvest
Blackcurrant
0.2 kg
3 per year
14 days before
(outdoor)
product/ha
harvest
Strawberry
0.3 kg
3 per year
14 days before
(outdoor and
product/ha
harvest
protected)
Ornamental Plant
0.3 kg
3 per year
–
Production
product/ha
(outdoor and
protected roses)
PRODUCTS.
(MAFF No. 08653)
572
Stronghold®
P
MAFF No. 09134
Use: A plant growth regulator for use in winter wheat.
chlormequat chloride plus 115 g/litre (10.7% w/w) mepiquat chloride.
Pack size: 10 litres in outers of 2
Recommended crops: Winter wheat
Maximum individual dose: 2 litres per hectare
Maximum total dose: 2 litres per hectare
Spray quality: MEDIUM
Water volume: 220 litres per hectare
Aerial application: No
BASF representative, the Technical Services Hotline: 0845 602 2553 or visit
our website on: www.agriCentre.basf.co.uk
Guidance
573
Stronghold®
Latest time of application: Before third node detectable
P
Stronghold®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Stronghold is a plant growth regulator for lodging control in winter wheat.
1.
Do not apply to any crop suffering from herbicide damage or physical stress
caused by waterlogging, drought or other conditions. Crops with a substantial
moisture deficit should not be treated.
Do not apply Stronghold if rain or frost is expected, nor if the crop is wet.
Do not apply if significant foot disease problems are expected, particularly with
Take-all.
Do not apply Stronghold to crops on soils of low fertility unless these soils
regularly receive adequate dressings of nitrogen fertilisers.
Do not apply in temperatures above 21°C, in these conditions it is best to apply
Stronghold in the evening.
Do not use straw from Stronghold treated crops as a horticultural growth
medium or mulch.
the use of Stronghold on a seed crop being grown for certification is intended,
as diagnostic characteristics may be altered.
Caution is needed if using mixtures of liquid nitrogen fertilisers and Stronghold
as scorching may result in certain circumstances.
2.
LODGING CONTROL
Stronghold is a valuable input for high yield winter wheat growing systems.
The influence of Stronghold on growth will vary according to the crop and its
stage of growth at the time of application. Application at early stem extension
can lower crop height and the sturdier growth reduces the risk of early lodging
which is known to adversely affect grain yield.
3.
CROPS
Stronghold is only recommended for use on winter wheat.
Do not apply to winter varieties sown in the spring.
Stronghold may be applied to crops undersown with grasses and/or clovers.
Stronghold should be applied to crops during good growing conditions at the
correct timing.
Time of Application
For yield benefit and lodging control in lower lodging risk situations apply
Stronghold from the leaf sheath lengthening stage up to and including the
second node detectable stage. The optimum application time is the leaf
sheaths erect stage just prior to the first node detectable stage.
Rate of Application
Apply 2.0 litres Stronghold in a minimum of 220 litres of water per hectare
574
Stronghold®
4.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
required amount of Stronghold. Add the remainder of the water and continue
mixing.
Wash equipment thoroughly after use
5.
Stronghold is supplied in 10 litres containers and should be kept dry and frost
proof in a suitable pesticide store.
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
practicable in addition to the following items of personal protective
equipment:
protection.
KEEP AWAY FROM FOOD DRINK AND ANIMAL FEEDINGSTUFFS.
possible).
container.
Keep dry and frost proof in a suitable pesticides store.
575
P
P
Stronghold®
7.
Stronghold®
A soluble concentrate containing 345 g/litre chlormequat chloride and 115
g/litre mepiquat chloride.
STUFFS
for use.
1995.
8.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL PLANT GROWTH REGULATOR
as directed below:
Crops
Maximum
Maximum
Latest time
individual
total dose
of application
dose per
per crop
hectare
Winter wheat
2.0 litres
2.0 litres
Before third
product/ha
product/ha
node detectable
stage
When applied in sequence with other products containing chlormequat
chloride, the maximum total dose applied must not exceed 2222 grams
chlormequat chloride per hectare per crop.
When applied in sequence with other products containing mepiquat chloride,
the maximum total dose applied must not exceed 762 grams mepiquat
chloride per hectare per crop.
PRODUCTS.
(MAFF No. 09134)
576
Sunorg® Pro
Caramba®
90/
Juventus®
F
FUNGICIDE
Sunorg Pro MAPP No. 15433
Caramba 90 MAPP No. 15524
Juventus MAPP No. 15528
Use: A fungicide for the control of a wide range of diseases in winter and spring
wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring barley, triticale, rye, oilseed rape, peas,
field beans and lupins; and a spring plant growth regulator in oilseed rape.
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 90 g/litre metconazole.
Recommended Crops: Winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat, winter
barley, spring barley, triticale, rye, oilseed rape, combining peas, vining peas,
field beans and lupins.
Recommended Rate:
Oilseed rape, combining peas, vining peas,
field beans and lupins:
Winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat,
winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye:
Maximum Total Dose:
Water volume:
0.8 litres per hectare.
1 litre per hectare.
1.6 litres/hectare/crop.
2.0 litres/hectare/crop.
90 - 400 litres per hectare.
110 – 300 litres per hectare.
Oilseed rape:
combining peas, vining peas,
winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye
stage).
10% of pods at final size.
Up to and including GS 71
(caryopsis watery ripe
Guidance
577
Sunorg® Pro/Caramba® 90/Juventus®
Sunorg® Pro/Caramba®90/Juventus®
Processed Crops: Consult processor before use.
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus is a broad spectrum fungicide with curative and
protectant activity, which can be used on all commercial varieties of winter and spring
wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring barley, triticale and rye. Sunorg Pro/Caramba
90/Juventus can also be used on oilseed rape, field beans, combining and vining
peas and lupins. When applied to oilseed rape in the spring, Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/
Juventus can provide plant growth regulation in the form of a reduction in crop height.
1.
DO NOT apply to oilseed rape crops that are damaged or stressed from factors
such as previous product use, adverse weather conditions (e.g. drought, frost
or waterlogging), nutrient deficiency or pest attacks.
Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus is formulated specifically for use on oilseed
rape and legumes. The addition of further adjuvants is not advised.
Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus should NOT be applied with pyrethroids to
flowering oilseed rape.
Ensure sprayer is free from previous chemical residues that may harm the crop.
Use of a detergent cleaner is advised before and after use.
Avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops and field margins.
Winter barley
Spring barley
Triticale
Rye
Cereals
Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus is a broad spectrum fungicide with curative
and protectant activity which can be used on all commercial varieties of winter
and spring wheat, durum wheat, winter and spring barley, triticale and rye for
disease control as summarised below:
Durum wheat
CROP RECOMMENDATIONS
2.1
Spring wheat
2.
Winter wheat
F
Septoria tritici
C
C
C
-
-
C
-
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
Rhynchosporium
-
-
-
R
R
-
-
Net blotch
-
-
-
R
R
-
-
Powdery mildew
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Ear Fusarium
GR
GR
GR
-
-
GR
-
C = Full control MC = Moderate control GR = good reduction R = Reduction
578
Time of Application
Apply as soon as diseases start to develop in the crop and repeat as required.
Application at an early stage of mildew development (not more than 3%
infection on any green leaf) will give moderate control. Where mildew has
become established, the use of a specific mildewicide will improve control and
help prevent the development of resistant strains.
For optimum results on yellow rust apply before any leaf has more than 1%
infection or as a preventative treatment on susceptible varieties after the flag
leaf has fully emerged (GS 39).
Good reduction of ear Fusarium may be achieved when applied between full ear
emergence and anthesis complete (GS 69).
For control of brown rust treat susceptible varieties as soon as rust is seen and
spray more resistant varieties before any of the top three leaves have more than
1-2% infection.
Spray as soon as net blotch is seen on any of the top three leaves. A further
treatment will be necessary where disease is well established
Rate of Application
1.0 l/ha.
2.2
Oilseed rape
All varieties of oilseed rape may be treated.
Disease control
Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus provides control of Alternaria, and a
reduction of phoma leaf spot, phoma stem canker (Phoma lingam) and light
leaf spot.
Oilseed rape
Alternaria
spp
Phoma leaf
spot & phoma
stem canker
(phoma lingam)
Light leaf
spot
Control
Reduction
Reduction
Time of Application
Apply as soon as diseases start to develop, and repeat as required.
Rate of Application
0.8 l/ha.
Crop height reduction
When applied to oilseed rape in the spring, Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus
can provide plant growth regulation in the form of a reduction in crop height.
Time of Application
Apply during stem extension in the spring, once the oilseed rape crop is actively
growing (GS 31-51)
Rate of Application
0.8 l/ha.
579
F
F
2.3
Combining Peas, Vining Peas, Field Beans and Lupins
All varieties of peas and field beans may be treated.
Consult processor before using on vining peas grown for processing.
Safety to lupins has not been established. If possible, a small area of the lupin
crop should be treated before treating the whole crop.
Disease control
Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus can be used for the reduction of Ascochyta
and Mycosphaerella species, the reduction of Botrytis and the control of rust
on peas.
Combining peas,
Vining peas
Field beans
Ascochyta
Mycosphaerella
Botrytis
Rust
Reduction
Reduction
Reduction
Control
-
-
-
Control
Qualified Minor Use Recommendations
Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus can be used for the reduction of
Ascochyta, the reduction of Botrytis and the control of rust on lupins.
Lupins
Ascochyta
Mycosphaerella
Botrytis
Rust
Reduction
-
Reduction
Control
Ascochyta
Mycosphaerella
Botrytis
Rust
Start of
flowering*
Start of
flowering*
Mid
flowering*
First sign
of rust
pustules*
-
-
-
Start of
petal fall*
Start of
petal fall*
-
Start of
petal fall*
Start of
petal fall*
Time of Application
Combining peas,
Vining peas
Field beans
Lupins
*repeat 3-4 weeks later, if required.
Rate of Application
0.8 l/ha
3.
RESISTANCE MANAGEMENT
Caramba contains metconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
Cereal Powdery mildew strains with decreased sensitivity to triazoles are
common in the UK. Where these occur or develop, Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/
Juventus may not give satisfactory control.
For crop/pathogen situations where repeated spray applications are required,
alternation or mixtures with an effective non cross-resistant fungicide are
recommended. Fungicide use does not replace the need for non-chemical
cultural control methods e.g. resistant crop varieties, good agronomic
practice, plant hygiene.
568
580
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal, oilseed rape or legume crop with Sunorg Pro/Caramba
90/Juventus, the crops listed below may be sown as a following crop:
Beans
Cabbage
Carrots
Cereals
Clover
Lettuce
Linseed
Maize
Oilseed rape
Onions
Peas
Potatoes
Ryegrass
Sugar beet
Sunflower
The effects of Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus on other crops has not been
assessed.
5.
5.1
Mixing
Three quarters fill the tank with water and start the agitation. To ensure
opening. Add the required quantity of Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus to the
spray tank while re-circulating. Fill up the tank with water and continue agitation
pressure rinsing device or manually rinsing three times. Add washings to spray
5.2
Application
In cereals apply Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus in 200 to 300 l/ha water.
In oilseed rape and legumes apply Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus in 200400 l/ha water.
Apply as a MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC. In dense crops use the higher
volume to achieve adequate penetration and good coverage of the crop.
To ensure optimum spray coverage and minimize spray drift, adjust the spray
boom to the appropriate height above the crop, in according to guidance
Sprayers should be thoroughly cleaned out immediately after use.
Qualified approval
Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus may be applied in reduced water volumes as
specified in the table below, although efficacy at this reduced volume has not
been evaluated. Application of this product at reduced-volume is at user’s risk
with regard to biological efficacy.
Crop
Winter wheat
Spring wheat
Durum wheat
Winter barley
Spring barley
Triticale
Rye
Oilseed rape
Peas
Beans
Lupins
Rate
Minimum water volume
110 litres per hectare
90 litres per hectare
581
569
F
F
6.
Sunorg Pro/Caramba 90/Juventus is supplied in 5 litre containers and should
be kept dry and frostproof in a suitable pesticide store.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
surfaces.
protection.
possible).
insides of gloves.
LERAP requirements.
boom sprayers to fall within
5 metres of the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body, unless a
Local Environmental Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits
a narrower buffer zone, or within 1 metre from the top of a ditch
which is dry at the time of application.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from hand-held sprayers to fall within 1 metre
of the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body. Aim spray away from
water.
for three years.
KEEP IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER, tightly closed, in a safe place
and dispose of container safely.
PROTECT FROM FROST.
DO NOT STORE IN DIRECT SUNLIGHT.
582
8.
An emulsifiable concentrate containing 90 g/litre metconazole and
diethylene glycol.
WARNING:
MAY CAUSE DAMAGE TO ORGANS THROUGH
PROLONGED OR REPEATED EXPOSURE.
EFFECTS.
DO NOT BREATHE VAPOURS.
ATTENTION.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
583
F
F
9.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL FUNGICIDE AND PLANT
Crop
Winter wheat,
Spring barley,
Durum wheat
Winter barley
Spring barley
Triticale
Rye
Oilseed rape
Combining peas,
vining peas,
field beans
and lupins
Maximum
Individual Dose
1 litre product/ha
Maximum Total
Dose Per Crop
2 litres product/ha
Latest Time of
Application
Up to and including
GS 71, (caryopsis
watery ripe stage)
10% of pods at final
size
14 days before
harvest
A minimum interval of 14 days must be observed between applications on
oilseed rape, peas, beans and lupin.
A minimum interval of 21 days must be observed between applications on
cereals.
To protect birds, only one application is allowed on cereals before GS 29
(end of tillering).
PRODUCTS.
(Sunorg Pro MAPP No. 15433)
(Caramba 90 MAPP No. 15524)
(Juventus MAPP No. 15528)
584
Swing® Gold
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 16081
Use: A protectant and curative fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat
and durum wheat to control late season diseases of wheat.
dimoxystrobin plus 50 g/litre (4.7% w/w) epoxiconazole.
Recommended Crop: Winter wheat, spring wheat and durum wheat
Recommended Rates: 1.5 litres per hectare.
Water Volume:
200 - 300 litres per hectare.
Spray Quality:
MEDIUM
NOTE: DO NOT apply before the start of ear emergence.
Maximum Number of Treatments: 1 per crop.
Guidance
585
Swing® Gold
Up to and including flowering (anthesis) complete (GS 69).
F
Swing® Gold
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Swing Gold is a fungicide with prophylactic and curative properties for the control of
late season diseases in winter wheat, spring wheat and durum wheat
1.
DO NOT apply before the start of ear emergence (GS 51).
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Swing Gold is a fungicide with prophylactic and some curative properties
for use in winter wheat, spring wheat and durum wheat for the preventative
control of Fusarium Ear Blight and Brown Rust. Application of Swing Gold
can help to reduce levels of the mycotoxin deoxynivalenol in harvested grain.
Disease control is summarised in the table below:
Winter
wheat
Spring
wheat
Durum
wheat
Brown rust
C
C
C
Fusarium
ear blight #
C
C
C
C = Control
# Application of Swing Gold to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the
levels of the mycotoxin deoxynivalenol (DON) associated with Fusarium ear
blight infection, but this level of effect may not necessarily lead to reduction
of DON below the statutory limit in wheat grain.
Swing Gold contains dimoxystrobin a member of the QoI cross-resistance
group. Swing Gold should be used preventatively and should not be relied upon
dose of a curative fungicide from a different cross-resistance group. Swing
Gold meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole. To ensure the
effectiveness of the epoxiconazole component as a partner Swing Gold should
Use Swing Gold as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
Swing Gold contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
586
Swing® Gold
3.
CROPS
Swing Gold is a fungicide for use in winter wheat spring wheat and durum
wheat.
Time of Application
Apply Swing Gold from the start of ear emergence (GS 51). A single application
can be made up to and including flowering just complete (GS 69).
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litres Swing Gold in 200 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
If required, water volumes down to 100 litres per hectare may be used, however
these have not been supported by effectiveness or crop safety data.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a wheat crop with Swing Gold onions, oats, sugar beet, oilseed
beans, peas, potatoes, clover, wheat, field beans and maize may be sown
as the following crop. The effect of Swing Gold on other crops has not been
assessed.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
opening. Add the required quantity of Swing Gold to the spray tank while
6.
Swing Gold is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be kept dry and
587
F
F
Swing® Gold
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate and when handling
protection.
label.
If you feel unwell, seek medical advice (show the label where possible).
container.
DO NOT clean application equipment near surface
water.
roads.
LERAP requirements.
boom sprayers to fall within 5 meters of the top of the bank of a static or
flowing waterbody, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the time
of application.
Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) scheme. The statutory buffer zone must
be maintained and the distance recorded in the LERAP record form. The
LERAP record form must be kept available for three years.
DO NOT RE-USE container for any purpose.
588
Swing® Gold
8.
Swing® Gold
A suspension concentrate containing 133 g/litre (12.5% w/w) dimoxystrobin
plus 50 g/litre (4.7% w/w) epoxiconazole.
ENVIRONMENT.
STUFFS.
WHEN USING DO NO EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE.
THIS MATERIAL AND IT’S CONTAINER MUST BE
for use
2005.
9.
FOR USE ONLY AS AN AGRICULTURAL FUNGICIDE REGULATOR as
directed below:
Crops
Maximum
Maximum
Latest time
individual
number of
of application
dose
treatments
Winter wheat,
1.5 litres
One per
Up to and
Spring wheat,
product/ha
crop
including
Durum wheat,
flowering
(anthesis) just
complete (GS 69)
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 16081)
589
F
F
Swing® Gold
590
Takron®
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 11627
Use: A residual herbicide for the control of annual weeds in sugar beet, fodder
beet and mangels.
chloridazon.
Recommended Crops:
Sugar beet
Fodder beet
Mangels
Recommended Rates: 2.5 - 6.0 litres per hectare, depending upon soil type
and situation. See literature for details.
Water Volume: 80-450 litres per hectare, depending on use.
Sugar beet:
When plants meet between the rows.
Fodder beet: Pre-emergence.
Mangels:
Pre-emergence.
Sugar beet:
One pre-emergence followed by one per crop for conventional
applications, three per crop for repeat low dose applications.
Fodder beet: One per crop.
Mangels:
One per crop.
Regulations added, see Secion 8.
Guidance
591
Takron®
Spray Quality: MEDIUM or FINE. See literature for details.
H
Takron®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Takron is a soil acting herbicide which controls germinating weeds by root absorption,
during or shortly after weed emergence.
1.
A maximum total dose of 2.6kg chloridazon/hectare may only be applied every
third year in the same field.
Takron is suitable for use on all soil textural classes except ‘coarse sand’,
‘sand’ and ‘fine sand’ as defined in the Soil Texture (85) System and also
excepting soils of high organic content, fen peat and moss soils. The soil type
should be accurately diagnosed since the recommended rates of use of Takron
applied pre-drilling and pre-emergence are dependent on soil type.
for the product to form an active herbicidal layer in the soil. Adequate weed
control depends upon sufficient rain falling before emergence to at least
maintain this level of moisture.
Heavy rain falling shortly after spraying may check the growth of the crop
particularly when water has stood in surface depressions.
noticed.
Takron is a selective beet herbicide which is safe to the crop and can be used
at any seed spacing. Depression in crop vigour, with or without a reduction
in stand, may however occur if Takron is applied to crops suffering stress
conditions such as those described below:
- When rapid increase in the transpiration rate of the beet causes a sudden
increase in the rate of uptake of Takron as, for example, occurs when a sharp
rise in temperature follows a period of low temperature, or a period of heavy
rainfall.
- Where the crop is suffering from trace element deficiency, e.g. manganese.
- When the recommended rate is exceeded, particularly on sandy soils, or
when conditions are not conducive to even distribution of Takron in the soil,
such as inadequate soil moisture and poor tilth.
considered necessary these must be applied not less than three weeks
before drilling.
- When conditions at emergence reduce seedling vigour (e.g. encrustation or
- Where there is heavy loading of seed dressing on individual seeds.
- Overdosing by overlapping should be avoided.
Avoid spray drift on to neighbouring crops, particularly lettuce.
Wash equipment thoroughly with water and detergent immediately after use.
Traces of the product could cause harm to susceptible crops sprayed later. See
Mixing and Spraying section for more details.
592
Takron®
2.
SUSCEPTIBILITY OF WEEDS TO TAKRON
Weed Name
Black-bindweed
Charlock
Chickweed, Common
Cleavers
Dead-nettle, Red
Fat-hen
Fumitory, Common
Groundsel
Hemp-nettle, Common
Knotgrass
Marigold, Corn
Mayweed spp.
Nettle, Small
Nightshade, Black
Orache, Common
Pansy, Field
Penny-cress, Field
Pimpernel, Scarlet
Poppy, Common
Radish, Wild
Redshank
Shepherd’s-purse
Sow-thistle, Prickly
Sow-thistle, Smooth
Spurges
Spurrey, Corn
Vetches
Wild-oat
S
MS
MR
R
-
Takron alone
S
S
S
MR
S
S
MS
MS
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
MR
S
MS
S
S
S
S
MS
MR
S
S
MR
S
MR
R
Susceptible
Resistant
593
H
H
Takron®
3.
3.1
Crops
Takron may be applied pre-drilling and incorporated or pre-emergence to sugar
beet, fodder beet and mangels and post-emergence in tank mixtures to sugar
beet. See the relevant section below for full details of each application method
and formulations specified.
3.2
Application Methods
3.2.1 Pre-drilling and Incorporated Application
Application of Takron overall followed immediately by soil incorporation of the
spray is particularly recommended to ensure good weed control in the following
situations:
Where dry conditions prevail at the time of drilling or where the crop is drilled
late (after mid-April) when dry soil conditions or high temperatures may result
in rapid weed establishment before the chemical reaches the root zone of the
germinating weeds. Incorporation of Takron will enhance the herbicidal action
where surface sprays may not give satisfactory weed control.
Time of Application
Apply Takron to the final seedbed before drilling. The spray must be applied
overall and incorporated into the soil as soon as possible.
Rate of Application
TABLE 1:
Rates of Application for both Pre-drilling/Incorporated and Pre-emergence
overall applications.
When variability in soil type occurs in one field, use the rate of Takron
recommended for the lightest soil type present. This may result in poorer weed
control on the areas of heavier soil type.
Care should be take when planning pre- and post-emergence applications not
to exceed the maximum total dose of 2.6kg chloridazon/hectare every third
year on the same field.
Textural Group
c
Textural Class
c
Sands
Loamy coarse sand
Very light soils
Loamy sand
Loamy fine sand
Coarse sandy loam
Light soils
Sandy loam
Fine sandy loam
Sandy silt loam
Silt loam (85)
Medium soils
Sandy clay loam
Clay loam
Silty clay loam
Heavy soils
Sandy clay
Clay
Silty clay
TAKRON ALONE a
Rate of Takron
- litres/hectare
TAKRON PROGRAMME b
Rate of Takron
- litres/hectare
2.5
2.5
4.2-4.7 d
-
6
-
–
594
Takron®
a
b
These rates apply to both incorporated applications and to pre-emergence
applications of Takron where a subsequent post-emergence application of
Takron + Betanal E is not planned (see Section 3.2.2).
These pre-emergence rates apply where a programme of pre-emergence
Takron and post-emergence Takron + Betanal E (repeat low dose method,
see Section 3.2.3) is to be applied.
As defined in the Soil Texture (85) System.
4.7 litres to be used only on the heavier soils in this category.
Uniform incorporation into the top 25 mm layer of the final seedbed is essential
using two harrowings at right angles to each other. Spring tine or zigzag
harrows should be used with not more than 100 mm stagger set to penetrate
to a maximum depth of 75 to 100 mm into the soil.
Choice of type and weight of harrow are dependent on soil texture. Harrows
with broken, uneven or missing tines should not be used. Take particular care
with spring tine harrows which tend to penetrate too deeply.
Incorporation deeper than 25 mm causes dilution of the herbicidal layer and
may, therefore, result in inadequate weed control.
Beet should be drilled as quickly as possible after incorporation to achieve the
best results.
NOTE:
Dilution of the chemical may occur if high amounts of rainfall occur just after
incorporation. In these circumstances, efficiency of the treatment may be
reduced.
3.2.2 Pre-emergence Application
In sugar beet, the preferred treatment is to apply a programme of Takron
overall pre-emergence followed by Takron + Betanal E post-emergence applied
by the repeat low dose method. Due to the increased effectiveness of this
post-emergence application technique (see Section 3.2.3.1 below) the rate of
application of the pre-emergence Takron can be reduced, see Table 1 above.
Time of Application
Apply Takron at the time of drilling or immediately afterwards on a seedbed
which is fine, moist, firm and free from clods. Should spraying be delayed for
any reason, application must be made as soon as possible whilst the soil is still
moist and before any emergence of the beet. To obtain adequate weed control
significant rainfall between application and crop emergence is essential to
maintain soil moisture. If dry soil conditions or high temperatures are expected
the incorporated pre-drilling application of Takron is recommended.
Rate of Application
See Table 1 above for overall rates of application and below for band spraying.
When using the programmed pre-emergence plus post-emergence approach,
overall application of the pre-emergence treatment is recommended. In all
other situations, Takron can be applied pre-emergence either as an overall
treatment or as a band spray.
Band Spraying
When band spraying, set up the band sprayer according to the manufacturer’s
instructions. Use the nozzle tips and pressures recommended and at the
correct speed on a 180 mm band, the volume of water applied will be 240 litres
per sprayed hectare.
For band application add the dose rate per hectare recommended for overall
application (see Table 1) to 240 litres of water.
The area of crop treated based on a 180 mm band width varies with the crop
row width as follows:
595
H
H
Takron®
TABLE 2:
Crop area treated at 240 litres
per sprayed hectare
Row Width mm
Area Treated hectares
460
2.6
480
2.7
500
2.8
520
2.9
540
3.0
560
3.1
580
3.2
600
3.3
NOTES:
Excessive penetration of the drill coulter may be accompanied by a narrowing
of the sprayed band with a consequent increase in the rate of application.
Overdosing by overlapping should be avoided, though its effects may be
minimised by spraying across the direction of drilling.
Inter-row weed control following band spraying:
Continued weed control from Takron depends on leaving the treated soil
undisturbed. Inter-row hoeing, chopping out and singling operations should
therefore be arranged to leave as much as possible of the Takron treated land
intact.
3.2.3 Post emergence aplication in a programme of weed control – sugar beet only
Where the pre-emergence treatments have not given any loss in crop vigour
a post-emergence application is recommended to maintain weed control
throughout the season. This can be applied conventionally or by the repeat
low dose method. If the programmed approach utilising Takron pre-emergence
reduced application rates has been adopted, application by the repeat low
dose method is recommended.
3.2.3.1 Repeat Low Dose Method
The residual activity of Takron may be supplemented by the residual and
contact activities of Betanal E. The rates and times of application of each
mixture are summarised in the following table. Up to two further applications
may be necessary at 6-10 day intervals.
Time of Application
Takron + Betanal E
Any stage of the crop,
up to when plants meet
between the rows and weeds
are at the cotyledon stage.
Rate of
Application (l/ha)
1.0 + 2.31
1When using the Takron + Betanal E mixture, the rate of Betanal E should be
increased to 3.5 litres per hectare for the first application only if weeds are
just beyond the cotyledon stage or if the weather conditions are very dry or
cool. Subsequent applications should be at the 2.3 litres per hectare Betanal E
rate as specified above
These repeat low dose applications should be made in 80 litres of water per
hectare. Use sprayer nozzles which give a fine spray and spray pressure of
3-5.5 bar. Either fan or hollow cone nozzles which have an output of 300-600
ml/minute at 3 bar can be used. Fan nozzles must have at least an 80º spray
angle.
596
Takron®
The following list of nozzles fits the above requirements. Approximate output/
nozzle is given for a nozzle pressure of 3 bar. If pressure is increased up to 5.5
bar, then nozzle output will increase by approximately one-third.
Output fingures are approximate and are for guidance only; sprayers must be
calibrated.
This list is not complete. If in doubt, consult your sprayer dealer
3.2.3.2
Nozzle
Type
Albuz AMTP 210
Albuz APG 110 Yellow
Allman 000
Berthoud Rex 8/10, White Core
Berhoud Red 10/10, White Core
Delavan LF-1.80º –LF-1.100º
Delavan DC3-23
Delavan LF-1.5 80º, LF-1.5 100º
Hardi 1553-14, Blue Core
Hardi 4110-10
Lurmark F80-01, F110-01Fan
Lurmark F80-7.5
Lurmark F110-75
Lurmark 3-57
Lurmark F80-10
Lurmark F110-100
Lurmark F80-015, F110-015
TeeJet 8001, 11001
TeeJet D3-23
TeeJet 80015, 110015
Tecnoma Red AR 110º
Hollow-cone
Fan
Fan
Hollow-cone
Hollow-cone
Fan
Hollow-cone
Fan
Hollow-cone
Fan
Fan
Fan
Fan
Hollow-cone
Fan
Fan
Fan
Fan
Hollow-cone
Fan
Fan
Output ml/min at 3 bar
370
590
390
320
410
390
470
590
440
460
390
410
440
440
550
580
590
390
460
590
550
Conventional Method
Time of Application
Apply Takron + Betanal E after the crop has reached the cotyledon stage up to
when plants meet between the rows and when the weeds are in the cotyledon
to first true leaf stage.
Rate of Application
Apply 3 litres Takron overall + 7 litres Betanal E in 220 litres of water per
hectare.
Use sprayer nozzles which give a fine spray and a spray pressure of 2-2.8
bar. The Takron + Betanal E tank mix may be applied as a band spray; read
the secton on Band Spraying for details.
NOTE - Conventional/Repeat Low Dose Method:
Beet which is suffering from one or more stress factors, such as the effect of
other herbicides, manganese deficiency, lime deficiency, frost, wind or insect
damage, when treated post-emergence may suffer a check and/or plant loss
from which the crop may not fully recover. (The repeat low dose method is
likely to be safer to the crop under such adverse conditions).
597
H
H
Takron®
DO NOT treat beet post-emergence with the above tank mixes when the
temperature is, or is likely to be, above 21ºC on the day of spraying or under
conditions of high light intensity.
Application instructions (except for rate of use) given in the Betanal E directions
for use must be followed.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
The effects of Takron persist in the soil for several weeks. Fields which have
been sprayed but where the crop has failed may be re-drilled with sugar beet,
fodder beet, mangels or maize after cultivation. They should not be re-drilled
with any other crops.
Any spring sown crop may follow sugar beet, fodder beet or mangels harvested
in the usual way. Winter cereals may be sown in the autumn after ploughing.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Calibration of spraying machinery
The spraying equipment should be clean and free from traces of other
chemicals.
Ensure the correct nozzles are fitted:
(a) For the correct water volume for overall sprayers.
(b) For the correct drilling speed for band sprayers.
Check the delivery from each nozzle for uniformity and replace worn tips to
ensure uniform output.
Calibrate the sprayer and use it according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
Cross check the band sprayer calibration in the field as follows:
(a) Select a nozzle on the sprayer giving the nearest output to the average and
with the drill in operation collect the spray from this nozzle for a distance
of 60 metres. This should be exactly 225 ml. As the spray is collected over
a given distance, the quantity will be the same irrespective of the make of
nozzles used and this is a volume rate of 240 litres per sprayed hectare on
a 180 mm band.
(b) Repeat as necessary, adjusting the tractor speed until this output is
achieved over this distance.
(c) Make sure that the observations are made when the band sprayer is
working smoothly and not immediately on starting.
Important
(d) The final setting of the width of the spray band to 180 mm must be made in
the field when the drill is in operation and not on a hard surface or headland.
It is essential that the band width is exactly 180 mm, otherwise the rate of
application will be incorrect. A narrower band may cause crop damage
and a wider band will result in poorer weed control. The setting should be
checked in each field treated and also at the beginning of each day’s work
because of the possible effect of weather on soil conditions.
5.2
Mixing
SHAKE WELL BEFORE USE. Half fill the spray tank with clean water and
start the agitation. Pour in the required amount of Takron. Add the remainder
of the water and continue agitation until spraying is completed. Rinse empty
containers thoroughly, and add rinsings to the sprayer tank. When using postemergence with Betanal E in sugar beet, add Takron to the spray tank last.
Agitate continuously and use immediately after mixing. Do not leave in the tank
at meal times or overnight.
598
Takron®
5.3
Spray Quality / Water Volume
Apply as a MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC, for pre-drilling or preemergence treatments. For post-emergence applications, apply as a FINE
spray (see Section 3.2.3).
When applying Takron pre-emergence or pre-drilling use a minimum water
volume of 100 litres per hectare.
Water volume for tank mixtures applied pre-emergence should not be less than
220 litres/hectare. Volumes up to 450 litres/hectare should be used when soil
conditions are drier.
5.4
Tank Washing
WASH EQUIPMENT thoroughly with water and detergent, paying particular
immediately after use. Spray out, fill with clean water and leave overnight.
Spray out again before storing or using for another product. Traces of the
product could cause harm to susceptible crops sprayed later.
6.
Takron is supplied in 10 litre containers and should be kept dry and cool in a
suitable pesticide store. Protect from frost.
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
WASH OUT CONTAINER THOROUGHLY, empty washings into spray tank, and
dispose of safely.
599
H
H
Takron®
8.
Takron®
A suspension concentrate containing 430 g/l (36.1% w/w) chloridazon.
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
ADVICE/ATTENTION.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
600
Takron®
9.
Crops
Maximum
number
of treatments
Latest time
of application
Sugar beet
6.0 litres
(Pre-emergence) product/hectare
1 per crop
Pre-emergence
Sugar beet
3 litres
(Post-emergence) product/hectare
or
1 litre
product/hectare
1 per crop
When plants meet
between the rows
3 per crop
When plants meet
When plants meet
between the rows
1 per crop
Pre-emergence
Fodder beet,
mangels
Maximum
individual
dose
6.0 litres
product/hectar
Other Specific Restriction:
every third year on the same field. 2.6 kg chloridazon is equivalent to 6L of
Takron.
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 11627)
601
H
H
Takron®
602
Tectura® / Highgate® F
FUNGICIDE
Tectura MAPP No. 15232. Highgate MAPP No. 15251
Use: A protectant and systemic fungicide for use in oilseed rape for the control
of Sclerotinia stem rot.
Formulation: A suspension concentrate containing 133 g/l (12% w/w) boscalid
and 60 g/l (5.4% w/w) metconazole.
Recommended Crops: Oilseed rape
Maximum Individual Dose: 1.0 litre/ha
Water Volume: 200 – 300 litres per hectare
Latest Time of Application: 50% of pods have reached final size (GS 75).
Allow a minimum interval of 14 days between applications.
Bees: Tectura/Highgate represents minimal hazard to bees when used as
directed. Consideration should be given to informing beekeepers when you
intend spraying crops in flower.
Guidance
603
Tectura® / Highgate®
Maximum Total Dose per Crop: 2.0 litres/ha/crop
F
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Tectura/Highgate is a protectant and systemic fungicide for use in oilseed rape for
the control of Sclerotinia stem rot.
1.
Tectura/Highgate represents minimal hazard to bees when used as directed.
Consideration should be given to informing beekeepers when you intend
spraying crops in flower.
Tectura/Highgate should not be applied with pyrethroids to oilseed rape at
flowering.
A reduction in Sclerotinia control may be observed in oilseed rape when highrisk infection conditions occur after flowering, leading to secondary spread of
the disease through plant-to-plant contact, which may be more severe in lodged
crops.
After spraying wash out sprayer thoroughly according to manufacturer’s
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Tectura/Highgate is a protectant and systemic fungicide for use in oilseed
rape for the control of Sclerotinia stem rot.
2.1
Resistance
Tectura/Highgate contains boscalid, which belongs to the SDHI (carboxamide)
group of fungicides, and metconazole, which belongs to the DMI group of
fungicides.
Currently there is no evidence of field strains of Sclerotinia sclerotiorum,
Alternaria brassicae or Phoma lingham that are resistant to SDHI or DMI
fungicides in oilseed rape.
Currently there is evidence of cross resistance between boscalid and other
fungicides in the SDHI group, but no cross resistance has been observed with
fungicides with other modes of action.
The FRAC SBI Working Group recommends that all DMIs are considered as one
product group in which general cross-resistance exists. Within the SBI-group,
there is no cross-resistance between morpholines and DMI fungicides. There is
no cross-resistance or a correlation in the sensitivity of triazoles to other modes
of action.
The key of resistance management strategies is the reduction of selection
pressure. This can be achieved by good agricultural practice which leads to
less infection pressure (e.g. crop & stubble hygiene, use of less susceptible
varieties, crop rotation, use of healthy seeds, etc).
Risk assessments for the target diseases on oilseed rape indicate a low or
medium risk of resistance development. To minimise any possible risk of
resistance occurring, the number of applications of Tectura/Highgate should be
restricted to two per crop. Tectura/Highgate should be applied in a preventive
manner, following the recommendations on the label, and as an integral part
of a spray programme including fungicides with different modes of action.
For further advice on resistance management in oilseed rape contact your
agronomist or specialist advisor, and visit the Fungicide Resistance Action
Committee (FRAC) and UK Fungicide Resistance Action Group (FRAG)
websites.
604
3.
CROPS
3.1
Oilseed rape
Tectura/Highgate can be used on all varieties of oilseed rape.
3.2
Time of Application
Apply Tectura/Highgate as a protectant spray.
Applications against Sclerotinia should be made in high disease risk situations
at early to full flower (BBCH GS 63-65), to coincide with or just before first petal
fall, and before disease symptoms are visible.
Two applications can be made up to and including when 50% of pods are
at final size (BBCH GS 75), allowing a minimum interval of 14 days between
applications. Applications made after the end of flowering (BBCH GS 69) may
result in reduced levels of Sclerotinia control.
4.
4.1
Mixing
opening. Add the required quantity of Tectura/Highgate to the spray tank while
Rinse empty containers thoroughly, using an integrated pressure rinsing device
or by manually rinsing three times. Add washings to tank at time of filling and
dispose of container safely.
4.2
Application
Apply 1.0 l/ha Tectura/Highgate in a recommended water volume of 200-300
litres of water per hectare as a MEDIUM spray, as defined by the BCPC. In
dense crops, using the increased water volume will help achieve adequate
penetration and good coverage of the crop.
Where possible use narrow-wheeled high clearance application equipment. To
ensure optimum spray coverage and minimize spray drift, adjust the spray boom
to the appropriate height above the crop, according to guidance provided by
the sprayer and/or nozzle manufacturer.
5
FOLLOWING CROPS
5.1
Following crops after normally harvested oilseed rape
Any crop can follow normally harvested oilseed rape treated with Tectura/
Highgate.
5.2
Re-drilling due to crop failure
In the event of crop failure, any crop can be re-drilled after an interval of 5
weeks following an application of Tectura/Highgate.
6.
Tectura/Highgate is supplied in 5 litre containers and should be kept dry and
605
F
F
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
WEAR SUITABLE PROTECTIVE GLOVES when handling the concentrate or
protection.
possible).
container.
water.
roads.
requirements.
5m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing waterbody, unless a Local
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from hand-held sprayers to fall within 1 m of
the top of the bank of a static or flowing water body.
This product qualifies for inclusion within the Local Environment Risk Assessment
for Pesticides (LERAP) scheme. Before each spraying operation from a
horizontal boom sprayer, either a LERAP must be carried out in accordance
with CRD’s published guidance or the statutory buffer zone must be maintained.
The results of the LERAP must be recorded and kept available for three years.
606
8.
A suspension concentrate containing 133 g/l boscalid and 60 g/l metconazole
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
ATTENTION.
STORE LOCKED UP
This product is approved under the Plant Protection Products Regulations (EC)
No. 1107/2009
9.
below:
Crops:
Oilseed rape
1.0 litre/ha
Maximum total dose per crop:
2.0 litres/ha/crop
Latest timing:
50% of pods have
reached final size (GS 75)
Other specific restriction:
A minimum interval of 14 days must be observed between applications
PRODUCTS.
(Tectura: MAPP No. 15232)
(Highgate: MAPP No. 15251)
607
F
F
608
Terpal®
P
MAFF No. 02103
Use: A growth regulator for lodging control.
Formulation: A soluble concentrate containing 305 g/litre (28% w/w) mepiquat
chloride plus 155 g/litre (14.2% w/w) 2-chloroethylphosphonic acid.
Recommended Crops:
Winter barley:
Spring barley:
Winter wheat:
Triticale:
Winter rye:
See Section No:
2.1, 2.5
2.2, 2.5
2.1, 2.5
2.3, 2.5
2.4, 2.5
Recommended Rates: 0.5 to 2 litres per hectare, depending on crop and
situation, see recommended crops for details. Terpal must always be applied
with an authorised non-ionic wetter – see Section 2.5, Rates of Application.
Water Volume: Minimum of 220 litres/ha.
Winter and spring barley,
winter wheat, triticale:
before the ear is visible.
Winter rye:
before flag leaf ligule just visible.
Winter wheat and winter barley: 2 per crop.
All other recommended crops:
1 per crop.
Guidance
609
Terpal®
P
Terpal®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Terpal is a growth regulator which shortens and stiffens the straw of barley, winter
wheat, triticale, and winter rye by reducing the length of internodes. Terpal will prevent
or suppress early lodging during the vital crop heading stage and thus allow optimum
fertiliser use for production of maximum yields in intensive growing systems. Lodging
control and yield increase may be enhanced by using a programme of New 5C
Cycocel plant growth regulator followed by Terpal. This programme cannot be used
on spring barley.
In winter barley, where Terpal is applied for prevention of lodging, yield increase
will often result when only a low level of lodging occurs, particularly when used in
a programme with New 5C Cycocel, provided conditions are suitable for Terpal
application at and after treatment.
The optimum effect of Terpal may be expected in a vigorous, actively growing crop,
having a good plant population with an adequate nutrient and moisture supply. The
greatest response will be seen in crops sprayed at the correct timing and when good
growing conditions prevail at and after application.
1.
Terpal is recommended for use as a component of an intensive growing system
where provision of optimum basic and nitrogen fertilisation has been made
together with appropriate disease control measures. The nitrogen fertiliser
rates should not, however, be increased without careful consideration of all the
factors affecting the condition and the growth of the crop.
Application should be carried out with a field sprayer operating according to the
manufacturer’s instructions. Ensure that the boom height is correctly adjusted.
Verification of node stages and emergence of the flag leaf is best done by
splitting the stem.
Late secondary tillering can occur naturally in crops grown on soils subject
to moisture stress and Terpal may accentuate this. This effect will be of more
importance in barley varieties being grown for malting, where the presence of
green heads may result in rejection of the crop for malting purposes. The prior
use of New 5C Cycocel (winter barley only) may help to reduce this problem in
Terpal treated crops.
DO NOT apply Terpal to any crop suffering from herbicide damage or physical
stress caused by waterlogging, drought or other conditions. Crops with a
substantial moisture deficit should not be treated.
DO NOT apply Terpal if rain or frost is expected, nor if the crop is wet, or if
significant foot disease problems are expected, particularly with Take-all.
DO NOT apply Terpal to winter varieties sown in the spring.
DO NOT apply Terpal to crops on soils of low fertility unless these crops
regularly receive adequate dressings of basic and nitrogen fertilisers.
DO NOT apply Terpal to barley, triticale, or winter rye grown on soils containing
more than 10 per cent organic matter. Winter wheat grown on organic soils may
be treated.
DO NOT apply Terpal at temperatures above 21°C. In these conditions it is best
to apply Terpal in the evening.
DO NOT use straw from Terpal treated cereals as a horticultural growth
Terpal may be applied to crops undersown with grasses and clovers.
the use of Terpal on a seed crop being grown for certification is intended, as
diagnostic characteristics may be altered.
610
Terpal®
Applications should preferably be by ‘tramlines’ as late applications of
pesticides can cause the production of green side tillers in the wheel ways
which may be more noticeable in shortened crops.
Some delay in ear emergence may be noticed due to the shortening effect on
the higher internodes.
DO NOT treat the spring barley variety Triumph after the flag leaf just visible
stage.
DO NOT apply Terpal when the leaf sheaths have split and the ears are visible.
DO NOT use Terpal in a programme with any other plant growth regulator
containing 2-chloroethylphosphonic acid.
When using Terpal, an authorised non-ionic wetter must be added to the spray
tank at the rate of 40 ml per 100 litres spray solution.
2.
2.1
Winter Barley and Winter Wheat
Time of Application
Terpal may be applied to winter barley or winter wheat either as a single or split
dose treatment. The preferred application method is to apply Terpal using the
split dose.
Split Dose Treatment
The first dose should be applied from the second node detectable stage on
The second dose should be applied after the flag leaf is just visible up to and
including first awns visible stage in winter barley, or boots swollen in winter
wheat.
If growing malting barley varieties, pay particular attention to Section 1,
Restrictions/Warnings.
Single Dose Treatment
the majority of tillers up to and including when the flag leaf is just visible on
the majority of tillers. Where New 5C Cycocel plant growth regulator has been
applied previously to the crop, the preferred application will be towards the later
end of this timing.
If it has proven impractical to apply Terpal at the optimum timing, application
at a reduced rate (see below) can still be made after the flag leaf is just visible
up to and including first awns visible in winter barley, or boots swollen in winter
wheat, but control of lodging may not be as good as with the earlier timings.
2.2
Spring Barley
Time of Application
the majority of tillers, up to and including when the flag leaf is just visible on the
611
P
P
Terpal®
If it has proven impractical to apply Terpal at the optimum timing, an application
can still be made up to and including first awns visible, but lodging control may
not be as good as with the earlier timings. Also, crops treated at the later timing
are more likely to be subject to moisture stress; therefore particular attention
should be paid to growing conditions when applying Terpal at this later timing.
DO NOT treat the variety Triumph after the flag leaf just visible stage.
2.3
Triticale
Time of Application
If it has proven impractical to apply Terpal at the optimum timing, application at
a reduced rate (see below) can still be made after the flag leaf is just visible up
to and including the boots swollen stage, but control of lodging may not be as
good as with the earlier timings.
2.4
Winter Rye
Time of Application
Apply Terpal from the second node detectable stage on the majority of tillers
up to and including when the flag leaf is just visible on the majority of tillers.
Where New 5C Cycocel has been applied previously to the crop, the preferred
application will be towards the later end of this timing.
2.5
Apply Terpal as outlined below in a minimum of 220 litres of water per hectare.
When using Terpal, an authorised non-ionic wetter must be added to the spray
tank at the rate of 40 ml per 100 litres spray solution.
RATE OF TERPAL
litres per hectare
CROP
Winter wheat
Where New 5C Cycocel
has not been applied or
in a programme following
New 5C Cycocel where
there is a high risk of
severe lodging
In a programme following
New 5C Cycocel:
Other lodging situations
Winter barley
Spring barley
Triticale
Winter rye
Second node detectable
to flag leaf just visible
Split dose
After the flag leaf just visible
to boots swollen (winter
wheat and triticale) or awns
just visible (winter and spring
barley)
1.0-1.5 Followed by
0.5-1.0 1
Single dose 2.0
or
1.5
Single dose 1.5
or
1.0
Split dose
1.0-1.5
Single dose 2.0
1.0 or 1.5 2
2.0
2.0
Followed by 0.5-1.0 1
or
1.5
or
1.0
or
1.5
Not recommended
612
Terpal®
DO NOT exceed a total of 2.0 litres Terpal per hectare.
Use the higher rate where there is a high risk of early lodging.
DO NOT apply this rate after the flag leaf just visible stage.
1
2
3.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
required amount of Terpal and, separately, the correct amount of non-ionic
wetter. Add the remainder of the water and continue agitation until spraying is
completed.
mixing.
All tank mixes should be used immediately after mixing. NOTE: Always add an
authorised non-ionic wetter when using Terpal in tank mix.
4.
Terpal is supplied in 5 litre polyethylene containers and should be kept dry and
5.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
2-chloroethylphosphonic acid is an anticholinesterase organophosphorus
compound. DO NOT USE if under medical advice NOT to work with such
compounds.
practicable, in addition to the following items of personal protective equipment:
surfaces.
protection.
container.
Keep dry and frost proof in a suitable pesticide store.
MEDICAL ADVICE
Medical advice can be obtained from the National Poisons Information Service
(NPIS). Telephone number 0870 600 6266.
613
P
P
Terpal®
6.
Terpal®
A soluble concentrate containing 305 g/litre mepiquat chloride and 155 g/litre
2-chloroethylphosphonic acid.
WARNING:
MAY CAUSE LONG LASTING HARMFUL EFFECTS TO
AQUATIC LIFE.
KEEP ONLY IN ORIGINAL CONTAINER.
PRODUCT.
614
Terpal®
7.
as directed below:
Crops
Winter wheat and
Winter barley:
single application
Winter wheat:
split dose
applications
Winter barley:
split dose
applications
Triticale
Spring barley
Winter rye
Maximum
Individual Dose
Per Hectare
2.0 litres product
or
1.5 litres product
1.0 to 1.5 litres
product
Plus 0.5 to 1.0
litre product
1.0 to 1.5 litres
product
Plus 0.5 to 1.0
litre product
Maximum
Number of
Treatments
One per crop
2.0 litres product
or
1.5 litres product
1.5 litres product
or
1.0 litre product
2.0 litres product
One per crop
One per crop
One per crop
One per crop
One per crop
One per crop
One per crop
One per crop
One per crop
One per crop
Latest Time of
Application
visible stage.
Before ear emergence.
Before flag leaf ligule
just visible stage.
Before flag leaf sheath
opening stage.
Before flag leaf ligule
just visible stage.
Before first spikelet of
inflorescence just visible
stage.
visible stage.
visible stage.
visible stage.
Maximum total dose must not exceed 2.0 litres product per hectare when
applying split dose applications to winter wheat and winter barley - see
‘Directions for Use’ for details.
PRODUCTS.
(MAFF NO. 02103)
615
P
P
Terpal®
616
Tracker®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 16048
Use: A broad spectrum fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum
boscalid plus 67 g/litre (6.0 w/w) epoxiconazole.
Pack Size: Tracker is supplied in 10 litres in outers of two.
Recommended Crops:
Wheat, winter and spring.
Barley, winter and spring.
Durum wheat, Oats, Rye and Triticale
Recommended Rates: All crops: 1.5 litres per hectare.
Harvest Intervals:
Durum wheat, rye and triticale:
of ear complete (GS 59)
Other Specific Restriction:
Guidance
617
Tracker®
F
Tracker®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
Tracker is a broad spectrum fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum
1.
for epoxiconazole and boscalid given by the British Beer and Pub Association.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Tracker is a broad spectrum fungicide for use in winter and spring wheat,
durum wheat, winter and spring barley, oats, rye and triticale for disease control
as summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring Durum
wheat wheat
Winter Spring
barley barley
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Septoria tritici
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Rhynchosporium
-
-
-
MC
MC
-
MC
-
Net blotch
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Ramularia
-
-
-
MC
MC
-
-
-
Tan spot
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
Eyespot
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
Crown rust
C = Control
R = Reduction
2.1
Use Tracker as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
fungicides with a different mode of action.
Tracker contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some
Tracker contains boscalid which belongs to the SDHI (carboxamide) group of
fungicides. To minimise the risk of resistance occurring, apply a maximum of
two SDHI fungicide sprays per cereal crop.
618
Tracker®
3.
CROPS
Tracker is a fungicide for use in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat,
winter barley, spring barley, oats, rye and triticale.
4.
4.1
Time of Application
Apply Tracker at the start of foliar or stem based disease attack.
A maximum of two application can be made up to and including flowering
(anthesis) just complete (GS69) in winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat,
rye and triticale, and up to and including emergence of ear just complete (GS
59) in winter barley, spring barley and oats.
Rate of Application
Apply 1.5 litres Tracker per hectare.
Mixing
Three quarters fill the tank with clean water and start the agitation. To
before opening. Add the required quantity of Tracker to the spray tank while
Application
Apply Tracker in 200 l/ha water volume as a MEDIUM spray as defined by
BCPC.
spray boom to the appropriate height above the crop, according to guidance
Qualified Recommendation
Tracker may be applied at 1.5 litres per hectare in 100 litres of water per hectare
application at 100 litres of water per hectare is at user’s risk with regard to
biological efficacy. Reducing the water volume is not recommended where
control of stem base diseases is required.
Sprayer cleaning
Wash sprayer thoroughly immediately after use, using clean water and following
the sprayer cleaning guidance provided by the equipment manufacturer.
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
5.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Tracker the crops listed below may be sown as
a following crop:Winter wheat
Oilseed rape
Maize
Carrots
Winter barley
Sugar beet
Lettuce
Potatoes
Oats
Peas
Onions
Sunflowers
Ryegrass
Beans
Cabbage
Clover
6.
Tracker is supplied in 10 litre containers.
619
F
F
Tracker®
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
where possible).
Do not clean application equipment near surface water.
Avoid contamination via drains from farmyards and roads.
with LERAP requirements
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY horizontal boom
sprayers to fall within 5m of the top of the bank
or a static or flowing waterbody, unless a Local
Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides
620
Tracker®
8.
Tracker®
A suspension concentrate containing 233 g/litre (20.8% w/w) boscalid plus
67 g/litre (6.0% w/w) epoxiconazole.
IRRITATING TO EYES.
ENVIRONMENT.
STUFFS.
AND SHOW THIS CONTAINER LABEL.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
for use
9.
Crops
Maximum
individual
dose
Maximum
number of
treatments
Latest time
of application
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
Wheat (durum)
Rye, Triticale
1.5 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and including
just complete
(GS69)
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
Oats
1.5 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and including
emergence of ear
just complete
(GS59)
Other Specific restrictions
A minimum interval of 21 days must be observed between applications
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 16048)
621
F
F
Tracker®
622
Vixen®
H
HERBICIDE
MAPP No. 13621
Use: A herbicide for the control of broad leaved weeds in winter wheat and
winter barley.
Formulation: Water dispersible granules containing 750 g/kg picolinafen.
Pack Size: 0.5kg in outers of ten
Recommended Crops:
Winter wheat
Winter barley
Maximum Individual Dose: 66 g product/hectare
Guidance
623
Vixen®
H
Vixen®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
VIXEN is a herbicide with residual and contact activity for the control of broad leaved
weeds for use pre or early post-emergence in winter wheat and winter barley.
1.
Do not use more than one application of VIXEN in one growing season.
1.1
Efficacy
For residual control some soil moisture is required for VIXEN. Best results will
be obtained if rain falls within 7 days of application.
1.2
Soil types
Vixen may be used on any mineral soil.
DO NOT use on stony or gravelly soils.
1.3
Seedbed preparation
Loose or cloddy seedbeds must be consolidated prior to application, otherwise
reduced weed control may occur. They may also cause seed to be inadequately
covered which could result in crop damage
1.4
Crop safety
Do not apply to crops suffering from stress, which may be caused for example
by pests, disease, waterlogging, poor seedbed conditions, wind abrasion,
nutrient deficiencies, or previous chemical treatment.
crop damage.
For pre-emergence applications, seed should be sown into a fine firm seedbed
so that seed is adequately covered with settled soil.
Avoid overlapping spray passes.
Some transient bleaching may be seen after application to some crops. This
624
Vixen®
1.5
Spray drift
Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage by drift on to plants outside
the target area.
2.
WEED CONTROL
2.1
Susceptibility of weeds to single applications of Vixen
For post-emergence applications best results will be achieved by application
to small actively growing weeds.
Vixen
Application Timing
Pre-emergence
of weed
Product Rate (g/ha)
53
66
Cleavers
-
MR up to 3 whorls
Common Chickweed
S
MS up to 2.5 cm
-
S up to 5 cm
Field Pansy
MS
S up to 6 lvs
MS
MS up to 4 lvs
-
S up to 8 lvs
Shepherd’s-purse
S = Susceptible
resistant
2.2
Post-emergence
of weed
MR = Moderately
Resistance
adopted. Do not use more than one application of VIXEN in one growing season.
VIXEN is an inhibitor of carotenoid biosynthesis at the PDS step (a group that
includes picolinafen and diflufenican). To prevent the development of resistant
weeds herbicides with different modes of action must be used when applying
in sequence. Guidelines have been produced by the Weed Resistance Action
Group and copies are available from HGCA, CPA, your distributor, crop adviser
or product manufacturer.
risk of strains of weeds developing resistance to these compounds, leading
to poor control. In order to minimise the risk, a strategy for preventing and
in conjunction with effective cropping rotation and cultivation techniques. In all
cases the recommended rate of use should be adhered to. Further guidance on
weed resistance management is available from the Herbicide Resistance Action
Committee (HRAC) and Weed Resistance Action Group (WRAG). Follow WRAG
Guidelines.
625
H
H
Vixen®
3.
3.1
Crops
VIXEN can be used on all varieties of Winter Wheat and Winter Barley.
3.2
Time of application
Pre- or post-crop emergence, up to before pseudo-stem erection (before
growth
stage 30).
3.3
Rate of application
Apply VIXEN at up to 66 g/ha in 200 litres of water per hectare.
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
4.1
There are no restrictions on following crops when VIXEN is used alone and the
crop is harvested normally.
4.2
In the event of crop failure, plough to at least 15 cm.
An interval of at least 8 weeks must have elapsed between using VIXEN and
re-drilling further crops of wheat or barley.
5.
5.1
Mixing
Three quarters fill the tank with clean water and start the agitation. Remove the
filter basket and slowly add the recommended quantity of VIXEN directly to the
water in the spray tank. DO NOT add VIXEN in a sudden, large quantity.
DO NOT wash VIXEN through the filter basket. Replace the filter basket.
Maintain the agitation and add the remainder of the water. Continue agitation
sprayer at time of filling and dispose of container safely
When tank mixes are to be used each product should be added separately to
the spray tank and fully dispersed before the addition of any further product(s).
Add products to the spray tank in the following order;
1. Wettable powders (WP)
2. Dry flowables or water dispersible granules (WG)
3. Suspensions (e.g. CS)
4. Suspension concentrates (e.g. SC or SE)
5. Emulsifiable concentrates (e.g. EW or EC)
6. Soluble concentrates (SL)
Maintain agitation at all times.
Spray out as soon as possible after mixing.
DO NOT let the mixture stand.
626
Vixen®
5.2
Application
Ensure good, even spray cover of the target weeds by applying as a FINE or
MEDIUM spray, as defined by BCPC.
A travel speed of 6 to 8 km/h is advised for tractor-mounted and trailed sprayers.
High speeds increase the risk of uneven cover due to excessive boom whip and
bounce. The slower speed is recommended where the target is in a thick crop
or weed cover is high, or where travel conditions are rough.
5.3
Sprayer cleaning
6.
Vixen is supplied in 0.5kg packs and should be stored in the original container,
and kept dry and frost proof in a suitable pesticide store.
627
H
H
Vixen®
7.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT* when handling the product. *Disposable filtering
facepiece respirator to at least EN149 FFP2 or equivalent.
surfaces.
of protection.
DO NOT contaminate surface waters or ditches
with chemical or used container.
boom sprayers to fall within
5m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing
water body, unless a Local Environmental Risk
Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits a
narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a
ditch which is dry at the time of application. Aim
Environmental Risk
Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) scheme. Before each spraying
operation from a horizontal boom sprayer, either a LERAP must be carried
out in accordance with CRD’s published guidance or the statutory buffer zone
dispose of safely.
628
Vixen®
8.
Vixen®
A water dispersible granule formulation containing 750 g/kg picolinafen.
WARNING:
EFFECTS.
COLLECT SPILLAGE.
9.
CROPS:
Winter Wheat
Winter Barley
66 g product/hectare
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF TREATMENTS: One per crop
LATEST TIMING:
PRODUCTS.
(MAPP No. 13621)
629
H
H
Vixen®
630
VortexTM
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 15663
Formulation: An emulsifiable concentrate containing 41.6 g/litre (4 % w/w)
epoxiconazole and 41.6 g/litre (4 % w/w) fluxapyroxad and 61 g/litre (5.8 %
w/w) pyraclostrobin.
Pack size: 5 litres in outers of four.
Recommended Crops:
Wheat (winter)
Wheat (spring)
Wheat (durum)
Triticale
Rye
Barley (winter)
Barley (spring)
Oats
Rye
Triticale
Durum wheat
Up to and including
just complete
(GS 69)
Oats
Up to and including
emergence of ear just
complete (GS 59)
rates of use and latest timing for fluxapyroxad and epoxiconzale given by the
BBPA (British Beer and Pubs Association).
Major changes since last printing: Fluxapyroxad added to the BBPA list
for use on malting barley.
Guidance
631
VortexTM
F
VortexTM
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
Vortex is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for use in
winter wheat, spring wheat, durum wheat, winter barley, spring barley, triticale, rye
and oats.
1.
When applied to barley intended for malting, refer to the rates of use and latest
timing for fluxapyroxad and epoxiconazole given by the BBPA (British Beer
and Pubs Association).
No more than two applications of any Qol fungicide may be made to crops of
wheat, barley, oats, rye or triticale.
2.
DISEASE CONTROL
Vortex is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for
triticale, rye and oats as summarised below:
Winter
wheat
Spring Durum
wheat wheat
Winter Spring
barley barley
-
Rye
Triticale
-
-
C
Septoria tritici
C
C
C
Septoria nodorum
C
C
C
-
-
-
-
C
Brown rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Yellow rust
C
C
C
C
C
-
C
C
Crown rust
-
-
-
-
-
C
-
-
MC
-
MC
-
-
MC
MC
MC
Net blotch
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Rhynchosporium
-
-
-
C
C
-
C
-
Powdery mildew
Eyespot
-
Oats
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Ramularia
-
-
-
C
C
-
-
-
Tan spot
MC
MC
MC
-
-
-
-
-
Fusarium
ear blight #
GR
GR
GR
-
-
-
-
-
Sooty moulds
(Cladosporium;
Botrytis)
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
C = Control
GR = Good Reduction
R = Reduction
# Application of Vortex to ears of wheat can lead to reduction of the levels
632
VortexTM
2.1
Resistance
Vortex should be used in accordance with the instructions for use for the
target diseases at the specific growth stages indicated.
Use Vortex as part of an Integrated Crop Management (ICM) strategy
Vortex contains pyraclostrobin, a member of the QoI cross resistance group.
Vortex should be used preventatively and should not be relied on for its
curative potential. You must not apply more than two foliar applications of QoI
containing products to any cereal crop.
Vortex meets this requirement as it contains epoxiconazole and fluxapyroxad.
To ensure the effectiveness of the epoxiconazole and fluxapyroxad
components as a partner, Vortex should always be applied at the full
recommended rate.
Vortex contains epoxiconazole, a DMI fungicide. Resistance to some DMI
Strains of barley powdery mildew resistant to QoI’s are common in the UK.
Vortex contains fluxapyroxad which belongs to the SDHI (carboxamide) group
of fungicides. To minimise the risk of resistance occurring, apply a maximum
of two SDHI fungicide sprays per cereal crop.
3.
3.1
Crops
Vortex is a systemic fungicide with protectant and curative properties for
3.2
Time of Application
Apply Vortex at the start of foliar disease attack. A maximum of two
oats.
For optimum effect against eyespot with Vortex apply between the leaf
For protection against Fusarium ear blight and sooty mould on the ears
of winter and spring wheat, and durum wheat apply Vortex during ear
emergence.
3.3
Rate of Application
Apply 3 litres of Vortex per hectare in 150 to 300 litres of water per hectare.
Vortex may be applied at 3.0 litres per hectare in 100 litres water per hectare,
633
F
F
VortexTM
4.
FOLLOWING CROPS
After treating a cereal crop with Vortex, cabbage, carrot, clover, dwarf French
as the following crop. The effect of Vortex on other following crops has not
been assessed.
5.
MIXING AND SPRAYING
5.1
Mixing
completed.
Thoroughly rinse application equipment three times with water immediately
after use.
mixing.
Application
5.2
6.
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
Operator protection
protection.
WASH HANDS AND EXPOSED SKIN before meals
and after work.
container.
water.
roads.
To protect aquatic organisms respect an unsprayed buffer zone distance to
surface water bodies in line with LERAP requirements.
DO NOT ALLOW DIRECT SPRAY from horizontal boom sprayers
to fall within 5m of the top of the bank of a static or flowing waterbody,
unless a Local Environment Risk Assessment for Pesticides (LERAP) permits
a narrower buffer zone, or within 1m of the top of a ditch which is dry at the
634
VortexTM
device or manually rinsing three times. Add washings to sprayers at time of
7.
VortexTM
epoxiconazole and 41.6 g/litre (4% w/w) fluxapyroxad and
61 g/litre (5.8% w/w) pyraclostrobin.
ENVIRONMENT.
STUFFS.
OF IN A SAFE WAY.
635
F
F
VortexTM
8.
Crops
Maximum
individual dose
Maximum no.
of treatments
Latest time
of application
Winter and
spring wheat
durum wheat,
rye and triticale
3 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and including
flowering complete
(GS 69)
Winter and
spring barley
Oats
3 litres product
per hectare
2 per crop
Up to and including
flowering complete
(GS 69)
PRODUCTS.
636
Walabi®
F
FUNGICIDE
MAPP No. 12265
Use: A protectant fungicide for use against leaf and pod spot (Ascochyta pisi
and Mycosphaerella pinodes) and grey mould (Botrytis cinerea) in combining
peas and for use against chocolate spot (Botrytis cinerea/Botrytis fabae) and
bean rust (Uromyces fabae) in field beans.
pyrimethanil and 375 g/l (31% w/w) chlorothalonil.
Recommended Crops: Combining peas and field beans (all varieties).
Water Volume: 200-400 litres of water per hectare. In dense crops the volume
should be increased to improve spray penetration.
Combining peas:
Field beans:
Maximum Total Dose: 4 litres per hectare/crop.
Guidance
637
Walabi®
F
Walabi®
DIRECTIONS FOR USE
of this product.
A protectant fungicide for use against leaf and pod spot (Ascochyta pisi and
Mycosphaerella pinodes) and grey mould (Botrytis cinerea) in combining peas
and for use against chocolate spot (Botrytis cinerea/Botrytis fabae) and bean rust
(Uromyces fab

2014 UK Product Manual The Chemical Company

Transcription

Similar documents

hand held spray - Water Tight Canberra

jouranl 8 - Blue Valley Schools

FLINT 500g 130x220 BASE - Headland Agrochemicals Ltd

Agua Atmosférica Fuente Inagotable

Botique Fungus Pharm RTU 35oz 8-12-06.cdr

FD620D

Bababerry Red Raspberry L.E. COOKE CO

AS AC series

Mike Espeseth, WGRF - Farmer Funded Farmer Directed Research

thix watch